PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2011

123

 SOUTHWEST COAST 

OF AFRICA

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2011 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

TWELFTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II

Pub. 123

Preface

0.0 Pub. 123, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Southwest Coast of

Africa, Twelfth Edition, 2011, is issued for use in conjunction

with Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean. The companion volume is

Pubs. 124.

0.0 Digital Nautical Chart 1 provides electronic chart coverage

for the area covered by this publication. 

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 26 March 2011, including Notice to Mariners No. 13 of 2011.

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

DNC.portal

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Digital Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain website.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational
III

 Pub. 123

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

website.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Canadian Hydrographic Service Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks.

0.0 Reports from United States naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.

0.0 Internet Web site:

0.0 Simon Baillie-Cooper and the Lighthouses of South Africa

Home Page:

http://www.lighthouses.co.za
IV

Pub. 123

0.0SECTOR LIMITS—PUB. 123
Pub. 154 V

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 123 VI

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder MF medium frequency

R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency

GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities

No./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
Pub. 123 IX

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Sector 1

Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Sector 3

Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Sector 4

Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Sector 5

Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Sector 6

Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Pub. 123

1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 123

SECTOR 1 

IVORY COAST AND GHANA—CAPE PALMAS TO CAPE SAINT PAUL

1.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coasts of Liberia, Ivory

Coast (Cote D’Ivoire), and Ghana between Cape Palmas and

Cape Saint Paul. The descriptive sequence is from W to E. 

General Remarks

1.1 The coast described in this sector is bordered by reefs

and relatively elevated as far as the W approaches to Cape

Three Points (4°45'N., 2°05'E.), a distance of about 230 miles.

It is fronted by a low, sloping, and sandy beach backed by tall

vegetation. The W part of the coast, between Cape Palmas

(4°22'N., 7°44'W.) and Cape Three Points, is high, rocky, and

rises gradually to the interior. The E part of this coast is low,

sandy, and backed by a number of lagoons. Several rivers discharge through this stretch of the coast, but are of little navigational value. The shoreline, which is subject to a dangerous

surf, consists mostly of a sandy beach backed by tall brushwood.

1.1 Winds—Weather.—The SE trade wind system is the basic

and most extensive wind regime in the area. Between 5°S and

30°S, winds blow from the SE quadrant just about all year

round. These trade winds are most strongly developed between

10°S and 25°S, where their frequency approaches 85 per cent.

The average strength of these winds ranges from force 3 to 4 in

the waters of the N part to force 4 to 5 in the waters lying between 20°S and 30°S.

1.1 Within 100 miles of the coast, between Mayumba (3°24'S.,

10°39'E.) and Cape Town, the SE trades are deflected and blow

parallel to the coast, which results in a predominance of S

winds. To the N of 20°N and to the W of 10°W, in accordance

with the counterclockwise flow around the South Atlantic Anticyclone, the winds take on a more E component.

1.1 The Doldrums, which is associated with the equatorial

trough, is a band of light and variable winds. For most of the

year, this band is located in the N part of the area, but from late

February through March, it reaches the portion of the area lying N of the Equator. During these months, winds to the N of

the Equator are calm for about 40 per cent of the time.

1.1 The most significant of the local wind regimes in the area is

the Southwest Monsoon. This large scale sea breeze occurs in

the N sections over the Gulf of Guinea and extends 100 to 200

miles inland. It is strongest from June through August, but is

prevalent all year round. The monsoon is a deflection of the SE

trade winds toward the heated continental interior. Its influence

is felt up to 10°S and it acts very much like a land-sea breeze

regime. At Douala (4°03'N., 9°41'E.), for example, while SW

winds are prevalent during the afternoon, their frequency drops

to 5 per cent in the early morning hours.

1.1 The Harmattan, a wind of continental origin, is hot, dry, and

blows from the NE quadrant. It reaches the shores of the Gulf

of Guinea and extends seaward. This wind is prevalent from

December through early March and is usually laden with fine

dust, which can seriously impair visibility in the form of haze.

The Harmattan is found mainly between Cape Palmas and

Douala.

1.1 A local wind occurring to the N of the Congo River is known

as a tornado. This should not be confused with the phenomenon, known by the same name, which occurs in the United

States. African tornados are violent wind squalls which often

accompany thunderstorms. They are most frequent from January to early May and from September to November. Tornados

can originate either on the land and move seaward or over the

water and move onshore.

1.1 The barometer gives no warning, but a dark bank of cumulonimbus clouds, with tops reaching 6,000m or more, usually

indicates the approach of a tornado. At the base of the cloud

bank, there is generally a roll of low clouds and the atmosphere

becomes still and oppressive as it approaches. A sudden wind

squall, with gusts of 50 knots or more, occurs as the roll of low

clouds passes overhead. Then, a few minutes later, rain begins

and is accompanied by thunder and lightning. The rain is often

very heavy and may reduce visibility to practically zero. The

wind usually lasts for less than one hour, but the rain may continue longer. These tornados may be local or they may have the

characteristics of a squall line, 100 miles or more wide. Occasionally, these tornados occur without any rain and are known

appropriately as dry tornados.

1.1 Gales are infrequent over most of the area. Along the coast

and to the N of the Equator, they occur on 1 to 6 days annually.

From the Equator to Walvis Bay, gales occur on less than 1 day

per year. At Walvis Bay, gales can be expected on 14 days annually; 7 of these days occur in October while 4 of these days

occur in July and August. 

1.1 To the S and into the subtropics, gale frequencies increase.

At Cape Town, gales occur on an annual average of 22 days,

with most from December through March. Over the ocean area, gales are infrequent to the N of 25°S. They occur for an average of 3 per cent of the time from April through September

between 25°S and 30°S. The frequency of the gales increases

rapidly to the S of 30°S and from May through September they

occur for 10 to 20 per cent of the time between 30°S and 35°S.

During this same period, gales occur for 12 to 25 per cent of

the time between 35°S and 40°S. To the S of 40°S, data is too

sparse for an accurate analysis.

1.1 All sea areas lying near the shores of the continents and larger islands are influenced by land and sea breezes. Modification

of the prevailing winds by onshore winds during the afternoon

and offshore winds during the early morning causes corresponding increases or decreases in sea heights. Gravity winds

usually result when dense cold air, which accumulates on the

continental highlands, flows rapidly down the slopes and out

over the sea. They can produce high waves for a short distance

from the shore.

1.1 Tides—Currents.—The Guinea Current is felt in the vicinity of Cape Palmas and as far E as Pointe Tafou. It disappears

about 100 miles ENE of this latter point and then resumes

weakly to the E of Abidjan. The currents generally begin about
4 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

80 miles E of Abidjan and set inshore between this location

and Cape Three Points. 

1.1 The currents in the vicinity of Cape Three Points are variable

in both strength and direction. A current setting E, with a rate

as high as 3 knots, has been reported. 

1.1 Vessels heading W from Cape Saint Paul to Cape Three

Points are advised to stay as close to the coast as safety permits. Such vessels usually encounter only a weak current with

a rate of 0.4 knot. However, vessels taking the direct route generally encounter a current, which at times attains a rate of 3

knots.

1.1 Depths—Limitations.—Depths in the approaches to this

coast are deep and clear of dangers. The 200m curve lies generally parallel to the coast and between 13 and 23 miles offshore. The only exception is Le Trou Sans Fond, in the approaches to Abidjan (see paragraph 1.13), where the 30m curve

lies almost parallel to the coast and between 1 mile and 6 miles

offshore. There are no known dangers outside of the 200m

curve.

1.1 Caution.—Vessels should not approach within 2.5 miles of

the coast between Cape Palmas and the Cavalla River (4°22'N.,

7°32'W.). The depths lying off the coast are very irregular, particularly in the vicinity of Growa Point (4°21'N., 7°37'W.) and

Cavalla Point (4°21'N., 7°36'W.).

1.1 Numerous fishing boats may be encountered in the waters

lying adjacent to the coasts described in this sector.

1.1 When transiting near the coasts described in this sector, a

sharp lookout should be kept for canoes.

1.1 Acts of piracy have occurred in the waters described within

this sector but they have generally taken place at the anchorages or in the approaches to the ports. Vessels should not allow

any unauthorized craft to come alongside.

1.1 Oil and gas development areas and fields, with associated

rigs, platforms, riser pipes, wellheads, submarine pipelines,

terminal buoys, and storage vessels, may be encountered off

the coasts described in this sector.

1.1 The West African Gas Pipeline runs from 7.5 miles NE of

Takoradi, Ghana through the coastal waters of Togo and Benin

to 6.75 miles ESE of Badagri, Nigeria. There area several areas

with connections along this route. The pipeline, which can best

be seen on the chart, has been buried in some areas but not in

others. Caution is advised when navigating these areas and anchoring is prohibited within 1 mile of the pipeline. 

1.1 Some of the well heads may protrude more than 5m above

the sea bed and may be unmarked. Some of the platforms and

structures may be disused, abandoned, and unlit. In many cases, the submarine pipelines are not buried in the sea bed and

depths over them may be reduced by as much as 2m. In addition, many temporary structures and objects associated with oil

and gas exploration may not be charted.

Cape Palmas to Abidjan

1.2 Cape Palmas (4°22'N., 7°44'W.), 19m high, is a

rocky peninsula connected to the mainland by a low and sandy

isthmus. Russwurm Island, 8m high, lies close S of the cape

and is connected to it by a causeway. This island is covered

with verdure and is difficult to distinguish against the cape.

The town of Harper stands on the isthmus.

For a description of the approaches to the cape; the small

harbor, known as Harper Point; and the nearby roadstead anchorage, which is used for the export of logs and rubber, see

Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe

and Northwest Africa.

A light is shown from a prominent tower, 22m high, standing

close to the W extremity of Cape Palmas.

Between the cape and Growa Point, 6.7 miles E, the coast

consists of a high sandy beach. A conspicuous mass of black

rock lies on the beach about 2.5 miles E of the cape.

1.2 A shallow lagoon lies close behind the sandy foreshore and

extends parallel to it for about 3.5 miles. The village of Buddu

is situated near the E end of this lagoon. During the rainy season, the lagoon breaks through to the sea and flows out between the groups of houses standing in the village.

1.2 Newill Rock, with a least depth of 6m, lies 0.7 mile offshore,

about 1.7 miles ESE of Cape Palmas. Athol Rock, with a least

depth of 6.4m, lies 1.9 miles offshore, about 3 miles WSW of

Growa Point. Two rocky heads, with depths of 6.4 and 9.1m,

lie about midway between Newill Rock and Athol Rock.

1.2 A shoal patch, with a depth of 16.5m, was reported (1967) to

lie about 4.5 miles SSE of Cape Palmas.

1.2 A prominent hill, 70m high, rises 1.2 miles inland, about 3.3

miles ENE of Cape Palmas. A conspicuous college building,

white with a black roof, stands on this hill.

1.2 Growa Point (4°21'N., 7°37'W.) is a long, low, and rocky

projection. Growa Reefs, on which the sea breaks heavily, extend up to about 0.8 mile SW and 0.4 mile S from this point.

During good weather, landing is possible in the vicinity of the

point, but a surf boat is necessary. The town of Growa, also

known as Whole Graway, stands about 1 mile NW of the point.

1.2 Helene Woerman Rock, with a least depth of 3.7m, lies

about 2.5 miles SW of Growa Point. This steep-to rock, which

was reported not to break in the dry season (November to

March), forms the outermost danger along this part of the

coast.

1.2 A shoal patch, with a depth of 10m, lies about 1.7 miles

SSW of Growa Point and another patch, with a least depth of

9m, lies between it and Growa Reefs. Harvey Rock, on which

the sea always breaks, lies 1.3 miles offshore, about 1.2 miles

WSW of Growa Point. Several rocky patches, with depths of 5

to 10m, lie within 0.5 mile of Harvey Rock.

1.2 Cavalla Point (4°21'N., 7°36'W.), fronted by rocks, is situated 1.2 miles E of Growa Point. A village stands among trees

0.5 mile NE of the point. 

1.2 An isolated shoal patch, with a least depth of 9.1m, lies

about 1 mile SSW of Cavalla Point.

1.2 Foul ground, with several above-water rocks, extends up to

0.8 mile from the coast between Growa Point and Cavalla

Point. Cavalla Ledge, formed by a group of shoals, lies centered 1 mile offshore, about 2.8 miles ESE of Cavalla Point.

The shallowest shoal of this group, with a depth of less than

2m, breaks and lies at the NW end.

1.3 The Cavally River (4°22'N., 7°32'W.) indents the

coast 4 miles E of Cavalla Point. It is navigable up to about 40

miles above the entrance by small power vessels. The first rapids are located about 80 miles above the mouth.

The boundary between Liberia and the Ivory Coast (Cote

D’Ivoire) is situated in the vicinity of the Cavally River.

1.3 Two umbrella trees stand close together on the W side of the
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 5

Pub. 123

entrance and a small house, with a tiled roof, is situated close

W of them. The entrance channel, which is about 90m wide between the sand banks, is constantly changing. Sunken rocks lie

close offshore at the W side of this channel and the bar, which

fronts the entrance, has the reputation of being the most dangerous along this part of the coast. The village of Blieron is situated on the E side of the entrance. The Custom house, a

prominent white building with a red roof and a flagstaff, is situated in the village.

1.3 Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 15m, sand and

mud, about 1 mile S of the Customhouse.

1.3 Willett Hill, a prominent flat-topped hill, rises 3 miles N of

the entrance to the river and has a conspicuous knob, 94m high,

standing close W of its center. In clear weather, this knob is reported to be visible from up to 18 miles seaward.

1.3 Between the Cavally River and Pointe Tafou, 10.5 miles

ENE, the coast is low, sandy, and backed by a dense forest. It is

broken occasionally by clumps of trees up to 60m high. 

1.3 A rounded, sandy point is located 2.7 miles E of the mouth

of the Cavally River and is fronted by extensive reefs, which

extend up to about 0.8 mile seaward. Several rocks, up to 3.7m

high, lie in the vicinity of these reefs. A stranded wreck, reported to be radar conspicuous (1987), lies in the vicinity of these

rocks.

1.3 A hill, with treetops 55m high, rises close N of this sandy

point and is prominent.

1.3 Subra Meno Point (4°22'N., 7°27'W.) is located 4.5 miles

ENE of the mouth of the Cavally River and forms the W entrance point of the Tahauru River. A stranded wreck, reported

to be radar conspicuous (1968), lies on a group of rocks about

0.4 mile S of the river mouth.

1.3 An isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 9m, is reported

(1966) to lie about 2.7 miles SE of Subra Meno Point.

1.3 The village of Biahuin stands 2.5 miles ENE of Subra Meno

Point. A group of rocks, which breaks, lie about 0.7 mile S of

this village.

1.3 Pointe Tafou (4°25'N., 7°22'W.) is a low and rocky point located at the W side of the entrance to the Tafou River. This river is small and used only by canoes. It was reported (1969) that

the entrance had silted up and only the beach was in use.

1.3 A light is shown from a tower, 14m high, standing on Pointe

Tafou; a radio mast is situated 0.2 mile WSW of it. The town of

Tabou is situated close within the entrance on the N bank of the

river. A mission building, with a prominent clock tower, stands

in the town.

1.3 It is reported (1971) that a vessel grounded about 0.3 mile S

of the light. Therefore, a preferred anchorage lies, in a depth of

15m, about 0.8 mile SE of the light.

1.4 Pointe Basha (4°28'N., 7°15'W.), fringed by reefs, is

located 7.5 miles NE of Pointe Tafou. The coast between consists of a sandy beach backed by densely-wooded country.

Point Tabou, low and fronted by foul ground, is located 2.7

miles NE of Pointe Tafou. The large village of Segre stands 1.4

miles NE of this point. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth

of 24m, sand and mud, about 1 mile SE of the village. The bottom is foul in any lesser depths.

 Pointe Basha, which shelters a roadstead anchorage, is surmounted by a rock resembling the outline of a fort when seen

from the W. A buoy is moored 1.6 miles ENE of this point.

1.4 Grand Basha, a village, stands on the N side of the entrance

to the River Houo, 1 mile N of Pointe Basha. It may be identified by a prominent long and low house with a gray roof.

Pointe Boubele, the SW entrance point of the river, is marked

by two beacons. A post, with a triangular daymark, stands 0.9

mile NNE of Pointe Boubele, but it is situated near the shore

and not easily distinguished. A wharf, used by lighters, fronts

the shore close N of Pointe Boubele and is reported to be radar

conspicuous.

1.4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 12 to 16m about 1

mile E of Pointe Boubele. The bottom consists of sand, broken

shells, and gravel, with good holding ground. This roadstead is

used for exporting timber. 

1.4 The coast continues ENE for 13 miles from Pointe Basha to

Pointe Poor. A long and narrow lagoon lies close behind the

beach, which fronts the coast for the last 8.2 miles. The sandy

beach barrier that separates this lagoon from the sea is covered

with trees, but occasional bare spots show where the waters

burst through in the rainy season.

1.4 Pointe Ouappou (Point Wappu), rocky and 20m high, is located 3.5 miles NE of Pointe Boubele. The village of Wappu

stands on this point and the mouth of the River Tuhobre lies

close WSW of it. 

1.4 Pointe Poor (4°32'N., 7°03'W.) is low, rocky, and fringed by

rocks extending up to about 0.3 mile seaward. The mouth of

the River Nebano lies close N of this point. Pointe Klama,

fronted by rocks, is located 1.5 miles ENE of Pointe Poor. A

conspicuous gray rock stands about 0.5 mile N of this point. A

hill, 90m high, rises 2 miles NNW of this point.

1.4 A stranded wreck, reported (2002) to be no longer conspicuous, lies close ENE of Pointe Klama.

Poste de Bereby (Point Sagree) (4°34'N., 7°01'W.), located

0.7 mile NNE of Pointe Klama, is one of the few places along

this part of the coast where landing is possible. A village stands

on the point. Two moderately-high mountains rise 8 and 12

miles NNW of this point and provide good landmarks. Anchorage can be taken in a depth of 22m, sand, about 0.5 mile SE of

the point.

1.4 Pointe Ible, surmounted by a building, is located 1 mile NE

of Poste de Bereby. A pinnacle rock. with a depth of 6m, lies

about 0.4 mile S of this point.

1.5 Pointe Kadabou (4°39'N., 6°54'W.) is located 8.5

miles NE of Poste de Bereby. The coast between consists of a

succession of sandy bights divided by rocky points. The land

behind the beach consists of an extensive forest, which rises

gradually to wooded hills.

1.5 From about 1 mile NE of Poste de Bereby, an extensive

chain of reefs lies parallel to the coast and extends for about

4.5 miles. Ilot Devil, with a black base, lies 2.3 miles SW of

Pointe Kadabou. This islet is 13m high and has a flat summit

which has been whitened by numerous sea birds settling on it.

A shoal, which breaks, lies 0.3 mile NNE of this islet.

1.5 Pointe Kadabou consists of a bold and rocky cliff, 36m high,

which can easily be recognized by a white rock standing near

its summit. The village of Basa (Grande Berebi) is situated on

this point and several reddish houses, with a group of palm

trees, are prominent from seaward. Two hills, rising close together, stand 3 miles WNW of the village and are 95m high.
6 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

1.5 It is reported (1993) that the stranded wreck of a ro-ro ferry

lies near Basa (Grande Berebi).

1.5 It is reported (1995) that a tug grounded in the vicinity of

Basa (Grande Berebi) and has been abandoned as a constructive total loss. 

1.5 A roadstead, used mostly for loading timber, lies at the head

of the bight entered N of Pointe Kadabou. A river, with a lagoon at its entrance, empties into the head of this bight. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 11m about 0.5 mile E of

Pointe Kadabou or in a depth of 14m about 1 mile ESE of the

point.

Gumara Reefs (Turpin Rock), with depths of less than 1m,

lie 0.5 mile NNE of Pointe Kadabou. Roche Katoum, a granite

rock, lies about 1 mile NE of Pointe Kadabou. It is 11m high

and fringed by shoals on its W and NE sides. The top of this

rock is covered with white guano, but it becomes brown during

the rainy season. Several other shoals and obstructions lie in

the vicinity of this rock and Gumara Reefs.

Pointe Tahu (4°42'N., 6°42'W.), fronted by reefs, is located

13 miles ENE of Pointe Kadabou. It is low and wooded. A factory stands close W of the point. The coast between this point

and Point Kadabou consists mostly of sandy beaches and is

wooded with numerous villages. The River Nema enters the

sea through a lagoon about 3.2 miles W of Pointe Tahu. The

shore is rocky and steep-to in places. Numerous rocks, both

above and below-water, lie off this stretch of coast and it

should be given a wide berth.

A dangerous rock (existence doubtful) is reported to lie

about 2 miles S of Pointe Tahu. 

1.5 The coast from Pointe Tahu continues ENE for 6 miles to the

harbor of San-Pedro. It is generally sandy, low, and backed by

a lagoon. The shore is fronted by numerous shoals and other

dangers and should be given a wide berth.

1.6 San-Pedro (4°44'N., 6°37'W.) (World Port Index No.

45963) is a partly-sheltered harbor used mostly for the export

of timber. It is situated in a lagoon about 1 mile SW of the

mouth of the River San-Pedro.

1.6 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is exposed to E and NE

winds and seas. At such times, a heavy swell may also be

experienced at the quays.

1.6 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.5m at springs and

1.1m at neaps.

1.6 The tidal currents attain rates of 0.5 to 1 knot at the entrance,

but are less inside the harbor. A strong undertow may be felt

within the harbor between June and September.

1.6 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two

breakwaters. It is entered through a channel, 137m wide, which

is dredged to a depth of 12m.

1.6 There are three principal quays. The W quay has 586m of

berthing space, with a depth of 10.5m alongside. The E quay

has 1,120m of berthing space with depths of 8.5 to 10.5m

alongside. Vessels of up to 25,000 dwt, 220m in length, and

9.8m draft can be accommodated at these quays.

1.6 The S quay, 154m long, has a dredged depth of 10.5m alongside. It can be used by vessels up to 150m in length and 8.5m

draft.

1.6 Several mooring buoys are situated in depths of 10 to 11m

within the N part of the harbor. They form berths, which may

be used by vessels of 100 to 200m in length, with drafts of 8.5

to 10.5m.

1.6 A cement dolphin berth, 200m long, is situated on the NW

side of the harbor. It has a depth of 11m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to 195m in length and 10.5m draft.

1.6 A tanker berth is located on the W side of the E quay. It can

accommodate vessels up to 90m in length and 5.5m draft. A

turning basin, 400m in diameter, lies in the center of the harbor

and is dredged to a depth of 11m. 

1.6 Aspect.—Two prominent multi-story buildings, the E of

which is taller, stand on the coast close WSW of the harbor entrance. A conspicuous telecommunications tower, 59m high,

stands 0.6 mile W of the E breakwater head. It is topped by a

mast and marked by an obstruction light.

1.6 San-Pedro Light, is shown from a framework tower, 27m

high, standing on the E end of the summit of a hill, which rises

1 mile NE of the harbor entrance.

1.6 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates the entrance channel.

1.6 A prominent building and a silo stand 0.9 mile and 1.3 mile,

respectively, WSW of San-Pedro Light. A conspicuous tank

farm is situated about 0.4 mile SW of San-Pedro Light.

1.6 An aeronautical radio beacon, situated in approximate position 4°46.2'N, 6°39.0'W, is reported (1995) to operate between

0700 and 1830 hours daily. Requests for night operation may

be made through Abidjan radio.

1.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channel 12 and board about 1.5 miles S of the W

breakwater. Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours in advance, with a confirmation 3 hours before arrival; if the vessel

is over 200m in length, the draft should be included in the messages.

1.6 Generally, vessels may enter by day only, but can depart by

day or at night.

1.6 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, while awaiting a pilot, in

a depth of 18m, sand, good holding ground, about 0.8 mile SSE

of the W breakwater head. Anchorage is not recommended to

the W of the meridian passing through the head of the W

breakwater.

1.6 Caution.—It is reported (1996) that the dredged areas within the harbor are no longer maintained and depths are less than

charted in many places.

1.7 Between San-Pedro and Sassandra, 34 miles ENE, the

coast generally consists of cliffs backed by mountains, some

peaks of which are conspicuous. Collines Temple, 158m high,

rises 7 miles NE of San-Pedro and marks the W end of a coastal mountainous chain which extends ENE for 27 miles.

The River San-Pedro enters the sea about 0.3 mile NE of

San-Pedro Light. This river is shallow and its mouth is only

15m wide.

Pointe Monoho (Pointe Drewin) (4°48'N., 6°26'W.) is located 10 miles ENE of San-Pedro Light and 5 miles E of Collines

Temple. This point, 19m high, is prominent, rocky, and wooded. It is fringed by several rocks on the NE side. A hill, 60m

high, rises 0.4 mile W of the point. Landing can be made on the

San-Pedro Home Page

http://www.sanpedro-portci.com
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 7

Pub. 123

gently sloping beach which lies in a sheltered inlet, close W of

the point. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 11m about

0.3 mile E of the point.

1.7 Two small rivers, the mouths of which are obstructed by sand

bars, enter the sea 0.7 mile NNE and 1.2 miles NE of pointe

Monoho. 

1.7 Pointe Enframa (4°52'N., 6°13'W.) is located 14 miles ENE

of Pointe Monoho. The coast between is formed by a succession of small rocky points with sandy beaches extending between them. The shore is fringed, in places, by reefs. Pointe

Abrapa is situated 6.4 miles WSW of Pointe Enframa. It is

marked by a white cliff, but is not easily identified.

1.7 The villages of Basa and Lolieko are situated 6.2 miles and

7.5 miles, respectively, ENE of Pointe Enframa.

1.8 Sassandra (4°57'N., 6°05'W.), a small harbor, is

dominated on the W side by an abrupt headland which is 53m

high and covered with luxuriant vegetation. The town stands

between this headland and the entrance to the River Sassandra,

0.8 mile NNE. The headland is fringed by rocks on which the

sea breaks. It forms the E end of a chain of hills known as

Hautes Terres de Drewin. The river is obstructed by a shallow

bar and is used only by small boats. It expands close above the

mouth into a large lagoon, in which lies Ile Fisolagpo.

1.8 A light is shown from a tower, 10m high, standing on the top

of the cliffs of the headland; however, it is reported that the

lights of the town are usually seen before this aid.

It is reported (1983) that the harbor is permanently closed.

1.8 A school stands near the coast, 0.7 mile SW of Sassandra. It

is conspicuous, well-lighted, and reported to be visible from up

to about 15 miles seaward. A conspicuous hospital, consisting

of a large white building with a gray roof, stands on a rocky

spur, 45m high, and overlooks the town.

1.9 The coast extending to the E of Sassandra is flat for

3.5 miles and fronted by a steep, sandy beach. It is then hilly

for the next 2.5 miles. The hills attain heights of about 110m

and are broken by ravines.

Pointe Brouko (Pointe Mortality) (4°59'N., 5°58'W.) is located 7 miles ENE of Sassandra. Several villages are situated

in this vicinity. The point is prominent, bold, and steep-to.

1.9 From a point on the shore located about 7 miles ENE of

Pointe Brouko, a series of red cliffs begin and extend for 18

miles to Fresco. A beach stretches to the E of Fresco and is

bordered by a row of trees in the middle of which is a wood.

1.9 Between Fresco and Grand-Lahou, 34 miles E, the coast is

low and thinly wooded. It is bordered by a sandy beach, on

which the heavy surf frequently makes communication with

the shore impossible. A narrow lagoon, resembling a canal,

runs parallel to the coast close behind the beach. 

1.10 Grand-Lahou (5°09'N., 5°00'W.) (World Port Index

No. 45970) stands on the W side of the entrance to the Bandama River. This town can be identified by two prominent

houses, one with a black and the other with a red roof, standing

at the W end.

Mont Lahou, 106m high, rises 5 miles N of the town and is

covered by trees.

A light, equipped with a racon, is shown from a tower, 17m

high, standing in the town.

The entrance to the river is very narrow and is fronted by a

dangerous bar. It is sheltered by a prominent mole projecting E

from the W entrance point. The yellowish water from the river

can be seen to the E of the mouth and up to nearly 2 miles offshore. 

1.10 Anchorage may be taken in a depth of 15m, sand and mud,

about 0.5 mile SSE of the light. The holding ground is good,

but vessels roll heavily. This roadstead is reported (1989) to be

seldom used. 

1.10 Foxtrot Platform (5°02'N., 4°41'W.), an oil and gas platform, is situated 20 miles ESE of Grand-Lahou and about 7

miles E of Lion Terminal. A submarine pipeline extends NNE

from this platform to the shore.

1.10 Between Grand-Lahou and Abidjan, 61 miles E, the coast is

bordered by a sandy beach. Numerous villages are situated

along the shore, but are difficult to identify. Lagune Eerie lies

behind this stretch of the coast. This lagoon extends in a W to

E direction for about 65 miles and contains numerous islands.

1.10 Grande Jack (5°11'N., 4°28'W.) is situated 32 miles E of

Grand-Lahou. This village can be identified by the mass of foliage in the background and a prominent house, with a white

roof, standing close E of it.

1.10 It is reported (2003) that a light is shown from a tower standing on the coast about 4.5 miles W of Grande Jack.

1.10 Jacqueville (5°12'N., 4°23'W.) is situated 37 miles E of

Grand-Lahou and 5 miles E of Grande Jack. It can be identified

by a group of white houses, two water towers, and a church.

The entire length of the village is fronted by palms.

1.10 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.7 mile offshore, 5 miles E of

Jacqueville.

1.10 A wreck with an unsurveyed depth of at least 20m lies SW of

Jacqueville and W of the charted abandoned oil field in position 5°03.8'N, 4°34.5'W.

1.11 Espoir Terminal (5°03'N., 4°27'W.), located about 9

miles S of Jacqueville, consists of a platform and a nearby

Floating Production Storage and Off loading (FPSO) Vessel.

Oil and gas submarine pipelines extend NW from this facility

to the shore. 

1.11 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot will advise the boarding

position after VHF contact has been established with the terminal. Pilots usually board about 3 miles ENE of the FPSO. The

pilot can be contacted on VHF channel 14 and the FPSO control room can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 69. 

1.11 Vessels should send their initial ETA to the CNR Offshore

Representative on departure from the previous port (or immediately on departure if the port is less than 72 hours from the

terminal). Vessels must send ETA messages 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival.

1.11 The first message should contain the following:

1. Vessel name, call sign, and INMARSAT numbers.

2. Cargo requirements.

3. Maximum loading rate.

4. Arrival draft fore and aft.

5. Last port of call.

6. Confirmation of clean bill of health.

7. Any sickness onboard.

8. Distance (in meters) from bow to loading manifold.

9. Length.
8 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

10. A statement that vessel can perform closed loading.

11. Confirmation that the vessel is equipped with a bow

stopper able to receive 76mm chain.

12. Local agent’s name and details.

1.11 Espoir Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.11 The CNR Offshore Representative must be notified should

the vessel’s ETA change by 6 hours or more following the 72-

hour and 48-hour notice or by 1 hour or more following the 24-

hour notice.

1.11 Berthing is available 0600 to 1500 local time. Vessels arriving after 1500 will be berthed the following day. Vessels may

depart at any time.

1.11 The terminal has a depth of 110m alongside and can handle

tankers up to 350,000 dwt. Vessels are berthed in tandem, bow

to stern, with the FPSO.

1.11 A designated anchorage area for tankers is centered about 4

miles NE of the FPSO.

1.11 A restricted area, with a radius of 2 miles, is centered on the

terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

1.11 Caution.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies centered about 10 miles S of Jacqueville. Due to the

existence of underwater obstructions, anchoring and fishing are

prohibited within this area.

1.12 Baobab Terminal (4°58'N., 4°33'W.) is located about

13 miles offshore, 29 miles ESE of Grand-Lahou. It consists of

a Floating Production Storage and Off loading (FPSO) vessel,

which is turret-moored in a depth of 970m. The terminal can

handle vessels up to 60,000 dwt. Submarine pipelines extend

about 2.5 miles ENE and SE from the FPSO (Baobab Ivoirien

MV10) to production manifolds.

1.12 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted on VHF

channel 74 and board about 2 miles from the terminal. Vessels

berth during daylight hours only but may depart at any time.

Tankers moor in tandem, bow to stern, with the FPSO.

1.12 Vessels should send their ETA to the Baobab Marine Terminal at least 7 days in advance, if at sea, or as soon as orders are

received to proceed to the terminal. Vessels should send their

ETA to the Baobab Marine Terminal and Abidjan Port Authority 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Additional

notification should be given if the ETA reported on the 72 or 48

hour message changes by 4 hours or more.

1.12 A designated anchorage area, with a radius of 1 mile, lies

centered about 11.5 miles NE of the terminal.

1.12 A circular restricted area, with a radius of 2 miles, is centered on the terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter

this area.

1.12 Tankers moored at the terminal must fly the flag of the Republic of Ivory Coast.

1.12 Caution.—Small craft, with no lights, may be encountered

in the vicinity of the anchorage and FPSO.

Abidjan (5°15'N., 4°01'W.)

World Port Index No. 46000

1.13 Abidjan is the capital and principal port of the Ivory

Coast. It provides a large sheltered harbor. The city is an

industrial center and also a major railroad terminal.

1.13 Winds—Weather.—The wind usually blows from the SW

with frequent calms, especially during the dry seasons. A dry

wind blows occasionally from ENE between December and

February. Hurricanes are frequent, particularly in April, May,

October, and November. The weather in this vicinity consists

of four seasons, as follows:

1. A long dry season from December to April.

2. A long rainy season from May to the middle of July.

3. A short dry season from the middle of July to September or October.

4. A short rainy season from September or October to

November.

1.13 A swell from the SW, which never quite subsides, generally

attains a height of 0.3m and causes rollers along the beach in

the vicinity of the port. This swell has been reported to occasionally attain a height of 1.8m during June, July, and August.

1.13 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.2m at springs and

0.9m at neaps.

1.13 At springs, the ebb tidal current attains a rate of about 6

knots at the seaward end of Canal de Vridi. The flood current is

weaker and at neaps and during the rainy season, it is imperceptible.

1.13 At the entrance of Canal de Vridi, the tidal currents sometimes set toward the W bank with strong eddies. At such times,

vessels should use care as they may encounter difficulties in

maneuvering, particularly heavily-loaded tankers.

1.13 Depths—Limitations.—Le Trou Sana Fond (5°13'N.,

3°58'W.), also known as The Bottomless Pit, is a funnel-shaped

submarine canyon which penetrates the coastal bank in the approaches to Abidjan for a distance of about 11 miles. It has a

width of about 3.5 miles and a depth of over 820m at a distance

of 9 miles offshore. This canyon still has a depth of 200m

about 1.3 miles offshore, while at the head, close to the edge of

the beach, it has is a depth of 40m. The bottom consists mostly

of soft bluish mud but there is some coral rock at depths between 345 and 370m.

1.13 The port is entered through Canal de Vridi which is about

1.5 miles long. This canal has a width of 370m, except at the

seaward end where it is only about 200m wide. The canal has a

dredged depth of 13.5m (1992).

1.13 Vessels can transit through the canal only when the tidal current is setting at a rate of less than 2 knots. At neaps, this occurs anytime. At springs, this occurs from 1 hour before to 1

hour after HW and from 1 hour before to 30 minutes after LW.

Large vessels are advised to arrive at the entrance to the canal

at HW.

1.13 Overhead power cables, with a minimum vertical clearance

of 66m, span the canal, 0.6 mile NW of the entrance.

1.13 Two tanker berths are situated near the middle of the E bank

of the canal. They are equipped with breasting dolphins and

mooring buoys and have a depth of 10m alongside. Tankers of

up to 210m in length and 9.1m draft can be accommodated.

1.13 A fertilizer pier, 90m long, is located close E of the NE end

offshorerep.ei@cnrinternational.com

Abidjan Home Page

http://www.paa-ci.org
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 9

Pub. 123

of the canal. It can accommodate vessels of up to 130m in

length and 7.9m draft.

1.13 South Quay, 0.8 mile long, extends N from a point located

0.5 mile NE of the N end of the canal and includes a container

terminal. It provides ten berths and has depths up to 12.5m

alongside. A ro-ro pier is situated S of South Quay. It is 200m

long and has a depth of 12.5m alongside. 

1.13 A fishing vessel basin is situated N of South Quay. It has

1,050m of berthing space with depths of 5 to 7m alongside.

West Quay, 0.8 mile long, extends NW from the fishing basin.

It provides ten berths and has a depth of 10m alongside. North

Quay, 0.4 mile long, extends NE from West Quay. It provides

five berths and has a depth of 10m alongside.

1.13 Banana Wharf, 240m long, lies N of North Quay. It provides

two berths and has a depth of 7m alongside.

1.13 There are also several mooring buoy berths located within

the inner harbor.

1.13 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, timber, reefer, bulk, tanker, and fishing vessels. Vessels of up to

260m in length and 10.37m draft can be accommodated. However, the maximum draft for entry is sometimes reduced to 9m

during periods of heavy swell. The maximum draft for outbound vessels is 10.67m.

1.13 Aspect.—Lighted ranges, which may best be seen on the

chart, indicate the approach channel leading into the entrance

of Canal de Vridi. The E and W entrance points of the canal are

marked by lights.

1.13 Lighted Buoy R (5°12'N., 4°00'W.), equipped with a racon,

is moored about 1.5 miles S of the entrance to the canal. Lighted Buoy AN is moored about 1.2 miles SE of the entrance to

the canal; vessels should pass E of it.

1.13 Port Bouet Light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 30m

high, standing 2.5 miles E of the entrance to the canal. 

1.13 A prominent signal station, with a radio mast, stands on the

E entrance point of the canal. A tank farm, several flares, and a

refinery, all prominent, are situated about 1 mile NE of the canal entrance. Two conspicuous chimneys stand near a power

station on the E side of the canal, about 0.7 mile NW of the signal station. Pylons, supporting the overhead power cable, stand

close S of the power station and are also conspicuous. A conspicuous crane is reported to stand on the W side of the entrance to the canal.

1.13 Ile Boulet (5°16'N., 4°06'W.) is situated at the W side of the

inner harbor. A wall, painted white and bearing 313° ahead, is

situated on this island. It is used as a mark by vessels transiting

the canal.

1.13 The inner harbor is part of Lagune Ebrie. It is bounded by Ile

Boulet on the SW side and Ile de Petit-Bassam on the E side.

The town stands on a promontory which extends S toward Ile

de Petit-Bassam. The government palace, a large prominent

building, stands on a small hill in the SW part of the town.

1.13 A light is shown from a water tower standing on the NW part

of Ile de Petit-Bassam, about 3.5 miles NNW of the entrance to

Canal de Vridi. A conspicuous silo, 36m high, is situated about

0.4 mile WNW of this light.

1.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than

150 nrt and is available 24 hours. Pilots can be contacted on

VHF channel 6, 11, 12, or 16 and are reported (2005) to board

about 0.8 mile ENE of Lighted Buoy AN (5°13.5'N.,

3°59.6'W.). 

1.13 Vessels must send an ETA and request for pilotage to the

Port Conrol 24 hours, 6 hours, and 1 hour in advance. The message must include their draft.

1.13 Vessels moored at the outer anchorage must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 12 or 16. Vessels

moored at the inner anchorage must maintain a watch from

1000 to 1030 local time (after the port meeting).

1.13 The port of Abidjan may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.13 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system operates in the approaches to Canal de Vridi. The VTS

area (control zone) is formed by a circle, with a radius of 1

mile, centered on Approach Lighted Buoy (5°12.9'N.,

4°00.2'W.). The VTS Center (call sign: Vigie) can be contacted

on VHF channels 12 and 16.

1.13 Vessels are prohibited from entering the VTS area without

authorization from the VTS Center or to anchor, except in cases of force majeure (emergency).

1.13 After being identified and given instructions by the VTS

Center, vessels will proceed to embark the pilot. Vessels departing must follow the route determined by the VTS Center in

such a way as not to restrict the approach of inbound vessels.

1.13 Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting the pilot should anchor at

least 1.5 miles W of the meridian passing through the S entrance point of Canal de Vridi. Vessels should anchor in depths

of over 20m, sand with good holding ground, at least 1 to 2

miles off the coast, depending on their draft.

1.13 Large vessels should anchor about 1 mile off the coast, in

depths of 40 to 50m.

1.13 The inner anchorage berths, within the harbor, lie S, E, and

N of Ile Boulet and may best be seen on the chart. They have

depths of 8 to 23m, hard mud, with good holding ground.

1.13 Caution.—An area obstructed by wrecks, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, lies centered about 8

miles WSW of the entrance to Canal de Vridi.

1.13 A circular area, within which anchoring is prohibited, lies

centered about 1.5 miles S of the entrance to Canal de Vridi.

This area has a radius of 1 mile and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.13 A restricted area extends about 15 miles seaward from the

shore in the vicinity of Port Bouet Light. Anchoring, fishing,

and dredging are prohibited within this area, which may best

be seen on the chart (see paragraph 1.14).

1.13 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie across Canal de Vridi.

1.13 A wreck, with a depth of 15.1m, lies close to the shore about

0.5 mile SW of the entrance to Canal de Vridi. It is marked by

a lighted buoy and may best be seen on the chart.

1.13 Large vessels must comply with certain conditions and entry

to the port may be delayed by adverse conditions of swell, current, or tide. The local authorities should be contacted in advance for the latest information concerning any restrictions.

1.13 Lighting of the navigation aids in the approaches to the port

was reported (1998) to be unreliable.

1.13 It is reported (2007) that a dangerous wreck lies about 3

miles W of Lighted Buoy R (5°12'N., 4°00'W.).

1.14 Port Bouet Offshore Terminal (5°14'N., 3°58'W.)

info@paa-ci.org
10 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

(World Port Index No. 45990) is situated 2.7 miles E of the entrance to Canal de Vridi and serves the refinery at Abidjan.

An outer lighted buoy (S cardinal) is moored about 1.6 miles

SSW of Port Bouet Light (5°14.7'N., 3°57.5'W.). A directional

sector light is shown from a structure standing 0.3 mile NW of

Port Bouet Light.

An airport is situated about 1.5 miles E of Port Bouet Light.

Red obstruction lights are shown occasionally from a water

tower and a radio mast standing in the vicinity of the airport.

1.14 Submarine pipelines extend 0.9 mile SSE and 2.1 miles SSW

from the shore in the vicinity of the directional light. A berth

(SIR I), consisting of several mooring buoys, is situated in a

depth of 20m at the seaward end of the W pipeline. It can handle tankers up to 80,000 dwt, from 170 to 270m in length, and

up to 14m draft.

1.14 Lion Terminal (5°02'N., 4°48'W.) consisting of an SBM, is

situated in a depth of 49m at the seaward end of the E pipeline.

It can handle tankers up to 250,000 dwt and 21m draft, with a

minimum length of 200m. Vessels over 150,000 dwt require

special mooring arrangements. 

1.14 The SSW swell in the vicinity of the berths usually attains a

height of 1.5m, but can reach a height of 2.7m during July and

August. 

1.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

by VHF and are reported (2005) to board about 0.7 mile ENE

of Lighted Buoy R (5°12'N., 4°00'W.). Tugs are compulsory.

1.14 Vessels must send their ETA through their agents 72 hours

and 24 hours in advance. Vessels must also contact the Abidjan

Port Master the day before arrival at the Vridi roadstead and at

least 6 hours before arrival to confirm the ETA.

1.14 Caution.—The offshore oil terminal is situated within a restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart. Vessels not

proceeding to or from the terminal are prohibited from entering

this area without prior permission.

Abidjan to Takoradi

1.15 Belier Oil Field (5°05'N., 3°50'W.), consisting of one

production platform, lies centered 11 miles SSE of Port Bouet

Light. A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends NW between this field and Port Bouet.

Grand Bassam (5°12'N., 3°43'W.), situated 15 miles ESE of

Port Bouet, stands on the narrow and sandy neck which separates Lagune Ouladine from the sea. A ruined pier fronts the

shore S of the town and the shallow Komoe River (Flueve Comoe) flows into the sea 2 miles E of it. Three radio masts and a

tower are situated 2.7 miles ENE and 0.8 mile E, respectively,

of the ruined pier. The yellowish waters of the river discolor

the sea up to about 4 or 5 miles offshore and up to 2 miles W of

the mouth. It is reported (1999) that a light is shown from a

structure, 32m high, standing in the vicinity of the town.

1.15 Vessels anchoring at Grand Bassam usually moor in depths

of 11 to 18m, good holding ground, off the ruined pier. Local

knowledge is advised.

The Riviere Assinie (Assinic River) (5°07'N., 3°17'W.),

which receives water from an extensive area, lies with its

mouth located about 27 miles E of Grand Bassam. The coast

between is fringed by trees, 30 to 35m high, and numerous huts

are situated along the beach. The bar, which fronts the river, is

often impassable and can only be crossed by small craft. It is

situated close S of the town of Assinie. Prior to 1976, the

mouth of this river was situated about 8 miles W of its present

position in the vicinity of Assouendi, a large village. Within the

entrance of the river, Canal d’Assinie leads W to join the Komoe River (Flueve Comoe).

1.16 The coast extends 62 miles ESE from the entrance to

the Riviere Assinie to the mouth of the Anlobra River. It is

formed by a sandy beach, with lagoons and swamps, and is

backed by hills. The interior of the country consists of thick

forest.

1.16 The boundary between the Ivory Coast (Cote D’Ivoire) and

Ghana lies 12 miles E of the entrance to the Rivere Assinie.

1.16 The Ankobra River (4°54'N., 2°16'W.) is fronted by a shallow bar and boats should not attempt to cross it without local

knowledge. With a heavy swell, the sea breaks in depths of less

than 5m in the vicinity of the river entrance. Several rocks,

above and below-water, lie close outside the mouth of the river.

1.16 Axim Bay is entered close S of the entrance to the Ankobra

River. It lies between Akrumasi Point and Pepre Point, 2.5

miles SSE. The N shore of this bay is sandy and the E shore is

rocky. The shores are backed by densely wooded land which

rises to hills, 60 to 90m high. Round Hill, 77m high, rises 1.2

miles E of Akrumasi Point.

1.17 Axim (4°52'N., 2°15'W.) (World Port Index No.

46020), an anchorage port for timber, lies at the E side of the

bay, 0.7 mile N of Pepre Point.

1.17 Bobowasi Island lies 0.4 mile NNW of Pepre Point. It is 14m

high and is connected to the coast by a reef. Axim Light is

shown from a structure, with a signal station, standing on the

island.

1.17 Litton Rock, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about 2.3 miles

W of the S extremity of Bobowasi Island. It is surrounded by

rocky patches, with depths of 7 to 9m, which extend up to 0.3

mile seaward. Watts Rock, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies 0.7

mile S of Pepre Point and is surrounded by foul ground. Heaven Rock, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies about 1 mile W of

Bobowasi Island and is also surrounded by foul ground. Depths

of less than 9m lie close W, N, and ESE of this rock. Benin

Rock, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies 0.4 mile NW of Bobowasi Island.

1.17 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 9m, good holding

ground, about 0.7 mile WNW of Bobowasi Island and midway

between Heaven Rock and Benin Rock.

1.17 The town of Axim stands on the slopes of the hills behind the

coast. A fort is situated on a small rocky point in front of the

town.

1.18 Cape Three Points (4°45'N., 2°05'W.) is located 12

miles SE of Axim; the coast between is indented by several

bays. The name is given to the middle one of three points

which form a 3.5-mile long section of the coast. The entire face

of this section, from West Point to East Point, consists of a series of hills with abrupt sides and rocky points.

1.18 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 19m high, standing

on the S extremity of the cape.

1.18 Cape Shoal, a group of dangerous rocks, lies 0.8 mile SSW

of Cape Three Points Light and has a least depth of 4.6m. The

sea does not always break on this group and even with heavy
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 11

Pub. 123

rollers, the rocks only break at considerable intervals of time.

Vessels are advised to stay in depths of at least 35m in this vicinity.

Achowa Point (4°46'N., 1°58'W.) is located 6 miles ENE of

Cape Three Points. The coast between is bold and rocky for

nearly 1 mile. It then becomes an undulating plain fronted by a

sandy beach. The depths offshore between these points are

very irregular and vessels should not approach the coast without local knowledge.

1.18 Achowa Point is composed of several rocky projections, with

reefs extending a short distance from each of them. Several

above-water rocks lie close off the W side of the point and may

be seen distinctly from seaward. A rock, with a least depth of

5.5m, lies 0.4 mile SSW of the outermost above-water rock. A

rock, with a least depth of 18m, lies about 2.5 miles S of the

point.

1.18 Dix Cove lies 2.5 miles NE of Achowa Point. It is encumbered with reefs but may be used by small craft. A prominent

fort, with walls 9m high, stands above the NE entrance point.

Mount Swanzy, 119m high, rises about 3 miles NNW of the

cove. A low and rocky islet lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 1 mile

NE of the entrance to the cove. It is covered with coarse grass

and surrounded by reefs.

1.18 Butre Point, bold and rocky, is located 2.5 miles NE of Dix

Cove. A river enters the sea close N of this point and the ruins

of a small fort stand on the W bank near the mouth. Mount

Bartensteen, 134m high, rises 2 miles NNW of this point and is

covered with tall trees.

1.18 Adoblo Rock (4°50'N., 1°53'W.) lies at the end of a sandy

projection which extends from the coast 1.5 miles ENE of

Butre Point. It is large, black, and shaped like a haystack.

1.18 Between this rock and Takoradi, 9 miles ENE, the character

of the coast changes and the shore is fronted by reefs, irregular

depths, and rocky shoals.

1.18 Pumpuni, a village, stands on a point located 3.5 miles ENE

of Adoblo Rock. The point is composed of two hillocks. A beacon, 18m high, stands on the W most hillock. 

1.18 Caution.—An obstruction was reported (1945) to lie about

2.8 miles SE of Achowa Point.

1.18 An obstruction, with a depth of 5.9m, was reported (1924) to

lie (position approximate) about 0.6 mile SE of Dix Cove.

1.18 Due to reefs extending up to about 1.3 miles from the shore

in places and numerous other dangers, vessels transiting the

coast between Adoblo Rock and Takkoradi are advised to keep

in depths of at least 20m.

1.19 Takoradi (4°53'N., 1°44'W.) (World Port Index No.

46040), a sheltered harbor, lies in the SW part of Takoradi Bay,

which is entered between Takoradi Point and Sekondi Point, 4

miles NE.

1.19 Winds—Weather.—Squalls occur from the middle of

February to the beginning of June and from the middle of

October to the middle of December. They approach from

between NE and SE, but usually from the former direction. The

rainy season is from July to September.

1.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents set in and out of the

harbor entrance and run parallel to Lee Breakwater. Their effect is slightly noticeable in the E part of the harbor, but elsewhere it is nearly imperceptible.

1.19 Outside the harbor, a current sets E along the N side of Lee

Breakwater and across the entrance. Rollers, which generally

break W of Takoradi Point, are comparatively slight within the

bay.

1.19 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance was reported

(1995) to have a depth of 10.6m.

1.19 The port has 1,400m of principal quayage, which provides

seven main berths. These berths are 157 to 225m long and have

depths of 8.6 to 10m alongside. There are facilities for general

cargo, ore, bulk, ro-ro, and tanker vessels. Vessels up to 186m

in length and 9.2m draft can be accommodated.

1.19 In addition, nine mooring buoy berths are situated in the S

part of the harbor. These berths can be used by vessels of 103

to 182m in length and up to 9.8m draft.

1.19 Clinker Jetty extends 0.2 mile E from the shore, close N of

Lee Breakwater. It is reported to be in poor condition and no

longer used.

1.19 Aspect.—Takoradi Reef extends about 0.7 mile S and 1.3

miles E of Takoradi Point. Several wrecks lie on this reef. The

harbor is formed by two breakwaters. Main Breakwater extends E and NNE along the N side of the reef. Lee Breakwater

extends E from a point lying 0.4 mile N of the root of Main

Breakwater. These breakwaters form an entrance, 180m wide,

which faces N.

1.19 Takoradi Light is shown from a prominent water tower, 50m

high, with battlements and a turret, standing 1 mile W of the

head of Lee Breakwater. A conspicuous clock tower, 48m high,

is situated 0.1 mile SSW of this light. A signal station stands

close ENE of the light.

1.19 A conspicuous hotel, over 30m high, stands 0.3 mile WNW

of Takoradi Point. Several prominent oil tanks are situated near

the root of Lee Breakwater.

1.19 The town of Takoradi stands on the slopes of the hills to the

W of the harbor. An airport is situated 1 mile W of the town. It

is reported (1995) to be used only by the Ghana Air Force. An

aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 1.5 miles N of the

airport.

1.19 The town of New Takoradi stands on Poasi Bluffs, 1.2 miles

N of the root of Lee Breakwater. Three radio masts, marked by

obstruction lights, stand W of New Takoradi, about 1.4 miles

NNW of the root of Main Breakwater.

1.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

Vessels should send their request for pilotage and ETA 48

hours, 24 hours and 12 hours in advance. The messages should

include the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Date of arrival.

3. Draft fore and aft.

4. Length.

5. Gross registered tons.

6. Net registered tons.

7. Time in port.

8. Last port of call.

9. Next port of call.

10. Nationality.

11. Port of registry.

Takoradi Home Page

http://www.ghanaports.gov.gh
12 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

12. Call sign.

13. Agent.

14. Duty officer.

15. IMO number.

16. MMSI number.

1.19 Vessels should confirm their ETA when within 30 miles of

the port. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board about 0.7

mile NE of the head of the Main Breakwater.

1.19 The port of Takoradi may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.19 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage berths, in depths of 9 to

10m, good holding ground, lie 0.6 mile N of Lee Breakwater

and may best be seen on the chart. A quarantine anchorage is

also located in this vicinity.

1.19 Caution.—A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies

about 0.2 mile E of the head of Main Breakwater.

1.19 A wreck, with a depth of 8.5m, lies about 1 mile ENE of the

head of Main Breakwater.

1.19 A wreck, with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 2 miles NE of the

head of Main Breakwater.

1.19 An obstruction is reported to lie in the vicnity of the E side

of the anchorage area, about 0.5 mile N of the head of Main

Breakwater.

1.19 An area, within which anchorage is prohibited, extends 0.5

mile N of the port entrance and may best be seen on the chart.

1.19 At times, a scend is experienced within the harbor and vessels are advised to moor securely alongside. 

Takoradi to Tema

1.20 Sekondi Point (4°56'N., 1°42'W.), located 4 miles

NE of Takoradi, is formed by a bold, prominent, and rocky

cliff, 29m high. The coast between is composed of several

small bights divided by rocky points. The shore is fronted, in

many places, by foul ground. 

Fort Orange, a conspicuous square building, is situated on a

hill close N of the point. Fort Orange Light is shown from a

tower standing on the S corner of the fort.

1.20 The town of Sekondi extends W and N from the point and

stands between the fort and Sekondi Lagoon.

Sekondi Naval Harbor (4°56'N., 1°42'W.), located close E

of Sekondi Point, is formed by two breakwaters. Main Breakwater extends E and NE from the point and forms the S and SE

side of the harbor. Lee Breakwater extends ESE from a point

lying 0.4 mile N of the root of Main Breakwater and forms the

N side. The entrance faces N and has depths of 9 to 10m. The

harbor basin has general depths of 10 to 11m, deceasing to 4m

at the inner end.

Fort Orange Light and a light shown from a tower standing

on the head of Main Breakwater form a range, which leads

WSW between the banks lying in the approaches.

Butatel Point, backed by rocky cliffs 12 to 18m high, is located 0.4 mile N of Fort Orange Light. A prominent building,

with twin towers, stands close W of this point.

1.20 Tsiakur Bansu Point, fronted by a breakwater, is located 0.7

mile NNE of Fort Orange Light. It is surmounted by a conspicuous boundary pillar standing at an elevation of 13m. A conspicuous green house, with a dark roof, is situated 0.3 mile SW

of this point.

1.20 Sherbro Bank (4°57'N., 1°39'W.), with a least depth of

5.6m, lies about 2.5 miles ENE of the harbor entrance and

breaks when the rollers are heavy. Vessels are advised to give

this shoal bank a wide berth.

1.20 Roani Bank (4°55'N., 1°38'W.), with a least depth of 12m,

lies about 3.5 miles ESE of the harbor entrance.

Sekondi Bay (4°57'N., 1°42'W.) lies between Sekondi Naval

Harbor and Suchu Point, 1.5 miles NNE. It is shallow and encumbered by numerous rocks. Suchu Reef lies 0.3 mile E of

Suchu Point and extends parallel to the coast.

1.20 Caution.—It is reported that numerous fishing craft are often encountered in the vicinity of Roani Bank.

1.21 Aboadi Point (4°58'N., 1°38'W.), fronted by a reef

with several above-water rocks, is located 3 miles ENE of Suchu Point. The coast between consists of sandy beaches separated by rocky points, which are fronted by rocks. The point is

low, with a conspicuous clump of palm trees located near its

extremity.

Aboadi Oil Terminal (4°58'N., 1°38'W.) consists of a lighted SPM moored about 2 miles SE of Aboadi Point, in a depth

of 18.5m. A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends NW from the offshore terminal to the coast. The

terminal supplies oil to a thermal power station situated E of

Takoradi. Tankers up to 55,000 dwt and 300m in length can be

accommodated. 

Pilots are provided by the station in Takoradi. They may be

contacted by VHF and board about 4 miles SW of the SPM.

1.21 Caution.—A wreck, with a depth of 0.8m, lies near the E

side of Sherbro Bank, about 1.2 miles S of Aboadi Point.

1.22 Bassubu Rocks (4°59'N., 1°38'W.) front the shore

about 0.7 mile NE of Aboadi Point and are fringed by a reef

which extends up to 0.5 mile E. The coast in this vicinity is

fronted by reefs and foul ground which extend up to 0.8 mile

offshore in places.

Shama Bay (5°01'N., 1°36'W.) lies between Aboadi Point

and Kafodzidzi (Kotobrai), 6.5 miles NE. The bay affords considerable shelter from the swell, even during the rainy season.

A conspicuous fort stands 2.3 miles NNE of Aboadi Point. It is

formed by a square building with a wall and is situated on rising ground behind the town of Shama. The ground W of the

fort rises considerably above it.

1.22 The Pra River discharges into the bay between two lagoons,

about 0.5 mile N of Shama. It is fronted by a shallow bar and

only used by small craft. Anchorage may be obtained within

the bay in a depth of 13m, sand and mud, between 1.5 miles

and 2 miles ESE of the fort.

1.22 A straight beach, 4.5 miles long, extends from the mouth of

the Pra River to Kafodzidzi, a point composed of prominent

red cliffs. An irregular reef, lying 0.2 mile offshore, commences 1 mile W of the red cliffs and fronts their whole length.

1.23 Assay Point (5°03'N., 1°30'W.), located 3 miles ENE

of Kafodzidzi, is surmounted by Gold Hill, an isolated hummock, which has a remarkable appearance when seen from the

W. Foul ground and depths of 5 to 9m extend up to 1.2 miles

SE of the point.

takoradi@ghanaports.net
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 13

Pub. 123

1.23 Between Assay Point and Komenda, 1 mile ENE, the coast is

low and fronted by reefs. A lagoon lies close E of Komenda.

Ampenyi (Ampeni), a small village, stands 3.5 miles ENE of

Komenda and the town of Brenu-Achinum (Breni-Akyim) is

situated on the summit of a small hill, close ENE of it.

Nkwanda (Ankwana) (5°04'N., 1°24'W.), a village, stands

on the beach, 2.3 miles E of Brenu-Achinum.

1.23 Busum Accra Reefs fringe the coast in the vicinity of Nkwanda.

These reefs appear in four distinct patches on which the rollers

break heavily. Depths of less than 8m lie close to the outer edge of

the reefs which extend up to about 0.5 mile offshore.

Elmina Point (5°05'N., 1°20'W.), formed by the extremity

of a low and rocky peninsula, is situated 2.7 miles E of Nkwanda. It is fronted by a reef off which rollers break, depending on

the state of the sea and swell. The coast between is formed by a

hard and sandy beach. Elmina Bay, about 0.5 mile wide, is entered close N of the point.

Elmina, a small town, extends around the shores of the bay.

A small fort is located on Elmina Point and a prominent fort,

30m high, stands on a hill and overlooks the S part of the town.

1.23 Anchorage may be obtained off the bay in a depth of 13m,

sand and mud, about 1.5 miles SE of the fort on Elmina Point.

Anchorage may also be taken in a depth of 9m, black mud,

about 0.9 mile E of the fort or in a depth of 5m, fine black sand

with fair holding ground, about 0.3 mile offshore.

1.24 Cape Coast (5°06'N., 1°14'W.) is situated 6.7 miles E

of Elmina. The coast between is bordered by a sandy beach

with regular soundings offshore, with the only exception being

at the W end of the beach where there are two small rivers,

each closed by a bar, which have a rocky stretch between them.

1.24 Cape Coast Castle, white and conspicuous, stands on a great

mass of red sandstone lying on a projecting point. The town of

Cape Coast stands behind this castle. A prominent mast, with

an elevation of 210m, is situated 1 mile N of the castle and is

marked by obstruction lights at night. The conspicuous building of a school is located 2 miles W of the town.

1.24 During the dry season, vessels can anchor in a depth of 9m

about 0.5 mile SE of the castle. During the rainy season, there

is usually a long swell. Vessels should then anchor in a depth of

18m about 1.5 miles SE of the castle.

1.24 Between Cape Coast and Queen Ann’s Point (Queen Anne

Point), 2 miles NE, the coast consists of many small bays and

points which are fronted by rocks. Generally, an almost continuous line of breakers appears along these rocks.

1.24 Queen Ann’s Point is bold and steep. Its summit is surmounted by a village and the ruins of a fort. A small river, the

mouth of which is closed by a bar, lies on the W side of the

point. The adjacent land is hilly and covered with trees.

1.24 Between Queen Ann’s Point and Moree Point, 1.3 miles NE,

the shore is fronted by several rocks. The ruins of a fort, which

are difficult to distinguish against the dark background, are situated on the heights above Moree Point. A black rock, with

two heads on which the sea breaks, lies 0.2 mile E of Moree

Point.

1.24 The coast between Moree Point and Kromantse, 8.3 miles NE,

is foul; rocks extend up to 0.3 mile offshore in places.

1.25 Anashun Point (5°09'N., 1°10'W.), located 1.8 miles

NE of Moree Point, is bold and consists partly of sand and

partly of rock. Several prominent hills, covered with large

trees, rise 5 miles NW of this point.

1.25 Biriwa Rock, over which the sea breaks, lies 0.7 mile ENE of

Anashun Point. The village of Biriwa is situated on the coast,

0.3 mile NNW of this rock.

1.25 Anomabu Fort (5°10'N., 1°07'W.) is conspicuous and stands

in front of the town of Anomabu, at the entrance to a cove. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 16m, blue mud and sand

with good holding ground, about 2 miles SE of the fort.

Kromantse (Kromanti) (5°12'N., 1°04'W.), a town, stands at

the corner of a ridge of high ground on the E side of a river valley. It may be identified by several very tall trees. A conspicuous fort stands on a bold rocky base, 1 mile SW of the town. It

is a square building, constructed of reddish earth, with a tower,

44m high, rising at the SW side.

1.25 Saltpond (5°12'N., 1°03'W.), a principal commercial center,

is situated 1.2 miles E of Kromantse. The town can be recognized by its numerous white houses, two churches, and a large

red earth building standing on a height to the N.

1.25 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 13m, hard sand,

about 1.5 miles S of the town.

1.25 AGPI Terminal (5°05'N., 1°00'W.), an offshore oil terminal,

lies 7.5 miles SSE of Saltpond, in a depth of 26m. It consists of

a lighted production platform and a storage vessel (Farmer).

1.26 The character of the coast changes in the vicinity of

Saltpond. It extends 14 miles E to the village of Aboana in an

unbroken straight line of sandy beach. The shore, most of

which is cleared of trees and covered with long grass, is very

low. Several villages, each standing near clumps of coconut

trees, are situated along this stretch and two salt water lagoons

lie behind the coast. The approach to this stretch of coast is

clear, without any off-lying rocks, and the bottom is composed

of fine sand and broken shells, with occasional mud.

1.26 Barbara Pow Hill, 97m high and peaked, stands 3 miles inland, 7.8 miles ENE of Saltpond. 

Tantamkweri Point (Tantum Point) (5°13'N., 0°48'W.) is

located 2.3 miles E of Aboana. The coast between is composed

alternately of rock and sand. The village of Tantum, with the

ruins of an old fort covered with jungle close NE, stands on the

point.

1.26 Babli Point, located 1.2 miles NE of Tantamkweri Point, is

formed by a large black rock fronted by foul ground.

Kwaben Hill (Obusumadi) (5°17'N., 0°47'W.), rising 3.5

miles N of Babli Point, is 146m high and table-topped. It forms

an excellent landmark for this part of the coast.

1.26 Between Babli Point and Winneba Point, 12.5 miles NE, the

coast is formed by several small and sandy bays which are separated by points fringed with some detached rocks.

1.26 Apam Point (5°17'N., 0°44'W.), located 5 miles NE of Babli

Point, is fringed by above and below-water rocks. This point

appears like a small hummock on the E side of a saddle-shaped

hill which rises immediately from the sea. A ruined fort stands

on the hummock.

1.26 Abrekum (5°18'N., 0°43'W.), a village, stands 1.5 miles NE

of Apam Point. Assakri, consisting of two groups of above and

below-water rocks, lies about 0.4 mile SSE of this village.

1.26 Ejisimanku Hill (5°20'N., 0°41'W.) is a bold and conspicuous headland with a steep ascent from the sea. Its summit,
14 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

180m high, is the E of two peaks. When viewed from the SE, it

appears as a single conical hill with a flat top.

1.26 Muni Lagoon, lying 1 mile E of Ejisimanku Hill, is open to

the sea only at the height of the rainy season. A heavily-breaking reef, about 1 mile long, fringes the shore at the W side of

the foot of Ejisimanku Hill.

1.27 Winneba (5°20'N., 0°37'W.), a town and resort,

stands near the beach of a small inlet. It is situated within a hollow lying between two arms of slightly higher ground which

extend to the sea. The higher ground, located on either side of

the town, is about 30m high and mostly covered with trees of

medium size. A white customs shed, situated on the beach, and

a radio mast, standing about 1.7 miles N of it, are conspicuous

from seaward. A prominent administrative building, with a

flagstaff standing close SW of it, is situated 0.5 mile S of the

customs shed. Vessels can anchor in a depth of 7m, sand, about

0.8 mile SE of the customs shed.

1.27 Meredith Point (5°23'N., 0°30'W.) is located 7.8 miles ENE

of Winneba. The coast between consists of a low and sandy

beach. It then turns to the N and becomes rocky. The land rises

close inland to several hills which are generally bare of trees,

but covered with low and stunted bushes. The most prominent

hill is 114m high and stands 2 miles WNW of the point. In addition, several conspicuous hills rise farther inland. Apra, with

two hummocks, is 218m high and stands 10 miles N of

Meredith Point. Camels Hump, about 360m high, stands 5.5

miles NNW of Apra. It is the central peak of a range which extends about 6 miles in a NE to SW direction.

1.27 Dampa Hill (5°29'N., 0°23'W.), 103m high, stands 9.3 miles

NE of Meredith Point. It is conspicuous and forms the SW end

of a range of hills which extend NE. Mount Bannerman, 148m

high, rises 6.5 miles NE of Dampa Hill.

1.27 Caution.—It was reported (1994) that a wreck lies 2.3 miles

offshore, about 11.5 miles NE of Meredith Point. The two

masts of the sunken vessel are visible at HW; the wreck is

marked by a buoy.

1.27 Oil exploration is being carried out along this coastal area

and vessels are warned that numerous well heads, submerged

pipelines, drilling rigs, and platforms may be encountered.

Vessels should also exercise care when navigating in this vicinity, as many of the installations are often moved and are not

charted. 

1.28 Accra Point (5°32'N., 0°13'W.), on which stands a

fort, is located 19 miles NE of Meredith Point. It is fronted by

shoals, with depths of less than 5m, and foul ground. Kawli Lagoon lies close to the coast, 0.5 mile W of the fort. Accra Light

is shown from a prominent tower, 28m high, standing close

SW of the fort.

1.28 Accra (5°32'N., 0°12'W.), the capital of Ghana, extends NW

and NE from Accra Point, but has no docking facilities and little protection from heavy seas. Several prominent tall buildings

and churches stand in the town, which is fronted by red cliffs,

about 8m high.

1.28 An aeronautical light is occasionally shown from the roof of

a hanger standing near the airport, 4.6 miles NE of Accra

Light.

1.28 Christiansborg Castle, a conspicuous white building, stands

on a rocky point, 1.9 miles ENE of Accra Light.

1.28 An open roadstead lies S of the city, but is encumbered by

numerous foul areas, obstructions, and wrecks. Since the opening of the port of Tema, this roadstead is reported to be no

longer used by cargo vessels. 

1.28 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables and obstructions, areas, within which anchoring and fishing are prohibited, front the town and may best be seen on the chart.

1.28 A Prohibited Anchorage Area, with a 10-mile radius centered on Christiansborg Castle, fronts the town and may best be

seen on the chart. In an emergency, vessels intending to anchor

within this area must contact the naval base at Tema or the Tema port authorities.

1.28 The Ghanian Authorities claim a Prohibited Area, with a 5-

mile radius centered on Christiansborg Castle, within which

ships must not enter. In an emergency, vessels forced to violate

this prohibition must contact the naval base at Tema or the Tema port authorities.

1.29 Between Accra and Tema, 14 miles ENE, the coast is

generally low and featureless. Inland, the country is grassy,

partly open, and diversified with groves of trees, bushes, and

scrub. A ridge, 24m high to the top of the trees, runs along the

shore and is broken at intervals by lagoons and stretches of

low-lying country. These lagoons, which are not open to the

sea, flood large areas behind this ridge during the rainy season. 

1.29 The Shai Hills rise to a height of 289m and stand 28 miles

NE of Accra Point. This picturesque range is very broken and

rugged in outline. It is conspicuous in clear weather from seaward.

Teshe (Teshi) (5°34'N., 0°06'W.), a small town, stands 7

miles ENE of Accra. It is situated on the top of a ridge and extends down to the sea, where there are rocky cliffs, about 10m

high. A number of prominent white buildings stand on the outskirts close W of the town. A church, with a low white roof and

belfry, stands at the W end of the town and is conspicuous from

S and W. Landing is extremely difficult and dangerous. It is

only practicable in surf boats within a small bay lying near the

mouth of a lagoon, close NE of the town.

1.29 Between Teshe and Tema, 7 miles NE, the coast consists of a

sandy beach. Nungwa Point (Nungua Point), located 2 miles

ENE of Teshe, is the SW of two points, 0.7 mile apart, and is

fringed with rocky ledges. A shallow bay, in which canoes may

be landed, lies between these two points. The village of Nungwa (Nungua), almost hidden by trees, stands on rising ground,

0.3 mile inland. 

1.29 Greenwich Rock (5°37'N., 0°01'W.), 2.1m high, lies close

offshore, 3.5 miles ENE of Nungwa Point. It can be easily recognized against the white background of the beach. Several

other rocky ledges, over which the sea breaks heavily, front the

shore in this vicinity.

1.29 Caution.—Between Accra and Tema, numerous fishing canoes may be encountered offshore within the 200m curve.

They fish with drift nets, moored nets, and hand lines by day

and at night.

Tema (5°37'N., 0°01'E.)

World Port Index No. 46070

1.30 The port of Tema provides extensive cargo facilities
Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 15

Pub. 123

and is a major fishing center. The town stands on a ridge close

N of the main harbor, which is formed by two rubble

breakwaters.

1.30 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the W and SW prevail

throughout the year, except between December and February,

when the harmattan prevails from the NE. Dangerous squalls

from the E occur mostly between May and July. The dry

season lasts from December to February while the monsoon

season continues from March to November.

1.30 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.5m at springs and

1.2m at neaps.

1.30 The Guinea Current, at a distance of about 3 miles SE of Tema, sets NE along the coast at a rate of about 0.5 knot.

1.30 Depths—Limitations.—The main harbor entrance is 244m

wide. It was reported (2001) that the access channel, 125m

wide, had been dredged to a depth of 12.5m.

1.30 An oil berth, with mooring buoys and dolphins, is situated

near the head of Lee Breakwater. It can accommodate tankers

of up to 244m in length and 9.7m draft.

1.30 A dredged fairway leads to Volta Wharf, a private aluminum

berth, which lies on the inner side of Lee Breakwater, N of the

oil berth. It can accommodate vessels of up to 175m in length

and 9.6m draft.

1.30 No. 1 Quay, situated on the NW side of the harbor, has seven

berths. No. 2 Quay, which extends NE from Main Breakwater,

is 878m long and provides five berths. These berths provide facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, bulk, and timber vessels. Vessels of up to 183m in length and 11.5m draft can be

accommodated alongside. Vessels with drafts of over 9m can

only enter at HW.

1.30 Two fishing basins, protected by breakwaters, lie at the E

side of Lee Breakwater.

1.30 Aspect.—Main Breakwater, 2,000m long, extends ESE and

then ENE to form the S side of the harbor. Lee Breakwater,

1,500m long, extends S from a point on the shore about 1 mile

NE of the root of Main Breakwater. It forms the E side of the

harbor and the W side of the fishing basins. These breakwaters

are composed of rubble and are 4m high.

1.30 Chemu Point Light is shown from a prominent tower, 45m

high, standing 1.2 miles NNE of the head of Main Breakwater. A

conspicuous chimney, 152m high, is situated about 1 mile N of

this light. A conspicuous hotel, marked by a light, and the port

administration building, 35m high, stand 0.7 mile NNW and 0.5

mile N, respectively, of the root of Main Breakwater.

1.30 It is reported (2004) that a racon is situated at the light structure standing on the head of Main Breakwater.

1.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and board

about 1 mile E of the head of Main Breakwater.

1.30 Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 24 hours and 6 hours

in advance. The messages should contain the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Date of arrival.

3. Draft fore and aft.

4. Length.

5. Gross registered tons.

6. Net registered tons.

7. Time in port.

8. Last port of call.

9. Next port of call.

10. Nationality.

11. Port of registry.

12. Call sign.

13. Agent.

14. Duty officer.

15. IMO number.

16. MMSI number.

1.30 Vessels from Abidjan should also forward a 48-hour ETA

message.

1.30 The port of Tema may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained off Tema in

depths of 28 to 30m, good holding ground. However, vessels

should avoid anchoring on the rocky ridge, which has depths of

17 to 18m, lying 1.5 miles off the port. 

1.30 Caution.—An area, within which anchoring and fishing are

prohibited, fronts the port entrance and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.30 The latest information should be requested from the authorities in advance, as actual depths in the harbor may be less than

charted due to siltation.

1.30 The harbor entrance is affected by swell and vessels may experience heavy rolling.

1.30 A dangerous wreck, with masts visible, lies about 1.8 miles

ENE of the harbor and is marked by a buoy. It was reported

(1992) that several uncharted wrecks and a number of stranded

wrecks lie to the N of this wreck.

1.30 It is reported (2002) that piracy has been a problem for vessels anchored off the port.

1.30 It is reported (2004) that extensive construction is being carried out within the port.

Tema to Cape Saint Paul

1.31 Breaker Point (5°39'N., 0°02'E.), located 0.7 mile

Takoradi Home Page

http://www.ghanaports.gov.gh

Chemu Point Light

tema@ghanaports.net
16 Sector 1. Ivory Coast and Ghana—Cape Palmas to Cape Saint Paul 

Pub. 123

NE of Tema, is fronted by a coastal bank, with depths of less

than 5m, which extends up to 0.2 mile SE and 0.5 mile SW of

it.

1.31 Grove Point (5°40'N., 0°03'E.) is located 1.5 miles NE of

Breaker Point. The coast between consists of a sandy beach interspersed with rocky ledges. Numerous rocks, over which the

sea breaks heavily, front this point.

1.31 Kpone Bay (5°40'N., 0°03'E.) is entered between Grove

Point and Tenpobo Point, 5.5 miles NE. It has depths of 7 to

13m over a bottom formed by sand, shell, and coral. The village of Kpone, obscured by trees, stands on the top of a hill

which rises close inland, 1.5 miles NNE of Grove Point. A

white house, situated at the W side of the village, is conspicuous from the W.

1.31 Prampram (5°43'N., 0°06'E.), a town, stands 3.5 miles ENE

of Kpone. The coast between consists of a beach fringed with

palm trees. A lagoon lies in the flat country behind the beach.

The town is composed of an upper and a lower part. The upper

part stands on the summit of a ridge, 50m high, but is partly obscured from seaward by trees. The lower part is not visible, but

a white house is situated on the foreshore in front of it. Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 11m, about 1 mile S of this

white house.

1.31 Vernon Bank (5°42'N., 0°11'E.), a narrow spit, has depths of

6 to 9m and extends about 12 miles ENE from the vicinity of

Grove Point. The bottom of this bank is very irregular and is

composed of rocky ledges and patches of sand, stones, and coral. There is a pronounced swell over the bank and it sometimes

breaks in heavy weather.

1.31 Jange Lagoon (River Ningo) enters the sea through a narrow

mouth lying between two sandy points, 4.5 miles NE of Prampram. It is reported to be always open and navigable by canoes

whenever the heavy surf, which rolls in on the bar, allows.

1.31 The large white ruin of a fort is situated in a grove of tall trees

on the E entrance point of Jange Lagoon.

1.31 Caution.—Numerous stranded wrecks lie along the shore

between Tema and Prampram.

1.32 The coast extending for about 4 miles E of the mouth

of Jange Lagoon is fringed by a broad ledge of rocks, over

which a small river discharges. The edge of this ledge is nearly

steep-to and heavy surf rolls over it incessantly.

1.32 Between the above ledge of rocks and the Volta River, 26

miles E, the shore consists of an uninterrupted beach. For 5

miles E of the ledge, the coast is formed by a low, clay cliff.

Then, for the next 13 miles, it is formed by a sandy ridge, 4 to

5m high, which is covered by a few bushes. This ridge separates Songaw Lagoon, a large salt-water lagoon, from the sea.

The lagoon is caused by the overflow from the Volta River. Its

surface is broken by large tracts of swamps, some covered by

grass and others by jungle, with a few high scattered trees.

Ada (5°47'N., 0°38'E.) is situated 2.5 miles W of the entrance to the Volta River. This town may be easily identified by

a prominent mission house standing near its W end. The house

is long, white, and flat-roofed.

1.32 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 13m, sand, about 1

mile SSE of the mission house. Vessels are advised not to anchor any closer to the shore as the depths decrease quickly and

the swell is heavy at times.

1.33 The Volta River (5°46'N., 0°41'E.) empties into the

sea between two low and sandy points, about 0.5 mile apart.

The trees in the vicinity of the entrance attain an unusual

height. A dark grove stands on the E bank, 1 mile N of the entrance; from a distance it resembles a bluff headland. Another

grove, resembling a conical hill, stands 2 miles E. Three groves

of tall trees stand on the W side of the river entrance.

1.33 The river is subject to considerable differences in water level

according to the season. It begins to rise early in June and commences to fall about the middle of October. The river is usually

at its lowest in March and at its highest in September.

1.33 The bar, 0.2 mile wide, lies between the extremities of two

lines of very heavy breakers which extend up to over 1 mile SE

from the river entrance points. It has a least depth of 2.4m and

should only be crossed in good weather.

1.33 Within the entrance, the river expands into a wide basin containing several islands, most of which are covered with thick

bushes and trees. Local knowledge is necessary. Vessels with

drafts up to 1.8m can ascend up to 45 miles from the mouth between July and November. During the remainder of the year,

vessels with similar drafts would experience difficulty in proceeding only 40 miles above the entrance.

1.33 For about 7 miles E of the river entrance, the land is covered

with dense forest, principally consisting of fan palms.

Cape Saint Paul (5°50'N., 0°58'E.), marked by a light, is located 18 miles ENE of the mouth of the Volta River. The coast

between is fronted by a beach. This point is described in Sector

2.

1.33 Caution.—Depths in the approaches to the Volta River are

liable to change. When passing the river entrance, vessels

should keep in depths of 22m or more in order to avoid getting

within the influence of the steep breakers and rollers.

1.33 Vessels should also guard against the inward set of the flood

tide.

1.33 A detached shoal patch, with a depth of 16.1m, is reported

(1961) to lie about 13.5 miles SSW of Cape Saint Paul.

1.33 A detached shoal patch, with a depth of 27m, is reported

(1963) to lie about 11 miles S of Cape Saint Paul.
Pub. 123

2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
19

Pub. 123

SECTOR 2 

TOGO, BENIN, AND NIGERIA—CAPE SAINT PAUL TO CAPE FORMOSO

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the African coast between

Cape Saint Paul and Cape Formoso, 325 miles ESE. The descriptive sequence is from W to E. 

General Remarks

2.1 The coast of the Bight of Benin, lying between Cape

Saint Paul and Cape Formoso, forms a monotonous beach so

uniformly low and flat that not a single inland landmark is visible from offshore. The elevation of the ground seldom exceeds

3m and even the most prominent clumps of trees do not rise to

heights of more than 20m. This stretch of coast includes parts

of Ghana, Togo, Benin (formerly Dahomey), and Nigeria.

2.1 The W shore of the bight is covered with jungle and groups

of trees interspersed with numerous villages and detached huts.

Near Keta, 5 miles N of Cape Saint Paul, the trees are high and

form large and distinct groups. The trees then extend 45 miles

ENE in a continuous line to Agoue, where they terminate except for a few dotted here and there. Throughout the long extent of coast forming the head of the bight, Lagos Harbor is the

only permanent opening or outfall for the water in the lagoons.

However, several partial breaks in the sand hills, through which

the lagoons pour the overflow, form during the wet season

(April to October). The SE shore of the bight has a distinctive

character. It is no longer fringed by a bright sandy beach, but

has a continuous dense mass of trees growing on a muddy foreshore. There are very few landmarks along this part of the

shore, except for several rivers and creeks forming a delta.

2.1 Winds—Weather.—The land is frequently obscured by

haze, locally known as “The Smokes,” which in the dry season

(November to May) prevails throughout the entire Bight of Benin. On the windward or W side of the bight, this haze is not so

strong and the bright sandy beach, with its fringe of surf, can

usually be distinguished. The haze generally lasts for about 3

hours, beginning after sunrise, and is then replaced by a sea

breeze.

2.1 The harmattan, a wind of continental origin, is a hot, dry

wind from the NE quadrant. It reaches the shores of the Gulf of

Guinea and extends seaward. This wind is prevalent from December through early March and is usually laden with fine dust

which can reduce visibility in the form of haze. The harmattan

generally occurs between Cape Palmas (4°22'N., 7°44'W.) and

Douala (4°03'N., 9°41'E.).

2.1 Tides—Currents.—The beach has a tidal range of about

1.5m, but the surf is so heavy and incessant along the shore and

the swell is so constant that actual measurements in the W part

of the bight are very difficult. Along the SE side of the bight

and in the vicinity of the river bars, where the water is smooth,

tidal measurements have been established by the authorities

and are used by local boats.

2.1 The influence of the tidal currents generally extends up to

between 4 and 9 miles off the mouths of the rivers. The ebb

current is increased by the discharge of fresh water and attains

a rate of about 3 knots at the river mouths. The rate of the flood

current is generally much less than that of the ebb. At half ebb,

a volume of turbid and brownish water is discharged from the

rivers and usually carries floating uprooted trees, bushes, and

clumps of leaves. This discharge discolors the sea with a brown

scum for several miles. During the rainy season, the discoloration may extend up to 10 miles from the coast.

2.1 Regulations.—It is reported that all Nigerian ports are

closed from 2000 to 0600. In addition, vessels are prohibited

from transiting or anchoring in the approaches to the ports during this period unless they have been previously cleared for entry and are registered with the local authorities. Due to the

complicated nature of the regulations, vessels are advised to

communicate with their local agents well in advance in order to

ensure compliance.

2.1 Two months prior to arrival in Nigerian waters, agents must

register vessels with the Nigerian Ports Authority (NPA) in order to obtain a Ship Entry Notice (SEN). This does not apply to

vessels carrying petroleum products in bulk or in ballast. Vessels cannot enter the territorial waters of Nigeria without a

SEN.

2.1 For information concerning the Nigerian Ship Entry Notice

(SEN), Nigerian VHF communications regulations, and reporting requirements for Nigerian oil terminals, see Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and

Indian Ocean.

2.1 Anchorage.—The bight affords excellent holding ground

out to a depth of about 30m. The inshore bottom is composed

throughout of stiff black mud and broken shells covered by

sand. Outside the 30m curve, the bottom is generally composed

of olive-colored mud, broken shells, and decayed vegetable

matter. Anchoring anywhere within the bight must be prompted by necessity and not by comfort, as vessels lie more or less

across the swell and usually experience unceasing heavy rolling, according to the strength of the current. In the W part of

the bight, particularly toward Cape Saint Paul, the swell is not

so heavy. Along the SE shore of the bight, vessels should anchor, in depths of 18 to 22m, about 9 miles offshore in order to

avoid shoal water and because of the heavy ground swell that is

perpetually rolling in.

2.1 Caution.—In the inland waters of Nigeria, rafts formed of

timber and oil drums may be encountered. These rafts usually

show a red light at each end at night.

2.1 Although the surf may occasionally appear practicable, landing should not be attempted anywhere between Cape Saint

Paul and the end of the sandy beach located 60 miles E of Lagos, except in local canoes and surf boats.

2.1 The West African Gas Pipeline runs from 7.5 miles NE of

Takoradi, Ghana through the coastal waters of Togo and Benin

to 6.75 miles ESE of Badagri, Nigeria. There area several areas

with connections along this route. The pipeline, which can best

be seen on the chart, has been buried in some areas but not in

others. Caution is advised when navigating these areas and anchoring is prohibited within 1 mile of the pipeline. 

2.1 Oil and gas development areas and fields, with associated
20 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

rigs, platforms, riser pipes, wellheads, submarine pipelines,

terminal buoys, and storage vessels, may be encountered up to

50 miles off the coasts described in this sector.

2.1 Some of the well heads may protrude more than 5m above

the sea bed and may be unmarked. Some of the platforms and

structures may be disused, abandoned, and unlit. In many cases

the submarine pipelines are not buried in the sea bed and

depths over them may be reduced by as much as 2m. In addition, many temporary structures and objects associated with oil

and gas exploration may not be charted.

2.1 Vessels are cautioned that security off the West African coast

and within some ports is a serious problem. In recent years

(1986-2005), attacks by pirates and thieves have been reported.

These have generally taken place at the outer anchorages, but

some have occurred while berthed alongside. In the event of a

piracy incident, vessels should not rely on the assistance of the

local authorities, which are reported in the past to have failed to

respond.

Cape Saint Paul to Lome

2.2 Cape Saint Paul (5°50'N., 0°58'E.) is formed by a

prominent and rounded section of the coast, but its exact position is difficult to define. The cape is usually considered to be

located near the village of Woe (Weh).

A light is shown from a pile structure, 25m high, standing on

this cape near the village of Woe. A stranded wreck lies close

to the shore 1.5 miles SW of the light.

2.2 The coast between Cape Saint Paul and the town of Keta, 5.5

miles N, is formed by a narrow ridge or barrier of sand which

separates the sea from Keta Lagoon. This lagoon extends N for

about 14 miles and W for about 5 miles. Keta, with a fort, is

conspicuous from seaward. A large square bungalow, with a

flagstaff at its W side, is situated close to the fort.

2.2 Anchorage may be taken in a depth of 9m about 0.6 mile SE

of Keta. However, rollers may come in heavily and without

warning at this anchorage. Anchorage may also be taken in a

depth of 18m about 1.8 miles SE of the fort. Vessels usually lie

head to the swell at this anchorage due to the trend of the coast. 

2.2 Between Keta and Lome, 18 miles NE, the coast is low and

flat, with an occasional large clump of palms. It is fronted by a

yellow sandy beach on which the surf breaks heavily. Denu

stands 15 miles NE of Keta. This village can be identified by a

conspicuous house, situated near the beach, and some factories, standing about 0.5 mile NE of it. Afloao, another village,

is situated 0.4 mile NE of Denu.

2.2 The border between Ghana and Togo lies about 0.3 mile E of

Afloao village and is indicated by a beacon.

2.2 Caution.—It is reported (2002) that a wave-recorder lighted

buoy, with a topmark, is moored about 3 miles E of Keta.

Lome (6°08'N., 1°17'E.)

World Port Index No. 46090

2.3 Lome is situated 23 miles NE of Cape Saint Paul. It is

also a port of entry for Niger and Burkina Faso. The harbor,

which is formed by breakwaters, lies 5 miles E of the city.

2.3 Winds—Weather.—During January and February, calm N

winds are to be expected, but at other times W to SW winds

predominate. The rainy season is from April to July and the dry

season is from February to March.

2.3 Tides—Currents.—The tide rises about 1.6m at springs and

1.3m at neaps.

2.3 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance channel is

dredged to a depth of 14.5m. However, the dredged fairway,

which may best be seen on the chart, acts as a sand trap and

less water than charted may be reported to exist at times due to

silting.

2.3 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, bulk, container,

and tanker vessels.

2.3 There are two jetties within the harbor. They provide 1,100m

of total berthing space, with depths of 11 to 12m alongside.

Cargo vessels up to 270m in length and 12m draft can be handled.

2.3 A bulk berth is situated near the middle of the inner side of

the E breakwater. It has a depth of 12.2m alongside and can accommodate vessels of up to 210m in length and 11.5m draft.

2.3 A tanker berth is situated close to the head of the E breakwater. It has a depth of 16m alongside and can accommodate vessels of up to 250m in length and 14m draft.

2.3 Aspect.—The main breakwater, 0.6 mile long, extends ESE

from the shore and protects the harbor from S. The E breakwater, 0.5 mile long, extends S from a position on the shore located 0.6 mile NE of root of the main breakwater.

2.3 Lome Light (6°08'N., 1°15'E.) is shown from a structure surmounting a prominent water tower, which stands near the shore

2.2 miles W of the root of the main breakwater.

2.3 Baguida Light is shown from a pylon standing 2.4 miles NE

of the head of the main breakwater.

2.3 The main breakwater is illuminated along its whole length

by lights situated 46m apart. A lighted buoy is moored about

0.4 mile ESE of the head of the main breakwater.

2.3 Several conspicuous warehouses stand close NE of the root

of the main breakwater. A prominent radio (aeronautical beacon) mast stands near the airport about 2.5 miles NW of the

root of the main breakwater.

2.3 A prominent four-story hotel stands in the W part of the

town about 2 miles WNW of Lome Light and a conspicuous

high-rise hotel, with 25 stories, is situated 0.5 mile NW of it.

2.3 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 300

grt and is available 24 hours. Vessels should send an arrival notification and a request for pilotage, via the agent, as soon as

possible. The message must include the ETA, vessel length,

draft, quantity of cargo to be handled, number of stevedore

gangs required, and any dangerous cargo on board.

2.3 A tug is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt; two tugs are

compulsory for vessels over 10,000 grt.

2.3 Pilots may be contacted by VHF channels 12, 14, or 16 and

board in position 6°07.3'N, 1°17.5'E. 

2.3 The port of Lome may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.3 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting for a pilot should anchor in

depths of 15 to 17m, sand, between 0.5 and 1 mile SSW of the

main breakwater.

2.3 Caution.—An area, within which anchoring is prohibited,

Lome Home Page

http://www.togoport.tg

togoport@togoport.tg 
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 21

Pub. 123

lies E of the harbor entrance and may best be seen on the chart.

2.3 A dangerous wreck (position approximate) is reported

(1997) to lie about 1.8 miles SSW of the head of the main

breakwater.

2.3 An obstruction, with a depth of 15.6m, is reported (2004) to

lie (position approximate) about 1.4 miles SSE of the head of

the main breakwater.

Lome to Cotonou 

2.4 Between Lome and Kpeme, 15 miles ENE, the coast

consists of small, bushy sand hills with a few isolated palm

trees. The shore is fronted by a sandy beach.

2.4 Kpeme (6°12'N., 1°31'E.) (World Port Index No. 46095)

consists of a phosphate-loading facility and an offshore tanker

berth.

2.4 Depths—Limitations.—A jetty, which is reported to be radar conspicuous, extends 0.7 mile S from the coast and has a

depth of 13m alongside the head. Two loading islets, 76m

apart, lie close SSW of the head of the jetty. These islets, along

with four dolphins and several mooring buoys, form a loading

berth. Vessels of up to 60,000 dwt, 225m in length, and 33m

beam can be accommodated. A maximum draft of 9.5m is permitted for berthing while a maximum draft of 11.6m is permitted for departing. 

2.4 A submarine pipeline extends 0.4 mile E from the head of

the jetty to an offshore tanker berth. This berth consists of several mooring buoys and lies in a depth of 9.8m. Tankers of up

to 40,000 dwt can be handled. It was reported (1987) that swell

in the vicinity of the berth had reduced the maximum permitted

draft to 8.2m.

2.4 A light is shown from the SW loading islet near the head of

the jetty.

2.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channels 11, 12, 13, and 16 and board about 1 mile S

of the head of the jetty. They remain on board throughout the

loading procedure. Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours and

24 hours in advance.

2.4 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in depths of 15 to 20m,

mud and sand with good holding ground, between 1.5 and 2

miles SE of the head of the jetty.

2.4 Caution.—Severe coastal erosion occurs in the vicinity of

Kpeme and nine groins have been constructed in order to control it.

2.5 Anecho (Aneho) (6°14'N., 1°35'E.) stands 5 miles

ENE of Kpeme and is one of the largest towns along this part

of the coast. It can easily be identified from offshore by the

tower of a prominent yellow church and two large factories

which are situated at its E side. The town stands on a strip of

beach which is almost entirely free of trees, except at its W

part.

Vessels can anchor in a depth of 15m, fine sand, about 1 mile

S of the E end of the town. Local knowledge is advised.

2.5 A beacon is situated on the coast, 1 mile ENE of the town. It

was reported (1995) that a prominent radio mast stands 1 mile

NW of this beacon.

2.5 The border between Togo and Benin lies about 2 miles E of

Anecho, in the vicinity of a narrow lagoon.

2.5 Caution.—Due to severe coastal erosion, a breakwater and

five groins have been constructed in the vicinity of Anecho.

2.6 Agoue (6°15'N., 1°40'E.), consisting of numerous

houses and several factories, is situated 5 miles E of Anecho. A

prominent chapel and a large yellow church stand, respectively,

near the W and E ends of this village.

2.6 Grand-Popo (6°17'N., 1°50'E.) stands 15 miles E of

Anecho. The shore between is bushy with a few scattered palm

trees. This town may be recognized by several prominent factories and a number of relatively high houses.

2.6 Bouche du Roi, lying 3.5 miles E of Grand-Popo, is the outlet of a lagoon which extends behind the coast. The water discharging from this outlet, which is subject to frequent change,

discolors the sea for a considerable distance offshore, particularly during the rainy season (May to July).

Ouidah Plage (6°19'N., 2°06'E.), situated 16 miles E of

Grand-Popo, is conspicuous from seaward. This village consists of two groups of buildings with white roofs. An isolated

house, with a veranda and a prominent red roof, stands in the

space between the two groups. From E, the prominent white

clock tower of a church standing in the town of Ouidah, 3 miles

inland, can be seen above the trees. Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 13m, brown sand, about 1 mile S of the

highest storehouse in Ouidah Plage.

2.6 Avrekete-Plage is situated 7.5 miles E of Ouidah Plage. This

village can be identified by a rather large, dark house and a

white wall standing at its E end. The coastal bank, with depths

of less than 12m, extends up to about 1 mile seaward in the vicinity of this village.

2.6 Godomey Plage is situated 14 miles E of Ouidah Plage. Two

prominent radio masts and the conspicuous control tower of an

airfield stand 4 miles ENE and 3 miles ENE, respectively, of

this village.

Cotonou (6°21'N., 2°26'E.)

World Port Index No. 46110

2.7 Cotonou, a sheltered harbor, lies 6 miles E of

Godomey Plage and is protected by breakwaters. It is situated

close W of the mouth of Lac Nokoue (Lagune de Cotonou),

which is usually silted up.

2.7 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SW.

From mid-November until late February, N winds sometimes

carry sand and dust from the deserts and reduce visibility in the

vicinity of the harbor to as little as 0.5 mile.

2.7 The rainy season lasts from April until July and again from

September to November. During December and January, night

fog sometimes occurs, but it usually dissipates during the early

morning hours.

2.7 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.6m at springs and

1.3m at neaps.

2.7 Tidal currents flow ENE across the harbor at rates of up to 2

knots.

2.7 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is dredged to

a depth of 12m. However, the dredged fairway, which may best

Cotonou Home Page

http://www.portdecotonou.com
22 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

be seen on the chart, acts as a sand trap and less water than

charted may be reported to exist at times due to silting. The

harbor basin is dredged to a depth of 11m.

2.7 The main quay, 1,320m long, is situated along the N side of

the harbor. It provides eight berths and has depths of 10 to 11m

alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, and bulk vessels. Vessels of up to 210m in length and 10m

draft can be accommodated.

2.7 A fuel oil berth, 160m long, is situated at the E end of the

main quay and can be used by vessels of up to 150m in length

and 8m draft.

2.7 Two tanker berths, each 200m long, are situated at the inner

side of the E breakwater. Tankers of up to 200m in length and

9.8m draft can be accommodated.

2.7 It is reported (2001) that a new quay, with a depth of 10.5m

alongside, has been constructed in the S part of the harbor.

2.7 Aspect.—The E breakwater extends 0.4 mile SSW from a

point on the shore located 0.7 mile W of the mouth of Lac

Nokoue. The W breakwater, about 0.3 mile long, extends ESE

from the E extremity of the shore projection forming the S side

of the harbor basin. A groin extends S from this breakwater.

2.7 Cotonou Light is shown from a framework tower, 25m high,

standing on the W side of the mouth of Lac Nokoue.

2.7 An outer fairway lighted buoy is moored about 1 mile ESE

of the head of the W breakwater.

2.7 A prominent white house surmounted by a flagstaff and a

church with a prominent clock tower are situated 1.2 miles NE

and 0.3 mile NNW, respectively, of Cotonou Light. A prominent radio mast, with obstruction lights, stands 0.7 mile NNE

of the head of the W breakwater.

2.7 The port control tower, 24m high and surmounted by a radar

scanner, stands near the E end of the main quay, 0.4 mile NNW

of the head of the W breakwater, and is conspicuous. 

2.7 A prominent water tower and a conspicuous bank building,

76m high, stand 0.6 mile NNW and 0.7 mile NW, respectively,

of the head of the E breakwater. This bank building is reported

to be the tallest landmark in the area.

2.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage, available exceptionally 24 hours, is

compulsory for all vessels over 100 nrt. Pilotage must be requested at least 3 hours in advance or by 1830 LT at the latest.

Pilots can be contacted by VHF channels 12 or 16 or by radiotelephone (2182khz) and board in position 6°20.1'N, 2°26.8'E

(within about 1 mile ESE of the harbor entrance). 

2.7 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 48 hours in advance via the agent. Vessels should contact port control when

within VHF range to obtain berthing instructions. 

2.7 Details of the roadstead anchoring conditions and pilotage

are available on request. 

2.7 Upon anchoring, vessels should inform the Port Control of

the following information:

1. Time of anchoring.

2. Length.

3. Draft.

4. Agent.

5. Type and tonnage of cargo to be unloaded.

2.7 Vessels should inform Port Control of the time of berthing. 

2.7 The port of Cotonou may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.7 Anchorage.—Vessels can obtain anchorage in a depth of 12

to 14m about 0.6 mile SE of the head of the W breakwater. Anchorage is not recommended in the vicinity of the entrance to

Lac Nokoue where the current may attain a rate of 6 knots.

2.7 Caution.—It is reported (1998) that pilots prefer inbound

vessels to pass E of the outer fairway lighted buoy

2.7 An area, within which anchoring is prohibited, lies in the vicinity of the harbor entrance and may best be seen on the chart.

2.7 An unsurveyed area, which may best be seen on the chart,

fronts the coast 1.5 miles E of the mouth of Lac Nokoue.

2.7 A prohibited area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

close W of the harbor. It fronts the coast in the vicinity of the

palace and extends up to 3.2 miles offshore.

2.7 A pier in ruins, 300m long, is situated 0.3 mile E of the root

of the E breakwater. Several stranded wrecks lie in the vicinity

of the root of this pier and may best be seen on the chart.

2.7 It is reported (2002) that a dangerous wreck lies about 4

miles ESE of Cotonou Light.

2.7 It is reported (2005) that lesser depths than charted lie close

W of the outer fairway lighted buoy.

Cotonou to Lagos

2.8 Between Cotonou and Lagos, 58 miles E, the coast is

bordered by a narrow strip of sand and covered, for the most

part, with bushes and a few scattered trees. An extensive series

of lagoons lies behind this coast.

2.8 The seaward end of the border between Benin and Nigeria

lies about 17 miles E of Cotonou.

2.8 Seme Oil Terminal (6°18'N., 2°39'E.), which has not been

in service since 1998 due to economic reasons, lies about 4

miles offshore, 13 miles ESE of Cotonou. The loading facility

consists of an SPM, with four mooring buoys, lying in a depth

of 18.3m. A submarine pipeline extends NNE from this terminal to the shore. Three production platforms are situated between 4 and 7 miles SSE of the terminal and are connected to

the shore by submarine pipelines. 

2.8 Tankers of up to 200,000 dwt, 270m in length, and 14.7m

draft can be accommodated to load partial cargoes.

2.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available only during

daylight hours. Pilots, who act as mooring masters, can be contacted by VHF and board about 8 miles WSW of the SPM.

2.8 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA through Rogaland Coast Radio Station 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance; if the ETA changes by more than 12 hours

after the 24-hour message is sent, the revised ETA should be

sent every 2 hours. The 72-hour message should include the

following:

1. Vessel name.

2. ETA (date and local time).

3. Quantity of cargo required.

4. Estimated draft on arrival.

5. Technical details of loading equipment.

6. Any special requirements.

2.8 Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 16 when within 12 hours of arrival at the terminal. A continuous listening watch on VHF channels 6 and 9

should be maintained when the vessel is at the terminal.

2.8 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be obtained within

a designated area lying about 5 miles WSW of the SPM. This

pac@leland.bj

sp@portdecotonou.com 
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 23

Pub. 123

area has a depth of 24m and good holding ground composed of

sand, mud, and shells.

2.8 Caution.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, surrounds the oil loading facility and extends up to about

11 miles from the coast. All vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission.

2.9 Badagri (6°25'N., 2°53'E.) stands 1.5 miles inland on

the N side of a creek, 27 miles E of Cotonou. This town is

mostly hidden by bushes and palms, but a few white huts may

be seen. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14m, mud and shells,

about 1 mile offshore, S of the town.

2.9 Iworo (6°25'N., 3°01'E.), a village, is situated 8 miles E of

Badagri. The coast between consists of several saltpans and a

few villages. This village may be identified by a grove fronting

two umbrella-shaped palm trees and a conspicuous red house.

2.9 The W part of the coast extending between Iworo and Lagos

is very flat and bare, with few trees or villages. The E part has a

densely-wooded background. A prominent beacon, 14m high,

stands on the coast 14 miles E of Iworo. A large wedge-shaped

clump of trees is located 2 miles W of the beacon; it stands

close inland and is very conspicuous from seaward.

2.9 Caution.—Between Badagri and Lagos, the current has

been observed to set toward the shore.

Lagos (6°24'N., 3°24'E.)

World Port Index No. 46130

2.10 Lagos, also known as Abuja, is the largest and main

port of Nigeria. The harbor consists of a passage, about 6 miles

long, which connects Lagos Lagoon with the sea. This passage

leads between Lagos Island and Victoria Island, on the E side,

and the mainland, on the W side.

2.10 The harbor includes two extensive port installations. The

Apapa complex is situated on the W side of the main channel;

and the Tin Kan Island complex is situated on the NW side of

Badagri Creek, which is entered on the W side of the harbor,

about 2.5 miles above the entrance.

2.10 Winds—Weather.—The winds are generally SW from midmorning to evening, being light in January and stronger during

July and August. During the night and in the early morning, the

winds are usually light and from the N. Periods of early

morning fog and haze sometimes occur, especially in January

and February.

2.10 Tides—Currents.—The tides at the bar rise about 0.9m at

springs and 0.7m at neaps.

2.10 On the bar, the direction and strength of the tidal currents

vary, but generally, the ebb current sets diagonally across the

bar. The flood current usually sets NE until within the entrance,

when it sets N and up the harbor. The flood current runs during

the dry season for about 5 hours while the ebb current runs for

about 7 hours. In the rainy season, the flood current is sometimes imperceptible as it is almost equaled by the outflow of

the river.

2.10 In the lower part of the harbor, the ebb current frequently attains a rate of 4 knots, with the flood current attaining a rate of

3 knots. In the upper part of the harbor, the ebb current attains a

rate of 3 knots, with the flood current attaining a rate of 2

knots.

2.10 During the rainy season, the ebb current has been observed

to attain a rate of 5 knots and the river level has been observed

to rise by as much as 0.9m.

2.10 At about half ebb, a volume of deep-brown surface scum

usually pours out of the harbor from the lagoon and extends up

to about 3 miles offshore. During the rainy season (June to

September), this scum discolors the water up to about 8 miles

seaward of the harbor. However, very little discoloration occurs

during the dry season.

2.10 It was reported (1988) that an almost constant ebb current

sets along the Apapa Quay. This current was observed at times

to attain a rate of as much as 6 knots.

2.10 Depths—Limitations.—The bar, which lies across the entrance of the harbor between the E and W moles, was reported

(1995) to have a dredged depth of 9.1m at LW. Depths may be

shallower than charted based on recent surveys.

2.10 The complex at Apapa has 2,459m of main quayage, which

provides 20 berths. These berths are 61 to 250m long and have

depths of 5.8 to 11m alongside. A new container quay, 1,600m

long, provides nine berths, with depths of 8 to 10.5m alongside.

2.10 Ijora Wharf, a bulk berth, is 122m long and has a depth of

5.8m alongside. There are also six tanker berths, with depths of

7.5 to 11m alongside.

2.10 There are facilities for general cargo, passenger, ro-ro, container, tanker, and bulk vessels. Vessels of up to 30,000 dwt,

259m in length, and 10.1m draft have been accommodated.

2.10 Atlas Cove Oil Jetty is situated at the W side of the channel

approximately 1 mile within the harbor entrance. It can handle

tankers up to 259m in length and 12m draft.

2.10 Tin Kan Island (6°26'N., 3°21'E.) (World Port Index No.

46131) has 2,300m of main quayage, which provides fourteen

berths. These berths are 120 to 200m long and have depths of 9

to 10m alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro,

container, and bulk vessels. 

2.10 In addition, the port provides several mooring-buoy berths,

with depths up to 8m.

2.10 An SPM is moored about 2.5 miles SSW of Lagos Light. A

restricted area, with a radius of 1,200m, surrounds the SPM

and only vessels using this offshore berth may enter. A submarine pipeline extends NNE from the SPM to the shore. Vessels

up to 50,000 dwt, 220m LOA and having a draft 17m or less

can be handled.

2.10 The Oil Storage Tanker (Tuma) is moored approximately 5

miles SSW of Lagos Light and ship-to-ship transfers of petroleum take place in its vicinity. Other vessels should stay well

clear of this area. Vessels intending to carry out a transfer are

instructed to anchor S of the port limits and await the lightering

vessel. However, in order to reduce the risk of damage, it is reported that inbound vessels prefer to moor the lightering vessel

alongside while underway at a slow speed, anchoring only

when the mooring operation is completed.

2.10 Aspect.—The coastline in the vicinity of the harbor is low.

The entrance lies between the E mole, which extends 1.3 miles

Nigeria Ports Home Page

http://www.nigerianports.org
24 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

SSW from the SW extremity of Victoria Island, and the W

mole, which extends 0.4 mile SE from the mainland shore.

2.10 Lagos Light is shown from a prominent tower standing 0.9

mile NW of the root of the W mole. It was reported (1988) that

the light tower is often obscured by trees.

2.10 An outer fairway lighted buoy is moored about 1.5 miles

SSE of the head of the W mole. The entrance fairway is indicated by a lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart,

and is marked by buoys. It is reported (2005) that the outer fairway buoy is unlit.

2.10 A conspicuous television mast, 71m high, stands 0.3 mile N

of the root of the E mole, with a prominent hotel situated 0.4

mile N of it. A prominent radio mast stands 1.4 miles NNW of

the head of the W mole.

2.10 A conspicuous telecommunications building (NECOM),

160m high, is situated about 3 miles N of the harbor entrance.

2.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 1,016 grt

and is only available from 0700 to 1800. Pilots can be con-tacted on VHF channels 1, 3, 11, 12, 14, and 16 and generally

board in position 6°21.9'N, 3°24.8'E near Fairway Lighted

Buoy. 

2.10 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA and a request for

pilotage via their agent 7 days, 4 days, 2 days, and 24 hours

prior to arrival. They should provide the following information:

1. Vessel’s name.

2. Call sign.

3. Agent’s name.

4. Length.

5. Tonnage, loaded.

6. Draft.

7. Type of cargo.

8. Last port of call.

9. Ship Entry Notice (SEN) number and date of issue.

2.10 Vessels should establish contact with the port authorities on

VHF channel 16 when within VHF range.

2.10 Upon anchoring, vessels report the following information to

the Harbormaster (call sign: East Mole Signal Station):

1. Ship Entry Notice (SEN) number and date of issue.

2. Agent’s name.

3. Cargo details.

2.10 Prior to arrival in Nigerian waters, agents must register vessels with the Nigerian Ports Authority (NPA) in order to obtain

a Ship Entry Notice (SEN).

2.10 Special regulations, in regard to communications, apply to

vessels entering any of the creeks, rivers, or channels in Nigerian waters.

2.10 For further information concerning SEN and communication

regulations, see Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

South Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean.

2.10 Traffic restrictions within the port are, as follows:

1. Vessels are prohibited from passing each other in the

main channel, between Lighted Buoy No. 7, moored 0.5 mile

SE of the head of the W mole, and the head of the training

mole, situated 0.8 mile NNW.

2. When two vessels are approaching each other in Apapa Channel, off the Apapa complex, from opposite directions, the vessel stemming the tide shall wait at a safe

position until the other vessel has passed, even though the

former vessel had been accorded the right of way by the port

signal station.

3. Vessels must reduce speed in the vicinity of the floating dock located close N of the Apapa complex.

2.10 The Nigerian Ports Authority at Lagos may be contacted by

e-mail, as follows:

2.10 Anchorage.—Vessels remaining outside the harbor should

anchor in a depth of 18m, good holding ground, about 2.5

miles S of Lagos Light, but clear of the wrecks. A heavy swell

occurs at this roadstead, particularly in July, August, and September. Vessels may also obtain anchorage in a depth of 13m

about 1.5 miles S of the Lagos Light.

2.10 It was reported (1981-2004) that vessels were anchoring or

drifting up to 20 miles offshore in order to prevent being boarded by pirates.

2.10 Caution.—Numerous wrecks, many of them dangerous, lie

in the approaches to the port and may best be seen on the chart.

Several of them within a 1.5 mile radius of the W mole. 

2.10 Buoys, which mark the harbor channels, may be frequently

shifted to conform with changes in the depths.

2.10 Depths in the entrance fairway and within the harbor may be

found to be as much as 2m less than charted.

2.10 Vessels are cautioned that security in the vicinity of this port

is a serious problem. In recent years (1986-2005), several attacks by pirates and thieves have been reported. These attacks

have generally taken place at the outer anchorages, but some

have occurred while berthed alongside. It is reported (2005)

that vessels are advised, once their pilot booking has been confirmed, to stay at least 12 miles seaward of the roadstead at

night, reporting back only during daylight.

2.10 An area, within which anchoring is prohibited, lies in the vicinity of the harbor entrance. It extends up to about 3 miles

seaward and may best be seen on the chart. It has been reported

(2009) that an area of water with depths less than charted exists

within this prohibited anchorage. 

2.10 Due to the existence of submarine cables, an area, within

which anchoring is prohibited, fronts the coast at the E side of

the harbor entrance. It extends up to 15 miles seaward and may

best be seen on the chart.

2.10 An explosives dumping area, the limits of which may best be

seen on the chart, lies centered 32 miles S of the harbor entrance.

Lagos to the Niger Delta

2.11 Kuramo Island (6°27'N., 3°43'E.) forms the coast for

Lagos Harbor—NECOM Building

lcpinfo@nigerianports.org
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 25

Pub. 123

40 miles E of Lagos. The shore is fronted by a steep, sandy

beach with heavy surf breaking on it. A prominent beacon,

14m high, stands near the coast 11 miles E of Lagos harbor.

2.11 Mosherelkawga (Mosere Ikoga) (6°25'N., 3°41'E.), a village, stands 17 miles E of Lagos. A dangerous wreck, marked

by a lighted buoy, lies about 2.7 miles SW of this village.

2.11 Orimedu (6°25'N., 3°56'E.), a prominent village, stands on

the coast 16 miles E of Mosherelkawga.

2.11 The coast extending E of Orimedu continues as a sandy

beach for 36 miles. For the first 21 miles, the undulating and

dark bushy foreground stands out sharply against the lightercolored background of the trees. The remaining part of this

stretch of coast is very flat, though bushy, with no groves in the

background.

2.11 Avon Canyon (Avon’s Deep) (6°16'N., 3°56'E.), a submarine canyon, lies about 7 miles S of Orimedu and interrupts the

regularity of the coastal depths. It has depths that increase suddenly from 40m to over 200m and may best be seen on the

chart.

2.11 Lekki (6°24'N., 4°07'E.), a village with a town situated close

N of it, stands 11 miles E of Orimedu and 1 mile inland. It is

situated W of three remarkable vistas. These vistas or lagoon

entrances lie close to, 6 miles E, and 19 miles E of Lekki. They

are 0.2 mile wide and appear open only when abreast of them.

2.11 Ajumo (6°21'N., 4°26'E.), a village, stands 19 miles E of Lekki and near the E of the three vistas. Overfalls occur about 9

miles S of this village.

2.11 Caution.—It is reported that a fiber optic cable has been laid

in a series of loops near to the coast between Lagos and Bonney River E Beach (4°23'N., 7°12'E.). 

2.12 A village, with two conspicuous palm trees, stands on

the coast 5 miles E of Ajumo. An abrupt and remarkable

change from sand to mud occurs in the nature of the coast close

E of this village. The dry soil, palm trees, and brushwood are

succeeded by swamps and mangroves. The coast also changes

its direction to SE and depths of less than 11m are found to lie

up to 6 miles offshore.

2.12 The termination of the sandy beach is a striking feature in

the Bight of Benin. Vessels approaching from the W may navigate along the coast about 1 mile offshore, except in the vicinity of Lagos. However, after passing Ajumo, numerous muddy

shoals, with depths of 5 to 7m, are then found within 3 miles of

the shore.

2.12 The coast for about 6 miles SE of the termination of the sand

is formed by a mud flat. The absence of any background trees

makes those trees scattered along the shore conspicuous and

the surf, which breaks about 2 miles offshore, is no longer

heard. At the SE end of this mud flat, the coast assumes a

somewhat firmer character and is interspersed with clumps of

trees and scattered huts for about 15 miles. From this position

to the entrance of the Benin River, 26 miles SE, the only distinguishable landmarks are two trees, which stand about 11 miles

NW of the river entrance, and a few scattered groups of huts.

2.12 Caution.—Structures associated with oil and gas field development may be encountered along this stretch of coast.

The Niger Delta

2.13 The Niger Delta (5°30'N., 5°10'E.) is said to begin at

Aboh (5°32'N., 6°31'E.), a major trading station, which stands

at the head, 130 miles from Forcados. It consists of numerous

rivers, the best known being the Benin, Escravos, Forcados,

Nun, Brass, New Calabar, and Bonny. All of these rivers unite

with the many streams of the River Niger at or below Ndoni

(5°33'N., 6°33'E.).

The Niger River, one of Africa’s most famous rivers, originates in the King Mountains, which extend, about 200 miles inland, parallel to the Guinea coast near the border with Sierra

Leone. From Bamako (12°40'N., 7°50'W.), the river trends NE

for 450 miles to Timbuktu (16°40'N., 2°40'W.) and then E for

about 155 miles to Buram Island (16°50'N., 0°16'W.), which is

known as The Great Bend of the Niger. The river then flows SE

for 400 miles to Gomba (11°34'N., 3°58'E.), where it is joined

by the Gulbi n’Sokoto River. It then continues S and SE to the

vicinity of Aboh, where the delta commences. Small shallowdraft boats, with flat bottoms, navigate the river, subject to seasonal limitations. The Niger River, like many other rivers, has a

high level and a low level. However, the rise in the upper part

takes almost 1 year to travel down to the lower part due to the

numerous openings into other rivers and creeks.

2.13 It is possible to ascend the River Niger from any of the

mouths of the numerous rivers by utilizing the many tortuous

creeks which connect the rivers and form inland waterways.

These creeks are navigable throughout by boats and, in most

cases, small vessels with light drafts can transit between 15 and

40 miles inland. However, the creeks and rivers of the delta

should only be used by vessels with local knowledge. Numerous oil and gas development installations and structures are situated throughout the delta area.

2.13 When approaching any of the delta entrances, vessels generally first ascertain their proximity to land by the depths and the

discolored appearance of the sea. The low shoreline is only indicated by isolated trees. These trees may appear as disconnected wooded islets because of the mirage distortion. On

closer approach, the edge of the coastal forest appears as a solid line, broken only by the river entrance. Once over the bar

and within the estuary, the river banks are fringed with mangroves fronting masses of inland forest.

2.13 Tides—Currents.—The current between the mouths of the

Forcados River and the Nun River generally sets SE, except

during the harmattan season (November to February), when it

sets NW. Within depths of 16 to 18m, the current is irregular,

with many eddies. Outside of these depths, the current sets at a

rate of about 0.5 knot.

2.13 For the purpose of buoyage within the creeks and rivers leading to Koko, Sapele, Burutu, and Warri, the direction of the

main flood current is considered as flowing from the Escravos

bar toward the ports.

2.13 Directions.—Vessels should choose the river entrance where

the bar offers the most favorable conditions for crossing. Once

inside, the deepest route through the creeks can be chosen for

proceeding to the other parts of the delta. In this way, the dangerous and shallow bars are avoided. The entrance to the Benin

River is difficult to distinguish from seaward. Vessels usually

do not enter this river through its mouth, but proceed via the

Escravos River and Nana Creek.

2.13 Caution.—Vessels are warned that numerous well heads,

submarine pipelines, flares, oil fields, oil rigs, and production

platforms, some disused and abandoned, exist within the 200m
26 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

curve off the approaches to the rivers. The well heads may protrude over 5m above the sea bed and may be unmarked.

2.13 Vessels are warned that a ground swell of varying amplitude

usually prevails on all of the bars fronting the river entrances.

Adequate underkeel clearances must be ensured.

2.14 The Benin River (5°46'N., 5°03'E.), though joined to

the Niger Delta by Nana Creek and Chanomi Creek, has an origin entirely distinct from that of the River Niger. Its sources lie

at the head of two small rivers which unite at Sapele, 40 miles

ENE of North Point. Between the bar and Koko, a port lying 33

miles NE, the river is intersected by several creeks. Nana Creek

enters the river through the SE bank and connects it with the

Escravos River.

2.14 North Point (5°46'N., 5°01'E.), the N entrance point of the

Benin River, is well-defined; breakers and heavy rollers extend

up to 2.5 miles SW of it. The shore extending from this point

on the S side of the river entrance forms only a gentle curve

and is difficult to identify from the SW. Overfalls are reported

to occur about 10 miles W of the point.

2.14 Discolored water may be observed as far as 9 miles seaward of

the river mouth. The bar, composed of hard sand, is liable to

change. It was reported (1981) to have depths of 2.4 to 2.7m. This

entire bar frequently breaks heavily and sometimes with overwhelming force. Passage across the bar is not recommended.

2.14 The current off the mouth of the Benin River usually sets SE,

but after the harmattan has been blowing, it is often reversed

and sometimes sets with considerable strength. The tidal currents over the bar usually set ENE on the flood and SW on the

ebb. In December, the flood current runs for 3 hours and attains

a rate of 3 knots. The ebb current runs for over 9 hours and attains a rate of 5 knots.

2.14 Benin Road, lying 3 miles outside the bar and 5.5 miles from

the river mouth, is the only anchorage available in this vicinity.

The holding ground is good, but much rolling and pitching

must be expected. Vessels may anchor, in a depth of 9m, black

mud, about 5.5 miles SW of North Point.

2.15 Ukpokiti Marine Terminal (5°43'N., 4°50'E.) is located about 13 miles WSW of the mouth of the Benin River. It

consists of a Floating Production Storage and Off loading (FPSO) facility (Independence), which is lighted and equipped

with a racon. Vessels are berthed in tandem, bow to stern, with

the FPSO.

Vessels should send the following information via the agent

12 days and then 7 days prior to arrival:

1. Vessel’s name.

2. Vessel’s ETA.

3. Master’s name.

4. Arrival draft and dwt.

5. Deballasting time, if any.

6. Cargo requirements.

2.15 Vessels should then update their ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24

hours, and 12 hours prior to arrival. Pilotage is compulsory.

The mooring master can be contacted by VHF and boards

about 3.5 miles SW of the terminal near the N limit of the anchorage area.

2.15 Ukpokiti Marine Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

2.15 The terminal is located in a depth of 26m and can accommodate tankers up to 150,000 dwt, 337m in length, and 21m draft.

Generally, vessels berth only during daylight hours but they

may depart at any time. An anchorage area, with a radius of 1.5

miles, lies centered about 5 miles SW of the terminal. Vessels

at the anchorage must maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 16.

2.16 Abo Marine Terminal (5°42'N., 4°28'E.), located

about 36 miles W of the mouth of the Benin River, consists of a

Floating Production Storage and Off loading (FPSO) facility.

The FPSO (Abo) is moored in a depth of 550m.

Vessels should send an ETA message via the agent on departure from the previous port. This initial message should include the following:

1. Vessel’s name, call sign, and INMARSAT numbers.

2. ETA in local time. 

3. Cargo requirements.

4. Deballasting time.

5. Maximum loading rate.

6. Arrival draft fore and aft.

7. Last port of call.

8. Port of destination.

9. Confirmation of clean bill of health.

10. Details of any sickness onboard, if any.

11. Distance (meters) from the bow to the loading manifold and SWL of crane or derrick at manifold.

12. Summer deadweight tons. 

13. Port and country of registration.

14. Name of Master.

15. Length.

16. Does the vessel comply with the latest Oil Company

International Marine Forum (OCIMF) standards?

17. A statement declaring that the vessel can perform

closed loading.

18. Confirmation that the vessel is equipped with a bow

stopper which is able to receive 76mm chain.

19. Name and particulars of local agent.

2.16 Vessels should then update their ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24

hours, and 4 hours prior to arrival. Pilotage is compulsory within 2 miles of the terminal. The mooring master can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 72 and boards in position

5°44.8'N, 4°31.1'E (about 3 miles NE of the terminal). Vessels

are prohibited from approaching within 2 miles of the terminal

without prior permission.

2.16 The ABO Marine Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

2.16 Vessels must arrive with clean ballast only, not less than 25

per cent of summer dwt, trim not exceeding 3m, and propeller

fully immersed.

2.16 The terminal can accommodate tankers up to 350,000 dwt

with unrestricted drafts. Generally, vessels berth and depart

only during daylight hours, weather permitting.

2.16 All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian national flag during

daylight while berthed at the terminal.

2.17 Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal (5°30'N., 5°00'E.) master.independence@conocophillips.com (World Port Index No. 46135) is situated 11 miles WSW of the

abo@sg.prosafe.com
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 27

Pub. 123

mouth of the Escravos River. It consists of an Operations Platform, two SBMs, and an LPG facility.

The Operations Platform (5°30.5'N., 5°00.3'E.), 26m high,

provides a heliport, which is surrounded at night by red lights.

No. 2 SBM is moored in a depth of 19.8m, about 1 mile W of

the Operations Platform. It can handle tankers up to 200,000

dwt, with drafts up to 15.8m, and tankers from 200,000 to

300,000 dwt, with drafts up to 15.5m.

No. 3 SBM is moored in a depth of 30.5m, about 5 miles

WSW of the Operations Platform. It can handle tankers up to

350,000 dwt, 365m in length, 61m beam, and 26m draft. Submarine pipelines extend in an ENE direction from these berths

to the shore and may best be seen on the chart.

The LPG facility is situated about 9 miles W of the Operations Platform and consists of a Floating Storage and Off loading (FSO) barge. It is moored in a depth 43m and equipped

with a racon. A submarine gas pipeline extends E from the

FSO to the shore and may best be seen on the chart.

2.17 A fairway lighted buoy is moored about 2 miles SW of the

Operations Platform. A designated anchorage area lies about

2.5 miles SW of the Operations Platform.

2.17 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and board in the vicinity of the anchorage area. They remain on board throughout the loading

procedure. Vessels must have their engines ready for immediate use while moored at this terminal.

2.17 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, surrounds the terminal facilities. All vessels are prohibited from

entering this area without prior permission.

2.17 All inbound vessels must send an ETA to the terminal and to

Chevron Nigeria Limited, Lagos 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours prior to arrival. The following information is required:

1. Vessel’s name.

2. ETA.

3. Master’s name.

4. Summer dwt.

5. Net registered tons.

6. Last port of call.

7. Next port of call.

8. Owner’s name and address.

9. Quantity of cargo required.

10. Destination of cargo.

11. Nationality of officers and crew.

12. Quantity of cargo on board.

13. Maximum draft on arrival and departure.

2.17 Berthing details may be obtained from the terminal on VHF

channel 10 or 16 when within range.

2.17 Mooring at or departing from the oil berths is allowed in normal weather conditions at any time. Mooring at the LPG berth

is allowed only during daylight hours. Vessels may depart this

berth at any time.

2.17 All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian national flag during

daylight while berthed at the terminal.

2.17 Caution.—The current in the vicinity of the terminal usually

sets NNW, but it sometimes reverses to set SSE. The rate of the

current varies between 0.5 knot and 1.5 knots. This current has

been observed to reverse direction very quickly and cause vessels to swing heavily.

2.17 Unfavorable weather is usually expected from May through

November.

2.17 Several platforms in ruins stand about 3.5 miles S of the Operations Platform. They barely show 5m above sea level and

form poor radar targets.

2.17 It was reported (1970) that the terminal is somewhat difficult

to identify due to the existence of numerous gas flares in the area. However, the coast and breakwater lying to the S of the river entrance are radar conspicuous (see paragraph 2.19).

2.18 Erha Oil Terminal (5°21'N., 4°20'E.), a deep-water

facility, lies in the vicinity of the Erha Oil Field and is situated

within an exclusion zone bordered by a line joining the following positions: 

a. 5°21.7'N, 4°17.7'E.

b. 5°23.9'N, 4°20.4'E.

c. 5°23.9'N, 4°22.5'E.

d. 5°21.7'N, 4°23.6'E.

e. 5°18.0'N, 4°21.5'E.

f. 5°19.0'N, 4°17.7'E.

2.18 The terminal consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Off loading (FPSO) vessel and an SBM. The SBM is moored 1

mile SE of the FPSO and is connected to it by two steel pipelines. The FPSO lies in a depth of 1,100m and is equipped with

a racon.

2.18 Tankers may secure to the SBM or berth in tandem, bow to

bow, with the FPSO.

2.18 Vessels must send an initial ETA message to the terminal 7

days in advance. The ETA should then be confirmed 72 hours,

48 hours, 24 hours, and 6 hours prior to arrival. 

2.18 A designated waiting area, with a radius of 2.5 miles, lies

centered about 9 miles SE of the terminal.

2.18 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and generally board in the vicinity of

the waiting area. Tankers may secure to the SBM at any time,

weather permitting. Tankers may berth at the FPSO during

daylight only but may depart at any time. 

2.19 The Escravos River (5°34'N., 5°10'E.) is the principal entrance of the delta for the ports of Koko, Sapele, Burutu,

and Warri. Nana Creek, entered 7 miles within the mouth, leads

into the Benin River and then to the ports of Koko and Sapele.

Chanomi Creek, entered 12 miles within the mouth, leads S to

the Forcados River and then to the ports of Burutu and Warri.

2.19 A coastal bank, with depths of less than 5m, fronts the river

mouth and extends up to about 6 miles seaward. The river entrance is subject to siltation. The channel leading across the bar

was reported (1986) to have a dredged depth of 6.4m. It was reported (1993) that the channel leading across the bar had a

dredged depth of 6.7m and vessels with drafts up to 6.4m could

enter the river.

Tapa Oil Field (5°42'N., 5°00'E.) lies centered 12.5 miles

NW of the river mouth.

2.19 Delta Oil Field (5°41'N., 5°03'E.) lies centered 10 miles

NW of the river mouth.

2.19 Delta South Oil Field (5°36'N., 5°06'E.) lies centered 5

miles W of the river mouth.

2.19 Ejulebe Oil Field (5°35'N., 5°00'E.) lies centered 11.5 miles

W of the river mouth.

2.19 Okan Oil Field (5°33'N., 5°05'E.) lies centered 7 miles

WSW of the river mouth.

2.19 Mefa Oil Field (5°31'N., 5°04'E.) lies centered 9 miles SW

of the river mouth.
28 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

2.19 Awodi Oil Field (5°28'N., 5°01'E.) lies centered 12 miles

SW of the river mouth.

2.19 Sonam Gas Field (5°29'N., 4°50'E.) lies centered 22 miles

WSW of the river mouth.

2.19 Numerous rigs, platforms, structures, well heads, submarine

pipelines, storage vessels, flares, above-water pipes, and obstructions are situated within the above oil and gas fields,

which front the river entrance.

2.19 Aspect.—A main breakwater, about 4 miles long, extends

WSW from a point on the coast located 1 mile S of the S entrance point of the river. A detached breakwater is located with

its S end lying about 0.4 mile NNE of the head of the main

breakwater. It extends NNE and is about 0.5 mile long. Lights

are shown from the head of the main breakwater and from the

S end of the detached breakwater. The entrance channel, which

is buoyed, leads between these lights.

2.19 A beacon, 9m high, is situated on the N entrance point of the

river and a radio mast, 98m high, stands 1.2 miles NE of it. Escravos Tank Farm is situated close N of the radio mast.

2.19 Escravos River Entrance Light (5°33.7'N, 4°11.0'E) is shown

from a metal framework tower standing on the S side of the entrance, about 2 miles NE of the root of the main breakwater. An

outer fairway lighted buoy is moored about 6 miles WSW of

the head of the main breakwater. 

2.19 Ogidigbe, a prominent village, is situated close S of the light.

Ajogbe, another village, is situated 1 mile NE of the light.

2.19 Nana Creek is entered 7 miles E of the mouth of the river. It

leads in a N direction for 23 miles, but has many sharp bends.

2.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within the river. Pilots

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board about 2 miles

SW of the Escravos breakwater. Pilotage is available during

daylight hours only and should be arranged through the vessel’s agent in the port of destination.

2.19 The Escravos River Pilot Station requests the following information via VHF channel 16 before the pilot boards:

1. Vessel’s name.

2. Call sign.

3. Nationality.

4. SEN number.

5. Crew.

6. Length and draft.

7. Cargo details.

8. Master’s name.

2.19 Escravos River Pilots provide pilotage services from the bar

to Bennett Island Anchorage and Koko Anchorage. Nigerian

Ports Authority (NPA) Harbor Pilots provide pilotage services

from these anchorages to the berths at Warri, Koko, and

Sapele. Pilots for Burutu are also available. Escravos River Pilots also provide pilotage services to the offshore oil and gas

industry.

2.19 For security reasons, the movements of vessels are being

monitored and coordinated by the Nigerian Naval Station (Delta) at Warri through the Nigerian Navy Gun Boat stationed at

Escravos Tank Farm, near Lighted Buoy No. 19, where clearance is usually granted via VHF.

2.19 Directions.—Due to numerous marked and unmarked obstructions associated with the oil and gas fields, vessels should

avoid taking an inshore route and should approach the pilot

boarding area from seaward.

2.19 Vessels approaching from N or W should pass W and SW of

the Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal (see paragraph 2.17). They

should then pass S of No. 3 SBM (see paragraph 2.17) and proceed E to a position located about 2.5 miles S of the Escravos

Operations Platform (see paragraph 2.17), passing N of the ruined platforms. Vessels should then continue in an ENE direction to the pilot boarding area.

2.19 Vessels approaching from S should remain well offshore to

avoid Meji Oil Field (see paragraph 2.22). They should then

proceed to a position located about 6 miles S of the Escravos

Operations Platform (see paragraph 2.17), taking care to avoid

the ruined platforms standing about 3 miles S of it. Vessels

should then continue in a NE direction to the pilot boarding area.

2.19 Caution.—Due to piracy activity, vessels are advised to remain 30 to 40 miles seaward of the breakwater during darkness.

2.19 The entrance of the river is subject to frequent silting.

2.19 During the flood tide, a strong NW current sets across the

bar and within the entrance.

2.19 It was reported (1995) that the buoys marking the approach

and river channels were unreliable. Several were observed to

be unlit and many, including the outer fairway lighted buoy,

were missing.

2.19 Submarine pipelines extend across the river about 0.7 mile

above and below the tank farm. A submarine pipeline also extends across Nana Creek, 4 miles NNE of its junction with the

Escravos River. The depth may be reduced by as much as 2m in

the vicinity of these pipelines.

2.19 Numerous fishing stakes are situated in the shallow depths

fronting the river entrance and along the river banks.

2.19 Vessels should approach the mouth of the Escravos River

with caution due to several unsurveyed areas lying off the coast

in this vicinity.

2.20 Koko (6°00'N., 5°28'E.) (World Port Index No.

46140) is situated on the N bank of the river. It is a large settlement and extends for about 1 mile along the shore. The main

quay is 137m long and has a depth of 7.3m alongside. Berthing

is only carried out during daylight hours. Vessels of up to 140m

in length and 6.4m draft have been accommodated alongside.

From Koko, the Benin River trends in a general ESE direction, with two sharp bends, for 16 miles to Sapele. Above Koko, the banks of the river revert to mangroves for about 3.8

miles when they again change to open country with trees and

palms.

2.20 Munro Island (5°55'N., 5°40'E.) divides the river and has

several log storage lagoons. The main channel passes SW of

this island.

2.20 Miller’s Point (5°54'N., 5°42'E.) is the NW entrance point

of the Ethiope River. A prominent radio mast stands close

WSW of this point. Another prominent radio mast stands on

the W bank of the Ethiope River, about 0.3 mile SSE of this

point.

2.20 Caution.—Vessels should keep a good lookout for floating

logs in the river, many of which are nearly submerged.

2.20 Vessels passing Koko should reduce speed to avoid damage

to the river banks and to small craft moored at the quay.

2.21 Sapele (5°54'N., 5°41'E.) (World Port Index No.

46150), a major logging port, stands on the S bank of the Benin
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 29

Pub. 123

River, abreast the SE extremity of Munro Island. A

conspicuous church stands in the N part of the town.

2.21 Depths—Limitations.—A private timber quay is situated

on the W bank of the Ethiope River, 0.7 mile SE of Miller’s

Point. It provides 267m of berthing space, with a depth of 4.9m

alongside, and 144m of berthing space, with a depth of 4.6m

alongside.

2.21 The principal port installations are situated at Ogorode, 5

miles NW of Miller’s Point. There is a total of 1,183m of quayage, which provides six main berths, with a depth of 10.5m

alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, container, and

ro-ro vessels. Vessels of up to 170m in length and 6.4m draft

have been accommodated alongside.

2.21 In addition, several mooring buoy berths are situated in the

river. These berths lie in depths of 4.9 to 7.6m and can accommodate vessels of up to 137m in length.

2.21 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in a depth of 7m about 0.3

mile above the E end of Munro Island.

2.21 Caution.—A submarine cable, marked by beacons, extends

across the river, about 0.2 mile E of the SE end of Munro Island.

2.21 It was reported (1984) that the S bank had extended into the

river in places between Munro Island and Sapele.

2.22 The Forcados River (5°23'N., 5°16'E.) is entered between Hughes Point and South Point, 7 miles SE. A navigable

channel, only about 1 mile wide, leads into the river between

the shoalbanks extending from these points.

2.22 South Point (5°22'N., 5°19'E.) is steep and wooded. A

stranded wreck lies on the beach on the N side of this point. It

is reported to be conspicuous in the afternoon but difficult to

identify in the morning.

2.22 Hughes Point (5°27'N., 5°14'E.) is ill-defined, sandy, and

backed by tall mangroves. Middle Beacon, 18m high, is situated 1.7 miles NW of this point. Yoki Beacon, 12m high, is situated 0.5 mile SE of this point. Norman Beacon, 8m high, is

situated 2 miles SE of the point and East Beacon, 17m high, is

situated 1.5 miles SE of it. Moore Point, located 9 miles ESE

of Hughes Point, is a steep and prominent bluff.

2.22 A bar fronts the river entrance, 7 miles seaward of the mouth,

and lies between two lines of breakers, which are usually visible, except during the harmattan season. This bar was reported

(1986) to have a least depth of 2.7m on it. Immediately within

the bar, the water is smooth and the depths increase to over 9m.

The channel leading over the bar and into the river is marked

by buoys. It can be used by small craft with local knowledge.

Meji Oil Field (5°25'N., 5°10'E.) lies centered 10 miles

WNW of the entrance to the Forcados River. A submarine oil

pipeline extends in a NW direction from this field.

Afremo Oil Field (5°26'N., 5°10'E.) lies centered 10 miles

WNW of the entrance to the Forcados River, close E of Meji

Oil Field.

2.22 Forcados Oil Field (5°23'N., 5°18'E.) extends across the river mouth within the bar.

2.22 Mesan Oil Field (5°21'N., 5°13'E.) lies centered 5.5 miles

W of South Point.

2.22 Numerous rigs, platforms, structures, wellheads, submarine

pipelines, flares, and obstructions are situated within the above

oil fields, which front the river entrance and extend up to about

10 miles seaward.

2.22 Caution.—A submarine gas pipeline extends seaward in a

SW direction from a point on the shore located about 2 miles

SE of Hughes Point.

2.22 A submarine oil pipeline extends across the river about 2

miles E of South Point.

2.22 It was reported (1990) that the buoys marking the entrance

channel are not reliable and some may be missing.

2.23 Forcados Oil Terminal (5°10'N., 5°10'E.), situated

15 miles SW of South Point, consists of a platform, which is

equipped with a racon, and two SBMs. A submarine pipeline,

which may best be seen on the chart, extends in a NE direction

from the terminal to the shore.

No. 1 SBM and No. 2 SBM are located in a depth of 22.8m

about 1 mile WSW and 1 mile W, respectively, of the platform.

Vessels of 45,000 to 350,000 dwt, with drafts up to 21m, can be

accommodated. There are no restrictions for length or beam.

Vessels must have their engines ready for immediate use

while at the terminal. Unfavorable weather is expected at the

terminal from June to September, when a heavy swell may be

experienced. Fog may occur in the mornings in December and

January.

A designated anchorage area, for vessels waiting to berth,

lies about 3 miles NW of the platform.

A restricted area, with a radius of 3 miles, surrounds the terminal and may best be seen on the chart. All vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission.

Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Pilots, acting as mooring masters, can be contacted on VHF channel 8

and board in position 5°12.0'N, 5°08.0'E (3 miles NW of the

Forcados crude oil loading buoy). They remain on board

throughout the loading procedure.

Vessels should send their ETA to Shell Lagos 7 days, 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. Vessels should then

contact the terminal on VHF channel 8 when within range, on

arrival off the terminal, and when anchored.

Vessels at anchor must maintain a continuous listening watch

on VHF channel 8.

2.23 Caution.—It is reported (2004) that the former anchorage

area, lying about 4 miles W of the platform, is no longer used

due to the presence of a gas submarine pipeline. Vessels are advised to contact the terminal for the latest information prior to

anchoring.

2.24 Chanomi Creek (5°35'N., 5°23'E.), which connects

the Escaravos River to the Forcados River, leads in a S direction for 14 miles and is narrow and winding. The N entrance of

this creek lies 12 miles E of the entrance to the Escravos River.

The S entrance of the creek lies between Goshawk Point and

Warri Point, 2.5 miles WNW. The coastal bank lying off Warri

Point is marked by a lighted buoy. The fairway, which is

marked by buoys and beacons, has general depths of 5 to 25m;

the bar at the N end of the creek was reported (1986) to have a

depth of 6.2m on it.

2.25 Port Forcados (5°22'N., 5°26'E.) (World Port Index

Sapele Home Page

http://www.nigerianports.org
30 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

No. 46160) lies 7 miles within the S entrance of the Forcados

River and S of the S entrance of Chanomi Creek. It also includes the entrance to Muri Creek, lying E of the town of

Forcados. The town is situated within Kwarra Point and is protected by a seawall. Vessels can anchor in depths of 7 to 9m,

good holding ground, N and E of Kwarra Point. During the tornado season (March to April and September to October), vessels should not anchor close to the shore.

2.25 The government wharf, situated 0.4 mile SE of Kwarra

Point, is 58m long and has a depth of 6m lying close off it. Vessels with drafts up to 5.2m can berth alongside with lighters

moored between them and the side of the wharf.

2.25 Burutu (5°21'N., 5°30'E.) lies on the S bank of the Forcados

River, 4 miles E of Forcados. It is approached through Burutu

Channel, marked by buoys, which has a least depth of 4m

(1991). There is a main wharf, 229m long, and a new wharf,

91m long. Both have depths of 6.4m alongside at HWS. The

port is no longer used by ocean-going commercial vessels.

However, a local fleet of shallow-draft vessels operates from

this harbor and carries cargo and passengers throughout the entire area. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 7m, good holding

ground, in the middle of the river, off the town.

2.26 Warri (5°31'N., 5°44'E.) (World Port Index No.

46170) lies on the N bank of the Warri River, 21 miles above

its junction, at Warri Point, with the Forcados River. This junction is located close above the entrance to Chanomi Creek.

2.26 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are usually from

the SSW, but are variable during the harmattan season. Tornados are sometimes experienced at the beginning and end of the

rainy periods (March to April and September to October).

2.26 Depths—Limitations.—The river channel is narrow and

marked by buoys.

2.26 Four oil jetties, fronting the refinery, provide 121m of berthing space and have a depth of 7m alongside.

2.26 A bulk quay, which fronts the Delta Steelworks, is situated at

Aladja on the S side of the river, about 4 miles above Warri. It

is 750m long and has a depth of 7m alongside.

2.26 The old section of the port has 1,500m of main quayage. It

provides four berths for ocean-going vessels, with depths of

6.5m alongside.

2.26 The new section of the port has 1,600m of main quayage. It

provides six berths for ocean-going vessels, with depths of

11m alongside. In addition, there are several mooring buoy

berths situated in the river.

2.26 The port has facilities for general cargo, container, tanker,

bulk, and ro-ro vessels. Vessels of up to 250m in length and

6.4m draft have been accommodated.

2.26 Anchorage.—This area has a depth of 6.6m and good holding ground, mud. 

2.26 Caution.—Vessels are restricted by the depth on the bar at

the entrance to the Escravos River. The Nigerian Ports Authority (NPA) at Lagos should be contacted in advance for the latest information.

2.27 The coast extending S from the entrance to the Forcados River to the entrance of the Nun River, 80 miles SSE, has

the same monotonous features as that to the N. Dense forest

and thick jungle rise from a narrow sandy beach which extends

along the whole stretch of this coast. The surf breaks heavily in

the rainy season on this beach and a heavy swell in this area

generally causes a set toward the shore.

2.27 The shoreline is intersected by the mouths of several rivers.

The entrances to these rivers are fronted by sandy bars which

usually break completely across. All of the rivers are connected

by creeks and communication by launches is maintained between places along the Forcados River and places along the

Nun River throughout the entire year.

2.27 The Ramos River (Amos River) (5°08'N., 5°22'E.) flows into the sea 15 miles S of the entrance to the Forcados River. Its

mouth, which is fronted by a bar, is about 0.5 mile wide and

lies between two well-defined entrance points. Breakers extend

up to about 3 miles seaward of the entrance and discolored water has been observed up to 7 miles seaward. Anchorage may

be taken in a depth of 9m, black mud, outside the bar and about

5 miles W of the mouth.

2.27 The Dodo River (4°53'N., 5°29'E.) enters the sea 15 miles S

of the mouth of the Ramos River. It was reported (1988) that

the land located on the S side of this river entrance had extended up to about 2 miles NNW. The river entrance faces NNW

and is about 0.7 mile wide. It is obstructed by Ivy Island on the

N side. A drying sand bank extends about 3 miles NNW from

close N of Ivy Island. It extends about 0.5 mile seaward from

the coast and fronts the entrance to a lagoon. The river entrance

is fronted by breakers and discolored water has been observed

up to 7 miles seaward of it. Anchorage may be taken, in a depth

of 7m, black mud, about 2.5 miles W of the entrance.

2.28 EA Oil Field (4°49'N., 5°21'E.) lies centered about 8

miles SW of the entrance to the Dodo River and consists of numerous wells, rigs, riser pipes, and platforms, which may or

may not be lighted.

2.28 A Development Area, the limits of which may best be seen

on the chart, surrounds this oil field. Surface vessels, subsea

craft, and divers may be engaged in construction work or the

servicing of installations within this area. All other vessels are

strongly advised to remain outside this area and enter only with

permission.

2.28 Sea Eagle Terminal (4°48'N., 5°19'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46180), consisting of a Floating Production Storage Off

loading (FPSO) facility and an SPM, is situated within the EA

Oil Field Development Area. The FPSO (Sea Eagle) is secured

to a fixed bow-integrated Soft Yoke Mooring Platform (SYMP)

and is moored in a depth of 26.5m. 

FPSO Sea Eagle
Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 31

Pub. 123

2.28 The terminal can handle vessels up to 300,000 dwt and 58m

beam. Due to the existence of submerged structures and pipelines, vessels are limited to a maximum draft of 17.8m. Berthing is allowed during daylight hours only. Vessels berth in

tandem with the FPSO.

2.28 Vessels waiting to berth should anchor, in depths of 40 to

70m, NW of the terminal and well clear of the area. Pilotage is

compulsory. Vessels must proceed to Forcados Oil Terminal

(see paragraph 2.23) in order to embark the pilot.

2.28 The Sea Eagle Terminal FPSO may be contacted by e-mail,

as follows:

2.28 Vessels should send their ETA to the Shell Marine Office,

Forcados and the terminal 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance. Vessels should then contact the pilot station

at Forcados Oil Terminal on VHF channel 8 when within range

and Sea Eagle Terminal on VHF channel 10 when within range

of the field and again when arriving at the EA Field Exclusion

and Safety Zones to request permission to enter. 

2.29 Bonga Terminal (4°33'N., 4°37'E.), consisting of a

Floating Production Storage Off loading (FPSO) facility and

an SPM, is located about 65 miles SW of the entrance to the

Forcados River. It is situated in a depth of about 1,000m and

can handle vessels up to 350,000 dwt and 21.2m draft.

2.29 The Bonga Terminal FPSO may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

2.29 Vessels should send their ETA to the Shell Marine Office,

Forcados and the terminal 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance. Changes of 12 hours or more to the ETA

must be reported immediately. Changes of 30 minutes or more

to the ETA must be reported during the last 24 hours prior to

arrival.

2.29 Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels must proceed to Forcados

Oil Terminal (see paragraph 2.23) in order to embark the pilot.

Vessels should contact the pilot station at the Forcados Oil Terminal on VHF channel 8 when within range. Vessels should

then contact Bonga Terminal on VHF channel 72 when within

range and again to request permission to enter the restricted area, which surrounds the terminal. 

2.30 The Pennington River (4°44'N., 5°32'E.) flows into

the sea 9 miles SE of the entrance to the Dodo River. The river

entrance is 0.3 mile wide but appears as a small opening from

WNW.

2.30 Pennington Oil Field (4°37'N., 5°25'E.) lies 7 miles SW of

the entrance to the Pennington River. A gathering platform

stands near the center of this field and a flare structure is situated close NE of it. A storage hulk is moored about 1 mile SW of

this platform and several mooring buoys are situated 1 mile

SW of it. Several other platforms are situated within the field.

2.30 Caution.—A submarine pipeline connects the gathering

platform, the storage hulk, and the mooring buoy berth. In addition, a submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends 10 miles SSE from this oil field to Middleton Oil

Field.

2.31 The Middleton River (4°32'N., 5°41'E.) flows into

the sea 14 miles SE of the Pennington River. It appears from

offshore to be a wide estuary with an island lying in the entrance. In reality, the island is actually a group of tall trees

standing on Hopkin Point, which divides the mouth into two

branches.

2.31 Factory Point, the N entrance point of the river, is well-defined and several very high trees stand on the S entrance point,

2.5 miles SE. Miller Island, lying close S of Hopkin Point, is

covered with grass and low scrub. It is reported not to be visible until close inshore. An outer lighted buoy is moored about

10.7 miles W of Hopkin Point.

2.31 The bar, which lies about 1.3 miles W of Factory Point, has a

least depth of 2.1m; however, the river entrance is obstructed

by drying sand banks which lie between the bar and Miller Island.

Middleton Oil Field (4°30'N., 5°33'E.) lies centered 8 miles

WSW of the entrance to Middleton River. It consists of a production platform and several oil rigs. Submarine pipelines,

which may best be seen on the chart, connect this field to Pennington Oil Field, 10 miles NNW, and Pennington Offshore

Terminal, 15 miles S.

2.32 The Fishtown River (4°24'N., 5°50'E.) flows into the

sea 12 miles SE of the Middleton River. Its entrance is 0.2 mile

wide and lies between two well-defined points. Between these

two river entrances, the forest is somewhat removed from the

coast and a belt of partially-cultivated land, with clumps of

palms, intervenes.

The Kulama River flows into the sea 4 miles NW of the Fishtown River but its entrance, 0.5 mile wide, is difficult to identify from seaward.

The Sengana River, a branch of the River Niger, flows into

the sea 9 miles SE of the Fishtown River. Its entrance, which is

about 1 mile wide, is obstructed by a sand bank. Discolored

water has been observed up to 4 miles seaward of the entrance. 

North Apoi Oil Field (4°21'N., 5°47'E.) lies centered 3.5

miles SW of the mouth of the Fishtown River. It consists of a

central gathering platform surrounded by several lighted well

heads. A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends 13 miles SW and connects this field with the

Pennington Offshore Terminal.

Sengana Oil Field (4°17'N., 5°49'E.) lies centered 7 miles S

of the mouth of the Fishtown River.

Okubie Oil Field (4°14'N., 5°54'E.) lies centered 10 miles

SSE of the mouth of the Fishtown River.

2.33 Pennington Offshore Terminal (4°15'N., 5°37'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46200) is situated 16 miles SW of the

entrance to the Fishtown River and consists of two SPMs. Submarine pipelines extend NE from the terminal toward the shore

and N to Middleton Oil Field.

A floating storage vessel (VLCC Oloibiri) is moored to SPM

A. The export loading berth, SPM B, is moored in a depth of

26.8m, about 0.7 mile NW of SPM A. It can accommodate vessels up to 250,000 dwt and 24.3m draft.

2.33 The wind and swell at the terminal are mostly from a SW direction. The weather is generally good from November to May,

but it may be unfavorable during the wet season (May to Noseaeaglemss@shell.com

bongamss@shell.com
32 Sector 2. Togo, Benin, and Nigeria—Cape Saint Paul to Cape Formoso 

Pub. 123

vember). The currents in the vicinity of the terminal are reported to be irregular and strong at times.

2.33 A designated anchorage area lies 2.3 miles SW of the terminal. Vessels berth during daylight hours only, but may depart at

any time. Vessels must have their engines ready for immediate

use while at the terminal.

2.33 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

may be contacted by VHF and board in position 4°14.5'N,

5°34.5'E. They remain on board during the entire loading operation.

2.33 Vessels should send an ETA 10 days, 96 hours, and 24 hours

prior to arrival via the oil company (TOPCON) office in Lagos.

Vessels should then contact the terminal 2 hours prior to arrival

on VHF channel 16.

2.33 A restricted area, with a radius of 3 miles, is centered on the

terminal. All vessels are prohibited from entering this area

without prior permission. 

2.34 The Nun River (Branch River) (4°16'N., 6°04'E.)

flows into the sea 16 miles SE of the Fishtown River. It is entered between Cape Nun and Palm Point, 1.4 miles SE. This

river was formerly used as the principal entrance into the Niger

River. However, because of shoaling on the bar and continual

changes in the channel above Akassa, 2 miles within the entrance, navigation is only possible by vessels with light drafts,

even when the river level is high.

2.34 The river mouth is imposing when first entered, but, after

reaching Akassa, the channel is almost entirely obstructed by

numerous flats and drying sand banks. It is not until 25 miles N

of Akassa that the river regains a width and depths commensurate with its importance.

2.34 The shores on either side of the river entrance are heavily

wooded and form areas of vast swamp as they are at a level

close to that of the river.

Cape Nun (4°17'N., 6°04'E.), the N entrance point of the

river, is somewhat low, with trees standing close behind it. Between this cape and Barracoon Point, 2 miles N, the W bank of

the river is sandy, with trees extending almost to the edge of the

water. A beacon, 9m high, is situated on Barracoon Point.

2.34 Palm Point (4°16'N., 6°05'E.), the S entrance point, is low,

sandy, and covered with grass. Several trees stand about 0.3

mile N of the point. A square clump of trees, situated 0.5 mile

inland and 2.5 miles E of the point, is somewhat conspicuous

above the unbroken line of tree tops.

2.34 A light is shown from a metal pile structure standing on the

point; a beacon is situated 2 miles E of it.

2.34 The bar fronting this river is considered to be one of the

worst within the Niger Delta. The coast changes direction

sharply in this vicinity and renders it fully exposed to the W

and S. There is always a heavy swell on the bar and calm days

are very few. The bar lies between the S extremities of two

shallow spits, which extend up to about 4 miles S from each

entrance point. The sea breaks heavily along the W spit and

there are heavy rollers and surf along the E spit. The bar is

composed of hard sand, with mud immediately outside of it,

and has a least depth of 1.8m (1963).

2.34 During the rainy season, the bar frequently breaks all over,

but it only breaks after half ebb in the dry season. Local knowledge is essential for crossing the bar. Discolored water has

been observed up to 4 miles seaward of the bar.

2.34 Akassa (4°19'N., 6°04'E.), a small town, is situated on the W

bank of the Nun River, 2 miles N of Cape Nun and close NW

of Barracoon Point. A small wharf, with a depth of 1.2m, fronts

the town. Vessels may anchor in a depth of 14m, mud, in the

middle of the channel, off Barracoon Point. Local pilots for the

inland creeks are available here.

2.34 Anchorage may be obtained offshore, free from rolling, in a

depth of 11m about 5 miles S of Palm Point. In this vicinity, the

current from the river usually keeps the bow of the vessel heading N.

2.34 Caution.—During the harmattan season (November to February) or during heavy rains, the river entrance may be often

obscured for several days.

2.35 Anyala Oil Field (3°55'N., 5°54'E.) lies centered 24

miles SSW of the mouth of the Nun River.

2.35 Cape Formoso (4°16'N., 6°05'E.) is the low and wooded tract

which forms the S extension of the Niger Delta. This cape, located

on the E side of the Nun River, also forms the E extremity of the

Bight of Benin and is fully described in paragraph 3.2.
33

Pub. 123

3. 

Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

3.0SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
35

Pub. 123

SECTOR 3 

NIGERIA TO GABON—CAPE FORMOSO TO CAP LOPEZ

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the African coast between

Cape Formoso and Cap Lopez, and includes the islands lying

in the Bight of Biafra. It includes the coasts of Nigeria,

Cameroon, Equatorial Guinea, and Gabon. The descriptive sequence is first from W to E and then from N to S. 

General Remarks

3.1 The Bight of Biafra, known to Nigeria as the Bight of

Bonny, is an extensive indentation in the African coast. Within

the limits of this bight, numerous rivers discharge into the sea.

The most important of these rivers are the New Calabar River,

the Bonny River, and the Calabar River. The N shore of this

bight is almost flat and dark in color. It is intersected by the

mouths of the numerous rivers, forming the Niger Delta, each

of which is obstructed by bars or shoals at the entrance. The

coast consists of a belt which is 10 to 60 miles wide and

covered with mangrove forests and swamps. Vast tropical

forests stand inland of this coastal belt beyond which the

ground becomes more open. There is little vegetation and very

little rainfall in the extreme N part.

3.1 Fako (4°13'N., 9°10'E.), also known as Cameroon Mountain, is the highest peak of the mountains which rise abruptly

from the land on the NE shore of the bight. This peak attains an

elevation of 4,090m and is covered with trees and verdure of

luxuriant growth, except in the vicinity of the rounded summit.

It is very conspicuous from seaward but the summit is often

obscured by clouds. Fako is also a volcano. It last had an eruption, with lava flowing from a vent at an elevation of 1,400m,

in 1999. Another conspicuous peak, which stands about 9

miles SSW of Fako, ascends from the SW slopes of the mountain range. Although numerous other peaks rise from the sides

of this range, they appear slight and scarcely break the uniformity of the slopes.

3.1 The more distant mountains, which stand about 30 miles N

of Fako, attain elevations of 1,220 to 1,830m and tower aloft in

huge peaks and rugged masses. A plain, from whose surface

several conical hills rise abruptly, extends between the bases of

these mountains. Several other nearby peaks, which are extinct

volcanoes, are also visible from seaward.

3.1 The islands lying in the Bight of Biafra are evidently of volcanic origin and, together with the mountain ranges on the

mainland, are probably the gigantic results of one and the same

submarine upheaval.

3.1 Winds—Weather.—The Southwest Monsoon is the most significant of the local winds in this area. This large scale sea breeze,

which extends up to about 150 miles inland, occurs in the N

section over the Gulf of Guinea and adjacent coasts. It is strongest

during the summer (June-August), but is prevalent all year. The

monsoon is a deflection of the SE trade winds toward the heated

continental interior. It acts very much like a land-sea breeze

system and is felt up to about 10°S. At Douala for example, while

SW winds are prevalent during the afternoon, their frequency

drops to 5 per cent during the early morning hours.

3.1 The harmattan, a wind of continental origin, is a hot, dry

wind from the NE quadrant. It reaches the shores of the Gulf of

Guinea and extends seaward. This wind is prevalent from

December through early March and is usually laden with fine

dust which can reduce visibility in the form of haze. The

harmattan generally occurs between Cape Palmas (4°22'N.,

7°44'W.) and Douala (4°03'N., 9°41'E.).

3.1 Tides—Currents.—The Guinea Current sets E along the N

shore of the Gulf of Guinea. During June through October, a

large part of this current is formed by an extension of the

Atlantic Equatorial Countercurrent. During other months, it is

considered to be an extension of the Canaries Current which

sets S along the NW coast of Africa. The Guinea Current

attains rates of 1 to 2 knots, but generally becomes weaker as it

flows E and is very weak in the Bight of Biafra.

3.1 Regulations.—For information concerning Nigerian Ship

Entry Notice (SEN), VHF communications regulations, and reporting requirements for Nigerian oil terminals, see Pub. 160,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and

Indian Ocean.

3.1 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas fields, with associated

rigs, platforms, obstructions, well heads, riser pipes, submarine

pipelines, terminal buoys, and storage vessels, may be encountered up to 30 miles offshore between the approaches to

the Forcados River (5°20'N., 4°50'E.) and the approaches to

Debundscha Point (4°06'N., 8°58'E.). It is reported (2005) that

oil and gas development and exploration areas may be found

up to 50 miles seaward of the coast described in this sector.

3.1 Some of the well heads may protrude more than 5m above

the sea bed and may be unmarked. Some of the platforms and

structures may be disused, abandoned, and unlit. In many

cases, the submarine pipelines are not buried in the sea bed and

depths over them may be reduced by as much as 2m. In addition, many temporary structures and objects associated with oil

and gas exploration may not be charted.

3.1 Several restricted areas lie offshore in the vicinity of the oil

and gas installations. Vessels not proceeding to or departing

from these installations should keep clear of the areas.

3.1 The constant heavy surf along the coast generally prevents

landing by boats and renders the river bars dangerous.

3.1 Internal waves, known as Solitons, have been experienced

within the waters described in this sector. These waves can result in extremely rapid current changes of 3 to 4 knots within a

distance of 300 to 400m. This phenomenon can be very hazardous for vessels engaged in offshore operations.

3.1 Vessels are cautioned that security off the West African coast

and within some ports is a serious problem. In recent years

(1986-2005) several attacks by pirates and thieves have been

reported. These have generally taken place at the outer anchorages, but some have occurred while berthed alongside or

moored at offshore terminals.

Cape Formoso to the Cameroon River

3.2 Cape Formoso (4°16'N., 6°05'E.) is the general name
36 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

given to the low, wooded tract which forms the S extension of

the Niger Delta. This tract lies on the E side of the entrance to

the Nun River and Palm Point, which is marked by a light,

forms its S extremity.

Between Palm Point and West Point, 8 miles E, the coast is

fronted by a flat and sandy shore. The surf breaks heavily on

this shore and trees stand along it, close to the water.

3.2 The Brass River (4°17'N., 6°13'E.), formed by the confluence of several branches of the Niger River, is entered between

West Point and East Point, about 1 mile ENE. 

3.2 West Point is low, sandy, and covered with small bushes. It is

reported to be difficult to identify from seaward. The forest

trees extend close up to the HW mark in this vicinity.

3.2 East Point is thickly wooded, but the trees on it have the

appearance of a steep bluff and do not extend to the water. The

W bank of the river is backed by trees as far as the entrance to

Akassa Creek, 2 miles N of West Point. Above the entrance to

Akassa Creek, the mangroves and swamps begin. The E bank

of the river has some small villages, hidden by trees, situated

within 0.5 mile of East Point.

3.2 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 11m about 6 miles

SW of West Point or 7 miles SE of East Point.

3.2 Brass (4°19'N., 6°14'E.), a small town, stands on the E bank

of the river, about 1 mile NE of East Point. It is fronted by

several small piers which are used by boats and small craft.

3.2 A bar, consisting of shoals, connects the seaward ends of two

spits which extend S for 1.5 miles from the entrance points.

The outer part of this bar lies 2 to 3 miles S of the river mouth.

Breakers mark the spits and the bar. A passage, about 0.5 mile

wide, leads over the center of the bar, where the breakers are

less frequent than elsewhere. The fairway is shallow and

marked by buoys. It is only used by small craft with local

knowledge. The approach is dangerous because of the heavy

rollers which break at frequent intervals even at HW. The inner

part of the channel may also be obstructed by fishing nets.

3.2 Caution.—Two unlit riser pipes, reported to be radar conspicuous, lie about 7 miles S of West Point.

3.2 In the rainy season, the Brass River entrance is often

completely obscured.

3.3 Brass Oil Terminal (4°04'N., 6°17'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46190), located about 14 miles SSE of the mouth of

the Brass River, consists of a lighted central platform, which is

equipped with a racon, and two SPMs. Submarine pipelines,

which may best be seen on the chart, extend NNW to the shore

and SE to the Agbara Oil Field from the terminal. 

 No. 1 SBM and No. 2 SBM are situated 1 mile E and 1 mile

W, respectively, of the central platform, in a depth of 27.4m.

Vessels of up to 300,000 dwt and 22.8m draft can be handled,

with a minimum length of 220m and a maximum length of

366m.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted by VHF

channels 14 or 16 and board in position 4°06.2'N, 6°19.4'E (3

miles NE of the Buoy Operating Platform). Berthing takes

place only during daylight hours. Vessels may depart at any

time.

A designated anchorage area, with depths of 27 to 29m and

fairly good holding ground, lies about 2.8 miles NE of the

terminal platform.

3.3 Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal via Lagos Radio

72 hours before arrival. This message should contain vessel

particulars and cargo request. Vessels should then contact the

terminal by VHF before arrival and when anchoring.

3.3 A restricted area, with a radius of 2.5 miles, is centered on

the terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

3.3 Agbara Oil Field (3°56'N., 6°24'E.) lies about 10 miles SE

of Brass Oil Terminal and has a central platform, with a very

conspicuous flare.

3.4 Between the Brass River and the Bonny River, about

50 miles E, the coast is intersected by several rivers. The

mouths of these rivers are fronted by bars on which the sea

generally breaks heavily. The rivers are not entered through

their main mouths, but through creeks which connect them inland with other rivers having navigable entrances. Several

beacons are situated along the shore between the river

entrances. 

3.4 The River Saint Nicholas (4°18'N., 6°25'E.) lies 12 miles E

of the Brass River and is separated from it by slightly elevated

wooded land. The W entrance point of the river is surmounted

by trees, which are taller than elsewhere in the vicinity, and can

be easily identified. Heavy surf fronts the river mouth and bars

entry.

3.4 The River Santa Barbara (4°19'N., 6°36'E.) lies 11 miles E

of the River Saint Nicholas and is separated from it by low

forest land, fringed by a sandy beach. The entrance points are

low and difficult to recognize from seaward. Heavy surf fronts

the river mouth and bars entry to the river.

3.4 The River San Bartholomeo (4°20'N., 6°43'E.) lies 7 miles

E of the River Santa Barbara and is separated from it by a

sandy plain, 0.3 mile wide, which is interspersed with several

shallow lagoons. The entrance points of the river are bold,

being covered with tall trees. A shallow bar extends up to 3.5

miles S of the mouth.

3.4 The River Sambreiro (4°22'N., 6°53'E.) lies 11 miles E of

the River San Bartholomeo; its entrance does not open when

approached from the W until bearing less than 334°. The W

entrance point then appears low, sloping, and gradually rising

to tall forest trees behind it. When the river mouth is fully

open, bearing about 314°, both entrance points appear as bold,

high bluffs. Heavy surf fronts the river mouth and extends up to

3.5 miles offshore.

3.4 Fouche Point (4°23'N., 7°01'E.) is located about 8 miles E

of the W entrance point of the River Sambreiro. From the

vicinity of the entrance to the River Sambreiro, this point

appears to be the extremity of the land because the E side of the

estuary formed by the New Calabar River and the Bonny River

is not visible until a vessel proceeds farther to the E. The

entrance of Ke (Fouche) Creek, about 0.3 mile wide, lies close

W of Fouche Point. A prominent radio mast, 18m high, stands

on the SW side of Fouche Point.

3.4 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 6 miles S of

Fouche Point and is marked on its S side by a buoy.

3.4 A stranded wreck, radar conspicuous, lies about 3.2 miles

SW of Fouche Point. Another stranded wreck is reported to lie

about 6 miles SW of the point.

3.5 The New Calabar River (4°23'N., 7°02'E.) and the

Bonny River (4°18'N., 7°04'E.) flow into a common estuary

which lies between Fouche Point and Field Point, 7 miles E.
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 37

Pub. 123

The section of the Bonny River as far as Okrika, 25 miles

above Field Point, is more correctly described as an arm of the

sea, as it is insignificant and drains only a comparatively small

area. The estuary is fronted by a bar which is more easily

crossed than those of other rivers in the Niger Delta.

3.5 Fouche Point, the W entrance point of the estuary, is low and

wooded with tall trees, among which the sea breaks at HW.

The W bank of the New Calabar River extends NNW from this

point. It is lined by mangroves and thick bush and is intersected

by many creeks.

3.5 Field Point, the E entrance point of the estuary, is low, sandy,

and covered with grass. A prominent beacon, 15m high, is situated in the vicinity of this point.

3.5 Bonny River Light (4°25'N., 7°08'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a framework tower standing 1 mile N of

Field Point.

3.5 Rough Corner Spit, an area of drying patches, fronts Field

Point; its seaward edge is marked by breakers. 

3.5 Peter Point is located 2 miles N of Field Point. The E bank of

the river between these points is lined by mangroves.

3.5 Yellow Island lies NE of Fouche Point and forms the E side

of the New Calabar River. It is subject to continual change with

islets and sandbanks constantly forming and reforming in this

vicinity.

3.5 In the approaches to the estuary, the hard sandy bottom of

the river is reported to extend seaward into depths of 11 to

12m. Off the other river entrances in this vicinity, the bottom at

these depths is invariably formed by soft mud.

3.5 An outer fairway lighted buoy (4°12'N., 7°00'E.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 14 miles SW of Bonny River

Light.

3.5 Inda Oil Field (4°21'N., 7°06'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 4 miles SW of Field Point.

3.5 Tides—Currents.—Off Bonny, the current setting N begins

5 hours 30 minutes before HW and runs for 6 hours. It attains a

maximum rate of 2.5 knots at springs. The current setting S

begins 1 hour after HW and runs for 5 hours. It attains a

maximum rate of 3.5 knots at springs. Between Field Point and

Peter Point, 1.7 miles N, both currents set toward the entrance.

3.5 Depths—Limitations.—The bar fronting the estuary

consists of a shoal area which connects the shallow banks

extending from the entrance points to an extensive flat

extending S from Yellow Island. Breaker Spit, lying 2.3 miles

W of Field Point, forms the E side of the extensive flat. It dries

in places and breaks heavily at half tide, even in fine weather.

Western Breakers, a shoal, forms the SW part of the flat and its

E edge is steep-to. This shoal breaks continuously in moderate

weather, but not in calm weather.

3.5 Baleur Bank, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies centered 6

miles S of Field Point. It generally breaks at half tide and at all

stages of the tide during rough weather.

3.5 Fouche Patches, a cluster of submerged heads, lies within the

bar and has a least depth of 1.5m. This cluster lies on a shoal

which extends about 3.5 miles SE from Fouche Point.

3.5 An entrance channel, 200m wide, extends NE across the bar

and leads to the Bonny River. This channel, which may best be

seen on the chart, is marked by lighted buoys and is dredged to

a depth of 12.5m (1997). 

3.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory from the outer fairway

lighted buoy (4°12'N., 7°00'E.) along the Bonny River to Port

Harcourt. For further information, see paragraph 3.10.

3.5 Caution.—Due to the continual coastal erosion near the

entrance of the estuary, the charted aspect of the land should

not be relied upon.

3.5 When the harmattan is blowing, the land in the vicinity of

Fouche Point will generally not be visible to vessels entering

the river.

3.5 The lighted buoys marking the entrance channel should not

be depended upon and are reported to be often unlit at night. It

was reported (1995) that several of the buoys were missing.

3.5 Vessels should contact the port authorities in advance to

verify the latest depths in the river channel. 

3.5 Several submarine pipelines, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend across the river. The depths in the channel may be

reduced by as much as 1.8m in the vicinity of these pipelines.

3.5 Fishing stakes line the sides of the river in numerous places.

3.5 Several spoil ground areas lie in the approaches and within

the river and may best be seen on the chart.

3.5 Several oil fields and offshore terminals, with associated

structures, lie in the approaches to the estuary and may best be

seen on the chart.

3.5 It was reported (1986-2005) that several vessels, while

anchored off the entrance channel, had been attacked by

pirates. The authorities now advise vessels to drift within radar

range of the outer lighted buoy instead of anchoring. During

this same period, serious theft was being carried out from vessels berthed at the river ports and precautions should be taken.

3.6 Agbami Oil Terminal (3°28'N., 5°34'E.), located

about 62 miles SW of the Brass River, consists of the deepwater offshore terminal FPSO Agbami and a SPM located

approximately 1 mile to the N.

Vessels of up to 315,000 dwt and 329m in length have been

accommodated at the SPM. Vessels of up to 150,000 dwt and

286m in length have been handled at the FPSO Agbami.

Pilotage is compulsory when within the exclusion zone and

during mooring and unmooring operations. Pilots can be

contacted on VHF channels 10 or 16 and board 3 miles NW of

the terminal.

Bonny River Light
38 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

Tandem mooring at the FPSO Agbami takes place during

daylight hours only, but vessels may depart at any time. Four

tugs are available to assist when tandem mooring. Berthing and

unberthing is available 24 hours when mooring to the SPM,

which is preferred, and two tugs are available to assist with this

operation.

Anchorage is not advised in the area due to numerous

submarine pipelines and the excessive depth, more than

1,400m.

3.6 Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal 7 days or upon

departure at previous port of call if less than 7 days, and also

72, 48, and 24 hours before arrival. Vessels should also advise

of any change in ETA more than 12 hours, or of more than 30

minutes if within 12 hours of arrival.

3.6 Two restricted areas exist, one with a radius of 1850m,

centered on the SPM, and another with a radius of 1500m,

centered on the terminal. Vessels must receive permission to

enter this area. 

3.6 Okwori Oil Terminal (3°51'N., 6°59'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46240), located about 33 miles SSW of Field Point, consists of a Floating Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO)

facility. The FPSO (Sendje Berge), alongside which the loading vessel is berthed, is moored in a depth of 138m. Vessels up

to 250,000 dwt can be handled. 

3.6 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

may be contacted on VHF channel 15 or 16 and board about 3

miles E of the terminal. Berthing is carried out during daylight

hours only. Vessels may depart at any time.

3.6 Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal, Addax Petroleum Limited (marine superintendent), the agent, and as instructed by the charterer 7 days, 96 hours, 72 hours, 48 hours,

and 24 hours in advance. The initial message should contain

the following information:

1. Vessel’s name, flag, and port of registry.

2. ETA (in local time).

3. Master’s name.

4. Estimated draft (fore and aft) and displacement on

arrival. Estimated draft on departure.

5. Last port of call. If vessel is proceeding to any other

port(s) prior to terminal and, if so, any anticipated delays. 

6. Cargo requirements (quantity of crude to be loaded).

7. Maximum loading rate vessel is able to accept.

8. If partly laden, quantity and description of cargo on

board.

9. Name of agent.

10. Confirmation of clean bill of health. 

3.6 Vessels must report immediately any change in their ETA of

2 hours or more. When in range, vessels must contact the

terminal on VHF channel 16 for berthing instructions.

3.6 The Okwori Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.6 The designated anchorage (waiting) area, with a radius of 1.5

miles, is centered about 5 miles E of the terminal.

3.6 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, is

located in the vicinity of the terminal and extends up to about 6

miles W of it. Several well heads and pipelines exist in this

area. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

3.6 All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian national flag during

daylight while berthed at the terminal.

3.7 Okono Oil Terminal (3°59'N., 7°18'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46238), consisting of a CALM buoy and a Floating

Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility, is located

about 25 miles SE of Field Point. The FPSO (Mystras) is

moored in a depth of 35m. The terminal can handle vessels up

to 70,000 dwt (2003). 

3.7 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are available from sunrise to

1500. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 8, 16, or 69 and

board in the designated anchorage area, which lies centered 2

miles N of the FPSO. 

3.7 Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours,

and 4 hours in advance to the terminal. The initial message

should contain the following information:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. ETA.

3. Cargo requirements.

4. Deballast time.

5. Maximum loading rate in barrels per hour.

6. Estimated draft on arrival.

7. If any sickness onboard or clean bill of health.

8. Last port of call.

9. Port of destination.

10. Summer dwt.

11. Port of Registry/Country.

12. Master’s name.

13. Confirm vessel is free of defects and in all respects in

full safe operational status.

14. Distance in meters from bow to the loading manifold

and from the port rail to the manifold.

15. Confirm that the vessel is fitted with 1 or 2 bow chain

stoppers.

16. Advise if the bow chain stoppers are suitable for the

terminal’s 76mm mooring chain.

17. Acceptance and compliance with these Okono Terminal User Regulations and Procedures.

3.7 When in range, vessels should contact the terminal on VHF

channel 8.

3.7 A restricted area, with a radius of 2 miles, is centered on the

terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

FPSO Sendje Berge (Okwori Terminal)

master.sendje.berge@bwoffshore.com
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 39

Pub. 123

3.7 The Okono Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.7 Caution.—It is reported (2002) that gas is escaping to the

surface in an area lying about 7 miles NE of Okono Terminal.

All vessels are advised to keep clear of this area of escaping

gas, which is marked by buoys.

3.7 It is reported (1986 and 1988) that discolored water and

breaking seas were observed in an area lying about 10 miles SE

of the terminal. Caution is advised.

3.8 Yoho Oil Terminal (4°01'N., 7°28'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46178), located about 30 miles SE of Field Point,

consists of a Floating Storage and Offloading (FSO) facility.

The FSO (Yoho), which is equipped with a racon, is situated in

a depth of 64m. The terminal can handle vessels up to 350,000

dwt.

3.8 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 17 and board at the

anchorage or where directed. Berthing is only carried out

during daylight hours but vessels may depart at anytime.

Vessels are moored in tandem, bow to stern, with the FPSO.

3.8 A designated anchorage area, with a radius of about 1,700m,

lies centered about 5.5 miles ESE of the terminal. Obstructions

and abandoned well heads may lie outside this area.

3.8 Vessels should send their ETA to the terminal 72 hours, 24

hours, and 4 hours in advance, specifying whether the time

given is in GMT or local time. When the vessel is within 4

hours of arrival, the terminal should be contacted on VHF

channel 16 or 17. Further communication, including instructions, will be conducted on a working channel. In the event of a

communication difficulty, vessels should contact the Qua Iboe

Terminal (see paragraph 3.19).

3.8 Yoho Oil Terminal, which is operated by Mobil Nigeria,

Lagos, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.8 A restricted area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, is centered on

the terminal. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area

without prior permission from the terminal.

3.8 Caution.—It is reported (2002) that gas is escaping to the

surface in an area lying about 6 miles NW of Yoho Terminal.

All vessels are advised to keep clear of this area of escaping

gas, which is marked by buoys.

3.8 It is reported (1986 and 1988) that discolored water and

breaking seas were observed in an area lying about 5 miles

SSW of the terminal. Caution is advised.

3.9 Bonny Offshore Terminal (4°11'N., 7°14'E.) (World

Port Index No. 46206), located 13.5 miles SSE of Field Point,

consists of three SBMs. A submarine pipeline extends NNW

from the terminal to the shore. No. 1 SBM is moored close

SSW of the platform and No. 2 SBM is moored close SSE of

the platform. No. 3 SBM is located at position 4°06.5'N,

7°07.6'E. 

 The terminal is situated in a depth of 27.4m and can handle

vessels between 45,000 dwt and 320,000 dwt, with drafts up to

22.8m. There are no maximum limitations on length or beam.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 8 . The pilot boards for No. 1

and No. 2 SBM at 4°08.1'N, 7°14.2'E. For No. 3 SBM the

boarding position is 4°04.7'N, 7°04.9'E. They remain on board

throughout the loading operation.

Vessels should send an ETA via Lagos Radio 7 days, 3 days,

2 days, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should report

immediately if their ETA changes by more than 2 hours. When

in range or 3 hours prior to arrival, vessels should contact the

terminal on VHF channel 10 for berthing information. Vessels

at anchor should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channels 8 and 16.

3.9 The designated anchorage area, which is reported to have

poor holding ground, lies about 3.5 miles S of the platform.

Vessels must not proceed any closer to the terminal without a

pilot.

3.9 Caution.—During the rainy season (June to September),

heavy swells may be encountered at the anchorage.

3.9 It is reported (2002) that gas is escaping to the surface in an

area lying about 11 miles SE of Bonny Offshore Terminal. All

vessels are advised to keep clear of this area of escaping gas,

which is marked by buoys.

3.10 Bonny (4°27'N., 7°10'E.) (World Port Index No.

46205) lies at the E side of the river. The town stands on very

low land among mangrove swamps.

3.10 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 2.9m at springs and

1.9m at neaps.

3.10 Depths—Limitations.—The maximum draft to which a

vessel can load is governed by the datum depth in the channel,

the height of tide, and the underkeel clearance allowed.

3.10 It is reported (1997) that the approach channel has been

dredged to a depth of 12.5m over a width of 200m. The tide is

variable, but the relevant factor is the height at the time of

transit. The underkeel clearance allowed is dependent on the

time of the year and is related to the height of the swell expected to be encountered in the channel. The underkeel clearance

ranged from 0.76 to 1.22m (1989). The maximum size of

vessel permitted at the terminal (1989) was 135,000 dwt,

subject to review during the rainy season (May through

October). The maximum length allowed was 320m and the

FPSO Mystras (Okono Terminal)

oim.mystras@naoc.agip.it

cargo.mystras@naoc.agip.it

qit.mooring.masters@exxonmobil.com
40 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

maximum draft allowed was 11.2m. Vessels must have a minimum length of 161m, but there is no restriction for beam.

3.10 The inshore terminal lies close S of the town, at the E side of

the river. It consists of three river berths, each formed by

several mooring buoys.

3.10 It is reported (1998) that this inshore terminal is closed to

commercial shipping. The mooring buoys have been removed,

but obstructions and foul ground remain in the vicinity.

3.10 Mobil Jetty (Bonny River LNG Terminal) is a T-headed

facility located on Peter Point, 2 miles N of Field Point. There

is an alongside depth of 12.5m. Vessels of 20,000 to 120,000

dwt can be accommodated. The facility is surrounded by an

Entry Restricted zone.

3.10 The Nigeria LNG Terminal (NLNG Terminal), a T-headed

facility, stands about 1 mile NE of the Mobil Jetty. The terminal normally accommodates product tankers of 30,000 to

60,000 dwt, but partially-loaded vessels up to 100,000 dwt can

be handled. It also handles LNG vessels up to 140,000 cubic

meters. The facility is surrounded by an Entry Restricted zone.

3.10 The NPG Jetty, a T-headed pier, is situated between the

above two jetties. It can accommodate LPG vessels with capacities between 30,000 and 85,000 cubic meters.

3.10 Shell Jetty, located about 1 mile NE of the Nigeria LNG

Terminal, is closed to shipping.

3.10 A storage tanker (Tuma) is moored in the river, 0.7 mile

WNW of Peter Point. Vessels berth alongside this tanker and

depart at the early part of the ebb tide.

3.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory from the outer fairway

lighted buoy along the Bonny River up to Port Harcourt,

including Onne and Okrika.

3.10 The Pilots are Nigerian Port Authority licensed and are

required for both inbound and outbound navigation of the

Bonny Inshore Oil Terminal Marine Operations.

3.10 Pilots can be contacted by VHF channels 14 or 16 and board,

as follows:

3.10 Bonny Inshore Terminal:

1. Condensate and LNG vessels—1.5 miles SW of the

outer fairway lighted buoy, generally between 2.5 hours

before LW and 2.5 hours before HW.

2. Other vessels—1 mile SW of No. 1 lighted buoy. 

3.10 Port Harcourt, Onne, and Okrika—in the anchorage off the

NPA Jetty in position (4°27.5'N., 7°10.0'E.).

3.10 Regulations.—A VTS is in service for all vessels transiting

the Bonny River. Reports to Bonny Signal Station should be

made on VHF channel 14 as follows:

1. Vessels inbound prior to entering the channel at the

lighted entrance fairway buoy or on departing the narrow

channel at Lighted Buoy No. 22.

2. Vessels outbound shall report their ETD at least 2

hours before departure. They shall also report before

entering the narrow channel at Lighted Buoy No. 22 or

upon departing the channel at the entrance Fairway

Lighted Buoy.

3.10 Vessels should send their ETA by e-mail 7 days, 4 days, 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours and 6 hours in advance, giving

the following information: 

1. On departure from discharge port: ETA and arrival

draft. 

2. 7 days prior to arrival: ETA and arrival draft,

Estimated arrival tank temperatures (vapor and liquid), and

required cool down period upon berthing. 

3. 4 days prior to arrival: vessels name, ETA at Bonny

Point pilot boarding station, cool down time required, crew

list, and ISPS security information with list of personnel

embarking or disembarking. 

4. 72 hours prior to arrival: confirm ETA, average

bottom liquid and tank vapor pressures, and average vapor

pressure (mb absolute). 

5. 48 hours prior to arrival: ETA and arrival draft,

estimated tank temperatures and cool down period required

on berthing, confirm all navigation, mooring, safety, and

engine systems are fully operational, confirm vessel is free

of tank leakage.

6. Confirmation that the following systems have been

inspected/tested and are operating correctly should be

included in the 48 hour report: cargo system and boil off

control equipment, gas detection analyzers, ESDS alarms

and interlocks, tank high level alarms, tank high pressure and

low pressure alarms, remotely operated valves, cargo tanks

and lines free of oxygen, stress calculations for cargo, ballast

and bunker transfers made and within recommended safety

limits, and estimated departure draft from Bonny. 

7. 24 hours prior to arrival: confirm ETA. 

8. 6 hours prior to arrival: vessels name, voyage number,

cargo number, ETA at Bonny Point pilot boarding point,

average bottom tank temperature, average tank vapor

pressure and temperature (mb absolute) over the last 24

hours, and confirm the vessel is ready to berth on arrival. 

3.10 Vessels should then contact Bonny Signal Station on VHF

channel 14 to obtain permission to proceed into the entrance

channel. Vessels should also maintain a continuous listening

watch on VHF channels 14 and 16. 

3.10 All movements of vessels between the outer fairway lighted

buoy and the gas berths are restricted when gas or condensate

supertankers are maneuvering in the area.

3.10 Anchorage.—Vessels proceeding to Bonny may anchor in

depths of 17 to 19m within a designated area centered about 4

miles W of the outer fairway lighted buoy. When anchored,

vessels should report their date and time of arrival to the port

authority by VHF.

3.10 The Bonny Inshore Terminal is contacted by e-mail, as

follows: 

Onne (4°39'N., 7°09'E.) (World Port Index No. 46208), a

new port, is situated in Ogu Creek and consists of a quay,

1,590m long, which provides six berths. The quay has a depth

of 13.5m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to 55,000

dwt. There are facilities for general cargo, container, ro-ro, and

bulk vessels. The entrance channel within the creek is dredged

to a depth of 9.2m. Pilotage is provided by Bonny NPA Pilots.

The pilots can be contacted by e-mail, as follows: 

bonny.terminal@ning.com

marine.ops@ning.com

Onne Home Page

http://www.nigerianports.org

onneinfo@nigerian ports.org 
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 41

Pub. 123

3.11 Okrika (4°43'N., 7°05'E.) (World Port Index No.

46207), an oil terminal, lies on the NE side of the river channel,

about 0.5 mile SSE of the island on which the town of Okrika

stands. The oil refinery is fronted by an L-shaped jetty, 259m

long, which has a square dolphin at the outer end. Coastal and

ocean tankers up to 50,000 dwt and 192m in length can be

handled. Berthing is carried out during daylight hours only.

The approach river channel has a datum depth of 8.8m (1989).

Vessels with drafts up to 7.9m can berth and vessels with drafts

up to 9m can depart on the flood tide. The port monitors VHF

channels 14 and 16. 

3.12 Port Harcourt (4°46'N., 7°00'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46210), a railroad terminal, lies on the E side of a bend in

the Bonny River, about 30 miles above the mouth.

3.12 Depths—Limitations.—There are eight principal dry cargo

berths, which are 128 to 186m long; one palm oil berth; and

one tanker berth. In addition, there are several mooring buoy

berths, with depths of 8m. Generally, vessels up to 183m in

length and 7.6m draft can be accommodated. At the palm oil

berth, which consists of a T-jetty with dolphins, vessels are

limited to a maximum length of 146m. Berthing is carried out

during daylight hours only. The approach river channel has a

reported depth of 8.8m (1989).

3.12 Pilotage.—For details see paragraph 3.12. 

3.12 Signals.—When two black balls are displayed from the signal station of the port, a vessel is known to be proceeding upriver from Bonny and outbound vessels should take necessary

precautions, especially when navigating the bends.

3.12 Caution.—At the river berths, the flood tidal current attains

a rate of 2.5 knots and the ebb current attains a rate of 3 knots.

3.13 Between the Bonny River and the Opobo River, 27

miles E, the coast is low and swampy. It is covered with mangroves and other trees which grow in brackish water. Further

inland, the country is fertile and more elevated. Several

beacons, which may best be seen on the chart, stand along this

stretch of the shore.

3.13 The Andoni River (4°25'N., 7°20'E.), which is shallow and

not used, enters the sea 11 miles E of Field Point.

3.13 Kalaekule Oil Field (4°16'N., 7°19'E.), with several platforms, lies centered about 10 miles S of the mouth of the Andoni River.

3.13 Caution.—Vessels navigating along this stretch of the coast

should not proceed into depths of less than 15m without local

knowledge due to numerous obstructions and dangers. 

3.13 Numerous oil wells lying off the this stretch of the Niger

Delta have collapsed and created foul areas, which may best be

seen on the chart.

3.14 Ima Oil Terminal (4°13'N., 7°23'E.), located about

14 miles SSE of the mouth of the Adoni River, consists of a

Floating Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility

and an SBM. A submarine pipeline extends about 9 miles NW

from the terminal to a production platform (Cliff Langley). The

FPSO (Ailsa Craig) is moored in a depth of 25m. The terminal

can handle vessels between 25,000 dwt and 150,000 dwt, with

drafts up to 18m.

3.14 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF channels 16 or 72 and board in the

anchorage area 3 miles S of the terminal. Berthing is carried

out only during daylight hours. Vessels may depart at any time.

3.14 Vessels should send their ETA to the terminal operator 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. Vessels should then

contact the terminal on VHF channel 72 prior to arrival.

3.14 A restricted area, with a radius of 2 miles, is centered on the

terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

3.14 All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during

daylight while berthed at the terminal.

3.14 A designated anchorage area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies

centered about 3 miles S of the terminal.

3.14 Caution.—It is reported (1986 and 1988) that discolored

water and breaking seas were observed in an area lying about

17 miles S of the Ima Terminal. Caution is advised.

3.15 The Opobo River (4°27'N., 7°35'E.) is entered between West Point and East Point, 1.8 miles NE. It is fronted by

a bar which is subject to change. West Point is difficult to distinguish from seaward when bearing less than 015°. East Point

is fairly sharp, with forest trees standing near the water.

3.15 Opobo (4°35'N., 7°32'E.) (World Port Index No. 46220) is

situated on the E bank of the river, 10 miles above the mouth.

This town is a principal palm oil center and a number of factories, fronted by quays, stand along the river.

3.15 The bar is formed by a horseshoe-shaped shoal connecting

the outer ends of the spits, which extend up to about 2 miles S

from each entrance point. The sea always breaks heavily on

these spits. A channel leading across the E part of this bar was

reported (1957) to have a least depth of 2.1m. The bottom of

the bar is formed by sand, with mud on either side of it. Small

vessels, with local knowledge, use the channel, but no pilots

are available.

3.15 Anchorage is available outside the bar, in a depth of 10m,

about 4 miles S of West Point. However, because the prevailing

current sets E, vessels nearly always lie broadside to the prevailing S swell.

3.15 Oso Oil Field (4°18'N., 7°38'E.), with several platforms, lies

centered about 10 miles S of the mouth of the Opobo River.

3.15 Usari Oil Field (4°14'N., 7°47'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 18 miles SE of the mouth of the Opobo

River.

3.15 Asabo Oil Field (4°06'N., 7°48'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 25 miles SE of the mouth of the Opobo

River.

3.15 Adua Oil Field (4°06'N., 7°42'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 22 miles SSE of the mouth of the Opobo

River.

3.15 Ekpe Oil Field (4°06'N., 7°35'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 21 miles S of the mouth of the Opobo River.

3.15 Caution.—Numerous submarine pipelines, which may best

be seen on the chart, extend between the above oil fields and

the shore.

3.16 Odudu Oil Terminal (4°00'N., 7°46'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46235), located 29 miles SSE of the entrance to the

Opobo River, consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Port Harcourt Home Page

http://www.nigerianports.org
42 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

Offloading (FPSO) facility. The FPSO (Unity), a storage

tanker, is moored bow-on to an SBM. A submarine pipeline

extends 18 miles NE from the terminal to the Ofon Oil Field.

The terminal is situated in a depth of 64m and can handle

vessels of between 80,000 and 280,000 dwt. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and board in the anchorage area.

Berthing or departure may take place at any time. Vessels are

generally moored to the stern of the storage tanker. Tugs are

available for berthing; one tug will remain secured to the stern

of the tanker for the entire loading operation.

Vessels should send an ETA message to the terminal 72

hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 4 hours in advance. Vessels

should then contact the terminal on VHF channel 72 or 77

when within range. The initial message should contain the

following information:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. ETA.

3. Cargo requirements.

4. Deballast time.

5. Maximum loading rate in barrels per hour.

6. Estimated draft on arrival.

7. If any sickness onboard or clean bill of health.

8. Last port of call.

9. Confirm vessel is free of defects and in all respects in

full safe operational status.

10. Distance in meters from bow to the loading manifold

and from the port rail to the manifold.

11. Confirm that the vessel is fitted with one or two bow

chain stoppers.

12. Advise if the bow chain stoppers are suitable for the

terminal’s 84mm mooring chain.

13. Acceptance and compliance with these Okono Terminal User Regulations and Procedures.

3.16 The Odudu Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Vessels must have the ability to maintain a minimum of 30

per cent of their summer dwt throughout the loading operation.

Vessels must arrive with a trim of not more than 2m by the

stern.

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies in

the vicinity of the terminal and extends up to about 8 miles S of

it. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

All vessels must fly the Nigerian national ensign during

daytime when in the vicinity of the terminal.

A designated anchorage area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies

centered about 5.5 miles NNE of the storage tanker.

3.17 Okoro Oil Terminal (4°24.1'N., 7°49.7'E.), located

15 miles ESE of the entrance to the Opobo River, consists of a

Floating Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility.

The FPSO (Armada Perkasa), a storage tanker, is moored bowon to an SBM. The terminal is situated in a depth of 14m and

can handle vessels up to 70,900 dwt and maximum draft of

8.75m.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channels 13, 16, and 74 and board

approximately 5 miles S of the FPSO’s location. Berthing is

during daylight only, but unberthing may take place at any

time. Vessels are generally moored to the stern of the storage

tanker. Tugs are available for berthing; one tug will remain

secured to the stern of the tanker for the entire loading

operation.

Vessels should send an ETA message to the terminal 72

hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours in advance or if there is

a more than 2 hour change in arrival time. Vessels should then

contact the terminal on VHF channel 13 when within range.

The initial message should contain the following information:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. Vessel’s fax number and satellite code.

3. Masters name

4. ETA in local time.

5. Estimated arrival draft fore and aft and displacement.

6. Last port of call.

7. Confirm vessel has a clean bill of health.

8. Number of bow stoppers and type.

9. Cargo requirement-quantity of crude to be loaded.

10. Maximum loading rate.

11. Confirm SWL 10 T crane at manifold.

12. Name of agent.

13. Owners and operators name and address 

3.17 The Okoro Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Vessels must have the ability to maintain a minimum of 30

per cent of their summer dwt throughout the loading operation.

Vessels must arrive with a trim of not more than 2m by the

stern.

A restricted area extends 2000m from the FPSO. Vessels

must have the Pilot onboard before entrance into the restricted

area is granted.

Anchorage should be taken a safe distance from the oil and

gas installations. Anchoring within the exclusion zone is

prohibited. 

3.18 Between the Opobo River and the Kwa Ibo River, 24

miles E, the coast consists of a narrow ridge of sand, only

about 1m above sea level and, in some places, only about 3m

wide. Several mangrove swamps joined by lagoons and creeks

lie behind this ridge.

3.18 Between the Kwa Ibo River and the Calabar River, 18 miles

E, the coast is formed by a strip of sand, which is mostly under

water during the rainy season, backed by a dense forest.

3.18 The Kwa Ibo River (4°33'N., 7°59'E.) is entered between

Bluff Point and Egerton Point, 0.3 mile E. A bar fronts the river

mouth. A channel leads across the bar and can be used by small

craft, with drafts up to 2.7m, at HW. The entrance of this river

can be recognized by a church, with a prominent spire, standing on the E bank, 1.5 miles within the mouth. A pier is situated in the estuary of the river and is used by craft associated

with the offshore oil and gas facilities. 

3.18 A group of storage tanks and a prominent radio mast are

situated about 1 mile E of the river entrance.

3.18 Enang Oil Field (4°12'N., 7°55'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 10 miles SSW of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

ep-ng-oml100.oml100-fso-mos@total.com

okoro.terminal.manager@amnipetroleum.com
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 43

Pub. 123

3.18 Idoho Oil Field (4°22'N., 8°00'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 11 miles S of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Inim Oil Field (4°12'N., 8°00'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 20 miles S of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Edop Oil Field (4°09'N., 7°58'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 24 miles S of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Ofon Oil Field (4°06'N., 8°02'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 27 miles S of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Etim Oil Field (4°09'N., 8°03'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 24 miles S of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Eku Oil Field (4°16'N., 8°06'E.), with several platforms, lies

centered about 18 miles SSE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Unam Oil Field (4°17'N., 8°11'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 20 miles SE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Ubit Oil Field (4°14'N., 8°10'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 21 miles SSE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Lyak Oil Field (4°10'N., 8°10'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 25 miles SE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Utue Oil Field (4°11'N., 8°15'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 27 miles SE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Mfem Oil Field (4°16'N., 8°15'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered about 23 miles SE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo

River.

3.18 Okwok Oil Field (4°07'N., 8°18'E.), with a single well, lies

centered about 32 miles SE of the mouth of the Kwa Ibo River.

3.18 Caution.—Between the Opobo River and the Calabar River,

40 miles E, numerous oil and gas structures, platforms, pipe

risers, and well heads lie up to 30 miles offshore. Numerous

submarine pipelines, which may best be seen on the chart, also

extend between the above-named oil fields and the shore.

3.18 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 11.2 miles S of

the entrance to the Kwa Ibo River.

3.19 Qua Iboe (Kwa Ibo) Offshore Terminal (4°14'N.,

8°02'E.) (World Port Index No. 46195) is located 19 miles S of

the entrance to the Kwa Ibo River. It consists of an operations

platform, equipped with a racon, and three SPMs which are

moored 1.2 miles SE, 1 mile SSE, and 3.4 miles ESE of it. The

terminal is situated in depths of 25.9 to 27.4m and can handle

vessels of up to 312,000 dwt, with drafts up to 21.9m. 

3.19 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 67 and board at the

anchorage or about 2.5 miles SE of the operations platform.

3.19 Vessels should send an ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, 24

hours, and 6 hours prior to arrival at the anchorage area.

3.19 The pilot requires the following information:

1. ETA at the pilot station.

2. Time of notice of readiness.

3. Boarding arrangement for officials.

4. Propeller immersion.

5. Portside derrick or crane to be ready for cargo gear

basket.

6. Any defects.

3.19 When communication has been established with Qua Iboe

Control on VHF channels 16 and 67, vessels must provide the

following information:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. ETA at the terminal.

3. Last port of call.

4. Cargo requirements.

3.19 The Qua Iboe Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.19 All tankers enroute to the SPMs must switch on their radar to

identify the racon (K) signal on the operations platform as an

aid to navigation.

3.19 A designated anchorage area, which may be best seen on the

chart, lies centered 11 miles SE of the operations platform.

3.19 Caution.—Vessels should not anchor outside the designated

anchorage area.

3.19 On rare occasions, winds of up to 60 knots have been recorded at the terminal and are sometimes accompanied by

heavy rain, thunder, and lightning. They are unpredictable in

both force and direction.

3.19 Vessels bound for the terminal should proceed with extreme

caution and approach from the SE as numerous structures, obstructions, platforms, riser pipes, and submarine pipelines are

situated in the vicinity.

3.20 Zafiro Offshore Oil Terminal (3°51'N., 8°07'E.) is

located about 22 miles SSE of Qua Iboe Offshore Terminal and

37 miles W of Punta Europa (3°48'N., 8°43'E.), the NW extremity of Isla de Bioko. It is under the jurisdiction of Equatorial Guinea.

The terminal consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Offloading (FPSO) facility (Zafiro Producer), a production

platform (Jade), and is now a part of the Serpentina Offshore

Terminal. It is situated in depths of 70 to 300m and can handle

vessels up to 310,000 dwt.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 74 and board about

4 miles N of the terminal. Pilots may also board by helicopter.

Berthing is carried out by daylight only but vessels may depart

at any time.

Vessels must send an ETA to the terminal 72, 48, 36 and 24

hours in advance. Changes of 3 hours or more to the ETA must

be reported immediately. Changes of 1 hour or more to the

ETA following the 24-hour message must be reported

immediately. Vessels should contact Zafiro Producer Radio on

VHF channel 74 or 16 when within range of the terminal FPSO

(Zafiro Producer). 

A restricted area, with a radius of 4.3 miles, surrounds the

terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

Vessels must fly the Equatorial Guinea national ensign

during daylight when moored at the terminal.

A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 64m, lies about

6 miles N of the terminal.

3.20 Caution.—Thunder and lightning are common during the

rainy season and may delay cargo operations.

qit.mooring.masters@exxonmobil.com
44 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

3.20 Vessels approaching the terminal from the W must remain

clear of the Nigerian offshore terminals and the restricted area

located in the vicinity of Odudu Oil Terminal (see paragraph

3.17) prior to adjusting course for the terminal.

3.21 Serpentina Offshore Terminal (3°48'N., 8°05'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46310) is located about 3.5 miles SW of

Zafiro Offshore Terminal and is under the jurisdiction of

Equatorial Guinea. 

The terminal consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Offloading (FPSO) facility (Serpentina), which is moored to an

SPM. It is situated in a depth of 475m and can handle vessels

up to 350,000 dwt.

The terminal is situated within the restricted area

surrounding Zafiro Offshore Oil Terminal.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 74 and board about

2 miles W of the terminal or about 4 miles N of Zafiro

Offshore Oil Terminal. Pilots may also board by helicopter.

Berthing is carried out by daylight only but vessels may depart

at any time. Vessels berth in tandem with the stern of the

FPSO. The terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Vessels must send an ETA to the terminal 72, 48, 36 and 24

hours in advance. Changes of 3 hours or more to the ETA must

be reported immediately. Changes of 1 hour or more to the

ETA following the 24-hour message must be reported

immediately. Vessels should contact Zafiro Producer Radio on

VHF channel 74 or 16 when within range of the terminal FPSO

(Serpentina). 

Vessels must fly the Equatorial Guinea national ensign

during daylight when moored at the terminal.

Vessels may anchor in the designated area, with a depth of

64m, lying about 6 miles N of Zafiro Offshore Oil Terminal or

in a similar depth about 2 miles W of the FPSO (Serpentina).

Vessels must not pass through the restricted area when

proceeding to the anchorage.

3.21 Caution.—Thunder and lightning are common during the

rainy season and may delay cargo operations.

3.21 Vessels approaching the terminal from the W must remain

clear of the Nigerian offshore terminals an the restricted area

located in the vicinity of Odudu Oil Terminal (see paragraph

3.17) prior to adjusting course for the terminal.

3.22 The Calabar River (4°33'N., 8°23'E.) has an estuary

which is entered between West Point (4°32'N., 8°17'E.),

located 17.5 miles E of the Kwa Ibo River, and East Point, 13

miles ESE. This estuary is formed by the waters of several

rivers including the Cross River, the Akpa-Yafe River, and the

Little Kwa River. The Calabar River has no definite bar, but the

entrance is obstructed by several shoal flats.

3.22 The border between Nigeria and Cameroon (Cameroun) is

situated on the E side of the estuary. It lies in the vicinity of the

Akpa Yafe River, which is entered about 9 miles N of East

Point. 

3.22 Tides—Currents.—The tides at the entrance to the main

channel rise about 2.1m at springs and 1.6m at neaps. At

Calabar, the tides rise about 1.5m at springs and 1.3m at neaps.

3.22 During the dry season (December to April), the flood current

as far as Calabar begins 4 hours 30 minutes before HW. This

current runs for 5 hours and attains its greatest rate 2 hours 45

minutes before HW. The ebb current begins 1 hour 30 minutes

after HW. This current runs for 5 hours 45 minutes and attains

its greatest rate 4 hours 15 minutes after HW. At springs, the

flood current attains a rate of 1.5 to 2 knots. At springs and

during the dry season, the ebb current usually attains a maximum rate of 2 to 2.5 knots. At the outer fairway buoy, this current has been observed to be less than 2 knots, but at Parrot

Island (4°49'N., 8°17'E.) it has been observed to attain a rate of

3.5 knots.

3.22 Depths—Limitations.—Tom Shot Bank, with depths of less

than 5m, is a large shoal area which extends up to about 11

miles S from the W side of the river entrance. Depths on this

bank are very irregular and it should not be approached within

depths of less than 7m.

3.22 It was reported (1986) that a low and sandy islet, about 0.7

mile long, had formed on the W side of Tom Shot Bank, 4

miles SE of West Point.

3.22 Outer Reef lies in the middle of the E edge of Tom Shot

Bank. It is marked by breakers, even in the calmest weather,

and forms a useful mark for locating the river entrance. In

misty weather, these breakers are frequently the first distinguishing feature recognized in the area. The E side of Outer

Reef is steep-to and may be approached with safety.

3.22 A minor channel, used by small craft with local knowledge,

leads NE through the NW part of Tom Shot Bank, adjacent to

West Point.

3.22 Bakasi Bank, with depths of less than 5m, is a vast shoal area

which extends up to about 12 miles SW and 8 miles S from the

E side of the river entrance. It is composed of soft mud and

usually covered, in many places, by numerous fishing stakes.

When the land is not visible, vessels approaching the estuary

may determine which side of the entrance they are on as there

are no fishing stakes on Tom Shot Bank. A secondary channel

leads between the W side of Bakasi Bank and the E side of

Tom Shot Bank. It is marked by buoys and has a least depth on

the centerline of 3.9m (1990). 

3.22 The main entrance channel leads NE through Tom Shot

Bank and is entered about 13 miles S of West Point. It was

reported (1995) to be 150m wide and to have a dredged depth

of 8m. The best time to enter the river channel is 3 hours before

HW at Calabar. No night transit is allowed.

3.22 Aspect.—The W side of the river entrance is low, sandy, and

backed by high trees and large bushes. From the SW, West

Point appears low and sandy, but Tom Shot Point, a steep bluff

located 4 miles NE, is generally visible behind it. The E side of

the river entrance is formed by the S shore of the Bakasi

Peninsula. Between East Point and Sandy Point, 3 miles N, the

E bank is sandy and backed by high mangroves.

3.22 An outer fairway buoy (4°18.5'N., 8°14.9'E.) is moored

about 13.5 miles S of West Point. The main channel is marked

by buoys.

3.22 Caution.—The buoys marking the channels may be moved

as conditions change. In addition, the outer buoys are very

exposed and are liable at times to be out of position or missing.

3.22 During the rainy season (May to October), the river entrance

is often obscured by thick weather from seaward. During the

Harmattan season (December through March), the river enmegi-marine@exxonmobil.com 
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 45

Pub. 123

trance is at times enveloped within a dense haze. This haze

may last a week or more and reduce visibility to less than 2

miles.

3.22 Vessels should use extreme caution when approaching the

estuary as, in addition to the offshore banks and shoals, there

are numerous oil development structures, obstructions, platforms, riser pipes, well heads, and submarine pipelines situated

in this area. Some of the latter structures and platforms are

densely illuminated.

3.22 The coast in the vicinity of the estuary is very low and has

few distinguishing features.

3.22 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, extends S from the S part of Bakasi Bank and is associated with

the oil and gas loading facilities.

3.22 Less water than charted was reported (1986) to lie about 4

miles NE of the outer fairway buoy.

3.22 A dangerous wreck, with masts visible, is reported (1989) to

lie about 2 miles W of the S end of Outer Reef and is marked

by a lighted buoy. It is reported (2005) that the wreck of a jackup barge, with three legs visible, also lies in this vicinity.

3.22 An isolated depth of 1.5m was reported (1986) to lie about

6.7 miles SSE of West Point, on the N side of the main channel.

3.22 A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies 4.3 miles NE of the outer fairway buoy.

3.22 Several unsurveyed areas lie in the approaches to the river

and may best be seen on the chart.

3.23 Calabar (4°58'N., 8°19'E.) (World Port Index No.

46230) is situated in Nigeria on the E bank of the Calabar

River, about 42 miles above the entrance. The new port lies 5

miles above the town and the old port.

3.23 Depths—Limitations.—The old port has a principal cargo

berth, 75m long, which can accommodate vessels of up to

160m in length and 4m draft. There are two oil berths, with a

depth of 8m alongside, which can accommodate vessels of up

to 150m in length. In addition, there are 11 mooring buoy

berths in the river.

3.23 The new port consists of a quay, 860m long, which provides

six berths. It has a depth of 9m alongside and can accommodate vessels of up to 170m in length and 7m draft. There are

facilities for general cargo, bulk, container, and ro-ro vessels.

3.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send an

ETA via Port Harcourt or Lagos Radio 7 days, 4 days, 3 days,

and 1 day prior to arrival. Vessels should anchor between

Lighted Buoys No. 23 and No. 25 and contact the port on VHF

channel 12 or 16 in order to request pilotage. Movements are

carried out in daylight only.

3.23 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor outside the estuary in a

depth of 22m, mud, about 11 miles SSW of West Point, clear

of any submarine pipelines or well heads.

3.23 Caution.—Several spoil ground areas lie within the river

and may best be seen on the chart.

3.23 Large floating tree trunks, partly submerged, may be encountered within the river.

3.23 Several submarine cables extend across the river and may

best be seen on the chart.

3.24 Antan Oil Terminal (4°13'N., 8°20'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46225) is situated about 19 miles SSE of West Point

(4°32'N., 8°17'E.). It consists of a Tanker Manifold Platform

and a Floating Production Storage Offloading (FPSO) facility

moored close SE. The FPSO (Knock Adoon) is located in a

depth of 38m and can handle vessels of between 60,000 dwt

and 150,000 dwt.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, acting as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and board in the anchorage area (3

miles S of the terminal). 

Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal 7 days, 96 hours,

72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, in advance. Any change to the

ETA of 2 ) hours or more should be reported immediately. The

initial message should include the following information:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. ETA in local time.

3. Name of the Master in full.

4. Estimated arrival draft, forward and aft displacement,

estimated departure draft.

5. Last port of call.

6. Cargo requirements-quantity of crude to be loaded.

7. Name of agent.

8. Confirm vessel has a clean bill of health.

9. Maximum loading rate capabilities (barrels per hour).

10. Owners and operators name and address

11. Flag and port of registry.

12. Number of bow stoppers and type.

13. Confirm 15 tons SWL crane/derrick 

3.24 The terminal loading master may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

Vessels should contact the FPSO on VHF channel 15 or 16

when in range to obtain berthing details.

3.24 A restricted area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, is centered on

the terminal. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

All vessels must fly the Nigerian national ensign when in the

vicinity of the terminal.

A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 45m, lies centered about 4 miles S of the terminal and may best be seen on

the chart. Vessels are moored only during daylight hours but

may depart at any time. 

3.25 Kita Oil Field (4°05'N., 8°26'E.), consisting of several platforms, lies about 12 miles SE of West Point (4°32'N.,

8°17'E.), the W entrance point of the Calabar estuary.

Ekoundou Oil Field (4°18'N., 8°25'E.), consisting of

several platforms, lies about 17 miles SSE of West Point.

Barombi Oil Field (4°15'N., 8°26'E.), consisting of several

platforms, lies about 19 miles SSE of West Point.

Kombo Oil Field (4°17'N., 8°30'E.), consisting of several

platforms, lies about 20 miles SE of West Point.

Bavo Oil Field (4°20'N., 8°37'E.), consisting of several

platforms, lies about 23 miles SE of West Point.

Asoma Oil Field (4°17'N., 8°38'E.), consisting of several

platforms, lies about 26 miles SE of West Point.

Kole Oil Terminal (4°13'N., 8°33'E.) (World Port Index No.

46285), situated about 14 miles S of the Bakasi Peninsula, is an

export terminal under the port authority of Douala, Cameroon.

It consists of a storage tanker (Serepca 1) and two SBMs. 

The main SBM (KLB2 Bluewater), to which export tankers

master.adoon@vsl.forms.no 
46 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

are moored, is situated about 2.5 miles SSW of the storage

tanker, in a depth of 30.5m. Vessels between 50,000 dwt and

310,000 dwt, with drafts up to 22m, can be handled. The minimum underkeel clearance permitted is 4.5m.

3.25 Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as

mooring masters, are provided by the station at Douala. They

can be contacted on VHF channels 11, 12, or 16 and board

about 2 miles SW of the SBM Lighted Buoy KLB 2. of the

main SBM. Berthing is only carried out during daylight but

vessels may depart at any time.

 A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 38m, lies centered about 1 mile S

3.25 Caution.—The above-listed oil fields and offshore terminal

are situated within an extensive restricted area. This area extends up to about 17 miles seaward of the Bakasi Peninsula and

may best be seen on the chart. Numerous platforms, submarine

pipelines, well heads, and riser pipes associated with oil and

gas development exist within this area. Vessels are prohibited

from entering the area without prior permission.

3.25 Visibility at the Kole Terminal is often reduced to 2 miles or

less during the harmattan season (December to February) and

during the wet season (June to September).

3.25 Very strong E to SSE winds, up to 45 knots, can occur with

the passage of local thunderstorms at the terminal but they are

short lasting. The predominant swell is SSW with an average

height of 2.5m. 

3.26 Moko Abana Oil Field (4°11'N., 8°27'E.), consisting

of several platforms, lies centered 23 miles SE of West Point

(4°32'N., 8°17'E.).

Moudi Marine Terminal (Victoria Oil Terminal) (4°07'N.,

8°28'E.), located 7 miles SW of Kole Oil Terminal, is an export

terminal under the port authority of Douala, Cameroon. It consists of a production platform, a storage tanker (Moudi) and an

SBM.

3.26 The SBM, to which the export tankers moor, is situated in a

depth of 57m. Vessels of between 50,000 dwt and 280,000 dwt

can be handled, with drafts up to 21.3m.

3.26 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, acting as mooring masters,

are provided by the station at Douala. They can be contacted by

VHF channels 13, 16, or 69 and board about 2 miles ENE of

the SPM. 

3.26 Vessels should send an ETA, via Douala, 72 hours, 48 hours,

and 24 hours before arrival. Vessels should then contact the

terminal on VHF when within 60 miles.

3.26 Vessels berthed at the terminal must have their engines

available at all times. Berthing is generally only carried out

during daylight but the operation may take place at night with

the agreement of the terminal operator. Vessels may depart at

any time.

3.26 The terminal is situated within a restricted area, which may

best be seen on the chart. Vessels are prohibited from entering

the area without prior permission.

3.26 A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 60m, lies 2

miles ENE of the SBM.

3.26 Caution.—Alba Gas Field is centered about 9 miles SSE of

Moudi Marine Terminal.

3.26 The average maximum height of the swell at the terminal is

1.2m from October to February and 1.9m from March to September.

3.27 Rio-del-Rey (4°30'N., 8°45'E.) is an extensive, open,

and shallow bay formed by the confluence of several rivers. It

lies between West Point (4°29'N., 8°42'E.), located at the SE

end of the Bakasi Peninsula, and Betika Point, 18 miles SE.

This latter point forms the termination of a ridge of hills.

Several villages stand along the shores of the bay and may be

seen from offshore. A sandbank fronts the bay and only small

craft with local knowledge transit this area.

3.27 The Meme River flows into the E side of the bay, about 12

miles N of Betika Point. The coast turns abruptly S from the

mouth of this river and consists principally of low cliffs with

many large caves.

3.27 Madale de Coto Point is located 2 miles SSE of Betika Point.

Madale Rocks, the largest being 1.2m high, extend up to 1.5

miles SW from this point.

3.27 A wreck, with a depth of 15m, lies about 9 miles SW of

Madale de Coto Point.

3.27 Caution.—Oil exploration and production are being carried

out off the entrance to Rio-del-Rey and numerous associated

platforms, structures, well heads, riser pipes, and submarine

pipelines are situated in this vicinity.

3.28 Bibundi Bay (4°11'N., 8°58'E.) is entered between

Madale de Coto Point and Debundscha Point, 10 miles S. The

Bibundi River empties into this bay, about 4 miles SE of

Madale de Coto Point. The entrance of the river is narrow and

difficult to identify. It lies between a sandy spit, on the N side,

and a steep and rocky bank, on the S side. The village of

Bibundi stands close within the entrance of the river and is a

trading center for numerous large coca plantations. It is mostly

concealed by trees.

3.28 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 18m, sand and

mud, in the S part of the bay, NNE of Debundscha Point. Vessels with local knowledge can also obtain good anchorage off

Bibundi in a depth of 11m, mud, about 0.8 miles offshore. Vessels entering the bay from the S should not approach closer

than 1.5 miles from the coast and should keep in depths of 10m

or more.

Debundscha Point (Debunja Point) (4°06'N., 8°58'E.) consists of a bold headland terminating in red limestone cliffs up

to 15m high. A light is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing

on this point.

3.28 Fako (4°13'N., 9°10'E.), a conspicuous peak, is also known

as Cameroon Mountain. It attains an elevation of 4,090m about

14 miles NE of Debundscha Light (see paragraph 3.1).

3.29 Izongo Point (4°04'N., 9°01'E.), located 3 miles SE

of Debundscha Point, appears as a prominent bluff from the

NW or SE. It is fronted by a drying reef and several sunken

rocks. The village of Izongo, with several sheds, stands at the

head of a small bay lying close N of the point. It is fronted by a

small pier with a depth of 1.8m alongside at LW.

3.29 Between Izongo Point and Batoki Rock, 6.5 miles SE, the

shore is intersected by several small streams and the sea usually breaks heavily on it.

Batoki Rock (Batoke) (4°01'N., 9°06'E.), 15m high, lies

close offshore and is connected to the coast by a rocky reef.
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 47

Pub. 123

Habicht Reef, with a least depth of 1m, lies 0.7 mile SE of this

rock and about 0.4 mile offshore. Foul ground extends between

the reef and the coast.

Limboh Point (4°01'N., 9°08'E.) is located 1.3 miles ESE of

Batoki Rock. It is fringed by shoals with depths of less than

10m. A refinery (Sonara) is situated 0.3 mile N of the point and

a tall chimney, marked by a light, stands close to it.

3.30 Limboh Oil Terminal (4°00'N., 9°08'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46262), located at Pointe Limboh, consists of an

offshore SBM and a jetty. The SBM is moored in a depth of

21m about 1 mile S of the point. It can handle vessels up to

150,000 dwt, 243m in length, and 18m draft. 

The jetty extends 915m seaward from the point and has a

depth of 10m alongside. It can handle vessels up to 130m in

length. A light is shown from the head of this jetty.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and

board about 1 mile S of the SBM. Vessels should send an ETA

72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.

Berthing at the SBM is carried out only during daylight but

vessels can depart anytime. There are no restrictions at the jetty

berth.

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart,

surround the terminal and extends up to 2 miles S from Limboh

Point. Only vessels proceeding to the terminal may navigate

within this area.

3.30 Caution.—A submerged rock is reported to lie close to the

jetty and is marked by a lighted buoy.

3.31 Nyeme Point (4°01'N., 9°09'E.) is located l.5 miles E

of Limboh Point. A small bay lies between these points, but it

is foul in many places and should only be approached by

vessels with local knowledge.

3.31 Ambas Bay (4°00'N., 9°10'E.) is entered between Nyeme

Point and Cape Nachtigal, 5 miles SE. The NW shore of the

bay, up to 1.3 miles E of Nyeme Point, is fairly steep-to. The

NE shore of the bay is bold and overlooked by four hills, 153 to

207m high.

3.31 Ambas Island, located 2 miles SSE of Nyeme Point, is the

outer and W island lying in the bay. It is 51m high, narrow, and

covered with trees and brushwood, except at the N end.

3.31 Mondoleh Island is located 1.4 miles E of Ambas Island. It is

98m high and the largest island in the bay. The island is

composed of volcanic rock and is heavily wooded along its

sides.

3.31 The Pirate Islands, a group of islands and rocks, lie on a

shoal spit which extends 0.8 mile S from the N shore of the

bay. Bobia Island, located 1.5 miles N of Ambas Island, is 33m

high and the largest of the group.

Cape Nachtigal (3°57'N., 9°13'E.), the SE entrance point of

Ambas Bay, forms the S extremity of the Monkey Peninsula. A

light is shown from a tower, 14m high, standing on this cape. A

dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 0.5 mile S of the light.

3.32 Limbe (Victoria) (4°01'N., 9°12'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46260), a roadstead port, is situated at the head of

Morton Bay, which lies on the NE side of Ambas Bay. It is

operated by the Douala Port Authority and is the export harbor

for Buea, which stands 10 miles inland. The town of Limbe

fronts the bay; the village of Bota is situated close WNW of it.

Bota is fronted by a mole which is used by small craft and

lighters.

A range, consisting of lighted beacons, indicates the main

approach route, which passes between Ambas Island and

Mondoleh Island. The track leads in a NE direction to the

roadstead where cargo is worked. Vessels can moor in depths

of 12 to 16m, good holding ground, within four designated anchorage berths. Pilotage is not compulsory but local knowledge

is advised.

3.32 The flood current sets S and the ebb current sets N between

Ambas Island and the Pirate Islands. These currents are of

about equal duration and at times are strong in the vicinity of

Ambras Island and Mondoleh Island.

3.32 Caution.—Between May and September, the swell rises

quickly in the bay and causes a heavy surf and violent

undertow. This swell makes landing very dangerous and at

times impossible. It consists of two principal parts. One of

these parts sets fairly constantly E between Ambas Island and

the Pirate Islands and varies according to existing conditions.

The other part, which arises when the winds are fresh or after a

local thunderstorm, enters from the S or SW between Ambas

Island and Mondoleh Island. This latter part of the swell runs

straight into Morton Bay, turning and combining with the usual

swell from the W, and finally breaks on the rocks.

3.32 It is reported (2001) that the lighted beacons forming the

approach range may be obscured at times by vessels anchored

in the roadstead. 

3.33 Man of War Bay (3°57'N., 9°13'E.), with depths of

less than 5m, lies between Cape Nachtigal and Reef Point, 1.3

miles E. Cape Bimbia, located 0.7 mile SE of Reef Point, is the

S extremity of the base of the Cameroon Mountains (Fako).

The land behind this cape rises gradually and regularly from

the coast. A shallow wreck fronts the E side of the cape. 

3.33 Fish Point is located 0.7 mile NE of Cape Bimbia. A shallow

bay lies between this point and Dikulu Point, 1.5 miles NE.

Nicol Island, 73m high and thickly wooded, lies in the entrance

to this bay. Dikulu Bay lies between Dikulu Point and Pegel

Point, 0.8 mile NE. This bay is very shallow, but anchorage

may be obtained close outside it, in a depth of 7m.

3.33 Several prominent factories, consisting of large white

buildings, stand at the Bamba Plantation, which is located on

the coast to the N of Nicol Island. Entrance Point, marked by a

light, is situated 0.4 mile NE of Pegel Point.

3.33 The Bimbia River (3°58'N., 9°17'E.) is entered between

Entrance Point and the coast, 0.5 mile E. The approach to the

mouth is obstructed by a bar which lies SE of Cape Bimbia.

This bar was reported (1994) to have a least depths of 2.7 to

4.5m, but the depths in this vicinity are subject to frequent

change. A fairway, marked by buoys, leads over the bar to the

river. Above Entrance Point, the river deepens and has depths

of 5 to 9m.

3.33 A ground swell is usually encountered on the bar and allowance must be made to ensure a minimum underkeel clearance

of 0.3m. Vessels normally cross the bar at half speed. The bottom consists of fine sand and mud. It is soft and vessels which

touch bottom are not damaged.

3.34 Tiko (4°04'N., 9°22'E.) (World Port Index No.
48 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

46270), a large town, stands on the mainland close W of Tiko

Island, about 8.5 miles NE of Entrance Point.

3.34 A narrow causeway connects the town with the W end of

Tiko Island. Tiko Wharf is situated at the E end of the island. It

lies parallel to the river and has a berth, 137m long, with depths

of 5.8 to 7.6m alongside. Vessels of up to 150m in length and

6.1m draft have been accommodated.

3.34 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and

are provided from Douala. They generally board within Ambas

Bay, close NE of Mondoleh Island.

3.34 It is reported (1990) that the port was seldom used and the

berth could only be used by small vessels with drafts up to

2.5m. 

3.34 Caution.—Numerous fishing stakes generally obstruct the

entrance bar.

3.34 The buoys marking the fairway are moved to conform to

frequent changes in the banks.

3.34 The sharp turns in the river must be navigated with caution.

3.35 From the E entrance point of the Bimbia River, the

coast trends 8.5 miles SE and then 4.5 miles ENE to Cap

Cameroun. The shore is low and covered with mangroves, but

has been reported to be visible, in clear weather, from up to 12

miles seaward.

3.35 Bancs Bimbia (3°50'N., 9°20'E.) fronts this entire portion of

the coast and the sea breaks heavily on it. This bank extends up

to about 5 miles offshore and has depths of less than 5m.

Depths of less than 10m lie up to about 8.5 miles offshore. A

drying shoal was reported (1961) to lie on the SE side of this

bank.

Cap Cameroun (3°54'N., 9°28'E.), surmounted by a tower,

is a low but well-defined point which is covered by tall and

bare trees. It is reported (1993) that a racon is situated at the

tower.

3.36 The Cameroon River (Estuaire Cameroun) (3°50'N.,

9°26'E.) has its estuary lying between Cap Cameroun and

Pointe Souellaba (Pointe Suellaba), 7 miles SE. This estuary is

formed by the outlet of several rivers and creeks, the principal

one being the River Wouri. The port of Douala lies on the SE

side of the River Wouri, about 15 miles NE of the entrance.

3.36 Pointe Souellaba, surmounted by a pylon, is a long, low, and

narrow point which is gradually being eroded by the action of

the sea. The trees standing within 0.2 mile of the point appear

thinned out and ragged, while only the trunks remain at the

seaward extremity. A racon was reported (1993) to be situated

at the pylon.

3.36 Tetes de Chiens, with depths of less than 5m, fronts Point

Souellaba. It extends up to about 6 miles W, 4 miles NW, and

3.5 miles N from the point. The sea always breaks on this

shoal, except at high water slack, and can be seen from a considerable distance.

3.36 Winds—Weather.—During the dry season (December to

February), the sea breeze may blow from the SW at up to force

5. During the ebb current at spring tides, this breeze may produce a very nasty, short sea in the estuary which is dangerous

for small boats.

3.36 Tides—Currents.—At Cap Cameroun, the tides rise about

2.3m at springs and 1.9m at neaps.

3.36 The spring tides are fairly regular, but the neap tides cannot

be relied on. The water has been frequently observed to be

rising at Douala, although an ebb current has been running at

the time. Generally, the evening tides tend to be higher,

especially after a strong afternoon sea breeze. In the rainy

season, the level of the river is usually 0.4m higher than in the

dry season.

3.36 The flood tidal current attains its maximum strength about 2

hours 30 minutes before HW at Bonny. The ebb current attains

its maximum strength about 3 hours 30 minutes after HW at

Bonny. The maximum strength of both these currents is usually

about 2.5 knots at springs. During the rainy season, the ebb

tidal current may run for as long as 8 hours and attain a rate of

2.7 knots. The flood current may then run for only 4 hours 30

minutes and attain a maximum rate of less than 2 knots.

3.36 In the estuary S of Cap Cameroun, the ebb tidal current has

been observed to attain a rate of about 5 knots at springs.

3.36 Vessels are cautioned against getting too close to the E side

of the channel, as the ebb tidal current sets strongly toward

Tetes de Chiens.

3.36 Depths—Limitations.—The estuary is approached through

a channel which leads over the outer bar and between Bancs

Bimbia, on the NW side, and Tetes de Chiens, on the SE side.

The outer bar lies between the seaward extremities of these

banks.

3.36 The channel leading to Douala has a least dredged depth of

6.9m (2001). Generally, vessels of up to 200m in length can

transit the river.

3.36 Aspect.—The approach channel is marked by lighted buoys

and unlighted buoys. An outer lighted buoy, marking the seaward entrance, is moored about 10.5 miles SSW of Cap Cameroun. Lighted tide gauges are situated 1.2 miles ENE of Cap

Cameroun and 5.5 miles W of Point Souellaba. Base/B9

Lighted Buoy is moored about 3.2 miles E of Cap Cameroun.

3.36 Within the entrance, the estuary comprises Baie Mocouchou

and Baie Modeaca, on its NW side, and Crique Malimba and

Baie de Manoca, on its SE side. The main river channel extends NE to Douala. 

3.36 Anchorage.—If obliged to anchor outside the bar, vessels

can ride easily, out of the strength of the tidal current, in a

depth of 11m, about 12.5 miles SW of Cap Cameroun.

3.36 Vessels may anchor off this coast during all seasons of the

year, but should never do so in a depth of less than 12m, except

in cases of emergency. When in depths of less than 12m, the

swell begins to assume the character of rollers and causes

vessels to ride very uneasily.

3.36 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches

to the river entrance and may best be seen on the chart. 

3.36 A local magnetic anomaly exists in an area lying about 7

miles ENE of Cap Cameroun.

3.36 Vessels should reduce speed when crossing the outer bar in

order to avoid a build up of water under the keel.

3.36 The ebb tidal current flows very strongly over Tetes de

Chiens, especially at springs (see Tides—Currents).

3.36 The buoys marking the channel are moved as necessary to

conform to frequent changes in the banks. The navigational

aids were reported (1995) to be unreliable. Several of the

channel buoys were observed to be missing or unlit.

3.37 Douala (4°03'N., 9°41'E.) (World Port Index No.

46280) stands on the SE bank of the River Wouri which
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 49

Pub. 123

empties into the estuary of the Cameroon River, 9.8 miles ENE

of Cap Cameroun. Bonaberi, situated on the NW bank, is connected to Douala by a prominent bridge.

3.37 Winds—Weather.—Douala has a hot climate throughout

the year. Along the coast in this vicinity, the rainy season lasts

from April to November and the dry season lasts from November until March. The prevailing winds are from the W during

the day and from the E at night. Local thunderstorms from the

E occur most frequently between February and April; they generally develop during the night.

3.37 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Douala rise 2.6m at springs

and 2.2m at neaps.

3.37 Off the port, the flood current attains a maximum rate of 2.5

knots and the ebb current a maximum rate of 3 knots. These

tidal currents generally set in the direction of the channel axis.

3.37 Depths—Limitations.—There is 2,000m of principal quayage at Douala, which provides 11 berths. These berths, which

have depths of 7.6 to 12.9m alongside, provide facilities for

handling general cargo, bulk, timber, and petroleum products.

In addition, there is 560m of total quayage, with a depth of

6.5m alongside, which is used by fishing vessels and 925m of

total quayage, with depths of 5.5 to 6m alongside, which is

used by vessels associated with offshore oil exploration.

3.37 At Bonaberi, the main facilities include a bulk quay, which

is 300m long, with a depth of 8.5m alongside; a banana quay,

which is 150m long, with a depth of 7m alongside; a container

and ro-ro terminal, which has 500m of quayage, with a depth

of 11m alongside; and a tanker dolphin berth, which has a

depth of 7m alongside.

3.37 Generally, vessels of up to 30,000 dwt and 230m in length

can be handled. It is reported (1994) that vessels up to 8m draft

can transit the river channel and be accommodated in the port

at springs. Vessels up to 6.4m draft can be accommodated at

neaps.

3.37 It is reported (2004) that the port has three floating repair

docks. The largest dock has a length of 130m and a beam of

33m. It can handle vessels up to 30,000 dwt.

3.37 A naval base is situated at the SW side of the timber basin.

3.37 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 100 grt

and over, except naval ships. Vessels should send an ETA

message, with a request for pilotage, at least 24 hours before

arrival. This message must include the length and fresh water

draft (in meters) of the vessel. Pilots can be contacted by VHF

and board at the anchorage in the vicinity of Base/B9 Lighted

Buoy. Vessels are required to maintain a listening watch on

VHF channel 16 while transiting the channel.

3.37 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 7 to

11m, within a designated area lying SSE of Base/B9 Lighted

Buoy and about 4 miles E of Cap Cameroun. Vessels are required to maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16 while

at this anchorage. It is reported (2004) that less water than

charted exists within this anchorage area.

3.37 Caution.—Heavy pieces of floating driftwood may be

encountered throughout the length of the River Wouri.

3.37 The navigational aids were reported (1995) to be unreliable.

Several of the channel buoys were observed to be missing,

unlit, or out of position.

3.37 The port authorities should be contacted prior to arrival, as

the minimum depth in the channel is subject to siltation.

3.37 Unlit fishing boats may be encountered in the river at night.

3.37 Due to numerous armed robberies in the vicinity of the port,

it was reported (1990 to 2004) that personnel should use caution and not go ashore at night.

The Cameroon River to Bahia de Corisco

3.38 Between Pointe Souellaba and Cabo San Juan, 120

miles S, the hinterland is generally lower in the N part of the

area than in the central and S parts. The coast is uniformly low

and thickly wooded with large prominent forest trees lining the

shore. The beaches are generally sandy, with detached rocky

patches in places.

3.38 At times, a heavy surf breaks along all of this coast and

makes landing dangerous. The coastal waters, up to a depth of

over 20m, have been reasonably well surveyed between the

estuary of the Cameroon River and Baie Campo, 90 miles S.

However, to the S of the latter bay, they have only been sketchily surveyed. 

The Riviere Sanaga (3°34'N., 9°36'E.) lies 17 miles SSE of

Pointe Souellaba and has two mouths. Bouche Benge, the N

mouth, and Bouche Boungo, the S mouth, are separated by Ile

Malimba. The island and the banks at the mouths change frequently. The mouths are obstructed by a sandy bar with depths

of less than 1m. Depths of 2 to 2.7m lie within 1 mile of the

river entrances and depths of less than 5m lie up to 2 miles

offshore. Edea, an administrative center, is situated on the S

bank of the river, about 45 miles above the entrance. It can only

be reached by small craft. Lac Ossa, a large expanse of water,

lies W of Edea and can be used to land seaplanes. Anchorage is

available for small craft with local knowledge, in depths of 5 to

14m, good holding ground, within Bouche Boungo.

3.39 Baie Panavia (3°10'N., 9°52'E.) lies between Bouche

Boungo and Pointe Garajam, 37 miles SSE. This bay has

depths of 9 to 12m lying between 3 and 6 miles offshore.

Secure anchorage can be found by vessels, with local knowledge, in depths of 9 to 11m, mud, anywhere off the shore of

the bay because along this coast the local thunderstorms blow

offshore.

3.39 The Riviere Njong (3°16'N., 9°54'E.) lies 23 miles SE of

Bouche Boungo; its mouth is hardly visible from seaward. A

sandy bar obstructs the entrance to this river. It has depths of

0.6 to 1.8m, but is subject to frequent changes.

3.39 The Riviere Lokoundje (3°13'N., 9°56'E.), lying 3.5 miles S

of the Riviere Njong, also has a mouth which is difficult to

identify from seaward. Its entrance is obstructed by a bar, with

a depth of 1.5m, and is only used by small craft. Three mooring

buoys are reported to be situated about 1.5 miles W of the river

entrance and are used by barges.

3.39 Longji (3°05'N., 9°59'E.) lies 12 miles SSE of the Riviere

Njong and is the site of several prominent factories. An anchorage roadstead, with a depth of 7m, mud, lies off this settlement

and is marked by a buoy.

3.39 Several factories are situated 4 miles S of Longji. One of

them, consisting of a white house standing on a hill, is very

Douala Container Home Page

http://www.apmterminals.com
50 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

prominent from seaward. Several dangerous rocks front the

coast in this vicinity and Roche Plantation, which dries, lies

about 0.5 mile offshore.

3.39 Pointe Garajam (3°00'N., 9°56'E.), low and wooded, is

rounded in shape and sometimes difficult to distinguish. It is

fringed by several rocks which lie on the beach and show up

distinctly against the white sand. Two groups of rocks lie about

1 mile W of the point. One group consists of above-water rocks

and the sea breaks on the other. 

3.39 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie up to 4 miles offshore in the vicinity of

the entrances of the Riviere Njong and the Riviere Lokoundje.

3.40 From Pointe Garajam, the coast trends in a SSW

direction for about 40 miles to the mouth of the Riviere

Campo. The shore extending up to 23 miles S of Pointe Garajam is fringed by a fine beach without mangroves, but rocks lie

up to 0.5 mile seaward in many places.

3.40 Further S, the foreshore consists of a long narrow strip of

densely-wooded lowland which is fronted by a beach of yellow

sand. This beach is interrupted in places by what appear to be

the mouths of small rivers. Several plantations, with patches of

lighter green, and a number of villages, with groups of brown

huts, show the coast to be inhabited. It is reported that several

landing places front the various villages.

3.40 Off this coast, the depths decrease gradually toward the

shore. The bottom is generally clean and mostly consists of

sand and mud. It forms a good holding ground, although in

places there are patches of coral. Vessels are advised to

ascertain the nature of the bottom before anchoring.

3.40 Mont Nisus (2°56'N., 10°07'E.), an isolated hill, rises 12

miles SE of Longji. It is conical in shape and may be identified

easily from seaward.

3.40 Monte Elephant (2°47'N., 10°00'E.) is 519m high. This hill

resembles an elephant when seen from the W and has a conical

appearance when seen from the S.

3.40 Les Mamelles, rising about 7 miles inland, stand near the

center of a range of hills which extends S from Monte Elephant.

3.40 Pointe Brima (2°57'N., 9°55'E.) is located about 3.5 miles

SSW of Pointe Garajam. A rock, which dries 1.5m, lies close N

of the point and is marked by a beacon. A dangerous wreck lies

about 1.2 miles WNW of the point.

3.40 Caution.—Numerous oil exploration drilling rigs and structures, the positions of which change frequently, are generally

encountered offshore in many places along this part of the

coast.

3.40 Vessel transiting this stretch of coast are advised to keep at

least 2 miles offshore and in depths of at least 20m. They

should also avoid all offshore terminal areas.

3.41 Kribi (2°56'N., 9°54'E.) is a small roadstead port

where cargo is worked by vessels at anchor. The harbor basin is

fronted by a bar and can only be used by small craft. Local

knowledge is advised as a group of detached rocks lie in the

middle of the approach channel, close inside the bar. The

fairway is indicated by a lighted range. The front light is shown

from a tower, 15m high, and the rear light is shown from the

prominent spire of a church. An outer lighted buoy is moored

about 1 mile WNW of the harbor. Two mooring buoys are

reported (1994) to be situated about 0.5 mile W of the harbor. 

Good anchorage is available in a depth of 7m, sand and mud,

about 0.8 mile WNW of the harbor.

3.41 The surface current in the vicinity of the entrance is much

influenced by the Riviere Kienke, which flows into the head of

the harbor basin. It is constantly setting out at rates of 2 to 5

knots, depending on the state of the tide and the level of the

river.

3.41 A bridge spans the river at the head of the harbor basin and

the church, with a prominent spire, stands near its S end. A

conspicuous pylon is situated 0.3 mile N of the church.

3.41 It is reported (2001) that a prominent radio mast, 200m high,

stands about 1. 2 miles ESE of the harbor.

3.42 Kome Kribi 1 Marine Terminal (2°55'N., 9°48'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46292), located about 7 miles W of

Kribi, consists of an offshore storage tanker, which is moored

by the stern to an SPM. It is the export terminal for petroleum

extracted in Chad. A submarine pipeline extends from the

terminal to the shore. 

Vessels moor bow to bow in tandem with the storage tanker,

which is moored in a depth of 35m. Vessels up to 320,000 dwt

and 23m draft can be handled.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which are provided by Douala, can be contacted by VHF and board in the vicinity of the

anchorage, 4 miles WNW of the terminal. Boarding by

helicopter may be arranged. Berthing takes place only during

daylight hours. Vessels may depart at any time.

A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 40m, lies about

4 miles WNW of the terminal.

3.42 Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal at the start of

their sea passage. Confirmation messages should be sent 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours before arrival. Additional messages must be sent if the ETA changes by 6 hours or more.

Vessels should then contact the terminal by VHF on arrival for

berthing instructions.

3.42 Kome Kribi 1 Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.42 A restricted area, with a radius of 0.8 mile, is centered on the

SPM. Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

3.42 Caution.—The wind is generally from the SW at force 3,

but squalls, with gusts up to 50 knots, associated with local

thunderstorms may occur, especially during the wettest period

(between spring and autumn).

3.43 Grand Batanga (2°50'N., 9°53'E.), a village, stands 6

miles SSW of Kribi. It has several prominent buildings, factories, and churches. The waterfall of the Riviere Lobe, in the

N part of the village, is prominent during the rainy season, but

is insignificant during the dry season.

Anchorage can be obtained in depths of 10 to 12m, gray

sand, off Grand Batanga. Local knowledge is advised. A

landing place lies between two factories, but it is reported to be

very dangerous.

3.43 Baie Banoko (2°48'N., 9°54'E.) is a slight indentation which

extends S for about 5.5 miles from Grand Batanga. The shores

are low, wooded, and fronted by a sandy beach with several

factories on it. A thick clump of large trees stands near the

fso.cotco.oim@exxonmobil.com 
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 51

Pub. 123

center of this indentation and appears as a dark hillock from a

distance. There is always a surf along the shores and landing

should never be attempted.

3.44 Ebome Marine Terminal (2°48'N., 9°49'E.), located

about 4 miles W of Baie Banoko, consists of an offshore storage tanker (La Lobe) and an SPM. It is situated in the vicinity

of the KF Oil Field.

Vessels moor to the SPM, which is located in a depth of

30m. Tankers up to 230,000 dwt can be handled.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, which are provided by Douala, can be contacted on VHF channel 13 or 16 and board in the

vicinity of the anchorage,1 mile W of the SPM. Berthing takes

place only during daylight hours. Vessels may depart at any

time. A designated anchorage area lies about 1.5 miles W of

the SPM.

3.44 Vessels should send an ETA to the terminal 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours before arrival. Vessels should then contact

the terminal by VHF on arrival for berthing instructions.

3.44 A restricted area, about 2 miles wide, surrounds the terminal.

Vessels must receive permission to enter this area.

3.44 Caution.—The wind is generally from the SW at force 3,

but squalls, with gusts up to 50 knots, associated with local

thunderstorms may occur, especially during the wettest period

(between spring and autumn).

3.45 Rocher du Loup (Rocher Wolf) (2°37'N., 9°50'E.),

9m high, is a small but prominent rock which lies close

offshore, 13.5 miles S of Grand Batanga. It is shaped like a

regular truncated cone and the summit is surmounted by a

small beacon. This rock forms an excellent mark and is

surrounded by rocks and foul ground, on which the sea breaks

violently.

Pointe Nanga Bouda (Pointe Gertrude) (2°30'N., 9°46'E.),

located 7 miles S of Rocher du Loup, is low, sandy, and covered with trees. It is surmounted by a beacon, but is generally

hard to distinguish. Rocks extend up to 0.4 mile W of the point.

A landing place lies on the N side of the point.

Pointe Weber (2°25'N., 9°49'E.) lies 5.5 miles S of Pointe

Nanga Bouda. A detached patch, with a least depth of 2.7m,

lies about 2.3 miles W of this point.

3.45 Baie Campo (2°23'N., 9°48'E.) is entered between Pointe

Weber and Cabo Campo, 6 miles SSE.

3.45 Cabo Campo (Punta Campo) (2°19'N., 9°47'E.), although

low and wooded with a sandy beach, forms a salient point. It is

fronted by a line of rocks and breakers, which extends up to

about 0.7 mile seaward, and should be given a wide berth.

3.45 The Riviere Campo (2°21'N., 9°50'E.), also known as the

N’Tem River, enters the sea at the head of Baie Campo, 3.5

miles NE of Cabo Campo. The mouth is obstructed by a bar

which breaks heavily, especially in the dry season, and has

depths of 1.5 to 2m on it. Within the entrance, the river is wide

and quite deep. A trading station, with several prominent

white-roofed factories, stands on the N bank of the river entrance.

3.45 The border between Cameroon and Equatorial Guinea is

situated in the vicinity of this river.

3.45 Anchorage may be obtained, according to draft, ENE of the

trading station, but vessels should not proceed into depths of

less than 5m because of the swell and the cross currents. During strong W winds, this anchorage is almost untenable by

small vessels. 

3.45 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks, some stranded, lie

offshore in the vicinity of Baie Campo and may best be seen on

the chart.

3.45 The coast between Cabo Campo and Cabo San Juan

(1°10'N., 9°20'E.) is reported to be imperfectly surveyed in

parts; vessels are advised to stay at least 6 miles offshore when

transiting this area.

3.46 Islotes Pongue (Islas de Los Pajoras) (2°12'N.,

9°45'E.), a group of three rocks, lies about 3 miles offshore, 8

miles SSW of Cabo Campo. The central and largest rock,

which is 5m high and whitened by guano, assumes the

appearance of a sail when viewed from some positions. The

other two rocks, lying close N and S, are generally darker in

color. However, all three rocks have been reported to appear

black at times, which may be accounted for by the absence of

birds at certain seasons. The sea breaks violently against these

rocks and it is not known whether a safe navigable channel

leads between them and the mainland.

Cabo Bata (Punta Mbonda) (2°06'N., 9°45'E.), located 13

miles S of Cabo Campo, is low, rounded, and wooded. A reef

extends up to 1.5 miles seaward of the cape, beyond which the

water suddenly deepens.

Punta Mbonda Light is shown from a prominent brick tower,

35m high, standing on the cape and a conspicuous tower is

situated 0.8 mile NE of it.

3.46 Bahia de Bata (1°51'N., 9°48'E.) lies between Cabo Bata

and Cabo Dos Puntas, 26 miles SSW. The depths along the

shore of this bay are irregular and it is inadequately surveyed.

The bottom is generally formed of mud, but in many places

there are patches of rock, especially in the S part.

3.46 The shores of the bay are low and wooded. They are fronted

by a narrow and sandy beach which is interrupted by the

mouths of several rivers. The most prominent rivers are the Rio

Mbia, the northernmost, which enters the sea 1.5 miles SSE of

Cabo Bata and is used by small craft; the Rio Biadibe, which

enters the sea 3 miles S of the Rio Mbia; and the Rio Utonde,

which enters the sea 5 miles S of the mouth of the Rio Biadibe.

3.47 Utonde (1°55'N., 9°48'E.), a village and railroad

terminal, stands on the N bank of the Rio Utonde and consists

of a few scattered houses and a factory.

Good anchorage can be found in depths of 7 to 11m, mud,

off the mouth of the Rio Utonde, but local knowledge is advised.

3.47 Punta Eviando (1°54'N., 9°48'E.) is located 11.5 miles S of

Cabo Bata and fronted by a rocky ledge which extends up to

0.4 mile seaward. A group of radio masts stands 0.4 mile SE of

this point, in the vicinity of an airfield. A buoy is reported to be

moored about 4 miles NW of the point.

3.47 Colline Selle and Colline Table are two hills which rise 24

and 27 miles, respectively, inland from the mouth of the

Riviere Campo. Both are very prominent and appear isolated

from off this part of the coast. Las Siete Colinas, a mountain

range, stands about 15 miles inland and presents seven distinct

heights when viewed from seaward.

3.47 Monte Agudo (1°44'N., 9°54'E.), the central mountain of
52 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

this range, rises to a height of 850m high and is very conspicuous.

3.47 The Ecuco River (Rio Ecuco), with a shallow bar, flows into

the sea about 7 miles SW of Utonde. At the last of the ebb tidal

current, the water within the bar is fresh but dark in color and

full of organic matter.

3.47 Punta Ngaba (1°45'N., 9°41'E.) is located 6.3 miles SW of

the mouth of the Ecuco River and 6.7 miles NE of Cabo Dos

Puntas. A light is shown from a metal tower, 24m high, standing on this point. 

3.47 Caution.—It is reported (1991) that shoals are extending

seaward from the mouth of the Ecuco River and several dangerous wrecks lie off the entrance.

3.48 Bata (1°52'N., 9°46'E.) (World Port Index No.

46305), located 5 miles SSW of Utonde, is a small roadstead

port where cargo is worked by vessels at anchor. A dog-legged

wharf, 370m long, fronts the town and is used by barges and

small craft. A submarine pipeline, formerly used to discharge

oil, extends about 0.8 mile NW from the shore in the vicinity of

Bata. It is reported (1999) that this pipeline is no longer in use.

3.48 A conspicuous mission building, with twin domes surmounted by an iron cross, stands in the NE part of the town.

The government house, which stands on high ground, and a

cathedral, which is situated close S of the mission building, are

prominent. Radio masts stand in the vicinity of an airport, 2.5

miles NE of the wharf, and are prominent.

3.48 Berthing instructions are provided by the port authority on

VHF channel 16. The pilot boards in position 1°50.2'N,

9°43.8'E. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 11m, sand, about

1.5 miles offshore, but local knowledge is advisable as several

dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches. The holding ground is

fairly good, but the swell can be heavy. Anchorage for small

vessels is also available in depths of 5 to 7m about 0.4 mile

WNW of the head of the wharf.

Puerto Nuevo (Puerto Macias Nguema) (1°49'N., 9°44'E.),

situated 1 mile S of the mouth of the Ecuco River, is

considered to be the new part of the port of Bata. The harbor

consists of an L-shaped jetty extending about 0.4 mile W from

the shore. A basin, protected by breakwaters, lies near the root

of the jetty. It has depths of 3 to 4m and is used by fishing

vessels and small craft.

3.48 The outer leg of the jetty, which is 320m long, provides four

general cargo berths, with depths of 11 to 12m alongside.

Several mooring buoys are also available to assist in berthing.

Vessels up to 19,300 dwt, 182m in length, and 8m draft can be

accommodated.

3.48 Anchorage is available, in a depth of 20m, about 1 mile W of

the head of the jetty.

3.48 A local pilot is available and boards 0.5 to 1 mile off the

jetty. Berthing instructions are provided by the harbor authorities on VHF channel 16.

3.48 Caution.—It was reported (1993) that the local pilot at

Puerto Nuevo spoke only Spanish.

3.48 It is reported (1999) that vessels moored at the inner berths

of the jetty at Puerto Nuevo are frequently subject to a heavy

swell. The jetty is constructed of concrete piles and gives little

protection. 

3.48 Numerous oil and gas exploration drilling rigs, platforms,

structures, and well heads may be encountered in the approaches to Bata and Puerto Nuevo.

3.49 Cabo Dos Puntas (1°41'N., 9°36'E.), the S entrance

point of Bahia de Bata, is low, wooded, and fringed by a sandy

beach. It is fronted by a rocky reef, which extends up to about 1.5

miles offshore, and should be given a wide berth. The sea breaks

over the whole of this reef, but more violently at the N end.

3.49 Punta Mbode (1°37'N., 9°36'E.) is located 2.3 miles S of

Cabo Dos Puntas. A light is shown from a framework tower,

12m high, standing on this point. Several shoals, with depths of

0.9m and on which the seas break heavily during the ebb tide,

extend up to about 0.8 mile seaward of the point.

The Rio Benito (Rio Mbini) (1°36'N., 9°37'E.) is entered

between Punta Haybero, located 1.5 miles SE of Punta Mbode,

and Punta Joho (Punta Arena), 0.8 mile SSW. It is navigable by

small craft, with drafts up to 1.8m, for about 12 miles above the

mouth. The village of Rio Benito extends S from Punta Joho

and is fronted by a small pier which can accommodate small

vessels with drafts up to 4.3m.

3.49 The town of Bolondo is situated 0.5 mile N of Punta Haybero and the American Mission, with a prominent white pigeon

house, stands in it. A prominent church is situated near Punta

Joho and a light is shown from a framework tower standing 1

mile SW of it.

3.49 Large vessels can anchor in a depth of 12m about 4 miles

NW of the river mouth. Smaller vessels can anchor in a depth

of 8m about 2 miles W of Punta Joho, but during the dry season (May to November) there may be considerable swell in this

position. Cargo handling is carried out at these roadsteads.

3.49 Caution.—Several wrecks, some dangerous, lie in the approaches to the Rio Benito and may best be seen on the chart.

3.50 Between the Rio Benito and Cabo San Juan, 30 miles

SSW, the coast is low, undulating, and wooded. It is fringed by

a narrow and sandy beach which is intersected by the mouths

of several rivers. The shore is fronted in many places by rocky

shoals, some of which uncover. Inland the land rises and attains

a height of 585m at Monte Bombouanyoko, which stands 10

miles NE of Cabo San Juan.

3.50 La Mibia, a remarkable mountain, rises 26 miles SE of Punta

Joho. It is 1,200m high and has a double summit.

3.50 Anchorage is available, in a depth of 5m, sand, off the mouth

of the Rio Ndote, which flows into the sea 6 miles SE of Punta

Joho. This river may be entered by boats with local knowledge. 

Punta Ilende (Dione) (1°23'N., 9°28'E.) is fronted by rocky

ledges which extend up to about 0.8 mile offshore.

3.50 Banco Mitra (1°25'N., 9°19'E.) lies about 10 miles WNW

of Punta Ilende. This bank has depths of 29 to 31m, with

depths of 69m close round it. A patch, with a depth of 11.9m

(existence doubtful), lies approximately 10 miles SSW of the

bank.

The Rio Etembue (1°17'N., 9°26'E.) flows into the sea 7

miles SW of Punta Ilende. Several off-lying reefs front the

bight, which lies between Punta Ilende and the river mouth.

The town of Etembue stands on the N bank of the river

entrance. Punta Uloba, a headland, is located 1.7 miles WSW

of the mouth of the river.

Mumunein Bank, a rocky shoal area, lies 2 miles NW of
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 53

Pub. 123

Punta Uloba and has a least depth of 1.2m. The village of

Egombe-Egombe stands 1.5 miles SSW of Punta Uloba.

3.50 Several shoal patches lie up to 2 miles off this part of the

coast, but the whole of this area is inadequately surveyed.

3.50 Between Punta Uloba and Cabo San Juan, 6.7 miles SSW,

the coast is fringed with reefs and numerous rocks, awash, lie

up to 0.7 mile offshore. Islote Ebumya, a small islet, lies on a

reef, 1.5 miles SW of Punta Uloba. Roca Mumunein, with a

depth of 1.5m, lies about 1.3 miles WSW of this islet.

3.51 Ceiba Terminal (1°24'N., 9°13'E.), located 16 miles

NW of Cabo San Juan, consists of a Floating Production

Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility and a CALM buoy.

The FPSO (Sendje Ceiba) is moored in a depth of 40m and the

CALM buoy, situated 1 mile SE, is moored in a depth of 67m.

Vessels up to 350,000 dwt can be handled at the buoy.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted on VHF

channel 15, 16, 17, or 72 and board about 3 miles N or 3 miles

SW of the FPSO. Berthing and departure may take place at any

time.

3.51 Vessels must send an initial ETA by fax to the terminal when

starting their sea passage. They should then send their ETA 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours before arrival. Vessels must also

report if their ETA changes by 6 hours or more. During the last

24 hours prior to arrival, vessels should report if their ETA

changes by 1 hour or more. Vessels should then contact the

terminal by VHF when within range but no less than 10 miles

from the FPSO.

3.51 Tankers should proceed to a position located about 5 miles N

of the FPSO and await instructions from the pilot. They should

maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channels 16 and

72 while approaching and operating in the terminal area.

3.51 An exclusion zone, with a radius of 500m, surrounds the

terminal. Vessels must receive permission from FPSO

Operations to enter this area. A reporting zone, with a radius of

10 miles, is centered on the FPSO. Vessels must report by VHF

to the terminal prior to entering this zone. 

3.51 Caution.—Oil and gas development areas, which may best

be seen on the chart, lie centered about 5 miles NW and 9 miles

NE of Ceiba Terminal. Platforms, well heads, drilling rigs, and

other associated installations may be found within these areas.

Surface vessels, submarine craft, and divers engaged in servicing the installations may also be encountered. Vessels are

advised to stay clear of these areas.

3.52 Cabo San Juan (1°10'N., 9°20'E.) is covered with

trees and appears as three distinct heads when seen from the N.

Its base is rocky and the sea breaks violently up to 0.2 mile

offshore. A light is shown from a framework tower, 18m high,

standing on the cape.

3.52 A large white mission building stands 2 miles ENE of the

cape and is conspicuous from seaward. The Rio Nano enters

the sea between the cape and the mission building. Several

chimneys stand near the river mouth and a stranded wreck lies

close off the entrance. A detached shoal, with a depth of

18.9m, lies about 4.8 miles W of Cabo San Juan.

3.52 Anchorage is available in a depth of 11m about 2.4 miles

NNW of Cabo San Juan. 

3.52 Caution.—The shores in the vicinity of the Cabo San Juan

are very low and the large trees often have the appearance of

hillocks when approaching from the W. In addition, the trunks

of the trees assume a grayish tint and appear elongated. This

distortion, which is caused by a strong mirage effect, gives the

coast the appearance of being formed of cliffs intersected by

broad fissures or ravines. This illusion occurs frequently, but it

is dispelled when vessels get closer to the land.

3.52 The tidal currents near Cabo San Juan are complicated. The

current setting NNE along the coast is influenced by the tidal

currents running in and out of Bahia de Corisco.

3.52 The coast between Cabo San Juan and Cabo Campo

(2°19'N., 9°47'E.) is reported to be imperfectly surveyed in

parts; vessels are advised to stay at least 6 miles offshore when

transiting this area.

Bahia de Corisco

3.53 Bahia de Corisco (Corisco Bay) (0°54'N., 9°16'E.) is

entered between Cabo San Juan and Cap Esterias, 33 miles S

(see paragraph 3.62). The name Corisco, derived from the

Portuguese, was conferred upon this bay because of the

frequent thunderstorms which are experienced in this locality.

The E shore of the bay is known as Costa de Los Mosquitos.

3.53 Punta Corona (1°06'N., 9°23'E.) is located 5 miles SSE of

Cabo San Juan. The intervening coast is composed of two

shallow indentations separated by Punta Negra. The NW

indentation is fringed with rocks which also extend up to 0.3

mile offshore in the vicinity of Punta Negra. The S indentation

is fringed by a sandy beach.

3.53 Piedra Ugoti and Piedra Biguna, both dangerous rocks, lie

1.1 miles W and 0.6 mile SE, respectively, of Punta Corona.

Banco Cakulle, with a least depth of 3m, lies about 1 mile SW

of Punta Corona and a detached shoal, with a depth of 8.3m,

lies 0.8 mile SW of it. 

3.53 Banco Lauria (1°05'N., 9°16'E.) lies centered 7 miles WSW

of Punta Corona. It consists of a stony patch and has a least

depth of 3.2m.

3.53 Punta Mosquitos is located 1.5 miles ESE of Punta Corona

and surmounted by several detached clumps of trees. This

point, along with the bay lying W of it, is fringed by numerous

rocks and the village of Calatrava is situated in its vicinity.

3.53 Good anchorage is available in a depth of 6m about 0.5 mile

S of Punta Mosquitos.

3.53 Between Punta Mosquitos and Punta Yeke, 11.5 miles ESE,

the coast forms a shallow bay. A shelf, with depths of less than

5m, extends in places up to 4.5 miles seaward from the shore of

this bay. 

3.53 Punta Dambe, Punta Bitimbe, Punta Belekeke, and Punta

Betika are located 1.7 miles, 2.7 miles, 4 miles, and 5.7 miles

ENE, respectively, of Punta Mosquitos. The Rio Malancha

flows into the bay close W of Punta Belekeke and the Rio

Odingue flows into the bay close E of Punta Betika.

3.53 Punta Eboko is located 1.7 miles E of Punta Betika. From

this point, the coast trends 7 miles SSE to Punta Yeke; three

small rivers discharge into the bay along this stretch. Several

villages stand along the shore. The main village of Efule is

situated 3.7 miles NW of Punta Yeke.

3.53 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas exploration drilling rigs,

platforms, structures, and well heads may be encountered in

the approaches to Bahia de Corisco.

3.53 Transiting the coast between Cabo San Juan and Punta
54 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

Mosquitos is very dangerous and care should be taken, as there

are no conspicuous landmarks and the seas are high during the

dry season (June to August). 

3.53 Due to the possibility of undiscovered dangers lying in the

approaches to Bahia de Corisco, vessels navigating in this

vicinity are advised to proceed into the bay from the N. They

should exercise great care and keep at least 11 miles offshore

until turning to head for the entrance. Vessels should then

follow the recommended track, which may best be seen on the

chart, leading SE between Cabo San Juan and Banco Lauria. 

3.54 Isla de Corisco (Isla de Mandyi) (0°56'N., 9°19'E.)

lies 14.5 miles S of Cabo San Juan and is administered by

Equatorial Guinea. A light is shown from a tower, 3m high,

standing on the N extremity of the island.

3.54 Isla de Corisco is moderately high and has a diversified

scenery, on a diminutive scale, consisting of hills, forests,

prairies, and lakes. The climate of the island is considered

unhealthy, but it is healthier than that of the neighboring coast.

Gobe, the principal village, is situated near the center of the S

coast.

3.54 A rocky patch, awash, lies 1.5 miles NNE of Punta Italo, the

NE extremity of the island. It is located on Banco Corisco,

which extends up to 3.5 miles NNE from Punta Italo and has

depths of less than 9m. Banco Nengueamegue, which dries in

places, extends up to 2.3 miles E from Punta Hoco (Punta

Yoko), the SE extremity of the island. A small islet lies on this

bank. 

3.54 Punta Uguni (Punta Ugoni), the SW extremity of the island,

is rocky and bare. The trees standing along the S coast of the

island are thinly scattered as compared with those on the N and

E coasts.

3.54 Islote Leva, which is uninhabited, lies on a shoal area, 1 mile

WSW of Punta Lembue, the S extremity of Isla de Corisco.

This islet is of moderate height, covered with trees, and

surrounded by breakers, especially on its N and E sides. The

shoals, which surrounds Isla de Corisco, extend up to 0.5 mile

W and 2 miles S of the islet.

3.54 The W coast of Isla de Corisco is rocky; the rocks, especially

on their S sides, are covered with patches of white which are

prominent from a distance. The mirage effect of the trees lining

the coast is similar to that in the vicinity of Cabo San Juan.

3.54 Punta Gueliba (Punta Cucliva) is the NW extremity of the

island. The coastal bank, with a least depth of 3m, extends up

to 1.3 miles NW from this point. A detached shoal, with a least

depth of 7.9m, was reported (1959) to lie with its SW end

about 3.1 miles NNW of the point. Another detached shoal,

with a least depth of 8m, was reported (1962) to lie 1.7 miles

NNW of the point.

3.54 Caution.—Vessels should not depend entirely on the chart

in this vicinity, as the banks and shoals may shift from time to

time.

3.54 In order to clear the banks extending from the island, vessels

are advised to stay at least 2.5 miles from the N and W coasts

of Isla de Corisco or in depths of more than 12m. In addition,

vessels are advised to stay at least 4 miles from the NE side of

the island or in depths of more than 22m. 

3.54 The passages lying S of the island should only be used with

local knowledge.

3.55 Banco Bane (Banco Mbane) (0°46'N., 9°21'E.) lies at

the S end of the coastal bank which has depths of less than 5m

and extends up to about 10 miles S from Isla de Corisco.

3.55 Banco Laval, a dangerous drying bank with several rocks,

lies about 4.5 miles S of the SW extremity of the island. A

stranded wreck lies 2 miles S of this bank.

3.55 Islote Conga, a rock, lies almost at the center of Banco

Bane, with another above-water rock close SW of it. Islota

Bane (Islote Mbane) is located 1 mile NE of Islote Conga. This

islet, although low, is conspicuous, as it is covered with high

trees.

3.55 Bancos del Este, an area of drying sands, extends nearly 2.8

miles ENE from Islota Bane. Islote Cocotier, a rock, lies on a

small drying patch, about 2 miles E of Islota Bane. A lighted

buoy is moored about 2.5 miles E of this rock.

3.55 Although Banco Bane lies about 8 miles from the S shore of

Bahia de Corisco, the only available passage leads NE along

the SE side of this bank. A least depth of 6.5m lies in this

passage near the time of HW, but local knowledge is essential.

3.55 Tides—Currents.—Between the banks which encumber

Bahia de Corisco, the currents often attain rates of 1 to 2 knots;

their directions vary in accordance with the state of the tides.

To seaward of Isla de Corisco, the current generally sets in a

NNE direction at a rate of less than 1 knot. Within the bay, the

tidal currents generally flow E on the flood and W on the ebb.

In the S part of the bay, the current setting W sometimes attains

a rate of more than 3 knots during the rainy season although, in

the dry season, this current normally does not attain a rate of

more than 2 knots.

3.55 Tidal currents in the bay can be greatly affected by the outgoing river currents.

3.56 Islas Elobey (1°00'N., 9°30'E.), administered by Equatorial Guinea, lies 11 miles ENE of Isla de Corisco, on the S side

of the approach to the Rio Muni. It consists of a group of islands,

islets, rocks, and shoal patches. Isla Elobey Grande and Isla

Elobey Chico are the principal islands.

3.56 Bancos de Elobey, with depths of less than 5m, extend up to

about 4 miles WNW from the NW extremity of the group.

Several detached shoals, with depths of 5 to 7m, lie up to about

6.5 miles W of the group.

3.56 Isla Elobey Grande, inhabited by fishermen, is wooded.

Islote Belobi, a small islet, lies close off Punta Belobi, the N

extremity of Isla Elobey Grande. The coast is formed of small

and steep cliffs, 10 to 12m high. Bancos de Bene, with several

rocks awash, lies 1 mile E of this island.

3.56 Isla Elobey Chico, lying 1 mile NE of Isla Elobey Grande, is

completely flat. This island has many coconut palms and fruit

trees.

Anchorage.—Between Isla de Corisco and Islas Elobey,

anchorage can be found, in depths of 16 to 22m, at a moderate

distance from either.

3.56 Good anchorage is available, in a depth of 8m, mud, about

1.5 miles NE of Punta Hoco, the SE extremity of Isla de Corisco. This roadstead is sheltered from SW winds and the holding ground is so tenacious that local thunderstorms from the E

need not be feared. Although the water is usually quite smooth,

without any surf on the beach, a swell occasionally sets in

without any apparent cause and rollers break on all sides of the

island.
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 55

Pub. 123

3.56 Anchorage may be obtained S of Banco Nengueamegue. At

LW, the drying portions of this bank afford a guide. Anchorage, with fair shelter, is also available, in depths of 7m to 8m,

mud, inside of Bancos de Elobey, about 1.2 miles NE of Isla

Elobey Chico.

3.57 The Rio Muni (1°02'N., 9°35'E.) is approached between the coastal bank extending off the N shore of Bahia de

Corisco and Bancos de Elobey (see paragraph 3.56). It enters

the bay between Punta Yeke and Pointe Coco Beach, 1.4 miles

SSW. Both of these entrance points are low, wooded, and

fronted by rocks. A stranded wreck is reported to lie close off

Pointe Coco Beach.

 The river is navigable as far as Isla Ngande, about 9 miles

above the entrance. The channel has a least depth of 6.2m.

Pilotage is not compulsory, but pilots are available.

The border between Equatorial Guinea and Gabon is situated

along the center of the Rio Muni above the mouth.

3.57 Caution.—The ebb current in the river can attain a rate of

4.5 knots in places during the rainy season (October to May). 

3.58 Cogo (Puerto Iradier) (Kogo) (1°05'N., 9°42'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46340), lying 7.5 miles NE of the river

entrance, is situated on the N bank of the river and used for the

export of logs. It is fronted by a wharf which is used by barges.

A prominent hospital surmounts the summit of the hill on

which the town is built. Islote Ivelo lies off the E entrance of

the Rio Congue, close SW of the town. 

3.58 The roadstead, where cargo is worked, lies close SW of

Islote Ivelo. It has depths of up to 11m and can accommodate

vessels of up to 9,000 tons and 7.9m draft at HW. A directional

light indicates the channel leading to the anchorage. The tides

rise about 2.5m at springs and 2m at neaps. 

3.58 Anchorage is also available in depths of 9 to 18m near a

timber loading place at the estuary of the river. Local knowledge is advised due to strong tidal currents in some places.

3.58 The tributaries of the Rio Muni above Cogo are navigable

only by small craft with local knowledge.

3.58 Directions.—A recommended approach route, which may

best be seen on the chart, leads SE between Cabo San Juan and

Banco Lauria. It then leads E and ESE to the river mouth. A

lighted buoy is moored about 5 miles NW of Isla Elobey

Chico.

3.58 Caution.—The buoys marking the approach channel are not

to be depended upon.

3.58 The banks and shoals lying in the approaches to the river

mouth are subject to frequent changes. 

3.59 Pointe Ndombo (0°57'N., 9°34'E.) is located 4.5

miles SSW of Pointe Coco Beach. The village of Ndombo is

situated near the point and is visible from seaward. A light is

shown from a tower, 8m high, standing on the point. Small

vessels can anchor off the village, in a depth of 3m, good holding ground, about 0.5 mile offshore.

3.59 The mouth of the Crique Massotie lies at the E side of the

entrance to Baie de Mondah, 15 miles SSE of Pointe Ndombo.

The coast between is wooded and intersected by the mouths of

numerous small streams. It is also fronted by shoal water, with

depths of less than 5m, which extends up to 3.5 miles seaward

in some places. Recif Buyumba, a drying reef on which the sea

breaks, extends about 1.5 miles SW from a point on the coast,

6.5 miles S of Pointe Ndombo. Another small patch of reef lies

1.4 miles offshore, about 2.8 miles SSE of Recif Buyumba.

This patch is marked by a beacon; the sea breaks on it.

3.59 The S summit of Monts N’Keba, 209m high, rises about 7

miles E of Recif Buyumba and is surmounted by a conspicuous

round tree.

3.60 Pointe Acanda (0°40'N., 9°30'E.), located 7 miles

WSW of the mouth of Crique Massotie, is the W entrance

point of Baie de Mondah. The S shore of Bahia de Corisco

trends 11 miles in a WSW direction from this point to Cap

Esterias.

3.60 Pointe Moka is located 2 miles WSW of Pointe Acanda and

the Riviere Moka, which connects with Crique N’Tsini, flows

into the sea close W of it. Pointe Boulokouhoue, a salient rocky

point, is located 3.5 miles W of Pointe Moka. The shore

extending between Point Moka and Cap Esterias is shallow and

foul.

3.60 An extensive shoal area, with depths of less than 5m, fronts

the S shore of Bahia de Corisco. It extends up to about 2.5

miles N from Cap Esterias, up to about 7.3 miles N from

Pointe Boulokouhoue, and up to about 4 miles N from Pointe

Acanda. Banc Acanda, the SE part of this shoal area, is marked

by a small, white beacon tower. Banc de l’Ouest lies close N of

Banc Acanda. 

3.61 Baie de Mondah (0°35'N., 9°36'E.) occupies the SE

corner of Bahia de Corisco, but navigation within it is rendered

difficult by numerous banks and rocks. In addition, several

shoals and mud banks extend from the shores of the bay and a

drying bank of soft mud lies at the head. Two long, narrow

spits extend N and NW from this drying bank and divide the

bay into three narrow channels. It is reported that vessels, with

local knowledge, can enter the bay with a maximum draft of

6m at springs and 5m at neaps.

3.61 Pointe Nombo is located on the E shore of the bay, 4.2 miles

S of the mouth of Crique Massotie. Banc Marabout, a narrow

bank with a least depth of 3m, lies centered about 4 miles NW

of the mouth of Crique Massotie. Several rivers flow into the

head of Baie de Mondah.

3.61 It was reported (1979) that a depth of 4m lies on the bar at

the S end of Banc Marabout.

3.61 The main channel leading into the bay passes between Banc

Marabout and Banc de l’Ouest. Another channel leads E of

Banc Marabout, but is impracticable. The recommended route

leading into the bay, which is marked by buoys, may best be

seen on the chart.

3.61 Anchorage is available in a depth of 5.5m at the E side of the

channel, 0.7 mile SW of Pointe Nombo. Anchorage is also

available in a depth of 10m off Pointe Kendje, which is located

6 miles S of Pointe Nombo. During the dry season (November

to April), the currents at this roadstead attain rates of 3.5 to 4

knots at springs.

Bahia de Corisco to the Estuaire du Gabon

3.62 Cap Esterias (0°37'N., 9°20'E.) is low, rocky, and not

very prominent from seaward. The land rising 2 miles SW of

the cape is usually sighted first. A rocky shelf, on which the sea
56 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

breaks heavily, extends up to about 0.5 mile N from the cape. A

light is shown from a beacon tower, 18m high, standing on the

cape.

3.62 At night, winds from seaward make anchorage off the cape

undesirable. Seaward of the cape, the current generally sets N

and attains a rate of up to 2 knots. However, it is influenced by

the tides. At springs, the tidal currents are sometimes strong

enough to cause a weak resultant flow to the S for up to 2

hours. Rates of up to 3 knots have occasionally been observed.

3.62 Pointe Megombie (0°35'N., 9°18'E.), located 2 miles SSW

of Cap Esterias, is wooded and comparatively high. A mission

station is situated at Averoma, close N of the point, and the

village of Yocogo, with two conspicuous houses, stands 0.5

mile S of the point.

3.62 Between this point and Cap Santa Clara, 5.5 miles S, the

coast appears as an unbroken line of level trees. It is formed by

a succession of cliffs, about 20m high and surmounted by trees,

through which flow numerous streams during and immediately

following the rainy season (November to July). A sandy beach

fronts the foot of these cliffs. During the dry season, this beach

is continuous and closes the mouths of the streams.

3.62 Pointe Mombaliquito (0°31'N., 9°18'E.), located 1 mile

NW of Cap Santa Clara, is a slight projection which is not

easily distinguished. Pointe Ouquouea, located 0.5 mile SE of

the point, is prominent and easily identified as it is very high

and covered with tall trees. The village of Maleca, surrounded

by plantations, is situated N of Pointe Ouquouea.

3.62 A rocky ledge, with numerous below-water rocks and

depths of less than 5m, extends up to about 0.5 mile W and 1.5

miles S from Pointe Mombaliquito. During bad weather there

are heavy breakers on this ledge.

The Estuaire du Gabon

3.63 The Estuaire du Gabon (Riviere Gabon) (0°18'N.,

9°26'E.), the native name for which is M’Pongo, is formed by

several tributaries which rise in the mountains in the SE corner

of Equatorial Guinea. It is accessible to deep-draft vessels and

affords anchorage, with good shelter, to a large number of vessels. However, numerous and extensive shoals obstruct the entrance of the estuary and make navigation somewhat difficult.

3.63 The estuary is entered between Cap Santa Clara and Pointe

Pongara, 9 miles SSE. Its banks are covered with rich vegetation and intersected by the mouths of numerous creeks. The

general direction of the estuary, from its mouth upstream, is SE

for about 16 miles and then ESE for about 19 miles to Pointe

Pungue, a promontory located at the head. This promontory

separates the mouth of the Riviere Ramboe from that of the

Riviere Komo, the two large tributaries of the Estuaire du

Gabon. 

3.63 Cap Santa Clara (0°30'N., 9°19'E.), the N entrance point, is

prominent and surmounted by a conical beacon, 5m high. A

line of breakers fringes the cape and lies about 0.5 mile offshore in quiet weather; during bad weather, this line of breakers lies about 1 mile from the coast. The cape is reported

(1998) to be radar conspicuous.

3.63 An extensive shoal area, with depths of less than 9m,

projects SSE from a point on the coast located close E of Cap

Santa Clara. This shoal area extends to within 2.7 miles of

Pointe Pongara and may best be seen on the chart. Two areas of

shallow water lie 6.5 and 7 miles WSW of Cap Santa Clara,

with depths of 9.9m and 16.7m, respectively. 

3.63 Pointe Pongara (0°21'N., 9°21'E.), the S entrance point, is

the N extremity of a low peninsula which is covered by tufts of

grass. This peninsula is composed of alluvial deposits which

the action of the sea has covered with sand. The ruins of a

beacon stand on the point.

3.64 Pointe Ngombe (Pointe Gombe) (0°18'N., 9°19'E.),

located 4.5 miles SW of Pointe Pongara, is 45m high. It has

some reddish patches and distinctive trees on the landward

side. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 12m high,

standing on the point.

3.64 The E side of the estuary, extending 20 miles SE from Cap

Santa Clara, is high and dominated by chalky hills, but most of

the various summits are not easy to distinguish. Mont Bouet,

125m high, rises about 2.5 miles inland, 9.5 miles SE of Cap

Santa Clara. This hill is wooded and it is the easiest to identify

in the area. Mont Baudin rises 1.7 miles SE of Mont Bouet and

has numerous trees with a ragged appearance. L’Ombrelle,

another hill, rises close SE of Mont Baudin. It is 117m high

and has an umbrella-shaped tree standing on the summit.

3.64 Several corrugated iron buildings standing 2 miles NW of

Libreville (see paragraph 3.65) are prominent from offshore. 

3.64 Baie d’Acquengo lies close E of Cap Santa Clara; its W side

is fringed with rocks. The Riviere Otande flows into the head

of this bay. Between the mouth of this river and Pointe des

Normands, 7 miles SE, the coast is low and bordered by large

Cap Esterias

Pointe Ngombe Light
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 57

Pub. 123

trees. The shore consists of a sandy beach on which the sea

breaks heavily in bad weather. Several radio masts stand 1.5

miles SSE of Pointe des Normands, with a conspicuous water

tower situated 0.5 mile ENE of them. Another radio mast

stands 5.5 miles ESE of the point.

3.64 Pointe Pandinou, located 3 miles NW of Pointe des Normands, is fronted by a rocky spit and by Banc de l’Adour

which has depths of less than 3m and extends up to 1.4 miles

seaward. An airfield is situated 1 mile SSE of this point.

3.64 Banc de la Themis (0°27'N., 9°15'E.), an extensive shoal

area, lies in the center of the seaward approach to the estuary, 5

miles SW of Cap Santa Clara, and has a least depth of 5.8m.

3.64 Several shallow wrecks lie centered about 5.5 miles NW of

Pointe Pongara, near the NW end of Banc da la Mouche.

Winds—Weather.—Strong winds are rare in the estuary,

except during the thunderstorm season (about October to May).

The rainy season lasts from the middle of November to the

middle of July. There is no swell in the estuary, but the sea may

become extremely choppy during high winds.

3.64 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Estuaire du Gabon

are strong and are influenced by the outgoing river current. The

flood tidal current sets N outside the estuary. When entering,

this current alters its direction clockwise, until on approaching

Bancs du Sud-Est, when it sets SE. It is strong in the vicinity of

Cap Santa Clara and it sets NE near Banc du Caraibe, while in

Passe de la Penelope it sets toward the E shoals. The flood tidal

current attains a rate of 1.5 to 2 knots at springs.

3.64 The ebb tidal current sets through the approach channel,

except in Passe de la Penelope where it sets toward the W

shoals. Outside the estuary, this current sets S. Within the

estuary, the ebb tidal current often continues for 10 hours and

frequently attains a rate of 4 to 5 knots. At such times, the

strength and duration of the flood tidal current are correspondingly reduced.

3.64 Freshets occur in the Estuaire du Gabon, principally at the

beginning of the rainy season (November). However, they are

occasionally experienced at other times and are sometimes

sufficiently violent to interrupt river traffic for several days.

During these floods, a foul smell pervades the whole estuary.

3.64 Rollers occur during the dry season, at which times the outer

shoals break and a heavy swell sets into the estuary. The shore

in the vicinity of Libreville is then rendered difficult to approach.

3.64 Pilotage.—It is reported that pilots are not available for

entering the estuary, but local fishermen, who are acquainted

with the approach channel and the shoal banks, may be obtained from the villages situated in the vicinity of Cap Esterias.

3.64 Anchorage.—During the dry season (June to September),

vessels may anchor in a depth of 12m, mud, off the S shore of

the estuary between Pointe Pongara and Crique Rogolay, 3

miles SSE. The holding ground is excellent, but this roadstead

is dangerous during the thunderstorm season. Crique Rogolay

is infested with crocodiles.

Directions.—Passe de la Penelope (0°24'N., 9°20'E.) is the

main channel leading into Estuaire du Gabon. It is entered

close SW of Banc da la Themis and has a least depth of 11m.

This channel passes between several extensive banks and shoal

areas and is marked by buoys. An outer lighted buoy, moored

about 7.2 miles SW of Cap Santa Clara, marks the seaward

entrance of this channel. The recommended route through the

channel is indicated on the chart.

3.64 When approaching the estuary from seaward, the soundings

give a good indication of the distance from the land, as depths

of 180m run in a line which lies parallel to and about 25 miles

from the coast. The depths increase rapidly to seaward of this

line, but decrease gradually and regularly toward the land. It

should also be noted that the land to the N of the estuary is high

when compared with that to the S, which is very low.

3.64 On opening the mouth of the estuary, the hills and spires in

the vicinity of Libreville may be easily identified. During fog

or at night, vessels are advised to anchor in a suitable depth

outside the estuary if the channel buoys or landmarks are not

visible.

3.64 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas exploration drilling rigs,

platforms, structures, and well heads may be encountered in

the approaches to Estuaire du Gabon.

3.64 The banks and shoals in the approaches are continuously

acted upon by the strong currents. They may shift from time to

time and too much dependence should not be placed on the

chart. Banc de la Themis was reported (1986) to be extending

further to the S than charted. 

3.64 Buoys marking the approach channel leading into the Estuaire du Gabon are frequently reported to be out of their

assigned positions and cannot be depended upon. It is reported

(2003) that many of these buoys were missing. 

3.64 The lights marking the estuary are unreliable, especially the

one shown from Pointe Ngombe, which is frequently reported

to be unlit.

3.64 It was reported that Pointe Pongara is being eroded by the

action of the currents and is liable to be of a different shape

from that shown on the charts.

3.65 Libreville (0°23'N., 9°27'E.), the capital of Gabon,

stands along the edge of a small hill, 2.5 miles SSE of Pointe

des Normands. The shore is fringed with reefs and cargo is

worked by barges from vessels at anchor. 

3.65 A church, with a spire, stands in the town. When the sun

shines on this spire, it appears as a white obelisk and can be

seen from a considerable distance.

3.65 A wharf, which extends about 250m SW from the shore,

fronts the town and has depths of less than 3m alongside. It is

used by small coasters, local ferries, barges, yachts, and fishing

vessels. The wharf is protected by a detached breakwater,

300m long. Vessels may anchor in depths of 8 to 9m, mud and

clay with good holding ground, about 1 mile SW of the wharf.

3.65 It is reported (1990) that all cargo is being worked at Port

Owendo.

3.65 Caution.—A disused submarine pipeline extends about 0.9

mile WSW from a point on the shore located close SE of the

wharf. Several obstructions lie on the seabed in the vicinity of

the outer end of this pipeline.

3.65 A restricted area, within which anchoring and fishing are

prohibited, lies close NW of the wharf. It extends up to 3 miles

seaward from the shore and may best be seen on the chart.

3.65 It is reported (2006) that a dangerous wreck lies about 0.7

mile W of the SSE end of the breakwater. 

3.66 Port Owendo (Port Ovendo) (0°17'N., 9°30'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46435) lies on the SW side of Pointe

Owendo, 6 miles SE of the S end of Libreville. 
58 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

3.66 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 2.4m at springs and

1.9m at neaps.

3.66 Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached through

Estuaire du Gabon. The entrance channel has a least depth of

11m (2003).

3.66 The facilities include a main cargo quay, 455m long, which

is situated on the SW side of Pointe Owendo. It provides three

berths, with depths of 4.5 to 11m alongside. Dolphins extend

150m from the W end of this quay and form another berth.

There are facilities for general cargo, container, and ro-ro vessels. Vessels up to 220m in length and 9m draft can be accommodated.

3.66 A cement pier, 60m long, is situated on the E side of the

point. It has additional mooring buoys and can handle vessels

up to 130m in length and 5.8m draft.

3.66 There is also a bitumen berth, consisting of head and stern

mooring buoys, lying off the SE extremity of the point. It can

handle vessels up to 100m in length and 5.8m draft.

3.66 A manganese ore pier, with a dolphin berth at the head,

extends 0.5 mile SSW from the shore, close NW of the main

quay. It has a depth of 12m alongside and can handle vessels

up to 220m in length and 10.4m draft, depending upon the tide.

3.66 Vessels are usually berthed within the port at slack water,

day or night.

3.66 Aspect.—Pointe Owendo, 24m high, is the S extremity of a

wedge-shaped projection on which stand Montagnes de

Conicoue. These latter hills attain heights of 50 to 80m. A light

is shown from a lattice tower, 10m high, standing on the point.

It is reported (2003) that the light structure is surrounded by

vegetation.

3.66 Several rivers enter the estuary ESE of Pointe Owendo. Most

of these are navigable only by small craft with local knowledge.

3.66 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt

and is available 24 hours. Vessels should send an ETA and

request for pilotage, through their agent, 24 hours in advance.

A confirmation message should be sent 12 hours in advance.

All vessels must announce their ETA at the pilot station by fax

or via the agent. Vessels must contact the pilot station on VHF

channel 12 upon arrival at the Themis Lighted Buoy

(0°25.6'N., 9°13.6'E.) and maintain a continuous listening

watch for further instructions. Pilots may be contacted on VHF

channel 12 or 16 and board in the vicinity of (0°17'N., 9°27'E.). 

3.66 Information concerning the buoys marking the approach

channel is given by VHF. Vessels must announce their arrival

by early morning, if intending to enter in the afternoon, or by

1800 local time, if intending to enter at night or the next morning.

3.66 Anchorage.—Anchorage for vessels loading timber is

available, in a depth of 10m, about 1 to 2 miles SW of Pointe

Owendo or, in depths of 7.5 to 8.5m, mud and sand, about 1

mile SSE of Pointe Owendo. The latter berth has good holding

ground and is sheltered from the swell. Other vessels may also

anchor, in a depth of 8.5m, about 2 miles SSE of Pointe

Owendo. An outer waiting anchorage lies about 3.5 miles W of

Pointe Owendo and has a depth of 11m, mud.

3.66 Caution.—The local authorities or agent should be contacted in advance, as silting may often reduce the depths alongside the berths.

3.66 Large drifting logs may be encountered in the anchorages

and alongside the berths. 

3.66 The river tidal currents run strongly at times and can attain

rates of up to 6 knots after heavy rains.

3.66 There is a area of shallow water with a depth of 3.9m

approximately 2.25 miles WSW of Pointe Owendo. 

The Estuaire du Gabon to Baie du Cap Lopez

3.67 Between Pointe Ngombe and Cap Lopez, 67 miles

SW, the coast forms a large bight the S part of which is known

as Baie du Cap Lopez. The coast in the N part of this bight,

between Pointe Ngombe and the equator, is moderately high

and level. It is fringed by a narrow, sandy beach which is

intersected in several places by creeks.

3.67 Near the Equator, a chain of hills and dunes, about 31m high,

rises and extends S, parallel to the coast. A white sandy hill,

covered with scrub, stands about 23 miles S of Pointe Ngombe.

It is conspicuous from seaward and appears, over the trees

which line the coast, with a reddish tint.

Pointe Ognone (Pointe Nyonie) (0°03'S., 9°20'E.) is located

21 miles S of Pointe Ngombe and a small river flows into the

bight close N of it. The position of this point may be

determined by a sudden break in the trees. The mouth of the

river occasionally shifts by up to 0.5 mile in a short amount of

time. A small airfield is situated close N of the point.

3.67 Pointe Ekoueta Niliani (0°13'S., 9°18'E.) is located 6.5

miles S of Pointe Ognone. Les Mamelles, two conspicuous

hills, rise to heights of 160m and 108m, about 3 miles SE of

this point. A conspicuous building is reported (1990) to stand

about 0.5 mile NE of the point.

3.67 Batanga (0°21'S., 9°18'E.) lies 8.5 miles S of Pointe

Ekoueta Niliani and is fronted by a small pier. A small airfield

is situated in the vicinity of this village.

3.67 Konzi Oil Field (0°16'S., 9°13'E.), consisting of two platforms, lies centered 7 miles WNW of Batanga.

3.67 Caution.—A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen

on the chart, extends NW from Batanga to Konzi Oil Field and

then SW to Cap Lopez. A prohibited area, the limits of which

are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of the oil field. A

restricted area, within which anchoring and fishing are

prohibited, lies in the vicinity of the NE part of the submarine

pipeline and may best be seen on the chart.

3.68 Aloumbe (0°26'S., 9°17'E.), marked by a beacon, lies

13 miles S of Pointe Ekoueta Niliani and is a timber-loading

site. Rafts of logs, consisting of 50 to 70 logs each, are towed

to a roadstead anchorage by tugs.

3.68 Ilots Fanaes (Roche Fanaes), consisting of several small

above-water rocks, lies near the seaward end of a shallow shoal

which extends up to about 1.3 miles offshore in the vicinity of

Aloumbe.

3.68 Three large grassy plains lie N of the town of Sangatanga,

which stands 3.5 miles SSW of Aloumbe. These plains are

separated by dense woods and are conspicuous from up to 10

miles offshore. Gongoue, lying 8.5 miles SSW of Aloumbe, is

another timber-loading site.

3.68 Baie de Nazare is entered between Pointe Weze, located 17.5

miles SW of Aloumbe, and Pointe Apoumanda, 5.7 miles W. It

is completely obstructed by shallow banks which have been

formed by the mud carried down by several rivers.
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 59

Pub. 123

3.68 The current off this part of the coast generally sets NNE and

attains a rate of not more than 0.5 knot, except after a series of

fresh SW winds.

3.68 Caution.—Oil and gas exploration is being carried out along

this stretch of coast and offshore drilling structures, with

associated objects, are likely to be encountered in the waters

lying S of the Equator and E of 9°E. Vessels should exercise

care when navigating off this coast, as many of these structures

and objects frequently move and are not charted.

Baie du Cap Lopez

3.69 Baie du Cap Lopez (0°38'S., 8°49'E.) lies between

Pointe Apoumanda, the W entrance of Baie de Nazare, and

Cap Lopez, 18 miles W. The shores of the bay are very low and

covered with mangroves. The Riviere d’Oranga empties into

the head of the bay while the Riviere Yombe and the Riviere

Kondjo empty into the SE part. The S and E parts of the bay are

obstructed by extensive shoals.

3.69 Cap Lopez Oil Terminal lies on the N side of Baie de Prince,

at the SE side of the cape. The harbor of Port-Gentil extends

SE from Pointe Clairette and fronts the E side of Ile Lopez.

3.69 Ile Aparia lies on the W side of the entrance to the Riviere

Kondjo, at the SE side of the bay. This island may be easily

identified as it is covered with coconut trees and is slightly

higher than the nearby coast.

3.69 The Ogooue River (Fleuve Ogooue), the delta of which

forms the promontory of Cap Lopez, is one of the great rivers

of Africa. It rises 550 miles from the sea in the Congo, near

Zanaga (2°50'S., 13°50'E.). The river has an extensive delta

which begins at Lambarene (0°42'S., 10°14'E.). The region is

damp and oppressive. The entire countryside and the area from

Estuaire du Gabon to Sette Cama, 130 miles SSE of Cap

Lopez, is under water during the long wet season, except for

the mountain region. The inhabitants of the area frequently

abandon their villages. 

3.70 Cap Lopez (0°37'S., 8°43'E.), which forms the S

limit of the Bight of Biafra, is the N extremity of Ile Lopez.

This latter island is low, wooded, and formed by the two

mouths of the Ogooue River. The cape consists of a low plain,

but is easy to identify because of its salient position. From the

N, the cape itself appears as an island, with large mangroves

towering above the scrubby vegetation.

Capitaines Light is shown from a framework pylon standing

on the NE side of the cape. Several prominent chimneys are

situated close W of the light. A former disused light tower,

30m high, stands on the W side of the cape, 0.8 mile WSW of

Capitaines Light, and is prominent. 

3.70 It has been observed that from 7 miles N to 4 miles S of the

cape, the edge of the grayish-green water flowing from the

Ogooue River appears in marked contrast to the color of the

ocean. This edge is also marked by tide rips.

3.70 Banc du Loiret is the former submerged extremity of Cap

Lopez. It has a least depth of 3.1m and extends up to about 0.9

mile NW from the cape.

Banc du Prince (0°37'S., 8°48'E.), with depths of less than

10m, extends up to about 4.7 miles NE from Pointe du Prince,

which is located 3 miles SE of the cape. This bank has a least

depth of 2.6m, is steep-to, and is marked by a lighted buoy at

the NE end.

For a description of the waters and coast lying S of Cap

Lopez, see paragraph 4.2.

3.71 Pointe Clairette (0°41'S., 8°47'E.) is located 5 miles

SE of the cape. A refinery, with a prominent flare, and a conspicuous group of oil tanks are situated in the vicinity of this

point.

3.71 Prominent water towers stand 1.5 miles SSW and 3.2 miles S

of the point. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated 1.4 miles

SW of the point. A large and prominent factory building stands

1 mile S of the point.

3.71 Banc de l’Alcyon, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 1.3 miles ENE from a point on the shore, 1 mile S of

Pointe Clairette. Banc du Talisman, with depths of less than

5m, extends up to about 1 mile NE from a point on the shore

close S of Banc de l’Alcyon.

3.71 Pointe Akosso is located 3 miles SSE of Pointe Clairette and

Banc Rousselot, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 1 mile E from it.

3.71 A prominent television tower, 124m high, stands about 0.9

mile SSW of Pointe Akosso.

3.71 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Cap Lopez rise about 2m at

springs and 1.6m at neaps.

3.71 In the vicinity of Cap Lopez, an eddy current has been observed to set toward Banc du Loiret or into Baie du Prince. The

ebb tidal current in the bay generally sets NNW at a distance of

up to 1 mile from the shore. It usually attains a rate of less than

l knot, but may reach 3 knots during the rainy season.

3.71 Caution.—Strong eddies and discolored water may be encountered in the vicinity of Banc de Loiret. Vessels are advised

to give Cap Lopez and this bank a wide berth.

3.71 Oil and gas exploration and production are being carried out

within the bay and in the waters lying off the W coast of Ile

Lopez. Vessels should exercise care when navigating in the

vicinity of the cape as numerous platforms, submarine pipelines, and associated structures are situated in this area.

3.71 Several wrecks, some of which are dangerous, lie in the

approaches to the cape and may best be seen on the chart.

3.72 Cap Lopez Terminal (ELF Gabon Oil Terminal)

Cap Lopez Disused Lighthouse
60 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

(0°38'S., 8°43'E.) (World Port Index No. 46445) lies in Baie du

Prince, on the SE side of Cape Lopez. An abandoned whaling

station is situated at the head of the bay and several oil tanks

stand close N of it.

3.72 Depths—Limitations.—The terminal, which should be

approached from the NE, consists of a loading platform with

dolphins which is connected to the shore by an L-shaped pier,

340m long. The berth has a depth of 25m alongside and can

accommodate vessels of between 35,000 dwt and 250,000 dwt,

between 215m and 340m in length, and up to 20.5m draft.

3.72 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels berth during

daylight hours only but may depart at any time. Pilots can be

contacted on VHF channel 72 and board about 1.5 miles ENE

of the terminal pier. Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours in advance via Libreville.

3.72 Regulations.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends up to 0.3 mile seaward from the N shore of

Baie du Prince and from the E side of Cape Lopez. Only

vessels proceeding to the terminal may enter this area.

3.72 Vessels must maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16

when approaching the terminal. During mooring and loading

operations, vessels must maintain a listening watch on VHF

channel 72.

3.72 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in depths of 62 to

70m, sand and mud, about 1 mile ENE of the terminal pier.

3.72 Caution.—A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen

on the chart, extends E and NE from within Baie du Prince to

the Konzi Oil Field (0°16'S., 9°13'E.).

3.72 A risk of local thunderstorms exists between January and

April.

3.73 Port Gentil (0°43'S., 8°48'E.) (World Port Index No.

46440), a deep sea port, extends S from Pointe Clairette. It is

sheltered from the E, W, and S, but is open to winds from the

N. 

3.73 Depths—Limitations.—Commercial Quay, the main wharf,

fronts the shore, 0.6 mile SSW of Pointe Clairette. It is 375m

long and has depths of 9 to 11m alongside, with facilities for

ro-ro and container cargo. Vessels of up to 35,000 dwt and

10.5m draft can be accommodated.

3.73 A basin, 250m wide, lies at the N end of Commercial Quay.

The quay on the S side of this basin is 285m long. It has depths

of 6 to 7m alongside and is mainly used by fishing vessels. The

N side of the basin is used by barges and small craft associated

with the exploration and production of oil and gas. 

3.73 Pointe Clairette (SER) Oil Terminal lies close SE of Point

Clairette and consists of two large dolphins and two mooring

buoys. It has a depth of 13m alongside and can accommodate

tankers up to 80,000 dwt, 183m in length, and 10.1m draft.

3.73 It is reported (2005) that a naval base, with depths alongside

of up to 5m and a ro-ro berth for small vessels, has been constructed in the vicinity of Pointe Akosso.

3.73 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 150 grt.

3.73 Vessels should send an ETA to the Port Captain 48 hours and

24 hours in advance. Vessels should send a request for pilotage

12 hours prior to arrival. The initial contact with Port Control

should include the grt, the master’s name, and the last port of

call.

3.73 After contacting Port Control on VHF channel 16, vessels

should maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 12. Pilots

generally board about 2 miles NE of Pointe Clairette.

3.73 Pilots for Pointe Clairette (SER) Oil Terminal are provided

by the station at Cap Lopez Oil Terminal.

3.73 Regulations.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends up to 2 miles seaward in the vicinity of PortGentil. Only vessels proceeding under pilotage to the harbor

facilities may enter this area.

3.73 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of

18m, mud, about 0.3 mile SE of Pointe Clairette, but vessels

must proceed to this roadstead only under pilotage.

3.73 Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of 12m, mud,

within the bay lying S of Banc du Talisman.

3.73 Caution.—A restricted area, within which anchoring and

fishing are prohibited, lies centered 3 miles ENE of Pointe

Clairette. This area, the limits of which may best be seen on the

chart, has gas and oil development activity and contains numerous obstructions.

3.73 Floating logs, up to 1.2m in diameter, may be encountered

adrift in the approaches to the harbor.

3.73 Vessels should only turn S towards the port when well clear

of Banc du Prince.

3.73 Several wrecks, some of which are dangerous, lie in the

approaches to the port and may best be seen on the chart.

3.73 It was reported (1994) that the navigation aids in the vicinity

of the port are unreliable.

Islands in the Bight of Biafra

3.74 The islands located in the Bight of Biafra, four in

number, lie nearly equidistant from each other along a line

extending SW from the head of the bight. The NE and largest

island is Isla de Bioko (Masie Nguema Biyogo) (Fernando

Isla de Bioko (Masie Nguema Biyogo) (Fernando Poo) from E
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 61

Pub. 123

Poo); next is Ilha do Principe, then Ilha de Sao Tome, and

finally Pagalu (Annobon), the outer and SW island. 

3.74 These islands and the Cameroun Mountains, on the mainland, are of volcanic origin. All of these features are in line and

were probably formed by the same submarine upheaval. The

basaltic and ferruginous rocks, of which the islands are composed, and the black sand found along the shores, are all

evidences of volcanic activity.

3.74 Isla de Bioko (Masie Nguema Biyogo) (Fernando Poo) and

Pagalu (Annobon) form a province of Equatorial Guinea.

3.74 Ilha do Principe and Ilha de Sao Tome are an independent

republic.

3.74 Caution.—Magnetic disturbances have been observed in the

approaches to the islands lying within the Bight of Biafra.

Isla de Bioko

3.75 Isla de Bioko (Masie Nguema Biyogo) (Fernando

Poo) (3°30'N., 8°40'E.) is the most important of the four

islands lying in the Bight of Biafra. A ridge of mountains

traverses nearly the entire length of this island and culminates

in the magnificent cone of Pico de Santa Isabel (3°35'N.,

8°46'E.), the summit of which is 3,008m high and almost

constantly enveloped in clouds. It has been considered doubtful

whether this volcanic cone can yet be considered extinct, as

smoke is occasionally observed issuing from it.

3.75 Winds—Weather.—On a clear day, the peak of Pico de

Santa Isabel is sometimes visible from the W up to 100 miles

seaward. However, the weather is sometimes so thick and hazy

that the land cannot be seen. Due to the strong current setting

E, vessels may even pass the island without sighting it.

3.75 The rainy season lasts from April to October and the dry

season lasts from December to February. The prevailing winds

are generally from the W. Mosquitoes, tsetse flies, and phalaria

flies are prevalent in the cultivated areas of the island up to a

height of 600m, but only sand flies and mosquitoes are encountered in the towns and villages.

3.75 Tides—Currents.—The currents in the vicinity of Isla de

Bioko are variable. The Guinea Current, which sets so continuously toward the Bight of Biafra, impinges upon the shores of

Isla de Bioko and the island is therefore, to a certain extent,

within its influence. During the winter months, the current

generally appears to set N off the W coast, E off the S coast,

and S off the E coast of the island. It usually attains a rate of 1

to 2 knots. During the summer, the current generally appears to

set N off the W and E coasts and W off the S coast of the

island. However, the currents are variable in this locality and

cannot be relied on.

3.75 The general direction of the current setting along the N coast

of the island is E. It is variable, but has been observed to attain

a rate of 1.5 knots. When approaching the island, particularly

at night, this current should be given consideration.

3.75 Caution.—It is reported (1993-2005) that the lights on Isla

de Bioka are unreliable and may be extinguished.

3.75 Navigation in the claimed territorial waters, within 12 miles

of the island, is also reported (1993) to be inadvisable.

3.75 Vessels should keep a lookout for pirates while in the waters

lying off the coasts of Isla de Bioka.

3.76 Punta Europa (3°47'N., 8°43'E.), the NW extremity

of Isla de Bioko, is a salient point surrounded by numerous tall

trees. It is fronted by numerous above-water rocks which lie

close offshore. A light is shown from a framework tower standing on the point, but both the light and the structure are obscured by trees on certain bearings. A prominent flare is

reported (1990) to be situated close SW of the light.

3.76 An aeronautical light is occasionally shown from a structure

standing in the vicinity of an airport, which is situated 2 miles

S of Punta Europa.

Alba Gas Field (3°58'N., 8°33'E.), with three production

platforms, is situated in an area centered about 16 miles NW of

Punta Europa. A submarine gas pipeline extends SE and S

from this area to a terminal standing close E of Punta Europa.

It is marked in the vicinity of the shore by buoys. Anchoring

near this pipeline is prohibited.

3.76 Caution.—Zafiro Offshore Oil Terminal (3°51'N., 8°07'E.)

is situated about 37 miles W of Punta Europa (see paragraph

3.20).

3.77 Punta Europa Marine Terminal (3°47'N., 8°43'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46306), an oil loading facility, serves a

refinery and lies close offshore, 0.7 mile ENE of Punta Europa.

There are 2 berths each consisting of four mooring buoys

situated in a depth of 37m, and there is also a LNG Terminal. A

submarine pipeline extends WSW from the berth to the shore.

Tankers up to 110,000 dwt and 300m in length can be

accommodated at the LNG Terminal. Berth 1 can

accommodate vessels up to 210m in length or 45,000 dwt,

while berth 2 can handle vessels up to 244m in length or

105,000 dwt. 

3.77 During the rainy season (April to October), the current

usually sets NW at a rate of up to 2.5 knots in the vicinity of

the terminal. It is usually weak and variable during the dry

season.

3.77 Vessels should send an ETA via their agent 7 days in advance

or on departure from the last port. They should then send an

ETA via e-mail 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance of

arrival. LNG vessels should send an ETA via e-mail 96 hours,

48 hours, 24 hours, and 5 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should

contact the terminal on VHF channel 16, 74, or 73 or by e-mail

when within 20 miles. The terminal will then designate the

method or working frequency for further communications. 

3.77 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, acting as mooring masters,

usually board about 1.5 miles NNE of the terminal and remain

on board the vessels throughout the loading operations. Vessels

berth and depart Terminal Berths Nos. 1 and 2 during daylight

hours only. The LNG Terminal allows for berthing and

unberthing 24 hours. Vessels should not take any instructions

from Malabo Pilots or Malabo Port Control. 

3.77 The Punta Europa Marine Terminal operator may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.77 No designated anchorage berths exist due to the presence of

the gas pipeline in the vicinity of the berth and reports of shoal

water in the bay lying between the terminal and Malabo.

Vessels are advised to anchor to the N of 3°47'N and to the E of

8°44'E. There are depths of 35 to 40m; the bottom consists of

mud and sand, good holding ground.

eqgmarinecoord@marathonoil.com
62 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

3.78 Punta Plana Terminal (3°46'N., 8°43'E.), located

about 0.8 mile SE of Punta Europa, consists of a jetty which

extends seaward for 265m and then E for 100m.

3.78 Vessels should send an ETA via their agent 10 days, 5 days,

72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.

3.78 Pilotage is compulsory and available 0700 to 1700 hours

Monday to Saturday. Pilotage is available by prior request on

Sunday. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board

in position 3°48.0'N, 8°44.7'E. 

3.78 Punta Plana Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.78 The terminal is operated by Bechtel International, Malabo

and can handle vessels up to 8,000 dwt, 105m in length, and

8m draft.

K5 Oil Center Terminal (3°46'N., 8°45'E.) is located about

2 miles SE of Punta Europa, close W of the mouth of the Rio

Sampaca. It is used as a supply base for the offshore oil and gas

fields. The coast adjacent to the terminal is undeveloped and

consists of dense vegetation. The harbor consists of a jetty,

which extends 400m N. The main berth at the head is 130m

long and has a depth of 8.5m alongside.

3.78 Caution.—Due to insufficient information concerning the

depths in the approaches to these facilities and the aids to

navigation, vessels are advised to contact the terminals prior to

arrival.

3.79 Malabo (Santa Isabelle) (3°45'N., 8°47'E.) (World

Port Index No. 46320) is situated on a plateau, 4.5 miles SE of

Punta Europa. It is not only the capital of the island, but is also

the capital of Equatorial Guinea.

3.79 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.8m at springs and

1.4m at neaps.

3.79 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance fairway has depths of

18 to 22m over a width of about 90m.

3.79 The old part of the harbor, at the SE side of the bay, has a

quay, 274m long, with depths of 8 to 9m alongside and a pier,

27m wide. Vessels usually moor and berth stern-to at this quay.

3.79 The new part of the harbor, at the SW side of the bay, has a

bulk quay, 305m long, with a depth of 15m alongside.

3.79 Vessels of up to 23,000 grt, 176m in length, and 13.7m draft

have been handled alongside in the port.

3.79 Aspect.—The town is fronted by Bahia de Malabo (Bahia de

Santa Isabel) and stands at the top of some cliffs. Several

prominent buildings in the town may be identified from seaward. The water tower is conspicuous when approaching from

E and the cathedral is conspicuous when approaching from W. 

3.79 Punta de la Unidad Africana, marked by a light, is the N

extremity of a narrow peninsula which extends 0.4 mile NNW

from the coast and forms the E side of Bahia de Malabo. A

prominent monument, formed by a cross, stands close SE of

the point; an obelisk is situated 0.2 mile SE of it.

3.79 Punta Cristina, located 0.5 mile SW of Punta de la Unidad

Africana, is the N extremity of a bluff peninsula which terminates in vertical cliffs.

3.79 Islotes de Enrique consists of several rocks, 12 to 14m high,

and lies at the W side of the Bahia de Malabo, close NW of

Punta Cristina. 

3.79 Bahia de Venus lies between Punta Cristina and Punta Pilon,

0.3 mile WSW. The shores of this bay are high, steep, and

rocky. A group of large fuel tanks stands 0.5 mile S of Punta

Pilon.

3.79 Shoal water, which may best seen on the chart, extends W

from Punta de la Unidad Africana and NE from Isoltes de Enrique.

3.79 The entrance fairway leading into the harbor is indicated by

a lighted range.

3.79 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channel 14 or 16 and generally board about 0.5 mile

NW of Punta de la Unidad Africana. It is reported that pilots

only berth vessels during daylight; vessels may leave at any

time and are not required to use the services of a pilot. Vessels

should send an ETA via Douala (TJC).

3.79 Anchorage.—The recommended outer anchorage lies in a

depth of 29m, mud, about 0.5 mile NW of Punta Pilon. The

farther offshore the better anchorage because it is cooler and

the vessel will be free from mosquitoes.

3.79 Caution.—It is reported that the range structures are difficult to distinguish by day against the background and the front

gnmisra@bechtel.com

Malabo

Bahia de Malabo
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 63

Pub. 123

one is frequently obscured by vessels berthed at the pier.

3.79 It is reported (2007) that extensive development is being carried out at Malabo, including the dredging of a new entrance

channel which is marked by lighted buoys.

3.80 Punta Hermosa (3°46'N., 8°54'E.), the NE extremity

of the island, is round, sloping, and thickly wooded. A prominent volcanic hill rises about 1 mile S of the point.

3.80 Isolete de Horacio lies close offshore, 0.5 mile SE of Punta

Hermosa. A light is shown from a tower, 16m high, standing on

the N part of this islet.

Punta Caracas (Fronton de Caracas) (3°25'N., 8°48'E.) is

located 21 miles SSW of Punta Hermosa. A light is shown

from a pyramidal tower, 8m high, standing on this point. Islote

Leven lies 0.5 mile offshore, about 3 miles NNE of the point.

This small islet is of moderate height, but does not stand out

clearly.

3.80 Bahia de la Concepcion (Bahia de Riaba) is entered 1.5

miles SW of Punta Caracas. This bay, into which several

streams flow, is quite exposed to E winds, which may be strong

during local thunderstorms. The village of Riaba Concepcion,

marked by a light, is situated near the head. Anchorage can be

obtained, by vessels with local knowledge, on a very narrow

bank which fronts the shore. The recommended anchorage, in a

depth of 18m, sand, lies 0.3 mile ENE of the village.

3.80 Between Punta Hermosa and Punta Santiago, the S extremity

of the island, the E coast of Isla de Bioko is abrupt, rocky, and

indented. It consists of a succession of points, generally

covered with thick vegetation and fringed by rocks, and small

coves fronted by sandy beaches.

3.80 The mouth of the Rio Iledyl, an important river, lies 3.5

miles NE of Punta Santiago, but the entrance is not visible

from seaward.

3.80 Punta Santiago (3°13'N., 8°41'E.), the SE extremity of the

island, is very high, rocky, and covered with trees. Several

conspicuous large rocks, over which the sea breaks, lie at the

base of this point. A light is shown from a metal tower, 25m

high, standing on the point.

3.80 Between Punta Santiago and Punta Oscura, 14.5 miles

WNW, the S coast of Isla de Bioko is quite similar to that of the

E side of the island, but the land rises more steeply behind the

shore.

3.80 Caution.—At night or in thick weather, vessels should use

care when passing Punta Hermosa, as the depths give no

warning of its proximity and the high land behind the point

makes it difficult to judge the distance off.

3.81 Punta Oscura (3°16'N., 8°27'E.), the SW extremity

of the island, is formed by a high promontory with vertical

sides and a level top. It is covered with tall trees and thick

vegetation. Several waterfalls are located near the point and are

prominent from seaward.

3.81 Punta Arjelejos (3°28'N., 8°29'E.) is located about 13 miles

N of Punta Oscura. Between these points, the coast extends N

for about 5 miles and is precipitous with numerous cliffs. It

then continues NNE for about 8 miles and is moderately high,

covered with vegetation, and fringed by black rocks.

3.81 Bahia de San Carlos lies between Punta Arjelejos and Punta

Cabras, a rocky and steep-to point located 6.5 miles NE.

3.81 Punta Barcelonesa (3°28'N., 8°32'E.), located 4 miles E of

Punta Arjelejos, is fronted by a rocky spit which extends up to

0.3 mile seaward. The shore between is indented by several

small bays which are fringed with black sand. A light is shown

from a tower, 16m high, standing on Punta Barcelonesa.

3.82 Luba (3°30'N., 8°34'E.) (World Port Index No.

46330), a small port, lies 0.8 mile SE of Punta Barcelonesa in

the S part of a bay. It is used for the export of bananas and is

also a supply base for the oil and gas industry.

A jetty, 123m long, extends N from the town. It provides a

berth at the head, 50m long, with a depth of 7.3m alongside.

Small vessels up to 6.7m draft can be handled.

3.82 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilots can be contacted on VHF

channel 16 and board where advised after arrival in the area.

Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in advance of arrival. 

Large vessels work cargo from lighters in the roadstead. This

roadstead is sheltered from the predominate winds, but

occasional squalls come down from the mountain sides.

Vessels can anchor in a depth of 31m about 1.7 miles S of

Punta Cabras. Several radio masts stand close E of the jetty.

A supply base pier is situated 0.2 mile SE of Punta Barcelonesa. It is 100m long and has a depth of about 6.6m alongside.

It is reported (2006) that construction of additional marine

facilities is being carried out within the port. The Port Captain

can be reached by e-mail at:

3.83 Islotes Loros (3°33'N., 8°34'E.) lies about 1.3 miles

NNW of Punta Cabras and consists of three islets surrounded

by breakers. The area lying between these islets and the coast is

foul. A light is shown from a metal tower standing on the W

islet.

3.83 Punta Achada is located 8 miles NNE of Islotes Loros. Bajo

Ilha do Principe from W

portcaptain@lubafreeport.com 
64 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

Vazquz de Castro, an extensive shoal, lies about 1.7 miles W of

this point and has a least depth of 3.7m.

3.83 Rocas Primos (3°38'N., 8°34'E.) lies 2 miles offshore, about

3 miles SW of Punta Achada. It consists of three above-water

rocks lying on a very narrow and steep-to reef.

3.83 Between Punta Achada and Punta Europa, 9 miles NE, the

coast is moderately high and covered with vegetation. It

consists of several rocky points, which are fringed by shoals,

and a number of small, white sandy beaches.

Ilha do Principe

3.84 Ilha do Principe (1°37'N., 7°24'E.) lies 116 miles

SW of Isla de Bioko. It has an extremely picturesque appearance formed by needle-shaped peaks and leaning mountain

masses which rise abruptly from the high land of the interior.

3.84 The heavy rainfall and the great fertility of the soil have

produced a growth of vegetation so rank as to render the island

unhealthy. There are traces of extinct volcanoes in many parts

of the island and large areas are covered with volcanic stones.

3.84 The N part of the island, although high, is not so grand in

appearance as the S part, which consists of a series of steep and

rugged mountains, surrounded by several gigantic and fantastically shaped natural obelisks. The whole of this latter mass

culminates in Pico do Principe (1°35'N., 7°24'E.), a prominent

peak which rises to a height of 947m.

3.84 The current in the vicinity of the island is variable, but is

reported to usually set N or NE at a rate of 1 to 2 knots.

3.84 Caution.—Strong magnetic anomalies have been reported

close off Ilha do Principe, especially in the vicinity of Baia de

Santo Antonio.

3.85 Ilheu Bombom (1°42'N., 7°24'E.) forms, in reality,

the N extremity of Ilha do Principe. This islet, which is 59m

high, is connected to the main island by a sandy spit, on the W

side of which lie two small and rocky islets. Ilheu Bombom is

densely wooded and steep-to on its seaward side, against which

the sea frequently breaks. A light is shown from a tower, 4m

high, standing on the summit of the islet. A conspicuous radio

mast is reported (1995) to be situated 0.5 mile S of the light.

3.85 Pedra de Gale, 2.7m high, lies 2 miles NW of Ilheu Bombom

and is a small black rock on which the sea always breaks.

3.85 Ponta Banana (1°42'N., 7°26'E.), located 2.3 miles ESE of

Ilheu Bombom, is high, rocky, and steep-to. A low neck lies on

the inshore side of this point and it has the appearance of being

detached when viewed from a distance to seaward. Between

Ilheu Bombom and this point, the coast recedes to form a bay

with wooded and rocky shores. Good anchorage can be taken

by small vessels, with local knowledge, in a depth of 15m

within this bay.

3.85 Ponta dos Mosteiros (1°41'N., 7°28'E.), located 1.5 miles

ESE of Ponta Banana, is the NE extremity of Ilha do Principe.

It consists of moderately high cliffs against which the sea often

breaks with violence. A black rock lies close off this point and

a spit, with foul ground and several rocks awash, extends up to

0.7 mile ENE from it. Vessels are advised to stay well clear of

the outer end of this spit.

3.85 Ilheus dos Mosteiros, 20m high, lies close within the seaward end of the spit. A light is shown from a tower, 5m high,

standing on this islet.

3.85 Ponta Capitao, formed by a steep-to tongue of land, is

located 0.8 mile S of Ponta dos Mosteiros.

3.86 Baia de Santo Antonio (1°39'N., 7°27'E.) (World

Port Index No. 46375) is entered between Ponta Capitao and

Ponta da Garca, 2.5 miles S. The inner part of this bay is not

easily distinguished from seaward and the shores are rocky

with numerous sandy coves. The town of Santo Antonio stands

near the head and is fronted by a small wharf, which is used by

small craft. It is situated on a plain, sheltered by wooded hills,

and is sometimes inundated by the sea. The houses are built

mainly of wood and stand on piles. The climate is hot and

humid.

3.86 Vessels anchor in depths of 10 to 18m, good holding ground,

off the town and work cargo from lighters. The tidal currents

are weak, but the principal objection to this bay is that the

anchorage is exposed to the prevailing winds, from the E and

SE, during the thunderstorm season. Pilotage is not available.

3.86 Ponta de Mina, marked by a light, is located 2 miles NW of

Ponta da Garca. This point is prominent and fringed by several

rocks, with an ancient fortress standing on its summit.

3.86 Ponta da Garca (1°38'N., 7°28'E.) is the S entrance point of

Baia de Santo Antonio. The coast extends SSW for 5 miles

from this point and forms a wide bay with high cliffy shores. 

3.86 Ponta do Pico Negro (1°32'N., 7°24'E.), the S extremity of

the island, is formed by a long and narrow tongue of land, with

steep cliffs on both sides.

3.86 llheu Caroco (1°31'N., 7°26'E.), lying 1.5 miles SE of Ponta

do Pico Negro, is 305m high, rocky, steep, and wooded. It is

covered with trees and brushwood. Due to the shape of this

islet, which resembles a pointed cap, it is also known locally as

Bone do Joqueri. A low rock lying close off the S side of this

islet is prominent when seen from E or W. A light is shown

from a tower, 5m high, standing on this rock.

3.86 The channel leading between this islet and Ponta do Pico

Negro has depths of 18 to 36m, with a bottom of fine black

sand. The currents in this channel are variable and caution is

required.

3.86 Pedras Tinhosas (1°21'N., 7°18'E.) consists of two islets

which lie 13 and 11.5 miles SW of Ponta do Pico Negro.

Tinhosa Grande, the S and larger islet, is 55m high. Tinhosa

Pequena, the N islet, is 64m high. Both islets are covered with

brushwood and are marked by white patches of guano. A light

is shown from a tower, 5m high, standing on the summit of

Tinhosa Grande.

Ilheu Caroco
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 65

Pub. 123

3.86 Ponta do Grosso (1°33'N., 7°21'E.), the SW extremity of the

island, is a rocky and steep-to headland located 4 miles WNW

of Ponta do Pico Negro. It is dominated by a mountain, 622m

high, which appears to have two peaks when seen from the SW.

Several rocky points divide this stretch of coast into three bays.

These bays are backed by high peaks and the sea usually

breaks along their shores, which are high, rocky, and wooded.

3.86 Ponta do Focinho de Cao (1°36'N., 7°20'E.), located 3.2

miles NNW of Ponta do Grosso, is a salient headland which is

fronted by rocks on its NW side and marked by a light. A peak,

263m high, stands 0.5 mile inland of this point.

3.87 Baia das Agulhas (1°37'N., 7°22'E.), providing the

safest and best anchorage in the island, lies between Ponta do

Focinho de Cao and Ponta Iola, 3 miles NE. This bay, which is

sheltered from the SE winds of the thunderstorm season, is free

from off-lying dangers; the depths decrease regularly toward

the shore.

3.87 Five hills stand close to the shore of the bay and are connected by low land. They give the appearance of being separate

conical islets when seen from the W. The higher peaks of the

island can be seen in the background. The shore is mostly

fringed by reefs and numerous streams flow into the bay

through the valleys which separate the lower hills. 

3.87 Good anchorage for large vessels can be found in a depth of

22m within the bay and E of the N extremity of Ponta do Focinho de Cao. Local thunderstorms blow from the E, but care

should be taken, as they may be squally after coming over the

high land.

3.87 Ponta Hora (1°42'N., 7°24'E.) is located 2.5 miles N of

Ponta Iola and 2 miles SW of Ilheu Bombom. A few small

bays lie along this stretch of the coast and afford anchorage to

small vessels. They are sheltered from the prevailing wind, but

are subject to violent squalls occasioned by the proximity of

the mountains. 

Ilha de Sao Tome

3.88 Ilha de Sao Tome (0°15'N., 6°37'E.) lies 82 miles

SSW of Ilha do Principe. It is larger and of greater commercial

importance than Ilha do Principe, but has a lack of sheltered

anchorages. Calms, variable winds, and strong currents prevail

in the vicinity of this island.

3.88 Ilha de Sao Tome is very mountainous and Pico de Sao

Tome, its summit, rises at the W side of the central part. This

summit attains a height of 2,024m, but is often hidden by

clouds. The sides of the peak are covered with dense forests

and numerous streams flow down them. The island is reported

to present three conspicuous peaks when seen from the NE at a

distance of about 60 miles.

3.88 The water in the vicinity of the island is very clear and the

bottom can be seen distinctly in depths of 10m. During the

months of October and November, sperm whales are found off

the S end of the island.

3.88 Tides—Currents.—When approaching Ilha de Sao Tome

from the W, it is advisable, in order to take full advantage of

the Guinea Current, for vessels to keep N of 1°30'N until the

longitude of 6°E has been attained. Vessels will thereby avoid

the South Equatorial Current, which is found in that latitude to

the W of the above meridian and, at times, even farther N. This

latter current sometimes surrounds Ilha de Sao Tome and to the

N of the island, in a longitude of about 6°E, has been found to

set to the W. The current usually sets between NNE and NNW

at the E side of the island.

3.88 Caution.—It is reported (2004) that the navigation lights on

Ilha de Sao Tome are unreliable and may be missing or extinguished.

3.88 It was reported (1995) that several fish havens had been

established up to 5 miles off the coasts of Ilha de Sao Tome.

They are marked by red buoys which have bamboo masts and

red or yellow flags.

3.89 Ponta Cruzeiro (0°25'N., 6°40'E.) is the N extremity

of Ilha de Sao Tome. Between this point and Ponta Praiao, 9.2

miles SE, the NE coast of the island is fronted by an extensive

shoal with depths of less than 10m.

3.89 Porto de Ferao Dias lies 0.8 mile ESE of Ponta Cruzeiro and

is fronted by a concrete pier. Large vessels can obtain

anchorage in a depth of 13m, sand, about 1 mile NE of Ponta

Cruzeiro. 

3.89 Ilheu das Cabras (0°25'N., 6°43'E.) lies 3.3 miles E of

Ponta Cruzeiro, near the edge of the coastal shoal bank. This

island consists of two hills, about 90m high. A light is shown

from a tower, 5m high, standing on the summit of the NE hill.

Baia de Ana Chaves (0°21'N., 6°44'E.) is entered between

Ponta Okedelrey, located 5 miles SE of Ponta Cruzeiro, and

Ponta Sao Sebastiao, 1 mile SE. A hospital is situated on Ponta

Okedelrey and four radio masts, 30m high, stand close SW of

it. A conspicuous barracks building stands 0.3 mile SSW of the

hospital. Range lights, indicating the approach to the anchorages, are shown from Ponta Okedelrey.

3.89 A prominent fort, with white sides, stands on Ponta Sao

Ilha de Sao Tome from NE
66 Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 

Pub. 123

Sebastiao. A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on

the fort.

3.89 An area of reclaimed land projects 0.2 mile NNW from this

point; its N end forms a quay, 200m long, with a depth of 3m

alongside.

3.89 Although open to E and NE winds, the bay offers a convenient anchorage to small vessels, except during the thunderstorm season. Depths of less than 2m front the head of the bay

and extend up to 0.3 mile seaward.

3.89 Three detached banks, with depths of less than 5m, lie about

2.7 miles NNE, 2 miles NNE, and 1.8 miles NE of Ponta Sao

Sebastio.

3.89 Caution.—Unexploded ordnance is located in an area, with

a depth of 7.5m, lying about 1.2 miles NE of Ponta Sao Sebastiao Light.

3.89 A stranded wreck, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

about 0.7 mile E of Ponta Okedelrey.

3.90 Sao Tome (0°21'N., 6°44'E.) (World Port Index No.

46380), the capital and main port of the island, stands along a

sandy beach at the head of Baia de Ana Chaves. This town

includes several good buildings of modern construction. A

cathedral and several churches are also prominent.

3.90 Vessels moor within and off the bay and work cargo via

lighters. Vessels of moderate to deep draft should anchor, in an

appropriate depth for their draft, on the alignment of the

lighted range shown from Ponta Okedelrey. It is reported

(1986) that a vessel anchored, in a depth of 10m, mud and soft

sand, about 0.7 mile NNE of Ponta Sao Sebastiao. There was

good holding ground, but poor protection from the open sea.

3.90 Small vessels may anchor, in depths of less than 5m, within

the inner part, but the sea breaks right across the bay after

thunderstorms or when the swell sets in. Pilotage is not

available. However, the Port Captain can be contacted on VHF

channel 16.

3.90 Caution.—The transit of the lighted range situated on Ponta

Okedelrey is not very restrictive and the structures are easily

concealed by the afternoon shadows.

3.90 The long swell can often make lighterage operations difficult.

3.90 Vessels approaching from SE or S are advised to stay in

depths of more than 35m and at least 1.5 miles offshore until

they reach the lighted range leading to the anchorage.

3.91 Ponta Praiao (0°18'N., 6°46'E.), located 3.2 miles

SSE of Ponta Sao Sebastiao, is the E extremity of Ilha de Sao

Tome. It is a salient point of moderate height and is surrounded

by drying rocks. The point is located near the SE end of a plain,

which constitutes the N part of the island, and the land rises

steeply to the S of it. A number of radio masts, 33m high, stand

close W of the point and a church, with a prominent tower, is

situated 4.5 miles W of them.

3.91 Ilheu de Santana (0°14'N., 6°46'E.) lies about 0.7 mile

offshore, 3.2 miles S of Ponta Praiao. It is 50m high, rocky, and

covered with bushes. A light is shown from a tower, 5m high,

standing on this islet. The passage leading between this islet

and the coast has no known dangers, but vessels are advised to

keep outside in order to avoid squalls which prevail inshore.

3.91 Ponta do Io (Ponta Juntabudo) (0°07'N., 6°40'E.),

prominent and cliffy, is located 13 miles SSW of Ponta Praiao.

The coast between is irregular, with rocky heads and sandy

bays. The land rises regularly from the shore and is intersected

by several rivers. A light is shown from a tower, 5m high,

standing on this point.

Sete Pedras (0°02'N., 6°38'E.) lies about 2.5 miles offshore,

4.7 miles SSW of Ponta do Io. It consists of a group of rocks,

the largest being 42m high. When seen from N, these rocks

have the appearance of a vessel under sail. By day, these rocks

do not constitute a danger as they are steep-to, but they should

not be approached at night.

3.92 Ponta Homem da Capa (0°01'N., 6°31'E.), the S

extremity of Ilha de Sao Tome, is located 10 miles SW of Ponta

do Io. The coast between is indented by several bays. 

3.92 Ilheu Gago Coutinho (0°00', 6°32'E.), known locally as

Ilheu das Rolas, lies 1.2 miles S of Ponta Homem da Capa. It is

96m high, covered with large trees, and is the largest of the

islets lying off Ilha de Sao Tome. Two summits rise from this

islet; the N summit is a conical hill. A light is shown from a

tower with a dwelling, 9m high, standing near the center of the

islet.

3.92 Canal das Rolas separates llheu Gago Coutinho from the S

extremity of Sao Tome and should be used with great caution.

3.92 Ponta Furada (0°14'N., 6°28'E.), the W extremity of the

island, is located 14 miles NNW of Ponta Homem da Capa.

The coast between is mostly rocky and cliffy, with a few

beaches. It is fringed by several small islets. The action of the

sea has eroded an opening in the cliff face at the point. A light

is shown from a tower, 5m high, standing on the point.

3.92 Ponta Diogo Vaz (0°19'N., 6°30'E.), located 4.6 miles NNE

of Ponta Furada, is rounded and steep-to. Enseada da Rosema,

an indentation in the coast, lies between Ponta Figo, located 4

miles NE of Ponta Diogo Vaz, and Morro Carregado, 4.7 miles

NE. A small bay, which lies at the S end of this indentation, is

reported to offer excellent anchorage with deep water. 

3.92 Morro Carregado (0°25'N., 6°37'E.), rising 4.8 miles W of

Ponta Cruzeiro, is high and peaked. The point on which it

stands is faced by steep, rocky cliffs. Lagoa Azul Light is

shown from a tower, 5m high, standing on the point.

3.92 Caution.—Magnetic anomalies have been reported to exist

in areas up to 10 miles SW of Ponta Praiao.

Pagalu

3.93 Pagalu (Annobon) (1°26'S., 5°37'E.) lies 105 miles

SSW of Ilha de Sao Tome and is the smallest island lying in the

Bight of Biafra. It is mountainous and rises in varied and picturesque forms to a considerable elevation in the central part,

which is formed by three main peaks.

3.93 Pico del Fuego (Pico do Figo), the northernmost of these

peaks, is in the form of a truncated cone. It is 454m high and

has sides which are heavily wooded to within a short distance

of the summit. A small fresh water lake lies close to the foot of

this peak, on its SW side.

3.93 Pico del Centro, 630m high, rises 1 mile S of the lake; Pico

Surcado, 655m high, rises 1 mile farther SE.

3.93 The prevailing winds, which are from the S and SW, blow

with moderate force and little variation throughout the year,

enabling vessels under the shelter of the land to ride at anchor

in a smooth sea. Only during the period from March to Sep-
Sector 3. Nigeria to Gabon—Cape Formoso to Cap Lopez 67

Pub. 123

tember, when thunderstorms occur and strong E winds blow

directly into the anchorages, is any danger to be apprehended.

The gloominess of the sky and the heavy thunder and lightning

by which they are preceded always gives timely notice of

storms.

3.93 In the vicinity of the island, the current normally sets NW

from November to April and NE from April to August. The

strength varies and the current attains a rate of 0.5 knot to 1.8

knots. The tidal currents are always very weak.

3.93 Caution.—The present charted position of Pagula is based

on a 1991 ship’s report, which placed the island 1 mile E of its

previously-charted position. Charted depths are also based on

old surveys. Mariners should exercise caution when navigating

in the vicinity of Pagala. 

3.94 Punta del Palmar (1°24'S., 5°37'E.) is the N extremity of Pagalu. A light (Mision de Santo Antonio) is shown from

a tower, 7m high, standing near this point.

3.94 Punta Piramide, located 0.2 mile SE of Punta del Palmar, is

low, sandy, and fronted by numerous rocks. Islote Piramide, the

highest and most conspicuous of these rocks, is bare and conical.

3.94 San Antonio (1°24'S., 5°37'E.), the largest town on the island, stands close S of Punta del Palmar. It is also known as

Pale. When approaching from seaward, the land in this vicinity

is difficult to identify, as the mountains are nearly always

covered by clouds and the town is not easily distinguished. At

such times, Islote Piramide is a useful landmark.

3.94 Punta del Paso is located 1.2 miles SE of Punta del Palmar.

The coast between is fronted by a shoal with depths of less than

5m. This point rises almost perpendicularly to a bluff and has

needle-shaped rocks on its seaward face.

3.94 Islote Tortuga (1°24'S., 5°38'E.), 50m high, lies 0.8 mile

NNE of Punta del Paso. This islet is steep-to and two rocks lie

close off its NE extremity. Islote del Paso, a small and flat islet,

lies 0.3 mile SW of the S extremity of Islote Tortuga.

3.94 The anchorages lying between Punta del Palmar and Punta

del Paso should be approached with caution, as this area has

not been thoroughly surveyed and patches of coral evidently

exist. The best anchorage lies in depths of 22 to 27m, sand with

good holding ground, 0.7 mile NE of San Antonio.

3.95 From Punta del Paso, the coast trends SSE for 0.8

mile to Punta Dudjiguele (Punta Budjiguele). Bahia de San

Pedro, at the head of which stands the village of San Pedro, lies

between this point and Punta Jasgania (Punta Jasmangania),

0.3 mile SSE.

3.95 Punta Dologany (Punta Olonganchi), located l.3 miles S of

Punta Jasgania, is a rocky and moderately high point. Pico

Surcado, 655m high, rises 0.7 mile NW of this point.

3.95 Between Punta Dologany and Punta Mofina, 0.4 mile SSW,

the coast is indented by two small bays. 

3.95 Punta de San Antonio (Punta Manjob) (1°28'S., 5°37'E.) is

located 1 mile W of Punta Mofina. The S coast of Pagalu etending between these points is dominated by high land which

rises inland. Punta de San Antonio, which is marked by a light,

is fronted by several rocks on which the sea generally breaks.

Three conspicuous high and conical rocks lie centered about 1

mile S of this point.

3.95 Islote Adams, small and rocky, lies 0.4 mile S of Punta

Mofina. This islet presents two distinct peaks when seen from

E or W.

3.95 Caution.—It is reported (1999) that the light shown from

Punta de San Antonio is often extinguished.

3.96 Punta Alvaro (Punta Penvadu) (1°27'S., 5°37'E.),

located 0.7 mile NW of Punta de San Antonio, is surmounted

by a moderately high peak, the summit and sides of which are

marked by numerous pinnacle rocks.

3.96 Punta Jatupa is located 1.5 miles NNW of Punta Alvaro. The

stretch of coast extending between these points is indented and

Bahia de Santa Cruz is formed at the S end. The town of Santa

Cruz stands at the head of this bay. The sea breaks heavily

along the shore extending between Santa Cruz and Punta

Jatupa.

3.96 Punta Jiscoy (Punta Dyiscoj) (1°25'S., 5°37'E.), located 0.5

mile NNW of Punta Jatupa, is the W extremity of Pagalu. A

section of steep and rocky cliffs, 0.4 mile wide, is centered 0.4

mile NE of this point.

3.96 Islote Yebatelu, a small and detached islet, lies close

offshore, 0.6 mile NNE of Punta Jiscoy.

3.96 The sandy shore of Pagalu extends 0.5 mile NE from abreast

Islote Yebatelu to Punta del Palmar and is fringed with rocks. 
69

Pub. 123

4. 

Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

4.0SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
71

Pub. 123

SECTOR 4 

GABON TO ANGOLA—CAP LOPEZ TO PONTA ALBINA

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SW coast of Africa from

Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina, including the Congo River. It includes the coasts of Gabon, The Congo (Republic of the Congo), Angola (Cabinda), the Democratic Republic of the Congo

(formerly Zaire), and Angola. The descriptive sequence is from

N to S. 

General Remarks

4.1 The coast extending between Cap Lopez (0°37'S.,

8°43'E.) and the Congo River, about 390 miles SE, is bordered

by a narrow sandy beach on which the heavy surf breaks, particularly during the dry season. The landing of boats is im-possible on this coast, except in a few places, and then only on

exceptionally fine days.

The lagoon entrances lying along this stretch of coast change

position from year to year. These river mouths, which can be

often easily identified on radar, are marked by a discoloration

of the water which extends, in places, up to more than 1 mile

offshore during the rainy season.

All of the small coastal indentations located S of the Equator

recede in a SE direction and are protected on their W sides by

low tongues of land which are prolonged by shoals or spits.

This peculiarity of form is probably caused by the combined

action of the SW swell and the prevailing current. Most of

these indentations are difficult to identify from seaward because their low entrance points cannot be distinguished from

the background.

Between Cap Lopez and the Congo River, the 200m curve

lies nearly parallel with the coast at a distance of about 35

miles offshore. Depths of 9 to 13m are found about 2 miles offshore. The bottom consists of mud in depths of over 100m, but

consists of sand closer inshore.

At Ponta das Palmerinhas, 185 miles SSE of the Congo River, the 200m curve approaches to within 5 miles of the coast.

The coast between the Congo River and Ponta das Salinas

(12°50'S., 12°56'E.) provides several anchorages, the principal

ones being at Luanda, Porto Amboim (Benguela Velha), Lobito, and Baia de Benguela. Between Benguela and Tombua

(Porto Alexandre), 210 miles SSW, great depths lie close to the

coast and anchorage is impossible, except in a few sheltered

bays.

4.1 At a distance of 9 miles off the mouth of the Congo River,

the surface water is still quite fresh. It is only partially mixed

with salt water at a distance of about 40 miles offshore. The resulting discoloration caused by the fresh water has, at times,

been observed up to 300 miles from the coast.

Winds—Weather.—Along most of this coast, a SW or W

breeze (sea breeze) is prevalent from late morning until 2100

hours. At about midnight, a SE or E breeze (land breeze) begins and becomes light and variable by morning.

4.1 Intense tropical rain storms (thunderstorms), which are

known locally as tornadoes, develop in the region between

Cameroon and the River Congo. They mostly occur at the beginning (April and May) and end (October and November) of

the rainy season. These storms generally last less than one hour

but may have wind gusts of 50 knots or more. The local name,

tornado, should not be confused with the turbulent phe-nomena

common in the United States.

Tides—Currents.—The range of tide is comparatively

small along this coast, only exceeding 1.8m at springs in a few

of the river estuaries. The tidal currents are weak except in the

vicinity of the few main rivers.

The Benguela Current flows N along the W coast of Africa

from the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope to the Gulf of

Guinea. It attains rates of 1 knot within about 40 miles of the

coast and 0.4 to 0.8 knot farther offshore. This current is usually stronger in December and January, when the SE trade winds

are well established.

Between Cap Lopez and the Congo River, a current gen-erally sets steadily in a NW direction, sometimes attaining a rate of

up to about 2 knots. It is formed by the Benguela Cur-rent and

the current which flows out of the Congo River. This resultant

current then turns W off Cap Lopez and becomes part of the

South Equatorial Current. Inshore, the direction and rate of the

current are largely influenced by the formation of the land and

the winds. During steady N winds, which are very rare, the direction of the current is sometimes reversed.

Caution.—During the rainy season, debris of all kinds may

be encountered at considerable distances from the coast and as

far N as Pagalu (1°26'S., 5°37'E.).

The light sandy color of the coast, as well as the extreme

haziness of the atmosphere that generally prevails, may tend to

cause mariners to overestimate the distance from the shore.

Therefore, vessels are advised to maintain a prudent distance

from the coast. This applies particularly in the area lying between Ponta das Salinas and Ponta de Sao Jose, 22 miles NE.

Oil and gas development areas and fields, with associated

rigs, platforms, well heads, submarine pipelines, terminal

buoys, and storage vessels (FPSO), may be encountered off the

coasts described in this sector.

Vessels are cautioned that security off the West African coast

and within some ports is a serious problem. In recent years

(1986-2005), attacks by pirates and thieves have been reported.

These have generally taken place at the outer anchorages, but

some have occurred while berthed alongside. In the event of a

piracy incident, vessels should not rely on the assistance of the

local authorities, which are reported in the past to have failed to

respond.

Cap Lopez to Pointe Banda

4.2 Cap Lopez (0°37'S., 8°43'E.), the N extremity of Ile

Lopez (Ile Mandji), has been previously described in paragraph

3.70. Several flares are situated in the vicinity of the cape and a

conspicuous flare, position approximate, stands on the shore

about 57 miles SSE of them.

The coast between Cap Lopez and Ombue, 66 miles SSE, is
72 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

uniformly thickly-wooded, while between Ombue and Sette

Cama, 64 miles SSE, it consists of large patches of bare ground

alternating with thick jungle.

The mouth of the Animba River, which is an arm of the delta

of the Ogoove, lies 24 miles S of Cap Lopez. The river is not

navigable; its entrance is bordered on the W side by a long narrow tongue of sand. During the rainy season, enormous

amounts of fresh water discharge from the river mouth and extend up to 4 or 5 miles offshore.

Grondin Oil Drilling Area (1°10'S., 8°40'E.), which may

best be seen on the chart, lies between 7 and 60 miles S of Cap

Lopez. It extends up to 28 miles offshore and is marked by

lighted buoys. A light shown from a structure standing (position approximate) 66 miles SSE of Cap Lopez indicates the SE

end of this area.

Numerous wells, production platforms, drilling rigs, flares,

submarine pipelines, and associated obstructions lie within this

drilling area.

Caution.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, surrounds the Grondin Oil Drilling Area. Only vessels

employed by the oil installations and tankers proceeding to and

from the terminals may navigate within this area.

Drilling rigs and associated structures and obstructions,

which may be unlit and not charted, are reported to be situated

within the restricted area.

A coastal fairway route, which may be used only by vessels

of less than 7 tons, and an area reserved for fishing are situated

adjacent to the shore within the Grondin Oil Drilling Area and

may best be seen on the chart.

4.3 Gombe-Beta Marine Terminal (1°12'S., 8°56'E.)

lies within the Grondin Oil Drilling Area, 37 miles SSE of Cap

Lopez. It consists of a storage tanker moored in a depth of

15.2m. Vessels of up to 150,000 dwt and 280m in length can be

handled. Vessels are moored to the bow of the storage tanker

and their sterns are made fast to mooring buoys.

It is reported (2004) that the storage tanker has been removed and the terminal is no longer in use.

4.4 Oguendjo Oil Terminal (1°28'S., 8°55'E.) (World

Port Index No. 46446) lies within the Grondin Oil Drilling Area, 51 miles SSE of Cap Lopez. It consists of an SBM to which

a storage tanker (Bon Bateau) is permanently moored. Production platforms are situated about 2 miles ENE and 1.5 miles

SW of the terminal. 

An access lane, 1.7 miles wide, leads in a NW direction to

the terminal and may best be seen on the chart. It has a least

depth of 21.9m and extends about 11 miles from the anchorage

area. The terminal is located in a depth of 27.4m and can handle vessels up to 170,000 dwt and 18.2m draft. Vessels are berthed only during daylight but they may depart at any time.

They are moored bow to bow with the storage tanker.

A designated anchorage area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies centered 12 miles SE of the SBM.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 8 and board about 2 miles S

of Platform Charlie. 

Vessels should send an ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, 24

hours, and 12 hours prior to arrival, stating any special requirements and the quantity to be loaded.

The Oguendjo Terminal, which is operated by Perenco, Gabon, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

All tankers shall fly the Gabon national flag during daylight

while berthed at the terminal.

4.5 Pointe Sainte-Catherine (1°53'S., 9°16'E.), a slight

projection, is fronted by a reef on which the sea breaks heavily.

From the N, this point appears as an isolated clump of tall trees

resembling an island, but from the S, the coast appears craggy.

Some hills rising close S of the point give it a bold appearance.

The land behind the shore, which is fringed by a beach, rises

gently with clearings here and there.

Pointe Guega is located 4.5 miles N of Pointe Sainte-Catherine and fringed by rocks.

The village of Iguela, situated 4.5 miles SE of Pointe SainteCatherine, stands on a narrow strip of land which separates Lagune Ngobe from the sea. An airfield is situated near this village.

Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 9m SW of the village and about 1.5 miles offshore. Two beacons, each surmounted by a square, form a range which leads, clear of

dangers, in a NE direction toward the anchorage. From this anchorage, the flagstaffs of some factories can be seen over the

tops of the trees.

Lagune Ngobe, also known as Lagune d’Iguela, is an extensive lagoon which extends 20 miles SE to the mouth of the River Rembo Ngobe. The lagoon is used by small craft but the river is encumbered with weeds. 

Caution.—This part of the coast should not be approached

within a distance of about 4 miles by vessels without local

knowledge.

4.6 Tchatamba Terminal (2°04'S., 9°10'E.), located 14

miles SW of Pointe Sainte-Catherine, consists of a Mobile Offshore Production Unit (MOPU), which is permanently moored

in a depth of 55m. A submarine pipeline extends from this production platform, Tchatamba A, to the shore for the exporting

of product at the Totalfina-Elf terminal near Cape Lopez.

4.6 There are two other platforms associated with this terminal.

The Tchatamba West platform is situated 4 miles NW of Terminal A and the Tchatamba South platform which lies 8.75

miles to the S of Terminal A. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who also act as mooring masters, can be contacted by VHF and board vessels about 3 miles

NW of the terminal. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time.

Vessels should send their ETA 5 days, 72 hours, 48 hours,

and 24 hours in advance. If a vessel departs from a port within

12 hours of the terminal, the ETA should be sent immediately

upon departure from that port and confirmed 6 hours prior to

arrival.

A designated anchorage area lies about 5 miles N of the terminal. It has a depth of 40m with a bottom of sand or clay.

4.6 A restricted area, with a radius of 3 miles, is centered on the

terminal. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without

prior permission from the terminal.

4.6 All tankers shall fly the Gabon national flag during daylight

while berthed at the terminal.

bonbateau@eikmail.com
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 73

Pub. 123

4.7 Pointe Komandji (2°19'S., 9°36'E.) is located 34

miles SE of Pointe Sainte-Catherine. The coast between recedes slightly and its aspect becomes more varied. A narrow

beach fronts the shore in some places and trees grow down to

the water in other places. In the S part of this stretch, the

mouths of rivers are indicated by narrow gaps in the trees. Inland, the country is more elevated and a few hills form a chain

which runs parallel with the coast. The surf breaks heavily

along this entire stretch of coast, except in a few places where

landing may be effected in fine weather.

4.7 Pointe Komandji is rounded and difficult to identify from the

W. However, several large green patches are located at the extremity of Pointe de Gaca, 3 miles S, which help to dis-tinguish

this locality. The neighboring coast is slightly elevated and

covered with brushwood, through which several streams wind.

The large mouths of these streams form a succession of lagoons and marshes.

Drying rocks front the coast and the sea breaks about 1 mile

offshore. Several villages stand between Pointe Komandji and

two points named Pointe Magamba and Pointe Milango, which

are located 4 miles and 7 miles, respectively, SSE.

Caution.—Oil and gas exploration is being carried out along

this coastal area and vessels are warned that numerous well

heads, submerged pipelines, drilling rigs, and platforms may be

encountered. Vessels should also exercise care when nav-igating in this vicinity, as many of the associated structures and installations are often moved and are not charted. In addition,

some of the platforms and structures may be disused, abandoned, and unlit.

4.8 Sette Cama (2°31'S., 9°45'E.), situated 15 miles SE

of Pointe Komandji, stands at the root of a tongue of land

which separates the channel leading to Lagune Ndogo from the

sea. The seaward entrance of this channel lies 9 miles SE of

Pointe Komandji. Several buildings, including a factory with a

flagstaff, stand in the vicinity of Sette Cama. In addition, a

small airfield is situated nearby. Communication with the factory can be carried out by the International Code of Signals.

Lagune Ndogo, an extensive water area, extends 30 miles

ESE and is encumbered by numerous islets. Small craft associated with oil and gas development navigate within this large

lagoon.

Several rocky shoals front the coast and lie up to 1 mile offshore. They have depths of less than 5m and are usually

marked by breakers. A range, formed by two white beacons,

indicates a passage which leads in a NE direction between the

shoals to an anchorage. This passage is about 0.3 mile wide

and provides access to vessels with drafts up to 5.8m. Vessels

are advised to stay at least 2 miles offshore until the range beacons have been identified. When approaching the anchor-age,

vessels are advised to keep the front beacon open a little N of

the rear beacon. Large vessels can anchor, in a depth of 11m,

on the range. Smaller vessels may proceed between the shoals

and anchor, in a depth of 6.7m, about 0.5 mile offshore. There

is usually a heavy swell at the anchorage and the bottom is very

uneven with a rocky bottom. Landing should not be attempted.

4.8 The N end of a chain of coastal hills, known as Monts Santo

Espirito, rises to the S of Sette Cama and forms a good landmark. Several large clearings are located S of these hills and

give the land a cultivated appearance.

Caution.—A dangerous wreck is reported (2000) to lie

about 9 miles SW of Sette Cama.

4.9 Pointe Pedras (2°40'S., 9°53'E.), located 12 miles SE

of Sette Cama, projects 1 mile from the line of the coast and

shows up well from the S. Several isolated sand hills stand on

this point and slope S to the banks of the Riviere Massetche,

which is the outlet of Lagune Massetche. A shoal patch, with a

depth of 3.7m, lies about 3.5 miles SW of the point and several

rocks, some of which dry, lie up to about 2 miles NW of the

point.

Between Pointe Pedras and Pointe Banda, 97 miles SE, the

200m curve lies parallel with the coast and about 35 to 38

miles offshore. The regularity of this depth curve may be of assistance to vessels during June, July, and August, when fog

may conceal the land.

The coast between Pointe Pedras and Pointe Matouti, 65

miles SE, is low and wooded, with high flat ranges inland. Between the latter point and Pointe Banda, 32 miles SE, it consists of a sandy beach backed by forests with inland ranges of

hills.

4.10 Gamba Oil Terminal (2°50'S., 10°00'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46453) is situated 10 miles SE of Pointe Pedras. The

tank farm stands 0.5 mile inland. A light is shown from a

framework tower, 40m high, standing close SW of the tank

farm and several conspicuous flares are situated in its vicinity.

It is reported (2007) that this light has been extinguished.

The offshore loading facility, consisting of an SBM, lies 5

miles SW of the terminal and is connected to the shore by a

submarine pipeline. It is situated in a depth of 22m and can

handle vessels up to 150,000 dwt and 17.25m draft.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 6 or 12 and board in the anchorage area. Berthing can be undertaken by day or at night.

Vessels should send an ETA by fax or e-mail 4 days, 72

hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. The 96 hour message

should include the following information: 

1. ETA and intended NOR.

2. Cargo requirements in barrels.

3. Type, number, and SWL of bowstoppers.

4. Oil pollution certificate details.

5. Last port of call.

6. Owner, charterer, operator, flag, port of registry and

year built.

7. SDWT, gt, nrt, loa, beam, and maximum summer

draft.

8. Master’s full name.

9. Address, telephone, and e-mail addresses of operators/managers.

10. Vessel’s call sign.

11. USCG identifier for bills of lading.

12. Arrival and departure drafts.

13. Power voltage in pilot’s cabin. 

14. Segregated ballast tanks (SBT) or clean ballast tanks

(CBT)? If CBT, time required for deballasting if not concurrent with loading.

15. Vessel inerted and IG plant fully operational?

16. Name of agent. 

4.10 The Gamba Terminal, which is operated by Gamba Marine,
74 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

Shell Gabon, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Vessels should then contact the terminal on VHF channel 12

when within range.

A restricted area, 4 miles wide, extends up to 7.5 miles SW

from the coast and encloses the offshore loading facility. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal. Fishing is prohibited within this area.

The designated anchorage area, with a depth of 25m, lies

about 2 miles NW of the SBM.

It is reported (2004) that a jetty situated 0.5 mile S of the

main terminal light is radar conspicuous. 

Caution.—The offshore loading facility is subject to heavy

S to SW swells and operations are sometimes delayed. Local

storms, with violent winds, may be experienced between October and May.

4.11 The Riviere Nyanga (2°58'S., 10°15'E.) lies with its

mouth located 29 miles SE of Pointe Pedras and runs parallel

to the coast, behind a narrow spit of sand, for the last 2.5 miles.

The entrance, which is fronted by a large and shallow bar, was

reported (1980) to be about 200m wide and radar conspicuous.

It is reported to be dangerous as strong currents and a heavy

sea run across the bar. Within the bar there is a depth of 7m. 

A light is shown from a structure standing 1.2 miles NW of

the river entrance when a vessel is expected. A shoal, with a

least depth of 6m, is reported (1976) to lie about 4.5 miles SW

of the light.

Vessels loading timber can anchor in depths of 12 to 13m,

soft mud, about 1.5 miles SW of the light. It is reported (1980)

that vessels up to 33,000 dwt and 176m in length can moor in

this roadstead. However, they may roll heavily due to a com-bination of the NW current and the onshore SW wind.

Mayonami, a settlement located 5 miles above the river

mouth, is reported (2004) to be used as a base for oil field operations.

Pointe Panga (3°15'S., 10°32'E.) is located 24 miles SE of

the mouth of the Riviere Nyanga. The coast between consists

of a sandy beach backed by marshy and brush-covered land. It

is featureless and has no prominent landmarks.

When seen from the N, Pointe Panga presents three or four

saddle-shaped summits and a conspicuous dark red cliff which

is surmounted by dense woods. It is one of the most prominent

landmarks along this part of the coast and cannot be mistaken.

A rocky reef extends up to about 1 mile W of the point and a

small cove indents the shore close N of it. A pillar stands 2

miles N of the point.

Baie de Mayumba is entered between Pointe Panga and

Pointe Matouti (Pointe Kouango), 12 miles SSE. It affords

good shelter during S and SE winds. The shore consists of a

fine sandy beach which is fronted by breakers throughout almost its entire length and is backed by wooded hills. Lagune

Mbanio empties via the Riviere Mayumba into the SE part of

this bay.

4.12 Pointe Matouti (Pointe Kouango) (3°26'S., 10°38'E.)

consists of several low hills which slope seaward. It terminates

in a low point which is surmounted by some huts. A prominent

radio mast stands near the village of Mayumba about 1 mile

NE of the point.

Rocks, some of which dry, fringe the point and extend up to

about 0.2 mile seaward. A reef extends up to about 0.6 mile

NNW from the point and an islet, just showing above the water, lies on it.

A hill rises E of Pointe Matouti and is surmounted by several

houses which are conspicuous from the NW, but are not visible

from the S. The residency building, with a flagstaff, and some

factories are situated at Mayumba, 1 mile NE of Pointe Matouti. These buildings and the road leading to them are prominent. A small airfield is also situated in the vicinity.

Vessels loading timber can anchor in depths of 13 to 14m,

sand and mud, about 1 mile offshore, 3.8 miles N of Pointe

Matouti. It is reported (1995) that vessels up to 19,500 dwt and

156m in length can moor in this roadstead.

The coast between Pointe Matouti and Pointe Banda, 30

miles SE, consists of a sandy beach which is backed by forests.

Inland, the countryside rises to three ranges of hills. Lagune

Mbanio lies parallel to the coast, between 16 and 37 miles SW

of Baie de Mayumba.

Rocher Noir, 1.5m high, lies close offshore, 5 miles SE of

Pointe Matouti. Roche Massanga, a large black rock, lies about

0.2 mile offshore, 3 miles SE of Rocher Noir. Both of these

rocks are located on a coastal bank which extends up to 0.5

mile seaward.

4.13 Lucina Oil Terminal (3°38'S., 10°45'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46454), an offshore loading facility, is situated about

6 miles offshore, 17 miles SSE of Pointe Matouti. The terminal

includes seven production platforms which are connected by

submarine pipelines. Several prominent flares are situated on

these platforms. The loading facility consists of an SBM and a

Floating Storage and Off loading (FSO) tanker, moored 0.5

mile SW. The SBM, to which the tankers moor, and the FSO

(Banio) are situated in a depth of 32m. Vessels up to 130,000

dwt can be handled at the terminal.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF channel 8 and board in the vicinity of

the anchorage area 2 miles NW of the SBM. These pilots are

stationed at Gamba Oil Terminal and are transferred to the storage tanker by helicopter. They board from launches and remain

on board during the entire stay.

Vessels should send an ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, 24

hours, and 12 hours prior to arrival, stating any special requirements and the quantity to be loaded. Vessels should then contact the terminal by VHF when within range.

4.13 The Lucina Terminal, which is operated by Perenco, Gabon,

may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

A designated anchorage area, with a depth of 34m, lies about

2 miles NW of the SBM.

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, surrounds the SBM and the FSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal.

marine-department@shell.com

baniogan64@eikmail.com 

sitebanio@ga.perenco.com 
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 75

Pub. 123

Pointe Banda to Pointe-Noire

4.14 Pointe Banda (3°49'S., 11°00'E.), located 30 miles

SE of Pointe Matouti, is low, rounded, and difficult to dis-tinguish. It may be identified by Colline de la Table, 75m high,

standing near the coast. This hill is surmounted by a clump of

palm trees and a village. The village of Sainte-Marie, situated

1.5 miles SSE of the point, is built on a hill, 20m high, and is

somewhat prominent.

Anchorage may be taken by vessels, with local knowledge,

in a depth of 11m, mud with good holding ground, about 1

mile NNW of Pointe Banda.

Pointe Tshibobo (3°51'S., 11°01'E.), located 2.5 miles SSE

of Pointe Banda, is surmounted by a round hill which is clearly

visible from the S.

The border between Gabon and The Congo (Republic of the

Congo) is situated in the vicinity of the entrance to the Lagune

Mekoundgi, about 9 miles SE of Pointe Tshibobo. The Congo

(Republic of the Congo) is often referred to as Congo-Brazzaville in order to distinguish it from the Democratic Republic of

the Congo (formerly Zaire).

Caution.—Offshore drilling operations, including seismic

surveys, are in progress inshore of the 200m curve between

Pointe Banda and the mouth of the Riviere Massabi (5°02'S.,

12°01'E.). Within this area, drilling rigs, platforms, wellheads,

and submarine pipelines may be encountered. Vessels should

exercise care when navigating in this vicinity as many of the

associated structures and installations are often moved and are

not charted. In addition, some of the platforms and structures

may be disused, abandoned, and unlit.

4.15 Etame Terminal (3°45'S., 10°31'E.) is situated about

29 miles WNW of Pointe Banco and consists of a Floating Production Storage and Offshore (FPSO) facility. The FPSO (Petroleo Nautipa) is moored in a depth of 76m and tankers berth

bow-to-bow with it. Vessels up to 150,000 dwt can be handled.

Pilotage is compulsory within a 2-mile radius of the terminal. Pilots, who act as mooring masters, can be contacted on

VHF channel 72 and board about 2 miles ENE of the FPSO.

Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours. Vessels may

depart at any time but daylight is preferred. 

Vessels should send an initial ETA on departure from the

previous port. Vessels should confirm the ETA 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Changes of 6 hours or

more to the ETA must be reported immediately. Changes of 1

hour or more to the ETA following the 24-hour message must

be reported immediately. Vessels should then contact the FPSO

by VHF 2 hours prior to arrival and report their draft, trim, capacity for loading, details of ballast and time required for discharge, maximum freeboard, quality of inert gas, and any other

relevant information. The initial ETA notification should include the following information: 

1. Vessel’s name, call sign, and Inmarsat numbers.

2. Cargo requirements.

3. Maximum loading rates

4. Arrival draft fore and aft.

5. Last port of call.

6. Confirmation of clean bill of health.

7. Any sickness on board.

8. Distance in meters from the bow to the vessel’s loading manifold.

9. LOA

10. A statement with respect to the ability of the vessel to

make a connection to floating hose 16 inch flange.

11. A statement to the effect that the vessel can perform

closed loading.

12. Confirmation that the vessel is equipped with a bow

stopper able to receive 76mm chain. 

4.15 The Etame Terminal, which is operated by Vaalco, Gabon,

may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

A restricted area, with a diameter of 2 miles, is centered on

the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal.

There is no designated anchorage area. Vessels may anchor

or drift at their discretion. The predominant current in the vicinity of the terminal sets ENE at a rate of 0.5 to 2 knots.

Caution.—Vessels approaching the terminal from the NW

or SE are advised to stay well offshore to avoid the oil and gas

development activities, most of which take place in depths of

less than 200m.

M’bya Terminal (3°53'S., 10°56'E.), an offshore loading facility, is situated 5 miles WSW of Pointe Tshibobo. It con-sists

of an SBM and a mooring buoy, which is for the use of a storage tanker. The terminal is situated in a depth 30m and can

handle vessels up to 150,000 dwt and 18m draft.

It is reported (2005) that the storage tanker has been removed and the loading facility is no longer in use.

4.16 The coast extending between Pointe Tshibobo and

Pointe Tchitembo, 29 miles SE, provides no shelter and is

moderately high. It rises from a thick belt of trees to one or two

ranges of hills which are less elevated than those farther to the

N. Depths of less than 10m lie up to 4 miles seaward of the

shore in places.

The Riviere Conkouati (4°00'S., 11°14'E.) lies with its entrance located about 15.5 miles SE of Pointe Tshibobo. The sea

breaks heavily about 0.4 mile off the mouth of this river, which

is reported to be about 45m wide and radar conspicuous.

Depths of less than 5m are reported to lie up to about 1.8 miles

WSW of the mouth. The village of Conkouati is situated on a

tongue of sand at the S side of the river entrance.

The mouth of the Numbi River, lying 10 miles SE of the

Riviere Conkouati, is also reported to be radar conspicuous. It

is narrow, discharges black water, and is encumbered with numerous black rocks. The village of Madingo is situated close

inside the river mouth, on the E side.

Banc du Haoussa, with a least depth 8.8m, lies about 3.5

miles W of the mouth of the Numbi River, in the approaches to

Baie de Lekonde. This latter bay is a slight indentation in the

coast lying between the mouth of the Numbi River and Pointe

Tchitembo (4°12'S., 11°23'E.), 4.5 miles S. The bay can only

be entered by vessels with light drafts and local knowledge. A

heavy swell sometimes sets into the bay and landing is often

very difficult because of the surf.

oim.nautipa@sg.prosafe.com

master.nautipa@vsl.forms.no 
76 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

Pointe Lekonde, located 1 mile N of Pointe Tchitembo, can

be identified by a small bare hill, with a flat top, which rises

close N of it. A conspicuous road descends from this hill. An

isolated shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 2.5 miles NW

of this point.

Banc du Promethee extends up to about 3 miles W from the

coast between Pointe Lekonde and Pointe Tchitembo. It has

depths of less than 5m, but does not break in calm weather.

4.16 An isolated shoal (existence doubtful), with a depth of 4m,

lies about 4.2 miles W of Pointe Tchitembo.

4.17 The Kouilou River (4°29'S., 11°42'E.) lies 25 miles

SE of Pointe Tchitembo (4°12'S., 11°23'E.). The coast between

consists of a sandy beach backed by forests. Several streams

flow into the sea along this stretch and a few small and landlocked lagoons lie close inland.

A line of low, bare hills stands behind the forests and is broken, 11.5 miles SE of Pointe Tchitembo, by a river. The village

of Longobonda is situated in the vicinity of this river. The coast

between this village and the mouth of the Kouilou River consists of sand dunes which appear white from seaward and are

surmounted in a few places by palm trees.

Banc du Mulet (4°28'S., 11°33'E.), with a least depth of

5.8m, lies centered about 8 miles W of the entrance to the

Kouilou River. It is a narrow ridge of hard sand and rock which

lies parallel to the coast. An obstruction is reported to lie about

5 miles S of the N end of this bank.

The entrance to the Kouilou River is encumbered with shifting sand banks and a dangerous bar, on which the sea breaks

heavily. During the rainy season, discolored water extends up

to 7 miles seaward of the river mouth. The village of Bas

Kouilou, a small wood-loading terminal, is situated close within the mouth of the river. Ocean-going vessels can anchor in a

depth of 9m about 2 miles W of the river mouth, but cargo operations are frequently interrupted by winds, swells, and the

condition of the bar.

Loango Oil Field (4°30'S., 11°16'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 26 miles W of the mouth of the Kouilou

River. 

Ikalou Oil Field (4°33'S., 11°21'E.), with several well

heads, lies centered 22 miles WSW of the mouth of the Kouilou River. 

Kombi Oil Field (4°37'S., 11°21'E.), with several well

heads, lies centered 23 miles WSW of the mouth of the Kouilou River. 

Zatchi Oil Field (4°31'S., 11°25'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 17 miles W of the mouth of the Kouilou River.

Marine XI Oil Field (4°45'S., 11°34'E.), with several well

heads, lies centered 18 miles SSW of the mouth of the Kouilou

River.

Marine VI Oil Field (4°41'S., 11°24'E.), with several well

heads, lies centered 22 miles SW of the mouth of the Kouilou

River and close N of Yanga Oil Field.

Caution.—Several platforms, some of which have prom-inent flares, and numerous well heads are situated between about

15 and 26 miles W of the mouth of the Kouilou River. These

structures are connected by submarine pipelines which may

best be seen on the chart.

4.18 Yombo Oil Terminal (4°27'S., 11°06'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46460), situated about 30 miles W of the mouth of

the Kouilou River, consists of a Floating Production Storage

and Offshore (FPSO) facility. The FPSO (Conkouati) is

moored in a depth of 100m and connected by submarine pipelines to production platforms which are situated 1.5 miles SSW

and 1.5 miles SW of it. The terminal can handle vessels up to

155,000 dwt, 280m in length, 53m beam, and 15m draft. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board 4 miles N

of the FPSO. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours

but vessels may depart at any time. Tankers berth starboard

side-to alongside the port side of the FPSO.

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance. The terminal should also be notified if the

ETA changes by more than 2 hours. Vessels should then maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 12 and 2182 kHz beginning 12 hours before arrival and contact the terminal when

within range. The operators can be contacted by e-mail as follows: 

A designated anchorage area, with a radius of 1 mile, is centered about 12 miles NE of the FPSO, in a depth of 38m.

A restricted area, about 6 miles wide, surrounds the terminal

and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels are prohibited from

entering this area without prior permission from the terminal.

All tankers shall fly the Republic of Congo national flag during

daylight while berthed at the terminal.

Caution.—Vessels approaching the terminal from the NW

or SE are advised to stay well offshore to avoid the oil and gas

development activities, most of which take place in depths of

less than 200m.

4.18 Local storms, with violent winds for brief periods, may be

experienced between November and March, with January being the month of greatest frequency.

4.19 Baie de Loango (4°38'S., 11°49'E.) is easily iden-tified and lies between the entrance of the Kouilou River and

Pointe Indienne, 12 miles SSW. The head of the bay, when

seen from a distance of about 3 miles, appears as a thick line of

trees of uniform height surmounting the beach. A flat-topped

hill with precipitous shoulders shows above the treetops to the

N and close inland of the head. A continuous chain of hills extends S from the vicinity of the head and decreases in elevation. Two prominent groups of hills, with bare summits, stand

close S of the bay. The vegetation on these hills grows in lines

and forms the appearance of cultivated fields separated by

hedges.

Pointe Indienne (4°39'S., 11°47'E.) is low, wooded, and surmounted by the ruins of a lighthouse. It is easily identified

from the N or S. Low cliffs, covered with vegetation, rise close

inland of the point and are surmounted by several bare hills

with a reddish tinge. A conspicuous white building stands l.5

miles E of the point and a flare is situated 0.7 mile SSE of it.

The town of Loango is built on two bluffs, 1.8 miles ENE of

the point.

A rocky spit, with depths of less than 10m, extends up to

about 3 miles NW of Pointe Indienne and the sea breaks vioebilongo@cg.perenco.com 
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 77

Pub. 123

lently over it. A strong current, setting NNE, may be experienced off this spit. Another spit, narrow and sandy, extends up

to about 3 miles NE of the point and encloses a salt water lagoon.

Good anchorage can be obtained in a depth of 8m, excellent

holding ground, about 2.5 miles N of Pointe Indienne. How-ever, vessels should guard against E squalls, which are sometimes violent during the rainy season.

A conspicuous stranded wreck lies 1.3 miles S of Pointe Indienne.

Banc du Conflict (4°42'S., 11°45'E.), with a least depth of

8.4m, lies centered about 3 miles SSW of Pointe Indienne.

A prominent tank farm stands 4.8 miles SE of Pointe Indienne and a refinery, with a prominent flare, is situated 1.2 miles

SE of it.

Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 1.3 miles SW from

a point on the shore located in the vicinity of the tank farm.

Pointe-Noire (4°47'S., 11°50'E.)

World Port Index No. 46470

4.20 The Port of Pointe-Noire lies within Baie de PointeNoire, which is entered between Pointe Indienne and Pointe

Noire, 8 mile SSE. The port is the principal harbor of the

Republic of the Congo and includes several factories, saw

mills, and palm oil production facilities.

Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.6m at springs and

1.3m at neaps.

The current within Baie de Pointe-Noire usually sets NNE

under the influence of the prevailing winds. It generally attains

a rate of less than 1 knot, but may attain a rate of 1.1 knots during the month of May. The tidal currents within the harbor are

weak.

Depths—Limitations.—Digue Exterieure, the main outer

breakwater, extends 1 mile N in a curve from Pointe-Noire and

forms the W side of the harbor. Digue Interieure, the inner

breakwater, extends 0.5 mile E from near the head of Digue

Exterieure and forms the N side of the harbor. A detached

breakwater, 0.4 mile long, forms the E side of the harbor and

may best be seen on the chart.

The main harbor entrance lies between the NW head of the

detached breakwater and the E head of Digue Interieure.

Banc de l’Astrolabe lies about 1.7 miles NNE of the head of

the outer breakwater. It has a least depth of 5.8m and lies parallel to the coast.

Banc Songolo, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about 1.5

miles NE of the head of the outer breakwater.

Banc des Anglais, with a least depth of 13m, lies about 1.5

miles WNW of the head of the outer breakwater.

Banc du Sagittaire, with a least depth of 10m, and Banc de la

Syzygie, with a least depth of 9.8m, lie about 1 mile WSW and

0.7 mile SW, respectively, of the head of the outer breakwater.

Banc de la Pointe, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 0.3 mile W of Pointe-Noire.

There is a minimum depth of 10.2m in the approach to the

harbor. It is reported (2004) that the minimum depth is 9.8m.

Quay G, situated at the N side of the harbor basin, is 520m

long. It provides three berths for general cargo and ore and has

depths of 10 to 11.7m alongside.

Quay D, situated at the W side of the harbor basin, is 720m

long. It provides five berths for general cargo and has depths of

7.9 to 9m alongside.

Mole Quay No.1, situated at the S side of the harbor, is 350m

long. It provides two berths for general cargo, containers, and

ro-ro vessels and has depths of 5.1 to 9.4m alongside.

An oil and gas tanker berth, with a depth of 10m alongside,

is situated on the N side of Mole Quay No.1.

A quay, 600m long, fronts the shore 1 mile E of the harbor

entrance. It has depths of 5 to 6.8m alongside and is used by oil

installation service vessels.

Tankers up to 230m in length and 10.2m draft and bulk ore

vessels of up to 200m in length and 10.4m draft can usually be

accommodated within the port.

Aspect.—Two conspicuous silos, 28m high, stand 0.5 mile S

of the head of the outer breakwater. Another silo, 50m high,

stands near the root of the inner breakwater. A conspicuous

spherical tank is situated 1.3 miles SSE of the head of the outer

breakwater.

4.20 Pointe-Noire Light (4°48'S., 11°50'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 20m high, standing 0.4 mile E of the spherical tank. A prominent building, 54m high, and two radio

masts, each 66m high, are situated 0.7 mile ESE and 1.6 miles

ENE, respectively, of the light. A conspicuous cathedral, surmounted by two red lights, stands 0.6 mile SE of Pointe-Noire

Light. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 4 miles

SE of Pointe-Noire Light.

A disused potash pier, 0.8 mile long, extends SW from a

point on the shore located 2 miles SE of Pointe-Noire. It is reported to be radar conspicuous.

A lighted buoy, which marks the edge of the coastal bank, is

moored about 0.2 mile N of the head of the inner breakwater.

An outer lighted buoy is moored about 0.4 mile NE of the head

of the outer breakwater. Two pylons, standing in the S part of

the harbor, form a range which indicates the passage through

the main entrance.

Pointe-Noire Home Page

http://www.congoport-papn.com

Pointe-Noire Light
78 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 100

grt. Cargo vessels may enter at any time but tankers may only

berth during daylight hours. Pilots can be contacted on VHF

channel 16 and board about 0.6 mile NNE of the head of the

outer breakwater. Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours and 12

hours in advance.

4.20 Contact Information.—The port of Pointe-Noire may be

contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Anchorage.—Vessels generally anchor in a depth of 14m

about 0.8 mile N of the head of the outer breakwater. The rollers at this anchorage are heavy and vessels are advised to keep

an underkeel clearance of at least 3m.

An anchorage area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

close NE of the N head of the detached breakwater. It is used

by vessels loading timber and has depths of 5.9 to 8.5m.

A designated anchorage (waiting area) lies about 4.5 miles

NW of the head of the outer breakwater. It has a depth of 25m

and is generally used by large vessels proceeding to Djeno Offshore Terminal (see paragraph 4.23).

Caution.—It is reported (1995-2004) that the authorized

maximum draft for entry is reduced at times due to silting. Vessels are advised to contact the port authority for the latest information in regard to depths within the harbor. 

A number of dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches to the

harbor and may best be seen on the chart.

It is reported (2004) that a disused (unlit) oil platform is situated in the N part of the bay, about 2 miles N of the head of the

outer breakwater.

The sandy shoals and drying banks lying NE and E of the N

part of the outer breakwater are reported (1994) to be ex-tending seaward.

A spoil ground area lies 1.5 miles NE of the head of the outer

breakwater, between Banc de l’Astrolabe and Banc Songolo.

A log pond area, with several mooring buoys, lies adjacent to

the E side of detached breakwater.

Vessels approaching from the N should use care to avoid

Banc du Conflict. Vessels from the S should use care to avoid

the dangers lying up to 2 miles W of Pointe-Noire.

The head of the outer breakwater should be given a wide

berth, as the swell forms heavy rollers, especially between May

and October.

An anchorage prohibited area, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends up to 0.5 mile N of the main harbor entrance.

Offshore oil drilling and production operations are in progress within the approaches to the port. Drilling rigs, platforms, well heads, and submarine pipelines may be encountered. Vessels should exercise care when navigating in the approaches, as many of the associated structures and installations are often moved and are not charted. In addition, vessels are prohibited from anchoring or fishing in the vicinity of

the submarine pipelines.

Oil production platforms may often be anchored within Baie

de Pointe-Noire.

Pointe-Noire to the Riviere Massabi

4.21 The coast between Pointe-Noire and Pointe Mvasa, 7

miles SE, consists of a narrow beach backed by a ridge, about

12m high. The shore is exposed to the prevailing wind and

swell and the surf breaks very heavily along it.

Pointe Mvasa (Fausse Pointe Noire) (4°53'S., 11°54'E.) is

7m high, rocky, and steep. The mouth of Lagune M’Vassa lies

close N of this point.

The N end of Lagune Malonda lies about 11 miles SE of

Pointe-Noire. This lagoon lies close inland and extends parallel

to the coast for about 4 miles.

The Riviere Massabi (5°02'S., 12°01'E.) lies 19 miles SE of

Pointe-Noire. Its mouth, which forms a common entrance with

the Riviere Loeme, is only about 60m wide and has a least

depth of 0.5m. Anchorage can be taken, by vessels with local

knowledge, in a depth of 10m, fairly good holding ground,

about 1 mile offshore. This stretch of coast has very few prominent landmarks.

The border between The Congo (Republic of Congo) and

Angola (Cabinda) is situated in the vicinity of the mouth of the

Riviere Massabi and is marked by beacons.

4.22 Djeno (4°55'S., 11°56'E.), a submarine pipeline landing terminal, is situated 10 miles SE of Pointe-Noire. A light,

which indicates the offshore oil installations, is shown from a

framework pylon structure, 17m high, standing on the shore. A

prominent radio mast, with an elevation of 110m high, is situated close to the light.

Djeno Offshore Terminal (4°56'S., 11°54'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46472) consists of a loading SBM, which is moored

about 2 miles SW of Djeno, in a depth of 23m. The terminal

can handle vessels of between 40,000 and 140,000 dwt, up to

320m in length, and up to 16m draft. Partially-loaded vessels

up to 240,000 dwt can also be handled.

The terminal is approached from the NW via Baie de PointeNoire. The prevailing current in the vicinity of the terminal

runs strongly NW.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

are provided by the station at the Port of Pointe-Noire. They

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board about 2.3 miles

W of the head of the outer main breakwater. Vessels should

send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. 

An outer designated anchorage area (waiting area) is situated

about 4.5 miles NW of the head of the Pointe-Noire outer

breakwater (see paragraph 4.20).

A restricted area, with a radius of 1 mile, is centered on the

SBMs. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without

prior permission from the terminal.

Caution.—If weather conditions are poor, the maximum authorized draft allowable for entry may be reduced.

4.23 Yango Oil Field (4°44'S., 11°24'E.) lies centered 33

miles WNW of Djeno. A prominent flare is located at the central platform.

Kitina Oil Field (4°55'S., 11°23'E.) lies centered 9 miles

SSW of Yango Oil Field.

Sendji Oil Field (4°47'S., 11°28'E.) lies centered 5 miles SE

of Yango Oil Field.

Tchibouela Oil Field (4°54'S., 11°40'E.) lies centered 17

miles W of Djeno.

Tchendo Oil Field (5°02'S., 11°39'E.) lies centered 18 miles

WSW of Djeno. 

info@congoport-papn.com
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 79

Pub. 123

Emeraude Oil Field (5°03'S., 11°47'E.), an extensive field

with several platforms, lies centered 11 miles SW of Djeno.

Likouala Oil Field (5°13'S., 11°43'E.), an extensive field,

lies centered 22 miles SW of Djeno.

Caution.—Restricted areas, the limits of which may be seen

on the chart, enclose some of the above oil fields. Vessels without permission are prohibited from navigating within these areas.

Numerous submarine pipelines and submarine cables lie in

the vicinity of the above oil fields and may best be seen on the

chart. Vessels are prohibited from anchoring or fishing in their

vicinity.

Oil and gas exploration and production operations are in

progress in the vicinity of the above offshore fields. Numerous

drilling rigs, platforms, and well heads may be encountered.

Vessels should exercise care when navigating in this area as

many of the associated structures and installations are often

moved and may be unlit or not charted.

4.24 N’Kossa Oil Field (5°15'S., 11°34'E.) lies 30 miles

SW of Djeno. It consists of two production platforms and a

large production barge, which displays a conspicuous flare at

an elevation of 83m. 

N’Kossa Terminal (5°15'S., 11°36'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46473), operated by Elf Congo, consists of two Floating

Storage and Off loading (FSO) vessels. One FSO (N’Kossa 1),

is used for crude oil storage; the second FSO (N’Kossa 2),

which is moored 2 miles NW, is used for LPG storage. Vessels

up to 280,000 dwt can be handled at N’Kossa 1, which is

moored with a bow turret in a depth of 126m. 

4.24 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 9 and board about 3 miles N

of the terminal. Berthing is done only during daylight hours but

vessels may depart at any time. Tankers moor bow to stern in

tandem with the FSO. Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours,

48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.

4.24 A designated tanker (waiting area) anchorage, with a radius

of 1.5 miles, is situated 11 miles W of Djeno. A designated approach channel leads through the oil fields from this anchorage

area to the terminal. The channel, which is 2.5 miles wide, extends SSW for 14 miles. This anchorage is also used by vessels

proceeding to Djeno Terminal (see paragraph 4.23).

4.24 An outer designated waiting area, with a radius of 3 miles, is

situated about 13 miles NW of the terminal. Vessels waiting in

this area must not allow themselves to drift E of 11°27.5'E.

There is no designated outer anchorage area due to the depth of

water.

4.24 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, surrounds the oil field and the terminal. Vessels are prohibited

from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal.

The Riviere Massabi to the Congo River

4.25 Between the Riviere Massabi (5°02'S., 12°01'E.) and

the mouth of the Congo River, 62 miles SSE, the prevailing nature of the bottom near the coast and in depths of up to 20m is

mud. Farther offshore, the bottom consists of gray muddy sand,

sand and gravel, and sand mixed with coral. The latter is more

general in the mouth of the Congo River.

A dangerous wreck, consisting of a former drilling platform,

lies 11.5 miles SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi

Caution.—An extensive area, where oil and gas exploration

and production operations are in progress, extends up to about

40 miles offshore between the mouth of the Riviere Massabi

and the mouth of the Congo River. Numerous drilling rigs,

platforms, submarine pipelines, and wellheads may be encountered. Vessels should exercise care when navigating in this

area as many of the associated structures and installations are

often moved and may be unlit or not charted.

4.26 Kuito Oil Field (5°28'S., 11°32'E.) lies centered 40

miles SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and about 10

miles S of N’Kossa Oil Field. 

Kuito Oil Terminal (5°28'S., 11°30'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46488), operated by Gabinda Gulf Oil Company Angola,

consists of a Floating Production Storage and Offshore (FPSO)

facility and an SBM. The FPSO (Kuito) and the SBM, to which

the tankers moor, are situated in a depth of 414m. Vessels up to

320,000 dwt and 350m in length can be handled. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who also act as mooring masters, can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 69 and board

about 3 miles NW of the SBM. Berthing is carried out only

during daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time. Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in

advance. They should then contact the terminal by VHF when

within range. A light (Morse code U), with a range of 10 miles,

is shown from the SBM. The ETA messages should contain the

following information: 

1. Vessel’s name.

2. ETA in GMT.

3. Masters name.

4. Estimated arrival draft (fore and aft) and displacement.

5. Time for discharging clean ballast.

6. Any delays involved in travel to intermediate port.

7. Quantity of cargo required and any special requirements.

8. Vessel’s Inmarsat telephone and fax numbers.

9. Any defects in the vessel or equipment. 

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 3 miles, lies centered about 10 miles SW of the terminal. There is no designated anchorage area due to the depth of water.

4.26 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, surrounds the oil field and the terminal. Vessels are prohibited

from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal. 

4.27 Takula Oil Field (5°15'S., 11°50'E.) lies centered 17

miles SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and consists of

several platforms, some with prominent flares.

Wamba Oil Field (5°12'S., 11°50'E.) lies centered 15 miles

SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and adjacent to the N

side of Takula Oil Field.

Banzala Oil Field (5°11'S., 11°55'E.) lies centered 10 miles

SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and 6 miles NE of

Takula Oil Field.

Numbi Oil Field (5°19'S., 11°57'E.) lies centered 17 miles

SSW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and 6 miles SE of

Takula Oil Field.
80 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

Nemba Oil Field (5°24'S., 11°40'E.) lies centered 31 miles

SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and 13 miles SW of

Takula Oil Field.

Lomba Oil Field (5°21'S., 11°38'E.) lies centered 30 miles

SW of the mouth of the Riviere Massabi and 4 miles NNW of

Nemba Oil Field.

4.27 Caution.—Restricted areas, the limits of which may be seen

on the chart, enclose some of the above oil fields. Vessels without permission are prohibited from navigating within these areas.

Several production platforms are situated within the above

oil fields. In addition, numerous submarine pipelines, sub-marine cables, and well heads lie in the vicinity of the above oil

fields and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels are prohibited

from anchoring or fishing in their vicinity.

4.28 Takula Oil Terminal (5°13'S., 11°47'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46485) is situated 16 miles W of the mouth of the

Riviere Massabi and at the NW side of the Takula Oil Field.

The terminal, which can handle vessels up to 300,000 dwt,

consists of an SBM moored in a depth of 69m. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act mooring masters, can be contacted by

VHF and board about 1.5 miles NW of the SBM. Berthing is

carried out only during daylight hours but vessels may depart

at any time. 

A designated anchorage area about 1.5 miles NW of the

SBM. 

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, encloses the oil field and terminal. Vessels are prohibited from

entering this area without prior permission.

It is reported (2004) that Takula Terminal is only used in an

emergency as oil is presently stored and exported via the Malongo Terminal.

4.29 The Rio Chiloango (5°12'S., 12°08'E.), with its

mouth lying 12 miles SSE of the Riviere Massabi, is indicated

by several red hills which fall steeply to the beach. Discoloration of the sea has been observed up to about 7 miles seaward

of the entrance to this river. The bar fronting the river entrance

can be crossed by small vessels with local knowledge, but it is

dangerous because of the surf.

4.29 The coast between the Riviere Massabi and the Rio Chiloango rises to moderately high hills. A ridge of hills extends S

from the vicinity of the Rio Chiloango to the mouth of the

Congo River. It stands between 5 and 8 miles inland and attains

heights of 120 to 156m.

Ponta Cacongo (Ponta de Landana) (5°14'S., 12°07'E.) is

located 2.5 miles S of the mouth of the Rio Chiloango. It is

conspicuous and presents a bold and bluff appearance. Ponta

Cacongo Light is shown from a square tower with a dwelling,

9m high, standing on the point. A prominent hospital, with a

red roof, is situated 0.5 mile NNE of the light.

Baia de Cacongo (Enseada Landana) (5°14'S., 12°09'E.)

lies between the mouth of the Rio Chiloango and Ponta Cacongo. The village of Cacongo (Landana) (Vila Guilherme Capelo) is situated at the head of this bay. A conspicuous

administration building, with a flagstaff, stands on a bluff close

S of the village. Cargo can be worked at the roadstead by lighters, but this bay is little frequented as the anchorage is poor, a

considerable distance offshore, and subject to bad swells.

Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor in a depth of

9m, mud, about 3 miles W of the administration building. The

bottom is rocky in depths of less than 5m.

4.30 Ponta de Malembo (5°20'S., 12°10'E.) is located 5.6

miles SSE of Ponta Cacongo. It lies at the S end of Baia de

Malembo and consists of a grassy tongue of land extending

NNW from the base of several abrupt and red chalky cliffs.

These cliffs, which are surmounted by vegetation, line the

coast to the N and S of the bay and are about 30m high. They

assist in identifying the bay, which is reported to be difficult to

distinguish from offshore.

A narrow rocky shoal, with depths of less than 5m, extends

up to about 1 mile NW of Ponta de Malembo.

The village of Malembo is situated 1 mile SE of Ponta de

Malembo; a prominent water tower stands in its S part. Another prominent water tower surmounts the red cliffs, 1 mile ENE

of the point. Large vessels usually anchor, in a depth of 11m,

well to the N of the bay and NW of Ponta de Malembo. Small

craft can anchor within the bay, but are exposed to the heavy

swell. Rollers are also frequent and heavy. They occur, more

often than not, during calms.

Caution.—Vessels without local knowledge are advised not

to approach the coast between Baia de Cacongo and Baia de

Malembo in depths of less than 11m.

Baia de Malembo lies within a restricted area. Vessels should

receive permission from the authorities prior to anchoring

within this area.

4.31 Malongo Oil and Gas Field (5°24'S., 12°04'E.) lies

between Ponta de Malembo and Ponta de Tafe, 15 miles S.

This field extends up to 13 miles offshore and may best be seen

on the chart. It consists of Malongo North Field, Malongo

South Field, Malongo West Field, Limba Field, Lifuma Field,

and Kungulo Field.

Platform Juliet (5°25'S., 11°59'E.), which is situated 12.5

miles W of Malongo, is equipped with a racon and a prominent

flare burns on a platform standing close W of it.

Vuko Oil Field (5°23'S., 11°57'E.) lies centered 15 miles W

of Malongo and 3 miles NW of Platform Juliet.

Kali Oil Field (5°34'S., 11°59'E.) lies centered 16 miles SW

of Malongo and 9 miles S of Platform Juliet.

Caution.—Numerous production platforms, well heads,

submarine pipelines, and flares exist within the above fields,

some of which may be unlit or not charted.

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, encloses the Malongo Oil and Gas Field. Vessels not proceeding

to or from the facilities or terminals are prohibited from en-tering this area without prior permission.

4.32 Malongo (5°26'S., 12°05'E.), a submarine pipeline

landing terminal and supply base, is situated 4 miles SSE of

Ponta de Malembo. A prominent tank farm and a flare are situated near the shore and are fronted by an L-shaped jetty. This

jetty, which extends WSW for 183m and then NW for 91m, is

used by small coasters and oil production service vessels, but is

subject to a heavy swell. It has depths of 5 to 7.6m alongside.

A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates

the approach. The structures are situated in the vicinity of the

tank farm. A prominent radio tower, 125m high, stands about
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 81

Pub. 123

0.5 mile SE of the rear range structure. Pilotage is compulsory

except for small vessels which call regularly. Local knowledge

is advised. 

Oil production support vessels anchor in an area lying about

3.2 miles WNW of the landing terminal. Cargo vessels anchor

in the Malongo Freighter Anchorage (see Baia de Cabinda).

Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches

to the terminal and may best be seen on the chart.

Numerous submarine pipelines, which may best be seen on

the chart, extend from various offshore fields and are landed

close SSE of the jetty.

4.33 Malongo Terminal (5°26'S., 12°05'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46487), which is known locally as Cabinda Terminal, consists of an offshore oil-loading facility and an offshore

LPG-loading facility. 

The oil facility consists of two SBMs. Malongo SBM No. 1

is moored in a depth of 23m about 6 miles ESE of Platform

Juliet. It can handle vessels up to 140,000 dwt and 16.8m draft.

Malongo SBM No. 2 is moored in a depth of 32m about 3.5

miles SE of Platform Juliet. It can handle vessels up to 325,000

dwt and 350m in length.

The LPG facility is situated 1.5 miles E of Platform Juliet

and consists of a Floating Storage and Off loading (FSO) vessel. The FSO (Berge Troll) is secured to an SBM which is

moored in a depth of 30.5m. Vessels berth with their starboard

side alongside the port side of the FSO. Vessels up to 50,000

dwt can be handled.

During the rainy season, from the middle of October to the

end of April, local thunderstorms may be experienced, particularly from December onwards. These storms are usually accompanied by heavy rains, which last up to 3 or 4 hours, and

occasionally by sudden squalls with winds of up to 75 knots.

Generally, the winds are mostly from the S and at less than 20

knots. During the dry season, a long SW swell affects this area

and may exceed 4.5m in height.

In the vicinity of the anchorage area, the current generally

sets between NW and NNW. It sometimes exceeds 3 knots, being affected by the outflow from the Congo River. In the dry

season, a SSW current can be experienced.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board in position 5°28.0'S, 11°58.0'E. Berthing is carried out only during

daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time. 

4.33 The Malongo Terminal Marine Operators may be contacted

by e-mail, as follows:

A designated anchorage (waiting area), with a radius of 1

mile, lies centered about 4 miles SSW of Platform Juliet and

has depths of 38 to 40m.

Restricted areas, which may best be seen on the chart, enclose the various loading facilities and terminals. Vessels are

prohibited from entering these areas without prior permission.

Vessels must fly the national flag of Angola during daylight

and at night when moored at the terminal.

Caution.—Numerous production platforms and submarine

pipelines are situated in the approaches to the terminal. Vessels

are advised to approach the terminal during daylight hours. At

night, the lights and flares of the various structures may be confusing and some obstructions may be unlit. 

4.34 Praia de Futila (5°26'S., 12°13'E.), a village, stands

3.5 miles SSE of Malongo. The coast in this vicinity is formed

by a broad, low plain which is studded with palm trees. The

River Lulondo flows into the sea 1.5 miles S of this village.

4.34 A bank of sand and rock, with depths of less than 5m, fronts

this village and extends up to about 1.5 miles offshore. This

bank also fronts the coast to the S and extends up to about 3

miles seaward from the head of Baia de Cabinda. Shoal depths

of less than 5m lie on the outer edge of this bank, but the sea

does not usually break on it. Vessels without local knowledge

are advised to give this stretch of coast a wide berth.

Ponta de Tafe (5°33'S., 12°11'E.), low and covered by bushes, is located 9.5 mile S of Malongo and forms the SW entrance point of Baia da Cabinda. Ponta de Tafe Light is shown

from a tower with a hut, 20m high, standing on the point. A

prominent monument surmounts a cliff about 0.5 mile SSW of

the point. A radio mast, 57m high, stands 1 mile SE of the

point. An aeronautical light is occasionally shown from a structure standing in the vicinity of the airfield, about 2.5 miles SSE

of Ponta de Tafe.

Several rocks, on which the sea breaks, front Ponta de Tafe

and the coastal bank, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 2 miles WSW of it.

4.35 Futila Oil Terminal (5°27'S., 12°11'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46495), an offshore facility, is located 2.3 miles SW

of Praia de Futila. It consists of four mooring buoys which are

situated in a depth of 6.8m. A submarine pipeline extends NE

from the berth to the shore. Vessels up to 6,500 dwt and 4.5m

draft can be handled. 

Vessels must send an ETA via the agent in Cabinda 72 hours,

48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. The message must state the

vessel’s name, ETA, master’s name, arrival draft (fore and aft),

time to discharge ballast, quantity of segregated ballast on

board, and quantity of cargo to load or discharge. Vessels

should then contact the terminal when within VHF range. They

should approach the terminal from the S.

Pilotage is compulsory. Berthing is carried out only during

daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time. The pilot

(mooring master) can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 74

and boards in the Malongo Freighter Anchorage (see paragraph

4.36).

The terminal is situated within the restricted area which surrounds the Malongo Oil and Gas Fields. Vessels are prohibited

from entering this area without prior permission.

4.36 Baia de Cabinda (5°32'S., 12°12'E.) (World Port InMalongo Jetty

amrmr@chevrontexaco.com
82 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

dex No. 46490) lies E of Ponta de Tafe and is mostly encumbered by the coastal bank. Baixo do Bele, a rocky shoal, lies in

the middle of the bay. It has a least depth of 2.5m and is located

2 miles NNE of Ponta de Tafe (see paragraph 4.34).

The head of the bay consists of a sandy beach backed by

lofty cliffs, green hills, and deep valleys. The town of Cabinda

is situated 0.7 mile E of Ponta de Tafe and is hidden by the

trees which stand on the sides and summit of an area of elevated land. A prominent three-story structure stands in the town, 1

mile SE of Ponta de Tafe. It was originally used as a lighthouse, but is now a clock tower. An airfield is situated on the S

side of the town.

Several factories stand along the bay and an L-shaped pier,

100m long, fronts the shore, 0.5 mile E of Ponta de Tafe.

Vessels may anchor, to discharge or load cargo from barges,

in a depth of 9m, mud, about 2.3 miles WNW of Ponta de Tafe

or closer inshore according to their draft. Small vessels with

light drafts may anchor in a depth of 4.6m about 0.4 mile N of

the head of the L-shaped pier. A lighted range, which may best

be seen on the chart, indicates this inner roadstead. Pilotage is

not available.

Malongo Freighter Anchorage, a designated anchorage area,

lies centered about 3.5 miles NW of Ponta de Tafe Light and

has depths of 10 to 11m.

Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches

to Baia de Cabinda and may best be seen on the chart.

4.37 Between Ponta de Tafe and the entrance to the Congo

River, 30 miles SSE, the country is particularly fertile and

well-populated. 

A prominent radio tower stands close to the shore, 5 miles

SSW of Ponta de Tafe.

The coast between Ponta de Tafe and Ponta Vermelha, 7

miles SSW, is fronted by a shoal bank which extends up to

about 1.5 miles offshore and is generally indicated in places by

breakers. Vessels should not approach this stretch of the coast

in depths of less than 22m, as rollers have been known to break

in depths of 13m and up to about 5 miles offshore.

The shore extending to 4 miles SSE of Ponta Vermelha is

low and fringed with forests. A chain of reddish-colored hills,

with nearly uniform height, rises close inland 3 miles S of Cabinda and extends almost to the N bank of the Congo River.

The border between Angola (Cabinda) and the Democratic

Republic of the Congo (formerly Zaire) is situated about 8

miles SSE of Pointe Vermelha and is marked by three beacons.

4.37 Pointe Kipundji (Kupundji) (5°53'S., 12°18'E.) is located

17 miles SE of Pointe Vermelha. The shore between is fringed

by a narrow sandy beach. Pointe Kipundji Light is shown from

a metal tower, 9m high, standing on this point and the con-spicuous village of Vista (Nsiamfumu), consisting of 30 houses,

stands 1 mile NW of it. The village of Muanda (Mo-anda),

with an airfield, is situated 4 miles SE of Pointe Kip-undji.

Mona Mazea Bank (Banc Mona Mazea), an extensive shoal,

fronts the coast between a point located 5 miles SSE of Ponta

Vermelha and the entrance to the Congo River. This shoal has

depths of less than 5m and extends up to about 5.5 miles offshore in places. Vessels are advised to avoid this shoal bank

and remain in depths of over 10m, as a constant swell, frequent

rollers, and a strong current from the river are frequently experienced in this vicinity. The bank is also reported to be extending in a W direction.

Caution.—Numerous fishing canoes may be encountered

close off the coast between Ponta de Tafe and the Congo River.

4.38 Kokonga Oil Field (5°36'S., 11°42'E.), with several

production platforms, lies centered 30 miles WSW of Ponta de

Tafe.

Bomboco Oil Field (5°33'S., 11°43'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies centered 29 miles W of Ponta de Tafe.

Landana Oil Field (5°39'S., 11°32'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies centered 39 miles WSW of Ponta de Tafe.

N’Dola North Oil Field (5°41'S., 11°46'E.), with several

platforms, lies centered 26 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

South Sanha Oil Field (5°41'S., 11°49'E.), with several

platforms, lies centered 24 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

N’Dola Oil Field (5°45'S., 11°49'E.), consisting of several

wellheads, lies centered 25 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

Minzu Oil Field (5°45'S., 11°41'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies 32 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

N’Kassa Oil Field (5°49'S., 11°42'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies centered 33 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

M’Bili Oil Field (5°49'S., 11°52'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies centered 24 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

N’Tene Oil Field (5°52'S., 11°51'E.), consisting of several

well heads, lies centered 27 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe.

Kambala Oil Field (5°43'S., 12°05'E.), with several production platforms, lies centered 12 miles SSW of Ponta de

Tafe.

Livuite Oil Field (5°47'S., 12°04'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 15 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe and 3 miles SSW of

Kambala Oil Field.

Livuita Gas Field (5°45'S., 12°01'E.), consisting of several

wellheads, lies centered 16 miles SW of Ponta de Tafe and 5

miles W of Kambala Oil Field.

Caution.—Numerous platforms, well heads, submarine

pipelines, and flares exist within the above fields, some of

which may be unlit or not charted.

Restricted areas, which may best be seen on the chart, surround several of the above fields. Vessels not proceeding to or

from the facilities or terminals are prohibited from entering

these areas without prior permission.

4.39 Sanha LPG Terminal (5°38'S., 11°51'E.) is situated

20 miles WSW of Ponta de Tafe and about 2 miles NE of the

South Sanha Oil Field. It consists of a Floating Production

Storage and Offshore (FPSO) facility, which is moored in a

depth of 62m. Vessels berth either in tandem or alongside the

FPSO.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF channels 16, 90A, or 91 and board

about 3.5 miles NE of the FPSO. Berthing and departing are

carried out only during daylight hours.

Vessels should send an ETA via the agent in Cabinda 7 days,

72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. The message

should state vessel name, ETA, master’s name, estimated arrival draft (fore and aft) and displacement, delays expected at any

enroute ports, quantity of cargo required and any special requirements, vessel’s Inmarsat telephone and fax numbers, any

defects in vessel equipment, whether cargo tanks cooled and
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 83

Pub. 123

ready to receive cargo, and parallel body measurement. Vessels

should contact the terminal and the security patrol boat (patrol

boat DA or DB) on VHF channel 16 when within range.

Vessels should approach the terminal from the NW or SW.

There is a least depth of 53m in the NW approach and 47m in

the SW approach. Vessels should avoid passing between the

various restricted areas surrounding the oil fields lying up to 30

miles NW of the terminal.

A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, surrounds the terminal, the South Sanha Oil Field, and the N’Dola

North Oil Field. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area

without prior permission.

4.40 Lukami Oil Field (5°51'S., 12°08'E.), with several

platforms, lies centered 10 miles WNW of Pointe Kipundji.

Motoba Oil Field (5°51'S., 12°10'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 8 miles WNW of Pointe Kipundji.

Mibale Oil Field (5°50'S., 12°12'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 5 miles NW of Pointe Kipundji.

Mwambe Oil Field (5°51'S., 12°14'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 4 miles NW of Pointe Kipundji.

Moko Oil Field (5°53'S., 12°07'E.), with several platforms,

lies 10 miles W of Pointe Kipundji.

Libwa Oil Field (5°56'S., 12°15'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 3.5 miles SW of Pointe Kipundji.

GCO Oil Field (5°57'S., 12°10'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 8 miles SW of Pointe Kipundji.

Caution.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, encloses the above fields and extends up to about 12

miles offshore. Vessels not proceeding to or from the facilities

or terminals are prohibited from entering or anchoring in this

area without prior permission.

4.41 Moanda Terminal (Muanda Terminal) (5°58'S.,

12°07'E.), located 10 miles SW of Pointe Kipundji, consists of

a Floating, Storage and Offshore (FSO) facility and a SBM.

The FSO (Kalamu) and the SBM to which it is moored, are situated in a depth of 27m. Vessels up to 175,000 dwt and 17m

draft can be handled. 

4.41 The current at the terminal usually sets NW in direction and

attains a rate of to 2 to 3.5 knots. It is modified by the tidal currents and greatly affected by the flow of water from the Congo

River. When the water level in the river is high, the current experienced at the terminal may attain a rate of 5 to 7 knots. A

heavy swell is also often experienced at the terminal between

March and September.

4.41 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF channel 16 and board 2.5 miles NW

of the FPSO Kalamu or in the vicinity of the anchorage area.

Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours but vessels

may depart at any time.

4.41 Vessels should send an ETA, preferably via e-mail, to the terminal or the agent in Kinshasa as soon as possible. Confirmation messages should be sent 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours

before arrival. The messages must state the vessel’s name,

ETA, Master’s name, arrival draft (fore and aft), arrival displacement, any anticipated delays enroute, cargo requirements,

and name of agent. Vessels should then contact the terminal

when within VHF range.

4.41 The Moanda Terminal may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

4.41 A designated anchorage area is situated about 2 miles NW of

the SBM. It has a depth of 28m over a bottom of soft mud.

4.41 Moanda Terminal is situated within a restricted area which

extends up to 12 miles offshore and may best be seen on the

chart (see paragraph 4.40). All tankers shall fly the Democratic

Republic of Congo national flag while berthed at the terminal. 

The Congo River (Flueve Zaire)

4.42 The Congo River (Flueve Zaire), the second largest

river in Africa, is over 2,700 miles long and is the fifth longest

river in the world. However, in volume of water, depending on

the season, it is second only to that of the Amazon. The Congo

River is navigable by ocean-going vessels as far as Matadi,

about 80 miles from the sea.

Above Matadi, the Congo River runs at rates of up to 10

knots between the cliffs. The water is generally deep, but

whirlpools render navigation difficult. Rapids are located about

3.5 miles and 6.5 miles upriver from Matadi.

The Inga Dam (5°30'S., 13°37'E.) is situated about 21 miles

above Matadi. It was built across a once dry valley. Rapids are

located at regular intervals upriver between the Inga Dam and

Kinshasa (4°20'S., 15°19'E.). This latter town stands on the S

side of the river, at the SW end of Pool Malebo, an extensive

lake. Brazzaville is situated on the N bank, opposite Kinshasa.

Pool Malebo is about 14 miles long and 11 miles wide.

The river between Pool Malebo and the town of Kisangani

(0°31'N., 25°12'E.), about 940 miles upstream, is navigable by

river craft of up to 800 dwt. Stanley Falls are located opposite

the E end of Kisangani. Between Kisangani and Bukama

(9°13'S., 25°51'E.), there are many areas of rapids, rivers, and

swamp. The river source lies about 382 miles upstream from

Bukama. Two dams have been built on this stretch of the river

and it is not used as a means of transportation.

The border between the Democratic Republic of the Congo

(formerly Zaire) and Angola is situated, in the lower part, in

the vicinity of the middle of the river.

Tides—Currents.—The lower part of the Congo River is

well-supplied with water throughout the year, since the tributaries of this river are distributed on both sides of the Equator.

The levels of the river system are usually either rising or falling

and seldom remain at their mean level for any length of time.

The tributaries of the left bank, on the S side, have two periods

of high level and two periods of low level during the year.

Those of the right bank, on the N side, have only one period of

high level and one period of low level in the course of the year.

The river is low in March and July, and high in May and December. The July low level is usually lower than that in March.

The mean river level at Matadi is about 26m above mean sea

level.

The difference between the high river level and the low river

level at the following places are, as follows:

1. Banana (6°02'S., 12°25'E.)—0.6m.

2. Mateba (25 miles above Banana)—1.5m.

zmoore@chevrontexaco.com

zfso@cd.perenco.com 
84 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

3. Pedra do Feitico (10 miles above Mateba)—2.1m.

4. Boma (7 miles above Pedra do Feitico)—2.7m.

5. Matadi—7m.

At Boma, the tidal influence is perceptible, but the range is

less than 0.3m. At Matadi, the tidal influence is reported to be

almost not perceptible, being about 0.1m. 

The river current always runs seaward. During the rainy season, this current is very rapid and usually carries along with it

floating islands of papyrus and water hyacinths which have

been torn away from the banks. Some of these floating islands

may be more than 100m long and may be dangerous to vessels

underway or at anchor. In addition, they frequently sweep away

the buoys marking the channels. These floating islands may also be encountered during the low river season, but they are usually not of sufficient size to be dangerous.

Observations indicate that the fresh water of the river, extending from the surface to the bottom, is found until just below Quissanga (6°02'S., 12°39'E.), where a body of salt water

is encountered in a deep gully. The fresh water then flows over

the denser water with decreasing depth and increas-ing velocity. It also decreases in depth as the estuary widens, but is deeper on the ebb current than on the flood current.

About 5 miles below Quissanga, the layer of fresh water extends from 5.5 to 9.1m below the surface, whereas after passing Pointe Bulabemba (6°03'S., 12°26'E.), it is only about 1m

in depth. The deep body of salt water is reported to be either

perfectly still or to have a very slight tidal flow.

In the Congo River, the nature of the bottom is invariably

sand, but hard clay may be found in a few places. The exception is within the deep gully lying at the mouth of the river,

where deposits of soft mud and decayed vegetable matter are

found. The latter is proof of the tranquillity of the water near

the bottom.

Mud is found within the small creeks in the upper part of the

river and also on the mangrove-covered banks extending downriver from Quissanga. The water of the river is heavily charged

with sand and it would appear that a very large proportion of

the mud found in the deep gully at the mouth is from the washings of the immediate neighborhood.

Depths—Limitations.—Depths of over 100m extend into

the mouth of the river and may be found in the channel up to

the vicinity of Lighted Buoy No. 16 (6°02'S., 12°34'E.). The

authorities endeavor to maintain a depth of 9.1m throughout

the year by surveying and dredging in the sandy passes of the

wandering portion of the river below Boma. However, sometimes this depth cannot be maintained due to the break-up of

banks or intensive shifting of sands. These periods are relatively short and every effort is made to re-establish a depth of 9.1m

as soon as possible.

4.42 The controlling depths in the river vary. It was reported

(1995) that, due to the sandbanks lying between Banana and

Boma, vessels with drafts of 6.4 to 8.5m were permitted to

make the river transit, depending on the season. It was reported

(1998) that, after the civil war, the maximum draft for river

transit was reduced to 5.5m.

Consequently, the authorities should be contacted in advance

for the latest depth information.

Aspect.—The estuary of the Congo River, which extends

about 50 miles inland to Boma, is entered between Ponta Vermelha (5°39'S., 12°08'E.) and Ponta da Moita Seca, 29 miles

SSE.

The continental shelf, with depths of less than 200m, extends

up to about 40 miles W of this estuary. It is cut by a remarkable

deep gully, 2 to 8 miles wide, which has depths of over 1,400m

at the outer end. This gully, which has steep and irregular sides,

leads directly into the entrance of the Congo River. It is useful

when approaching the entrance in foul weather, as depths of

over 200m extend into the river mouth.

Presqu’ile de Banana (6°01'S., 12°24'E.), located 26 miles

SE of Ponta Vermelha, is a low and narrow peninsula. This

sandy peninsula extends 2.5 miles S to Pointe Francaise, its S

extremity. Several prominent white buildings of the town of

Banana are situated on the peninsula and two conspicuous radio masts stand 1.2 miles N of Pointe Francaise. The prominent

flare of an oil refinery is situated about 2.5 miles NNE of the

radio masts. When rollers occur along this part of the coast at

the time of the equinoctial tides, the greater part of this peninsula is submerged.

This part of the coast is fronted by a continuation of Mona

Mazea Bank and depths of less than 5m lie up to 2 miles offshore. Banc Stella, a sandbank, extends up to about 0.5 mile S

of Pointe Francaise. Its S edge is steep-to, but depths of less

than 5m lie up to 1.5 miles W of the point. This bank was reported (1990) to be extending to the W and vessels should exercise caution when navigating in its vicinity. 

Stella Lighted Buoy No. 2 is moored about 1.8 miles WSW

of Pointe Francaise and marks the edge of the coastal bank.

Pointe Bulabemba (6°03'S., 12°26'E.), a low point, is located 2.7 miles SE of Pointe Francaise. A light is shown from a

metal tripod standing on this point.

Ponta da Moita Seca (6°07'S., 12°17'E.) is of moderate

height and appears as a steep cliff when seen from the N at a

distance of about 7 miles. It is surmounted by a mound which

is covered by stunted bushes. Ponta da Moita Seca Light is

shown from a metal framework tower, 21m high, standing on

the point.

4.42 A stranded wreck is reported (2000) to lie about 1 mile NE

of the point. 

Ponta Padrao (Ponta do Padrao) (6°04'S., 12°20'E.), located

4 miles ENE of Ponta da Moita Seca, is the NE extremity of a

long and low peninsula. A light is shown from a framework

tower, 7m high, standing on this point. The framework tower is

mounted on a carriage which enables it, when necessary, to be

moved away from the heavy erosions of the river.

A village stands on Ponta Padrao and an old cemetery is situated about 0.3 mile within the point. A prominent marble column, 5m high, stands near the extremity of the point. It was set

up by the famous Portuguese navigator Diego Cam in 1486.

Baia de Diogo Cao lies on the S side of the entrance to the

Currents in the Congo River

Location High River Level Low River Level

Banana to Boma 3 to 4.7 knots 2 to 3.5 knots

Boma to Matadi 7 knots 6 knots

Chaudron d’Enfer 10 to 11 knots 6 knots

Rade de Matadi 7.5 knots —
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 85

Pub. 123

Congo River and is entered E of Ponta Padrao. This bay is

mostly shallow and not recommended as an anchorage.

A lighted buoy (Soyo) is moored about 2.5 miles ESE of

Ponta Padrao and anchorage can be taken in depths of 7 to 9m

about 0.2 mile N of it.

Kwanda (6°07'S., 12°19'E.), an oil industry support base, is

situated at the head of Baia de Diogo Cao. A channel leads

SSW for 3 miles along the W side of the bay to the town. It has

a dredged depth of 6m over a width of 80m and is marked by

buoys. The town is fronted by two quays, each 200m long, with

depths of 5 to 6m alongside. They are mostly used by vessels

servicing the offshore oil and gas installations and by fishing

craft.

Soyo (Santo Antonio do Zaire) (6°07'S., 12°22'E.), a small

town, stands 2.5 miles E of Kwanda on the SW side of the entrance to Canal de Soyo, a creek. A short channel, which is indicated by a lighted range, leads SSE into the creek and is

marked by buoys and beacons. A conspicuous radio tower,

45m high, stands in the town and is the tallest of four towers. A

small wharf fronts the town and can accommodate small vessels and ferries with drafts up to 4m. Small craft with drafts up

to 1.2m can ascend the creek.

It is reported (2004) that Soyo is closed to all commercial

vessels.

Sazaire Oil Terminal (6°06'S., 12°23'E.), consisting of a

lighted platform, is situated about 1 mile offshore, 3.7 miles

ESE of Ponta Padrao. A submarine pipeline extends SSE from

the platform to the shore. This terminal is used by small local

tankers and barges which transfer oil to larger vessels anchored

in the vicinity of Ponta Padrao.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500

grt. Pilots for the river, Boma, Ango-Ango, and Matadi are provided from the station at Banana. They can be contacted on

VHF channel 16 and board between Stella Lighted Buoy No. 2

and Pointe Bulabemba or about 8 miles above Pointe Bulabemba or in the vicinity of Buoy No. 16. 

Vessels should send an ETA 6 to 2 days in advance, if possible, and a confirmation message 24 hours before arrival

through Banana (9PA) radio station. Pilotage is available by

day only; this may result in vessels having to anchor at Boma

or Ango-Ango overnight if there is insufficient time for them to

reach Matadi during daylight.

Regulations.—For the safety of navigation, vessels proceeding to Matadi must be capable of speeds of 10.5 to 11

knots, and sometimes of speeds greater than 12 knots, depending on the season and prevailing local conditions.

The buoyage in the river is placed in accordance with IALA

System A.

Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting daylight to enter the river

can find good anchorage, out of the current, in depths of 13 to

17m between 1 and 5 miles W of Ponta da Moita Seca. Another anchorage frequently used is in depths of 8 to 18m, on the

edge of the bank, between 2 and 2.8 miles WSW of Pointe

Francaise.

Good anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of 14m

about 1 mile WSW of Ponta Padrao. The surface current at this

anchorage has been reported to set continually W, slackening

only on the flood tide.

Caution.—Offshore oil and gas exploration and production

operations are being carried out in the vicinity of the approaches to the river. Drilling rigs, platforms, submarine pipelines,

FSOs, and well heads may be encountered up to 80 miles seaward of the river mouth. Vessels should exercise care when

navigating in the approaches as many of the associated structures and installations are often moved and are not charted.

The great difference between the rates of the surface currents

and undercurrents in the estuary of the Congo River accounts

for the often reported difficulties in steering. Vessels pro-ceeding with good speed, either directly with or against the sur-face

current are not so much affected. However, vessels pro-ceeding

at a slow speed and broadside to the current may, at times, become almost unmanageable.

Vessels grounding on the banks where the current is strong

have observed the sand to pile up against one side nearly to the

surface of the water in a few hours. However, a sudden swirl of

the current has then washed all the sand away and the vessel

has been left in deep water.

It is stated by one local authority that, on grounding, the anchor should never be dropped, as sooner or later, the current

will wash the vessel, along with part of the bank, down the river and into deep water. However, another local opinion is that

the above statement is open to question, depending upon the

position of the grounded vessel in relation to the bank. Consideration of the action to be taken is therefore necessary in each

case.

The charts of the river should be used with care, as con-siderable changes in the configuration of the islands and river

banks may have taken place since the last surveys. The channels are constantly changing, especially during the wet season,

and at times new islands are formed and old ones swept away

by the violence of the current.

Navigation aids are reported to be frequently moved, damaged, unlit, or missing. Local knowledge is necessary. The

channel buoys are often towed under by the current or are

swept away altogether by the floating islands and debris which

flow down the river during the wet season.

Vessels are advised to give Ponta Padrao a berth of at least 1

mile as depths in its vicinity have been reported to be less than

charted.

Vessels should head E to approach the river entrance, but allowance must be made for the strong current which sets N or

NW. In addition, vessels should exercise care in order not to be

set onto the shoal bank extending W from Pointe Francaise.

Crocodiles, which grow up to 9m long, are numerous in the

part of the river above Quissanga Beacon (6°02'S., 12°37'E.).

4.43 Banana to Boma.—Banana (6°01'S., 12°24'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46510), the site of the pilot station, lies

within Crique de Banana, which is entered between Pointe

Francaise and Pointe des Pecheurs, 0.4 mile E. An oil refinery,

with a prominent flare, is situated close NE of the town which

stands on Presqu’ile de Banana. A channel, marked by buoys,

leads N into the creek. The bar at the entrance to this channel

has a depth of 5.5m at LW. The town is fronted by a quay, 75m

long, which has a depth of 5.2m alongside. Vessels can anchor

in the middle of the creek, about 0.5 mile N of Pointe Francaise. The creek is subject to strong tidal currents, but boats

can ascend up to about 15 miles within it.

Vessels with drafts too deep to enter this creek can anchor to

the E of Pointe Bulabemba and work cargo from barges. Tank-
86 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

ers of up to 220m in length and 11m fresh water draft can anchor E of Pointe Bulabemba. Cargo operations are carried out

continuously by large tanker barges. The current in the vicinity

of this roadstead sets seaward at 4 to 5 knots.

Pilots are not always available for this anchorage, but experienced officers from the oil refinery will assist vessels in berthing, if requested. Vessels generally depart without the

services of a pilot.

A detailed description of the islands and banks of the river

cannot be provided, as the channels are constantly changing,

especially during the wet season which starts in October.

4.44 Between Pointe Bulabemba (6°03'S., 12°26'E.) and

Ponta da Quissanga, 13 miles ENE, the banks of the river are

formed by alluvial deposits and are covered with a dense

growth of palms and giant mangroves. Some of the latter vegetation grows to considerable size. One species reaches heights

of over 30m and has a straight stem which is supported by an

arch of roots rising up to 6m from the ground. The spaces between these giant mangroves are usually filled by various

smaller trees.

The countryside near the river is low and swampy, but low

ranges of hills rise some distance inland on either side. The

hills are 60 to 150m high and are covered with grass and occasional patches of trees.

4.44 Canal do Porto Rico, entered 4 miles SE of Pointe Bula-bemba, is obstructed by sandbanks and a shallow bar fronts its

entrance. The settlement of Cafumbila is situated 1.5 miles

ENE of the entrance.

Quissanga Light (6°02'S., 12°37'E.) is shown from a structure, 8m high, standing on the N side of Ilha da Quissanga, 1.5

miles NE of the W end of the island. Ponta da Quissanga is located at the NE end of Ilha da Quissanga. The countryside in

this vicinity consists of one huge swamp which is intersected

by numerous creeks. Giant mangroves stand on the banks of

these creeks. Above Ponta Quissanga, this dense vegetation

tends to disappear and its place is taken by low banks of coarse

hippopotamus grass.

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m, to

the W of the entrance to Canal do Porto Rico. However, care

should be taken as depths of 9m lie close inshore of this roadstead and the bottom shoals very rapidly. A strong current sets

at this anchorage and rough water is often experienced when

the afternoon sea breeze is blowing, but not as much as on the

N side of the river. Anchorage can also be taken, in a depth of

11m, off the settlement of Cafumbila. It was reported (1973)

that these two anchorages were unsatisfactory.

Above Ponta da Quissanga, the Congo River widens and is

obstructed by numerous islands and banks. Several channels

lead between these obstructions, but only one main fairway is

kept open for shipping by dredging. The islands are low and

covered with grass and bushes which are almost level with the

water. They are intersected by creeks and fringed by drying

banks. Crocodiles are particularly numerous in this part of the

river and grow up to 9m in length.

4.45 Pedra do Feitco (5°55'S., 12°58'E.), formed by the

termination of a ridge of ironstone, projects boldly into the river from the edge of a grassy plain and is 35m high. A shallow

rock lies about 200m N of the point. The village of Quissacala,

with an airfield, is situated about 1 mile S of the point. It is reported (1999) that a military observation tower stands on the

point.

Between Pedra do Feitco and Ile des Princes, 9 miles ENE, the

character of the countryside changes. The low, swampy land is

replaced by hills, some of which rise to heights of over 150m.

4.45 After passing Pedra do Feitco, a very strong current, with

numerous eddies and whirlpools, is often experienced. Vessels

tend to be set away from the S side of the river due to the volume of water flowing W through the channel leading S of Ile

Selonga.

Several lighted ranges indicate the fairway in this part of the

river. Ile Selonga (5°53'N., 13°02'E.) is low and grassy. Ile Sacra Ambaka (Mebaca), lying close E of Ile Selonga, is only just

above the level of the river, except near its NE end, which is

surmounted by a wooded hill, 74m high. A 2,000m measured

distance lies N of these two islands and is indicated by three

pairs of beacons. It was reported (1982) that most of these beacons were missing.

Fingal’s Shield, a conspicuous granite monolith, stands near

the summit of a hill, 150m high, which rises 2.3 miles NW of

the W end of Ile Selonga.

Fort Shinkakasa, situated 2 miles E of Fingal’s Shield, stands

41m above the river. Large pythons are frequently found in this

vicinity. The town of Boma stands 1 mile E of this fort.

4.46 Boma (5°51'S., 13°03'E.) (World Port Index No.

46520) lies on the N side of the Congo River, 50 miles above

the river mouth. The town stands in the center of a semicircle

of hills and consists of two sections. The business section is situated on the flat ground, close to the river. The residential section is situated about 60m above the river and includes official

residences, hospitals, and barrack buildings, etc.

A main quay, 480m long, provides three general cargo and

bulk berths and has depths of 7.9 to 9.8m alongside. A current,

with a maximum rate of 3 knots, is normally experienced at

this quay.

The controlling depths in the river vary and vessels should

ascertain the latest information from the authorities. Vessels

with drafts of 6.4 to 8.5m draft can transit the river to this port,

depending on the season.

Vessels can also anchor off the N side of Ile Sacra Ambaka

(Mebaca) in good holding ground. Vessels can load or discharge cargo if necessary with the use of barges.

4.47 Boma to Matadi.—Ile Rocca (5°53'S., 13°05'E.), lying E of Ile Sacra Ambaka (Mebaca), rises near its E end to a

rocky and wooded hill, 87m high. A shoal extends N from this

island and is the only danger lying between Boma and Ile des

Princes (5°53'S., 13°07'E.). Several lighted ranges indicate the

fairway in this part of the river channel.

Above Ile des Princes, the character of the scenery undergoes a change. The river, previously broad and uninteresting, is

now confined within narrower limits by high hills on either

side. These hills are covered with luxuriant vegetation for some

distance.

Although the currents and eddies are stronger in this part of

the river than in the lower part, vessels with good speed can

reach Matadi without much difficulty. 

The S bank of the river between Ponta Bumbu (5°53'S.,
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 87

Pub. 123

13°10'E.) and Sango-Bongo rises steeply to hills, 60 to 90m

high. Vegetation lies at the foot of these hills, which are gen-erally bare, but a few trees may be seen on the skyline.

Binda (5°51'S., 13°14'E.), a town, stands on the N bank of

the river, close W of the mouth of the Riviere Belizi. Ponta

Senga is located on the S side of the river, about 2 miles ESE of

the town.

Ilot Oscar (5°53'S., 13°18'E.) lies in the middle of the river, 2

miles ESE of Ponta Senga. It is wooded and marked by a light.

The main channel passes to the S of this islet. It was reported

(1982) that the islet was below-water, but the light structure remained visible.

Sango-Bongo (5°54'S., 13°19'E.) lies in the middle of the

river, about 1.7 miles ESE of Ilot Oscar. This rock is marked by

a light and dries 0.6m during the dry season. The main channel

passes to the N of it.

Ponta Tridente (5°54'S., 13°20'E.), marked by a light,

projects from the S side of the river, 1 mile ESE of Sango-Bongo. Les Trois Soeurs, a group of three islets, lies on the N side

of the river, opposite this point, and narrows the channel to a

width of about 600m. It was reported (1982) that the S islet of

the group was below-water.

4.48 Pointe Muzuku (5°54'S., 13°22'E.) is located on the N

bank of the river, 1.5 miles E of Ponta Tridente. On the S side

of the river, opposite this point, the land rises to several hills

which stand 2 to 3 miles inland. These hills are about 300m

high and covered with dense vegetation. The intervening countryside is very rough with isolated hills and ridges.

Three small islets lie in the center of the river, E and NE of

Pointe Muzuku; a light is shown from the middle islet. Shoal

water lies between these islets and the NW bank of the river.

Ilot Kongolo lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 1 mile NNE of

Pointe Muzuku. A shelf, with depths of less than 5m, extends

along the NW bank of the river in the vicinity of this islet.

Ponta Diamants (5°52'S., 13°23'E.) is fronted by Rocha Diamants, a dangerous rocky shoal, which covers at HW. A lighted

beacon is situated 0.2 mile NW of this point.

Pointe Luze is located on the N bank of the river, 0.7 mile

NE of Ponta Diamants; the town of Ikungulu stands 1 mile E of

it.

The town of Noqui is situated on the S side of the river, 2.6

miles E of Pointa Diamants. A light is shown from an elliptical

tower on rocks, 2m high, standing on a point near this town.

River ferries link Noqui with Soyo and Boma.

The border between the Democratic Republic of the Congo

(formerly Zaire) and Angola lies close N of Noqui.

4.49 Ango-Ango (5°51'S., 13°26'E.) is situated on the SE

side of the Congo River, 1.2 miles N of Noqui and 2.5 miles

below Matadi. It is used for the discharge of dangerous goods

and by vessels not powerful enough to pass through Chaudron

d’Enfer (Devil’s Cauldron).

A floating pontoon, 61m long, fronts the SE side of the river.

It is connected to the shore by two bridges and forms a berth

with a depth of 9.1m alongside. Vessels of up to 8,000 dwt and

195m in length can be accommodated. A strong current is normally experienced at this berth. It has rates of 3 to 7 knots, depending on the height of the river. Palm oil can also be loaded

at this berth, but oil tankers have priority for berthing. A quay,

123m long, is situated 0.7 mile S of the pontoon and is used for

the discharge of dangerous cargo. It is reported that berthing at

these facilities is permitted only during daylight hours and vessels must keep their engines available for immediate use.

4.50 Pointe Underhill (5°50'S., 13°26'E.) is located on the

SE side of the river, about 1 mile W of Matadi. An overhead

telephone cable, with a minimum vertical clearance of 40m,

spans the river in the vicinity of this point.

A road bridge spans the river close E of Pointe Underhill. It

has a vertical clearance of 52.7m, which allows for a maximum

rise of 8m in the river level, during the rainy season.

The high hills standing on the NW bank of the river, opposite

Pointe Underhill, fall 183 to 244m in sheer precipices to the

dark and gloomy basin below, which is known as Chaudron

d’Enfer (Devil’s Cauldron). The river in this vicinity is very

deep and the currents are violent. Numerous eddies and heavy

whirlpools necessitate special care in steering and a fast speed.

Although the current is not very formidable during the dry season, it generally attains rates of 10 to 13 knots, in places, during the wet season.

The river pilots advise that steering for vessels of over 170m

in length is extremely difficult within Chaudron d’Enfer and

such vessels are almost unmanageable.

Anchorage.—Anchorage is reported to be possible in several places lying between Boma and Matadi. These places are

known to the river pilots and local knowledge is necessary. The

anchorages are, as follows: 

1. Kinlele (5°52'S., 13°06'E.), lying on the N side of the

river, 2.5 miles above Boma.

2. Iles des Princes (5°50'S., 13°26'E.), lying off the SE

side of the island.

3. Bumbu (5°53'S., 13°09'E.), lying between Ponta Kimongoa and Ponta Bumbu.

4. Binda (5°51'S., 13°14'E.).

5. To the N of Ilot Oscar (5°53'S., 13°18'E.).

6. Muzuku (5°54'S., 13°21'E.), lying on the N side of the

river, 1 mile ESE of Les Trois Soeurs.

7. Diamants (5°52'S., 13°23'E.), lying on the N side of

the river, opposite Ponta Diamants.

8. Ikungulu (5°52'S., 13°25'E.), lying on the N side of

the river, 1.5 miles W of Noqui. This anchorage is for vessels

waiting to berth at Matadi.

9. Off Ango-Ango (5°51'S., 13°26'E.), in a depth of

15m.

Caution.—Between Sango-Bongo and Pointe Muzuku, exceptionally strong currents have been experienced.

In the past, vessels generally encountered no whirlpools of

sufficient size to render steering difficult below Les Trois

Soeurs. However, severe whirlpools were often encountered

between Les Trois Soeurs and Matadi. A vessel of 1,320 dwt

and 86m in length reported (1947) that it was best to use full

helm at once to counteract the slightest tendency to swing, as,

if even a small sheer were taken, the current tended to turn the

vessel rapidly broadside to the channel.

A vessel of 25,000 dwt and 170m in length reported (1982)

that while it was necessary to use the helm at once to counteract the slightest swing, full helm was neither necessary nor desirable, as this tended to overcorrect very quickly before the

helm could be removed. The vessels also reported that the pi-
88 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

lots preferred to use 10° or less helm in order to maintain a

steady course.

4.51 Matadi (5°49'S., 13°27'E.) (World Port Index No.

46530) lies along the S bank of the Congo River, at the limit of

navigation for ocean-going vessels, about 80 miles from the

sea. The town is built on the steep and rocky slope of the river

bank and is shut in on all sides by high mountains. It is extremely unhealthy in the hot season, although there are now few

cases of malarial fever.

Winds—Weather.—Heavy thunderstorms and torrential

rains occur during the wet season. The prevailing winds are

from the W. 

Tides—Currents.—Matadi has no perceptible tidal rise, but

a seasonal difference of 7m occurs between the high river water level and the low river water level.

In the dry season, the current close inshore is weak. How-ever, it runs strongly during the wet season and sometimes vessels experience considerable difficulty when berthing alongside. The rate of this current varies between 1 knot and 9 knots.

At the most downstream part of the quay, the current is particularly strong and sets towards the berths. The current is felt the

least at the center berths.

Depths—Limitations.—The port has 1,610m of total main

quayage, which provides ten berths. These berths are 143 to

188m long and have depths of 6 to 10m alongside. Vessels up

to 24,800 dwt, 179m in length, and 8.2m draft can be ac-commodated. There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, con-tainer, and ro-ro vessels.

The controlling depths in the river vary and vessels should

ascertain the latest information from the authorities. Vessels

with drafts of 6.4 to 8.2m can transit the river, depending on

the season.

Caution.—At the most downstream part of the quay, vessels

must use care when dropping the anchor to assist in berthing,

as deep water lies close alongside.

The Congo River to Luanda

4.52 The coast extending S for many miles from a point located 3 miles S of Ponta da Moita Seca Light (6°07'S.,

12°16'E.) consists of red cliffs. Inland of these cliffs, a tableland runs parallel to the coast in a continuous double line. This

tableland is visible in places from offshore, but has no definite

landmarks which can be identified.

An aeronautical light beacon (Soyo-Quinfruquena) is shown

from a conspicuous mast standing about 9 miles SSE of Ponta

da Moita Seca.

The Rio Lombo (6°23'S., 12°26'E.) enters the sea 19 miles

SSE of Ponta da Moita Secca.

A small local oil terminal, consisting of a lighted platform, is

situated 1.5 miles offshore, about 6.5 miles SSE of the mouth

of this river. A submarine pipeline extends NE between the terminal and the coast.

Cabeca da Cobra (6°33'S., 12°30'E.), a rounded headland

with a rocky base, is located 10 miles SE of the mouth of the

Rio Lombo and is surmounted by a moderately high hill. A cabeca da Cobra Light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,

13m high, standing on this headland. The village of Lubombe

is situated about 1 mile E of the light.

A bank, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to about 2.3

miles W from Cabeca da Cobra. Baixo de Dentro, a group of

shallow rocks, lies on this bank, about 0.7 mile W of the headland. Baixo de Fora, a rocky shoal with a least depth of 4.4m,

lies about 3.5 miles WSW of the headland.

Ponta do Quipai, located 8 miles SSE of Cabeca da Cobra,

consists of lofty cliffs which are surmounted by shrubs and

overlooked by a hill with a round, bare summit. A conspicuous

clump of mangroves stands within this point and is visible

from a considerable distance offshore.

The mouths of the Rio Lukulo and the Rio Sange lie 1.8 and

4.5 miles, respectively, SE of Ponta do Quipai.

Ponta do Quinzau (6°54'S., 12°45'E.) is located 18 miles

SE of Ponta do Quipai. The coast between is fringed by an uninterrupted sandy beach which is backed by rocky cliffs and

surmounted by bare, rounded hills. The cliffs in the vicinity of

Ponta do Quinzau are about 40m high. Ponta do Quinzau Light

is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 15m high, standing

about 0.5 mile N of the point. A prominent tower, 50m high,

stands about 4 miles inland, 6.5 miles N of the light.

Caution.—Depths of less than 10m extend up to about 6

miles offshore between Ponta da Moita Seca and Nzeto (Ambrizete), 76 miles SSE. Vessels should exercise care when navigating in this area and keep in depths of over 15m. Rollers

often form without warning and frequently break in depths of

up to 9m.

An artificial reef area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies centered about 22 miles WSW of Cabeca da Cobra Light.

Oil exploration and production are being carried out along

this coastal area and vessels are warned that numerous platforms, submerged pipelines, drilling rigs, and FSO facilities

may be encountered up to 60 miles offshore. Vessels should exercise care when navigating in this vicinity as many of the associated structures and installations are often moved and are

not charted. In addition, numerous well heads lie within the

100m curve, but are not considered to be a danger to surface

navigation.

4.53 Safueiro Oil Field (6°07'S., 12°04'.), with a single

platform, lies centered 13 miles W of Ponta da Moita Seca.

Essungo Oil Field (6°015'S., 12°10'.), with several wells

and platforms, lies centered 10 miles SW of Ponta da Moita

Seca.

Cuntala Oil Field (6°18'S., 12°19'E.), with several wells

and platforms, lies centered 9 miles NW of the mouth of the

Rio Lombo.

Raia Oil Field (6°21'S., 12°18'E.), with several wells and

platforms, lies centered 9 miles WNW of the mouth of the Rio

Lombo.

Estrela Oil Field (6°26'S., 12°21'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 6 miles WSW of the mouth of the Rio Lombo.

Bagre Oil Field (6°26'S., 12°16'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 10 miles WSW of the mouth of the Rio Lombo.

Lombo East Oil Field (6°51'S., 12°24'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 22 miles W of Ponta do Quinzau Light.

Sulele Oil Field (6°51'S., 12°26'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 20 miles W of Ponta do Quinzau Light.

Tubarao Oil Field (6°54'S., 12°24'E.), with one platform,

lies centered 21miles W of Ponta do Quinzau Light.
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 89

Pub. 123

Tamboril Oil Field (6°54'S., 12°26'E.), with one platform,

lies centered 19 miles W of Ponta do Quinzau Light.

Palanca Oil Field (6°58'S., 12°23'E.), with several platforms, lies centered 23 miles WSW of Ponta do Quinzau.

Impala Oil Field (7°00'S., 12°23'E.), with several platforms,

lies centered 24 miles WSW of Ponta do Quinzau Light.

Pacassa Oil Field (7°08'S., 12°26'E.), with several platforms

and wells, lies centered 28 miles SW of Ponta do Quinzau

Light.

Caution.—Numerous well heads and submarine pipelines

exist within the above fields.

Restricted areas, which may best be seen on the chart, surround several of the above fields. Vessels not proceeding to or

from the facilities are prohibited from entering these areas

without prior permission.

4.54 Xikomba Terminal (6°03'S., 11°01'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46543) is situated about 75 miles W of Ponta da

Moita Seca in the vicinity of an oil field. It consists of a Floating Production Storage and Offshore (FPSO) facility, which is

equipped with a racon. The FPSO (Xikomba) is moored, by

means of an SPM turret at the bow, in a depth of 1,300m. Vessels berth in tandem to the stern of the FPSO. The terminal can

handle vessels up to 350,000 dwt. 

A designated waiting area lies centered 3 miles N of the FPSO.

Local thunderstorms, which occur in the vicinity of the terminal, are usually preceded by a dense cloud belt and can be

accompanied at times by wind gusts exceeding 50 knots.

Pilotage is compulsory except when arriving at the waiting

area. Pilots, who act as mooring masters, can be contacted on

VHF channel 6, 12, or 16 and board in the waiting area. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours but vessels may

depart at any time.

Vessels should send an ETA by e-mail or fax to the terminal

at the start of their voyage. They should send a confirmation

message 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 4 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should then contact the terminal when within

VHF range. Changes to the ETA of more than 6 hours and

changes of more than 1 hour during the last 24 hours should be

reported immediately.

A restricted area, with a radius of 2.5m, surrounds the terminal. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without

prior permission from the terminal.

4.54 An exclusion area of 1,000m exists around the FPSO and

any approaching or connected vessel. Entry into this area requires permission. 

4.55 Kizomba A Terminal (6°19'S., 11°03'E.) is situated

about 75 miles WSW of Ponta da Moita Seca in the vicinity of

an oil field. It consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Offshore (FPSO) facility, a drilling platform, and a CALM

buoy. The FPSO (Kizomba A), which is equipped with a racon,

is moored in a depth of 1,180m and the CALM buoy is situated

1 mile NNW of it.

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies

centered 5 miles NW of the FPSO.

Local thunderstorms, which occur in the vicinity of the terminal, are usually preceded by a dense cloud belt and can be

accompanied at times by wind gusts exceeding 50 knots.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 11 or 16 and board in the

tanker waiting area. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time.

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours,

and 4 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should then contact the terminal when within VHF range. Changes to the ETA of more

than 1 hour during the last 24 hours should be reported immediately.

4.55 The Kizomba A Terminal, which is operated by Esso Exploration Angola, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

A restricted area, with a radius of 4 miles, surrounds the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior

permission from the terminal.

4.56 Kizomba B Terminal (6°21'S., 11°09'E.) is situated

about 70 miles WSW of Ponta da Moita Seca in the vicinity of

an oil field. It consists of a Floating Production Storage and

Offshore (FPSO) facility, a wellhead platform, and a CALM

buoy. The FPSO (Kizomba B), which is equipped with a racon,

is moored in a depth of 1,163m and the CALM buoy is situated

1.2 miles NNW of it.

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies

centered about 9 miles N of the FPSO.

Local thunderstorms, which occur in the vicinity of the terminal, are usually preceded by a dense cloud belt and can be

accompanied at times by wind gusts exceeding 50 knots.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 77 and board about 4.5

miles NNW of the terminal. Berthing is carried out only during

daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time.

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours prior to arrival. Vessels should then contact the terminal

when within VHF range. Extensive changes to the ETA should

be reported immediately.

4.56 The Kizomba A Terminal, which is operated by Esso Exploration Angola, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

kiza.mooring.masters@exxonmobil.com

Kizomba B FPSO

kizb.mooring.masters@exxonmobil.com
90 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

A restricted area, with a radius of 4 miles, surrounds the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior

permission from the terminal. This area overlaps the re-stricted

area surrounding the Kizomba A Terminal (see para-graph

4.55) and vessels may not pass between them without prior

permission.

4.57 Kizomba C Terminal (6°14.0'S., 11°16.5'E.) is situated about 60 miles WSW of Ponta da Moita Seca in the vicinity of an oil field. It consists of the FPSO Mondo situated in

position 6°09.6'S, 11°16.2'E and is surrounded by a restricted

area with a radius of 2.5 miles. The FPSO Saxi-Batuque is situated in position 6°19.3'S, 11°16.8'E and is surrounded by a restricted area with a radius of 4 miles

A designated waiting area for FPSO Mondo lies centered approximately 11 miles NE of the FPSO. A designated waiting

area for FPSO Saxi-Batuque lies centered approximately 10.5

miles NE of the FPSO. 

Pilotage is compulsory for both facilities. Pilots, who act as

mooring masters, can be contacted by VHF and board for the

FPSO Mondo in position 6°06'S, 11°16'E, and for the FPSO

Saxi-Batuque in position 6°16'S, 11°14'E.

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours,

and 4 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should then contact the terminals when within VHF range. Extensive changes to the ETA

should be reported immediately.

4.57 The Kizomba C Terminals, which are operated by Exxon

Mobil Angola, may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

The largest vessel accommodated by either of these FPSO’s

can be no larger than 350,000 dwt. Off loading tankers moor in

tandem with the FPSO’s, with the off loading tankers bow to

the FPSO’s stern. A floating hose arrangement is utilized for

the transfer of cargo. 

4.57 An exclusion area of 1,000m exists around each FPSO. Entry into this area requires permission. 

4.58 Lombo East Oil Terminal (6°50'S., 12°22'E.) is situated about 23 miles WNW of Ponta do Quinzau Light. It has a

depth of 36.5m and can handle vessels up to 175,000 dwt.

It is reported (2005) that this terminal is no longer used and

the SBM has been removed.

4.59 Palanca Terminal (6°57'S., 12°24'E.) (World Port Index No. 46547), situated about 22 miles WSW of Ponta do

Quinzau Light, consists of several production platforms, an

SBM (CALM), and a Floating Production Storage and Offshore (FPSO) facility. The FPSO (Palanca) is moored to an

SBM in a depth of 44m. Tankers are moored bow to bow with

the FPSO and vessels up to 150,000 dwt can be handled. The

SBM (CALM) is moored in a depth of 42m. It is used as an

auxiliary loading buoy and can handle vessels up to 300,000

dwt. 

A designated anchorage area, in depths of 40 to 43m and a

bottom of sand with good holding ground, lies about 5 miles

NW of the SBM. The swells in the vicinity of the terminal are

predominantly from the SSW, with heights of 1.5 to 2.5m.

They are strongest from May to October and reach a maximum

2 to 3 days before spring tides.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 67 and board about 2

miles N of the SBM. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time.

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance and then contact the terminal when within

VHF range.

4.59 The Palanca Terminal, which is operated by Sonangol P&P,

may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

4.59 A restricted area surrounds the terminal and may best be

seen on the chart. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area

without prior permission from the terminal.

4.60 Canuku Terminal (7°06'S., 12°28'E.), situated 22

miles SW of Ponta do Quinzau Light in the vicinity on an oil

field, consists of a Floating Production Storage and Off loading

(FPSO) facility. The FPSO (Ocean Producer) is moored in a

depth of 83m and vessels berth in tandem bow to bow with it.

The terminal can handle vessels up to 150,000 dwt.

FPSO Mondo

FPSO Saxi-Batuque

oim.fpsomondo@singlebuoy.com

oim.fpsosaxi@singlebuoy.com

exp-ops-term@sonangolpp.com
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 91

Pub. 123

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 68 and board about 2.5

miles NE of the terminal. Berthing is carried out only during

daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time, subject to

agreement.

Vessels are requested to report their ETA 48 hours in advance and send a confirmation message 24 hours prior to arrival. Changes to the ETA of more than 2 hours must be reported

immediately. Vessels should then contact the terminal when

within VHF range.

4.60 The Canuku Terminal, which is operated by Sonangol P&P,

may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

A designated waiting anchorage area lies centered 3 miles

NE of the FPSO.

A restricted area, with a radius of 500m, surrounds the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior

permission from the terminal.

4.61 The Rio Lucunga (6°57'S., 12°48'E.) flows into the

sea 4.5 miles SE of Ponta do Quinzau Light (see paragraph

4.52). The mouth of this river is indicated by several clumps of

trees standing close to the beach. A number of prominent white

factory buildings are situated at Mucula, 0.5 mile SE of the

mouth.

A bank, with depths of less than 8m, lies about 3 miles offshore, SW of the river mouth. Enseada de Mucula, a slight indentation, lies S of the mouth of the river. Vessels with local

knowledge can approach this indentation and obtain anchorage in a depth of 6m off the factory buildings.

The coast extending up to about 7 miles S from the mouth of

the Rio Lucunga is bordered by a sandy beach. Between the S

end of this beach and the Rio M’bridge, 8 miles S, it consists of

low, rocky cliffs which are intersected by ravines. These ravines are of a yellowish color and contrast with the blue tint of

the sea and the green tint of the inland countryside.

The Rio M’bridge (Rio Mebridege) (7°12'S., 12°51'E.),

which is used only by local craft, can easily be recognized by

Ponta Palmas, its N entrance point. This point is wooded and

the dark hue of the trees contrasts strongly with the yellowish

tint of the cliffs on the S bank of the river. The river mouth is

fronted by breakers which extend up to 0.3 mile seaward. The

land to the S of the entrance is formed by low cliffs, which are

surmounted in a few places by thick clumps of trees. A range

of hills stands inland of the river mouth.

Baia de Ambrizete (Baia de N’zeto) (7°14'S., 12°51'E.), a

slight indentation, lies between the Rio M’bridge and a bluff,

3.5 miles S. This latter bluff rises in a high and almost sheer

cliff which is covered with herbage. From the S, the bluff appears as a projecting point and is very prominent. Within the

bluff stands, a range of hills. The S and highest hill of this

range has a conspicuous flat top which can be easily recognized from a considerable distance.

Ambrizete Light (N’zeto Light) (7°15'S., 12°51'E.) is

shown from a prominent tower, 20m high, standing on the

bluff. A disused light structure and a small white dwelling are

situated close N and close W, respectively, of the light.

4.62 N’zeto (Ambrizete) (7°14'S., 12°51'E.), a small town,

stands at the head of the indentation, 1.5 miles S of the mouth

of the Rio M’bridge. It is situated on the rising ground, which

stretches toward the bluff, and is fronted by a small breakwater.

Two prominent radio masts stand close together in the town.

Depths of less than 5m lie up to about 1 mile offshore between the town and the bluff and vessels should give this area a

wide berth.

Anchorage can be taken in a depth of 9m, sand and mud,

about 2.5 miles SW of the mouth of the Rio M’bridge, but only

vessels with local knowledge should use this roadstead. The

bottom changes to rocks and stones to the S of the anchorage

and the depths shoal rapidly. A constant swell is experienced at

the anchorage and rollers are reported to frequently break in a

depth of 9m off the town.

Baia de Juma (7°20'S., 12°54'E.), a slight indentation in the

coast, extends SE for 5 miles from the S entrance point of Baia

de Ambrizete. The Rio Ambrizete, with a mouth barred by

sand, flows into the N part of this indentation, about 3 miles SE

of Nzeto. The S part of the indentation is fronted for about 3

miles by a sandy beach. Anchorage, with local knowledge, can

be taken in this indentation, but the bottom is very foul and

there is a heavy swell.

The coast extending SSE from Baia de Juma is bold and

cliffy with occasional sandy coves. The high white cliffs are

surmounted by trees. 

4.63 Kiame Terminal (7°21'S., 12°24'E.) is situated about

28 miles WSW of Ambrizete Light in the vicinity of an oil

field. The terminal consists of a Floating Production Storage

and Offloading (FPSO) facility, which is moored in a depth of

142m. Vessels berth in tandem bow to bow with the FPSO (Petroleo Nautipa). The terminal can handle vessels up to 150,000

dwt. 

It is reported (2006) that this terminal is no longer in use.

4.64 Gimboa Terminal (7°33'S., 12°10'E.) consists of the

FPSO (Gimboa). Vessels should send an ETA by e-mail 7 days

prior to arrival or upon departure of last port. E-mails should

also be sent 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. They

should then contact Gimboa Control on VHF channel 12, 3

hours prior to arrival, and once again when the vessel is 10

miles from the terminal. Changes to the ETA of more than 6

hours following the 72 or 48 hour notice or changes of more

than 1 hour during the last 24 hours should be reported immediately. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board approximately 2 miles N of the terminal. Berthing is carried out only

during daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time. 

A safety zone with a radius of 500m surrounds the FPSO.

Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior

permission from the terminal.

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 2.5 miles, lies

centered about 6 miles NE of the FPSO in position (7°28.8'S.,

12°14.7'E.).

4.64 Vessels should contact Gimboa Control upon clearing the

terminal vicinity and again when departing the 10 mile zone. 

captop@oceaneering.com

radiooper.gimboa@saipem.eni.it
92 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

4.65 Ponta da Musserra (7°36'S., 13°00'E.), located 22

miles SSE of N’zeto (Ambrizete), forms the S entrance point

of a small bay. The shores of the bay are low, but high cliffs

rise abruptly at the S entrance point and are surmounted by a

prominent cross. Several factories are situated at Musserra,

near this bay.

The bottom fronting the bay is rocky and foul in places. Vessels without local knowledge should not anchor in depths of

less than 16m or less than about 2 miles offshore.

The Ararat Hills rise inland, close S of Ponta da Musserra,

and stand parallel to the coast for 5 to 6 miles. They attain

heights of up to 200m and are the highest peaks between the

Congo River and Luanda. These hills are of basaltic formation,

steep, and mostly bare except for a little brushwood. They are

brown and arid in appearance and are covered with superb

masses of pink-colored granite, which rise in picturesque

forms.

A very conspicuous mass of granite surmounts the summit of

one of these hills, which rises about 5 miles inland, 28 miles

SSE of Nzeto (Ambrizete). This mass is about 18m high and is

in the form of a pillar.

The mouth of the Rio Sembo (Rio Quicembo) lies 8.7 miles

SSE of Ponta da Musserra. This river is insignificant and, except between January and June, its entrance is obstructed by a

barrier of sand. Two villages are situated on the S slope of

Ararat Hills. The S village stands abreast a sandy beach, 2

miles NNW of the mouth of the Rio Sembo. It is conspicuous

from seaward, as the conical huts are much lighter in color than

the dark trees which form the background.

Ponta Two Trees, located 2 miles NNW of the Rio Sembo, is

a low, sloping, and grassy point. Two conspicuous isolated

palm trees are reported to stand on this point.

The N entrance point of the Rio Sembo is low and wooded.

The bluff, which forms the S entrance point, consists of a perpendicular whitish cliff, about 1 mile long. A sandy coast extends from this cliff to the mouth of the Rio Loge, 5 miles SSE.

Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage off

the Rio Sembo.

4.66 Girassol Terminal (7°39'S., 11°41'E.) (World Port

Index No. 46549) is situated about 80 miles W of Ponta da

Musserrais in a depth of 1,360. This terminal consists of a

Floating Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility

and an SBM moored 1 mile NNE of it. The FPSO (Girassol) is

equipped with a racon and sur-mounted by a conspicuous flare.

Vessels up to 400,000 dwt can moor to the SBM, which is the

primary berth. Vessels up to 250,000 dwt can moor in tandem

bow-to-bow with the FPSO, which is the secondary berth. 

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and board 4 miles N in position

7°35'S, 11°41'E. They utilize a berthing aid with power provided by the export tanker. Berthing is carried out only during

daylight hours but vessels may depart at any time. The pilots

can be contacted by e-mail at: 

Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24

hours in advance. They should then contact the terminal on

VHF channel 16, 4 hours prior to arrival.

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 2 miles, lies centered about 4 miles WSW of the FPSO.

A restricted area, with a radius of 7 miles, lies centered on

the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission from the terminal.

4.67 Dalia Terminal (7°41'S., 11°46'E.) is situated about

75 miles W of Ponta da Musserrais and about 5 miles ESE of

Girassol Terminal, in a depth of 1,260m. The terminal consists

of a Floating Production Storage and Offloading (FPSO) facility and an SBM moored about 1 mile ENE of it. The FPSO

(Dalia) is equipped with a racon and surmounted at the bow by

a conspicuous flare. Vessels up to 400,000 dwt can moor to the

SBM or berth in tandem bow-to-bow with the FPSO.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots, who act as mooring masters,

can be contacted by VHF and board about 3 miles N of the FPSO. Berthing is carried out only during daylight hours. Vessels

should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. They should then contact the terminal on VHF channels

16 and 72, 4 hours prior to arrival.

A designated waiting area, with a radius of 2 miles and a

depth of 1,100m, lies centered about 6 miles N of the FPSO.

Vessels should approach this area from the N.

The FPSO is located within the restricted area, with a radius

of 10 miles, which is centered on Girassol Terminal. Vessels

are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission.

4.68 Ponta do Ambriz (7°50'S., 13°06'E.), located 15

miles SSE of Ponta da Musserra, is formed by a high, white,

and perpendicular cliff. This point, which is fringed by foul

ground, assumes the appearance of being detached, especially

in misty weather, as the land extending to the N of it is low.

Girassol FPSO

ep-ao-db17.gir-marine-pilote@total.com

Dalia FPSO
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 93

Pub. 123

Ambriz Light is shown from a square tower, 14m high,

standing 0.3 mile ENE of the point and a disused light structure

is situated near it. Two radio masts, about 50m high, stand

close SSE of the light.

A narrow and rocky bank, with a least depth of 3m, extends

up to about 1 mile NNW of Ponta do Ambriz and is marked by

a lighted buoy.

Baia do Ambriz, a slight indentation in the coast, lies between Ponta do Ambriz and Ponta Loge, 3 miles NNW. The

latter point is low, sandy, and fringed by a bank on which the

sea always breaks. It was reported (1989) that a light was

shown from a tank standing on Ponta Loge.

The Rio Loge flows into the head of this indentation, 1.5

miles N of Ponta do Ambriz. The mouth of the river, which is

marked by several unusually light-green lofty trees, is blocked

by a bar; only small boats can cross it. Within the entrance,

there are depths of over 3m and the river is reported to be navigable by small craft almost to its source, about 180 miles upstream. A rock, awash, lies about 0.3 mile off the head of the

indentation.

Porto do Ambriz (7°50'S., 13°06'E.) (World Port Index No.

46550) lies at the S end of Baia do Ambriz. This small harbor

consists of a basin, which has a dredged depth of 5m and a

quay along its W side. It is approached through a channel 0.5

mile long and about 90m wide. This channel, which has a least

depth of 3.3m, is marked by buoys and indicated by a lighted

range. The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and 1.4m at neaps.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 6 or 16 and are available only during daylight hours. Vessels must not enter the approach channel without prior

permission. 

The harbor is mostly used by fishing boats and vessels supporting the offshore oil and gas installations.

Good anchorage may be found off the harbor in a depth of

10m about 1.2 miles NE of Ponta do Ambriz.

Caution.—Passage through the approach channel is re-ported to be difficult when the swell, which usually runs at right

angles to the fairway, is accompanied by a cross wind.

4.69 Enseado do Capulo (7°59'S., 13°11'E.), lying 9.5

miles SSE of Ponta do Ambriz, is 1.5 miles wide between its

rocky entrance points. The village of Capulo stands at the head

of this bay near the Rio Uezo, a small stream. Monte Bamba,

with a rounded summit and sloping sides, rises 2 miles inland,

E of the bay. This hill appears detached from the others in the

vicinity when seen from the W.

4.69 The coast in this vicinity presents an arid appearance, with

an occasional clump of trees. A rocky shoal, with a least depth

of 7m, lies about 0.5 mile off the N entrance point of the bay. A

rocky bank, with depths of less than 11m, extends up to about

0.5 mile WNW from the S entrance point. Vessels with local

knowledge can anchor in a depth of 11m, sand and shells,

about 0.7 mile NNW of the S entrance point.

The coast between Enseada do Capulo and Enseada do Mussulo, 16 miles SSE, consists of steep white cliffs and is bordered by a reef which extends up to about 1 mile offshore. The

Rio Onzo flows into Enseado do Mussulo; its mouth is indicated by a deep fissure in the cliffs which forms a valley filled

with a mass of dark verdure. A range of hills, irregular in outline, runs parallel with this stretch of coast, a short distance inland. In addition, the peaks of the Mussulo Hills rise 10 to 11

miles inland and are conspicuous.

The village of Mussulo Grande, with some factories near it,

is situated on the shore of Enseada do Mussulo and is visible

from seaward. Anchorage can be taken by vessels, with local

knowledge, in a depth of 15m within this bay.

The coast extending SSE for 8 miles from Enseada do Mussulo is cliffy. The mouth of the Rio Lifune lies 13 miles SSE of

the bay and can be distinguished by masses of lofty trees which

line the coast in this vicinity and appear in contrast to the red

color of the land.

4.70 Ponta do Dande (8°28'S., 13°21'E.) is located 4 miles

SW of Ponta do Catumbo, the S entrance point of the Rio Lifune. This point is formed by the sloping base of some steep

cliffs which front a bold headland. These cliffs, which appear

vertical from the SW, extend E for 1.5 miles from the point and

end in a sheer bluff at the mouth of the Rio Dande.

A light is shown from a prominent square tower standing on

Ponta do Dande; a radio mast, 49m high, is situated 1.2 miles E

of it.

Ponta do Dande Light

Ponta das Lagostas Light
94 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

Baia do Dande lies between Ponta do Catumbo and Ponta do

Dande. A rocky shoal, with a least depth of 4m, lies about 1.7

miles NNE of Ponta do Dande. The coastal bank, with depths

of less than 5m, extends up to about 1 mile offshore at the head

and in the N part of the bay. Anchorage can be taken in a depth

of 10m about 0.5 mile N of Ponta do Dande Light.

Baia do Bengo is entered between Ponta Spilimberta, located

7.2 miles SSE of Ponta do Dande, and Ponta das Lagostas, 11

miles SSW. The coast between Ponta do Dande and Ponta

Spilimberta consists of high, red and white cliffs. The town and

fort of Cacuaco are situated on the S shore of the bay. They

stand at the termination of some red and white cliffs, which

contrast with the low land at the head of the bay.

4.70 Ponta das Lagostas (Morro das Lagostas) (8°45'S.,

13°18'E.) is formed by a perpendicular cliff of yellowish tint

which is surmounted by trees. A light is shown from a tower,

14m high, standing on this point but it is reported to be partly

hidden by trees. A prominent chimney is situated 1 mile ESE

of the light.

A T-shaped jetty is located about 0.8 mile ESE of Ponta das

Lagostas.

Caution.—The navigation light shown from Ponta das Lagostas has been reported to be difficult to distinguish from other lights in the vicinity.

Luanda (8°48'S., 13°15'E.)

World Port Index No. 46560

4.71 The port of Luanda, one of the finest harbors on the W

coast of Africa, is entered between Ponta das Lagostas and

Ponta da Ilha, 2.4 miles WSW. The latter point is the NE extremity of Ilha de Luanda (Ilha do Cabo), a low and narrow island which shelters the seaward side of the port. This island,

which is about 3.5 miles long, is connected to the mainland by

a causeway at its SW end.

Luanda, the capital of Angola, stands along the S part of the

harbor and extends toward the interior on the adjacent plateau.

Winds—Weather.—Winds from the WNW, WSW, and SE

usually predominate. Winds occasionally blow from the N, but

very rarely from the NE quadrant. During the day, the wind

generally effects a complete rotation of direction. In the morning, the wind is weak and usually from the S and E quadrants.

In the afternoon, it then blows from the N and W, becoming

fresh. At nightfall, the wind weakens and blows from the W

and S quadrants.

During the period between December and May, tropical disturbances of short duration may occur, although rarely. These

disturbances may consist of gusts from NNE and ESE, with velocities of up to about 50 knots.

Precipitation occurs from September to May in the form of

showers. March and April are the hottest months and also the

months with the greatest rainfall. These showers are generally

preceded by gusty winds from the E. Thunderstorms occur frequently in March and April, but are not very frequent during

the remaining months. During the dry season, no rain occurs,

but morning fog may appear. The fog forms particularly during

June, July, and August, but rarely causes any difficulty.

Tides—Currents.—The tide rises about 1.8m at springs and

1.4m at neaps.

In the vicinity of Luanda, the current has been reported to set

E, or directly onto the coast, at a rate of 0.7 knot. Although this

current is not constant, it is by no means infrequent.

Off Luanda, the characteristic West African swell is felt

throughout the year, but it is usually strongest from April to

September. The interior of the harbor is well-protected and always calm.

Depths—Limitations.—A shoal bank, with depths of less

than 10m, extends up to about 0.3 mile seaward from the NW

side of Ilha de Luanda. This bank, which is steep-to at its NE

end, also extends up to about 0.6 mile NE from the NE extremity of the island. The harbor entrance has depths of 15 to 30m.

The principal commercial pier and wharf are situated in the

SW part of the harbor. They provide 2,020m of main quayage,

with depths of 8.5 to 11m alongside, which affords ten berths

for ocean-going vessels. The port has facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, bulk, tanker, and container vessels. Cargo vessels up

to 305m in length and 10.4m draft can be accommodated.

An offshore oil and gas terminal berth, consisting of several

mooring buoys and a floating platform, is situated in the E part

of the harbor. A submarine pipeline extends ESE and connects

this berth to the shore. Tankers up to 230m in length and 13m

draft can be handled.

A naval installation is situated at the SW side of the harbor. It

is fronted by a wharf, 295m long, which has a depth of 12m

alongside.

A cement loading facility is situated outside the bay, about

0.8 mile ESE of Ponta das Lagostas. It consists of a T-shaped

jetty, with dolphins, which extends 0.5 mile NNW from the

shore. The jetty head is 210m long and has a depth of 14.3m

alongside.

It is reported (2004) that a base for oil and gas development

support vessels is under construction within the port. 

Aspect.—A light is shown from a prominent tower, 11m

high, standing at the NE end of Ilha de Luanda (Ilha do Cabo).

Lighted Buoy No. 1 is moored about 0.9 mile NE of this light. 

An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated 2 miles S of Ponta

das Lagostas.

A prominent oil refinery and a cement factory are situated l.3

miles SSW and 1 mile ESE, respectively, of Ponta das Lagostas. Chestnut-yellow smoke can normally be sighted from seaward rising in the vicinity of the cement factory.

Fortaleza de Sao Miguel stands in the SW part of the harbor.

Ilha de Luanda (Ilha do Cabo) Light 
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 95

Pub. 123

This fort is conspicuous, yellow in color, and floodlit at night.

An observatory, with a square tower, and a yellow-colored conspicuous hospital stand about 0.4 mile S of the fort. An airport

is situated 2.7 miles SSE of the fort.

A bank building, one of the highest buildings of the city,

stands 0.6 mile ESE of the fort. Its sign, which is illuminated

until about 0100, forms an excellent landmark and has been reported to be visible from more than 25 miles.

Fortaleza de Sao Pedro do Barra stands on the E side of the

harbor, 1.4 miles SW of Ponta das Lagostas. This fort is low,

formed by a cutting in the solid cliffs, and has a double tier of

gun ports. A prominent monument is situated near the shore,

0.6 mile NNE of the fort. A prominent chimney stands 0.8 mile

S of the fort.

4.71 Several stranded wrecks lie along the shores of the harbor

and may best be seen on the chart.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 300 grt.

Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 8 and generally board

about 1 mile S of Lighted Buoy No. 1. Vessels should send an

ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, 12 hours, and 6 hours in advance. Generally, vessels are berthed during daylight hours

only.

Anchorage.—A designated anchorage area for waiting vessels, about 1 mile square, has been established. It has depths of

24 to 31m and lies centered 1.3 miles NNW of Ponta das Lagostas.

Caution.—A large number of vessels may normally be anchored within the port limits.

Due to some unknown cause, large quantities of dead fish are

occasionally washed up on the shoal bank which extends NE

from the NE end of Ilha de Luanda.

With high SW winds, the sea breaks over part of Ilha de

Luanda and drives quantities of sand into the harbor. In addition, quantities of soil are washed down from the heights during the rainy season. Both of these actions have resulted in the

SW part of the harbor becoming very shallow and drying in

places at LW.

4.71 Prohibited anchorage areas, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie in the SW and NE parts of the harbor.

A measured distance (1,833.2m), which may best be seen on

the chart, lies on the seaward side of the N part of Ilha de Luanda and is marked by beacons.

Oil and gas exploration is being carried out along this coast

and vessels are warned that numerous wellheads, submerged

pipelines, drilling rigs, and platforms may be encountered in

the approaches to the port. Vessels should exercise care when

navigating in this vicinity as many of the associated structures

and installations are often moved and are not charted.

Luanda to Lobito

4.72 The coast between Ilha de Luanda and Ponta das

Palmeirinhas, 22 miles SW, consists of a low, sandy spit which

encloses an extensive, but mostly shallow lagoon.

4.72 Ponta do Mussulo (8°52'S., 13°09'E.), located about 5 miles

SW of Luanda, is the S entrance point of Barra da Corimba, the

mouth of the lagoon. A group of prominent radio masts is situated 3 miles SE of this point. Morro da Cruz rises on the mainland, 6.5 miles SSW of the point. This hill is 54m high and

prominent.

Ponta das Palmeirinhas (9°06'S., 13°00'E.) derives its

name from the clump of palm trees standing on it. A light is

shown from a prominent square tower, 38m high, standing 1.7

miles N of this point.

Enseada do Buraco is entered 4.5 miles NNE of Ponta das

Palmeirinhas. This small bay provides anchorage in a depth of

11m about 0.6 mile offshore.

The Rio Cuanza (9°21'S., 13°09'E.) flows into the sea 16

miles SE of Ponta das Palmeirinhas. This shallow river is of

considerable importance and its muddy waters discolor the sea

for up to about 10 miles offshore. The river mouth lies close N

of a long and sandy spit and is fronted by a bar which is continually changing. The sea frequently breaks right across the bar

and it is extremely dangerous for boats. However, small craft,

with drafts of 2.4 to 2.7m, can cross the bar at HW and ascend

the river for many miles. A smooth sea and local know-ledge

are necessary.

A conspicuous monument stands on the coast, 2.5 miles

NNW of the mouth of the Rio Cuanza. Anchorage can be taken

off the river entrance by vessels with local knowledge. Vessels

are advised to anchor, in depths of 22 to 27m, about 9 miles

offshore, or, in a depth of 16m, about 3 miles offshore.

The land extending inland for 40 miles between the Rio

Cuanza and the Rio Longa, 58 miles SSE, is a national park. It

is reserved for wild animals and has few inhabitants.

The coast between the Rio Cuanza and Cabo Ledo, 20 miles

S, is bordered by red cliffs of moderate height.

Caution.—Oil and gas exploration is being carried out along

this stretch of the coast and vessels are warned that numerous

well heads, submerged pipelines, drilling rigs, and platforms

may be encountered up to about 20 miles offshore. Vessels

should exercise care when navigating in this vicinity as many

of the associated structures and installations are often moved

and are not charted. 

4.73 Baia do Suto (Enseada de Suto) (9°38'S., 13°13'E.) is

entered between Ponta do Sangano and Cabo Ledo, 7 miles S.

A rock, awash, lies about 1.2 miles WNW of Ponta do Sangano

and Baixo do Suto, with a least depth of 5.3m, lies about 2.7

miles NNE of Cabo Ledo.

A small and sandy cove lies in the S part of the bay and the

Rio Suto flows into its head. This river has a good flow in the

rainy season, but its mouth is often choked with sand. Vessels

Ponta das Palmeirinhas Light
96 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

with local knowledge may obtain anchorage, sheltered from

SW winds, in a depth of 10m about 0.9 mile NE of Cabo Ledo.

However, a strong swell sets around the cape at times and causes vessels to roll heavily.

Cabo Ledo (9°41'S., 13°12'E.), a high and black promon-tory, is rugged and covered with trees. This cape is easily rec-ognized from seaward as it is a salient point and presents the

appearance of a truncated cone. A light is shown from a stone

tower with dwellings, 12m high, standing on the summit of the

cape. A prominent radio tower, 50m high, stands 7 miles ENE

of the light.

The coast between Cabo Ledo and Cabo de Sao Braz, 19

miles SSE, is bordered by remarkable white cliffs. The latter

cape is steep-to and Enseada Sao Braz (Baia de Sao Braz) lies

close N of it. A sandy spit encloses a salt water lagoon in the S

part of this bay and a large swamp lies at the foot of the hills

rising close S of the bay. Anchorage can be taken by vessels

with local knowledge, in depths of 6 to 14m, within the bay.

4.73 The coast between Cabo de Sao Braz and Ponta do Longa,

15 miles SE, is backed by a high tableland. The latter point is

formed by a bluff headland which is covered with brushwood.

Cabo das Tres Pontas (10°23'S., 13°32'E.), a projecting

headland, is located 13.5 miles SSE of Ponta do Longa. A light

is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 14m high, standing on

this cape.

The Rio Longa empties into the head of the bay which extends between Ponta do Longa and the cape. Except at the

mouth of the river, which is thickly wooded, the shores of the

bay consist of high, unbroken cliffs.

4.74 Ponta do Morro (10°45'S., 13°43'E.), located 25

miles SSE of Cabo das Tres Pontas, is very high, with perpendicular cliffs on its seaward side. This point forms one of the

most remarkable headlands along this part of the coast and its

summit is covered with tall cactus trees. Porto Amboim Light

is shown from a square tower with a dwelling, 12m high,

standing on this point.

Morro Cambiri, a headland, is located 2.3 miles NE of Ponta

do Morro. It is 65m high and marked by a light shown from a

hut. A prominent monument stands on the coast, 0.3 mile NNE

of the headland. An airfield is located 1 mile NE of the headland and an aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at a mast

standing in its vicinity.

Porto Amboim (Benguela Velha) (10°44'S., 13°45'E.)

(World Port Index No. 46570), a small port, lies close NE of

Morro Cambiri. Vessels anchor and work cargo from lighters in

the roadstead. A jetty, 120m long, fronts the town and has a

depth of 2m alongside.

Anchorage can be taken in convenient depths, but the roadstead is somewhat exposed to the SW swell. Good anchorage

can be taken in a depth of 18m about 0.3 mile NNW of the

light on Morro Cambiri. Good anchorage can also be taken in a

depth of 22m, mud, WNW of Morro Cambiri. Local knowledge is advised.

Caution.—A wreck, with a least depth of 3m, lies about 0.4

mile WSW of Morro Cambiri.

Several piers, which carry suction pipes, extend seaward

from the shore between 0.5 mile and 2 miles NE of Morro

Cambiri. The pipes convey fish from vessels moored at the pier

heads to several fishmeal factories situated on the shore.

4.75 The Rio Cuvo (10°52'S., 13°48'E.) flows into the sea

through a low, wooded plain, 8 miles SE of Ponta do Morro.

The cliffy nature of the coast along this stretch disappears in

the vicinity of the river mouth. However, the cliffs reappear to

the S of the river entrance and continue, almost without interruption, for 90 miles to Porto do Lobito. Several yellow patches, the result of landslides, can be seen in these cliffs.

The summits of several high mountains, which rise inland,

may be observed during clear weather, especially in December,

January, and February.

Novo Redondo (Gunza-Kabolo) (Sumbe) (11°12'S.,

13°50'E.) (World Port Index No. 46580), a small anchorage

port, lies 27 miles SSE of Ponta do Morro. The town is par-tially obscured by heights which extend from the beach and on

which two conspicuous water tanks stand. A light is shown

from a tower, 7m high, standing near the ruins of a fort.

An airfield lies 2 miles NNE of the light and an aeronautical

radiobeacon is situated in its vicinity. Two radio masts stand

0.5 mile SSE of the fort.

The Rio Gunza empties into the sea close N of the town. For

5 or 6 months of the year, this river is absorbed by the porous

sand through which it flows.

A pier, used by lighters, fronts the shore near the light. VesCabo Ledo Light

Sumbe (Novo Redondo) Light 
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 97

Pub. 123

sels anchor and work cargo in the roadstead. Depths of less

than 5m extend up to about 1 mile offshore and Baixo do Inconcon, with a least depth of 0.6m, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, between 0.5 and 0.9 mile SSW of the light. Anchorage

can be taken, in depths of 7 to 13m, sand, about 1.8 miles W of

the fort, but this roadstead is exposed to a predominant SW

swell. 

4.76 Enseada do Quicombo (11°18'S., 13°49'E.), into

which the Rio Cubai flows, lies 7.5 miles S of Novo Redondo.

The small town of Quicombo, which stands along the S part of

the bay, may be recognized from the N and W by a remarkable

zigzag road. This conspicuous road ascends from the back of

the town and leads over the mountains behind it.

The S entrance point of the bay is formed by a red bluff.

Baixo de Salvador Correia, a rocky shoal, extends up to about

0.7 mile NW of the point. This shoal has a least depth of 3.8m

and the sea frequently breaks on it.

The town is fronted by a small wharf and anchorage can be

taken in a depth of 9m, sand and mud, about 1 mile NW of it.

The bay affords good anchorage, except during the time of the

heaviest rollers (December to August).

Ponta do Quicombo (Ponta Vermelha) (11°22'S., 13°48'E.),

located 2.5 miles SSW of the S entrance point of the bay, may

be recognized by patches of red marking its SW face. A light is

shown from a square tower, 14m high, standing on this point.

Caution.—An isolated shoal, with a depth of 18m, is reported (1984) to lie about 17.5 miles W of Ponta do Quicombo

Light.

4.77 Cabeca da Baleia (11°35'S., 13°46'E.), located 15.5

miles S of Enseada do Quicombo, is a dark-colored point

which projects about 1 mile from the coast. It may be identified

by a tableland which rises near the beach, 2 miles to the N.

The coast between Cabeca da Baleia and the mouth of the

Rio Balombo, 23 miles S, consists of high and perpendicular

chalky cliffs, which may be seen from a considerable distance

to seaward in the rays of the afternoon sun.

Baia dos Pombos, lying close S of Cabeca da Baleia, is a slight

indentation in the coast. It has a fine sandy beach and terminates to

the S in a rocky point. This indentation is about 5 miles wide and

the sea breaks with considerable violence along its shores.

The mouth of the Rio Eval (Rio Tapado) lies 12 miles S of

Cabeca da Baleia and may be identified by some vegetation rising in a somewhat steep ravine. Anchorage can be taken by

vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 15m, about 1 mile

W of the river mouth.

Egito Praia (11°58'S., 13°46'E.) stands at the mouth of the

Rio Balombo, 11 miles SSW of the mouth of the Rio Eval.

This small town may be identified by a large white house,

which stands half way up the cliff of a deep gorge. In addition,

a conspicuous cliff, in the shape of a wedge, rises close S of the

river entrance. Several houses are situated close to the beach at

the bottom of the gorge and some factories stand in the town.

Good anchorage can be taken by vessels with local knowledge,

in a depth of 12m, about 1.5 miles offshore.

Ponta do Egito (12°00'S., 13°43'E.) is located 3 miles SW

of Egito Praia. A light is shown from a round tower, 9m high,

standing on this point.

Enseada do Binge, an indentation in the coast, lies between a

point, located 5 miles SSW of Ponta do Egito, and Ponta do

Binge, 5 miles SSW. A large village, fronted by a sandy beach,

is situated in the middle of this indentation. Landing can be effected along the shore of the indentation by boats, even though

the sea breaks on the beach with considerable force. 

Caution.—In some places along this stretch of coast, depths

of less than 15m have been found lying up to 3 miles offshore.

Lobito (12°20'S., 13°34'E.)

World Port Index No. 46590

4.78 Lobito, which resembles by its configuration the port

of Luanda, is an excellent and secure natural harbor. The bay is

sheltered on its NW side by a narrow and sandy spit which extends parallel to the shore. The port, having been developed

since the end of the civil war, is also the terminus of the reconstructed Benguela railway, which connects with the Democratic Republic of the Congo (formerly Zaire) and Zambia. 

Winds—Weather.—Throughout the year, sea breezes predominate during the afternoon and vary between SW and NW.

At other hours of the day, the winds are variable and it is generally calm at night. Precipitation, usually in the form of showers, occurs from November to April, with the months of March

and April having the most rainfall. Precipitation is weak from

November to January and there is practically no rain from May

to October. Thunderstorms are rare and fog is infrequent.

4.78 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and

1.3m at neaps.

The tidal currents in the vicinity of the harbor are negligible.

A swell from the WSW predominates outside the port, but the

harbor is always calm. 

Depths—Limitations.—The harbor extends along the entire

enclosed bay. Anchorage berths are located at the E side and

the commercial quays are situated in the SW part. The main

commercial facilities include Quay No. 1, which extends along

the SE side of the sandy spit and Quay No. 2, which ex-tends

along the head of the harbor.

Quay No. 1 is 570m long and has a depth of 10.4m alongside. Quay No. 2 is 552m long and has depths of 10.3 to 10.6m

alongside.

There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, tanker, passenger,

and container vessels. Vessels up to 275m in length and 10.3m

draft can be accommodated.

Aspect.—The harbor bay is sheltered on its NW side by a

narrow and sandy spit which extends NE for about 3 miles to

Ponta da Restinga, the NE extremity. Numerous bungalows

and buildings are situated along this spit. The seaward side of

the spit is protected by a number of groynes.

A light is shown from a framework tower, 11m high, standing on Ponta da Restinga and a prominent radio mast is situated

1 mile SW of it. The government residence, with a large conspicuous tower, and a conspicuous church tower are situated 1

mile SW of the radio mast.

Lighted buoys, which mark the entrance to the fairway, are

Lobito Home Page

http://www.eplobito.com
98 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

moored E of Ponta da Restinga.

Lobito Light (12°19'S., 13°34'E.), the main harbor light, is

shown from a prominent tower with a dwelling, 15m high,

standing on the top of the mainland cliffs, 0.7 mile E of Ponta

da Restinga.

A cement factory, with a prominent chimney, is situated 1.5

miles SW of the light and a radio tower stands 0.4 mile S of it.

It has been reported that the yellowish-brown smoke rising

from this chimney can be seen from a considerable distance.

Several prominent oil tanks stand on a small area of reclaimed land lying 0.4 mile SW of the cement factory. Several

conspicuous port installations, including silos, stand in the SW

part of the harbor. The head of the harbor is occupied by an extensive bank which dries at LW and gives off an offensive odor.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within the harbor entrance and is only available during daylight hours. Vessels

should send an ETA by radio 24 hours before arrival on weekdays and 48 hours before arrival on weekends. The port can

usually be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16 during daylight

hours. Pilots usually board inside the harbor, between Lighted

Buoy No. 4 and Lighted Buoy No. 6. Pilots can board outside

the harbor on request with prior notice.

4.78 Regulations.—The maximum speed permitted in the harbor

is 8 knots.

4.78 Contact Information.—The port of Lobito may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Anchorage.—The harbor provides sheltered and calm anchorage with good holding ground. The designated anchorage

area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies in the middle of

the harbor. It has depths of 14 to 31m and is marked by buoys.

Caution.—The sand spit at the NW side of the harbor is reported to be extending NE at a rate of about 30m a year. It was

reported (1988) that shoaling extended up to about 200m ESE

from Ponta da Restinga and vessels should give this point a

wide berth.

Ponta da Restinga Light

Ponta da Restinga

Lobito Light

Lobito Harbor

Lobito Harbor (South)

dop@eplobito.com
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 99

Pub. 123

Anchorage is prohibited within the harbor between the N

side of the designated anchorage area and the sandy spit in order to provide free passage for vessels proceeding to the quays. 

Several wrecks lie within the harbor and may best be seen on

the chart.

Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered (moored) in

the N part of the designated anchorage area.

A measured distance (1 mile), which may best be seen on the

chart, lies on the seaward side of the N part of the sandy spit,

and is marked by beacons.

The buoys marking the seaward entrance of the harbor fairway are often moved and should not be relied upon.

Lobito to Namibe (Mocamedes)

4.79 The coast between Ponta da Restinga and Baia de

Benguela, 18 miles SSW, is low and wooded with few landmarks.

The Rio Catumbela (12°27'S., 13°29'E.) flows into the sea

10 miles SW of Ponta da Restinga. Its mouth may be identified

from the W by a remarkable niche in the hills, located 4 miles

inland, through which the river flows. The town of Catumbela

stands close W of this niche. Two hills, each 150m high, rise on

the S bank of the river, about 0.3 mile E of the town and 3.5

miles inland. They are both surmounted by old forts, which

consist of a long building, with a red roof, surrounded by a

stone wall. When approaching the river, these forts are prominent, but they would probably be mistaken for ordinary dwellings from farther seaward.

Several factories, with tall chimneys, are situated on the N

bank of the river, 0.5 mile W of the town, but they are mostly

hidden by vegetation.

The river overflows its banks during the rainy season and inundates a large area, but it is no more than a large stream in the

dry season.

Baia de Benguela (12°35'S., 13°24'E.) lies between the

mouth of the Rio Cavaco, located 8 miles SW of the Rio Catumbela, and Ponta do Sombreiro, 6.3 miles WSW. The shore

of this bay is chiefly composed of a sandy beach. The city of

Sao Felipe de Benguela stands in the NE part of the bay on a

marshy plain which is almost inundated during the rainy season (March and April). The land situated about 7 miles E of the

city attains an elevation of 450m.

A lighted range is shown from the vicinity of the city and indicates the anchorage. The front light is shown from a tower,

7m high, standing in front of an old fort; the rear light is shown

from the N tower, 12m high, of a church. Vessels can anchor in

a depth of 13m, mud and sand, on this range and about 1 mile

offshore. Local knowledge is advised as the bay is reported to

be obstructed by numerous fish traps. The roadstead is only

used by fishing craft and local coasters, as ocean-going vessels

now proceed to Lobito.

Ponta do Sombreiro (12°35'S., 13°18'E.) is the N extremity

of a promontory. Morro do Sombreiro, a very conspicuous hill,

rises close within this point. It is 124m high and has a hat-like

appearance. A light is shown from a column, 7m high, standing

on this hill.

Caution.—Between Ponta do Sombreiro and Ponto do Porto

(15°47'S., 11°51'E.), 225 miles SSW, great depths are found

close to the coast and anchorage is rendered almost impossible,

except within a few sheltered bays. Vessels are advised to

maintain a good distance from the shore, as the swell sets toward the coast.

Caution is necessary along this stretch of coast in order to

avoid overestimating the distance from the land due to the light

sandy nature of the low-lying foreshore and the extreme haziness of the atmosphere which generally prevails.

The current along the coast to the NE of Ponta das Salinas

sets offshore, but between this point and Baia de Equimina, 23

miles SSW, the current sets toward the land and caution should

be exercised.

4.80 The coast between Ponta do Sombreiro and Ponta das

Vacas, 5 miles WSW, is cliffy and forms several snug coves

where boats and small craft can shelter. A prominent water

tower stands 1 mile SW of Ponta das Vacas.

Baia Farta lies between Ponta das Vacas and Ponta de Sao

Jose, 1.8 miles NW. This latter point is formed by a rounded,

sandy tongue. The head of the bay consists of a sandy beach.

The village of Baia Farta stands in the SW corner of the bay,

near the mouth of a small stream. It is fronted by several small

piers which are used by fishing craft. Vessels with local knowledge can obtain excellent anchorage in a depth of 25m about

0.6 mile S of Ponta de Sao Jose and about 0.3 mile offshore.

The coast between Ponta de Sao Jose and Ponta das Salinas,

22 miles SW, is steep-to and consists of white, sandy beaches.

The shore is difficult to distinguish until very close as it

projects far from the hills inland.

Baia Tenda Grande, a slight indentation, lies 2 miles NE of

Ponta das Salinas. A prominent water tower stands in the settlement, which is situated at the head of this indentation.

4.81 Ponta das Salinas (12°50'S., 12°56'E.) is a low,

rounded, and sandy point which extends up to about 6 miles W

of the inland hills. A light is shown from a conspicuous square

tower, 38m high, standing on this point. A dwelling surmounts

a sand dune which rises close E of the light.

Ponta Bongue, located 9 miles SSE of Ponta das Salinas, is

fringed with rocks; depths of less than 5m lie up to about 0.4

mile N and NW of it. A prominent stone beacon, 2m high,

stands on this point.

Ponta Norte and Ponta Sul, each surmounted by a beacon,

are located 200m and 400m, respectively, E of Ponta Bongue.

Enseada do Cuio is entered close E of Ponta Bongue. The

village of Cuio, fronted by a small pier, stands at the head of

this bay; two range beacons are situated on the SE shore. Anchorage within the bay is considered bad as it is exposed to the

SW wind and swell.

4.81 The coast between Ponta Bongue and Baia da Equimina, 15

miles SW, is steep-to and high. The land is broken at intervals

by ravines which run down to the sea and form small bays.

Streams flow through these ravines. Generally, the small bays

afford temporary shelter in fine weather, but only for vessels

with local knowledge.

Baia da Equimina (13°11'S., 12°47'E.) lies between Ponta

dos Papeis and Ponta Equimina, 2.5 miles SW. Ponta dos Papeis is fronted by a conspicuous white cliff, 90m high, which

extends 2 miles NE. The remains of a sugar plantation are situated at the center of the bay and several of the partially ruined

buildings are prominent. A fish factory, with two con-spicuous
100 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

chimneys, stands in the SW corner of the bay. Small vessels

with local knowledge can anchor, in a depth of 25m, about 0.3

mile NE of Ponta Equimina. This anchorage is not recommended as it is exposed to the sea breeze and the bottom shoals

rapidly.

4.82 Ponta dos Frades (13°13'S., 12°43'E.) is located 6.2

miles SW of Ponta dos Papeis. A light is shown from a tower

with dwellings, 9m high, standing 0.4 mile SSE of this point.

Rochas dos Frades, consisting of three rocks, lies on a rocky

shelf which extends up to about 0.2 mile NW of Ponta dos

Frades. These rocks are 4m high and steep-to.

Baia dos Elefantes (13°13'S., 12°44'E.) is entered between

Ponta dos Frades and Ponta do Leste, 2.5 miles ENE. The bay

provides the best anchorage along this part of the coast, as it is

sheltered from the prevailing winds and from the rollers, which

occasionally set in. It is reported that sharks often frequent this

bay.

The current off the bay generally sets NNW, but occasionally

it sets E and attains a rate of 1.5 knots.

The buildings of an abandoned whaling station, a few huts,

and an observatory are situated in the SW corner of the bay. A

conspicuous tableland, 233m high, rises near the SW corner of

the bay. The names of many British naval vessels, outlined in

stone and whitewashed, are situated near the summit on the E

side of the tableland and are visible from a considerable distance to seaward. The land rises to a height of 350m close inland of this tableland.

Although the bay is deep, the depths decrease gradually toward the shore. Good anchorage can be taken in a depth of

29m about 0.7 mile NNE of the old whaling station.

4.83 The coast between Ponta dos Frades and Cabo de

Santa Maria, 16 miles SW, is backed by granite mountains. The

granite is interspersed with patches of alabaster, mica, and

quartz, which reflect the rays of the sun like a vast mirror and

are visible from a considerable distance.

An indentation, with steep cliffs rising from its shores, lies

between Ponta dos Frades and Ponta Choca, 4 miles SW. Baia

do Limagem, entered between Ponta Choca and Ponta Limagem, 2.5 miles SSW, is a sandy bay lying at the mouth of a ravine. This bay affords sheltered anchorage to small vessels

with local knowledge.

The coast between Ponta Limagem and Ponta Juliana, 3.8

miles SSW, consists of high cliffs which are broken at intervals

by ravines. Sandy beaches front the mouths of most of the ravines.

Baia das Tainhas, lying 5 miles SW of Ponta Juliana, has an

entrance 0.7 mile wide. It is surrounded by steep cliffs, except

for a ravine located at the S end. Good anchorage, sheltered

from the prevailing wind and swell, may be taken by large vessels, in a depth of 30m, about 0.3 mile off the sandy beach

fronting the head of this bay.

4.84 Cabo de Santa Maria (13°25'S., 12°32'E.), located

16 miles SW of Ponta dos Frades, is of moderate height and is

surmounted by a small pillar. This pillar replaces the original

one which was placed there by Diego Cam in 1486. A light is

shown from a tower with dwellings, 12m high, standing on the

cape.

4.84 A high and isolated hill, with a flat top, stands 2.5 miles E of

the cape and can be seen above it from the S.

4.84 Baia de Santa Maria is entered between Cabo de Santa Maria

and Arranca Ferro (Ponta Leste), the NW extremity of a promontory, 0.8 mile ENE. Ilheu Liesse (Ilheu dos Passaros), 58m

high, lies near the center of the bay. Depths of less than 4m lie

between this small island and the head, but elsewhere the bay is

deep. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 24m, sand and decayed coral, midway between Ilheu Liesse and the W shore of

the bay. This anchorage, although sheltered, is only suitable for

small vessels.

4.85 The coast between Cabo de Santa Maria and Cabo de

Santa Marta, 28 miles SSW, consists mostly of granite cliffs

which rise steeply from the sea. These cliffs are intersected in a

few places by valleys which terminate in broad sandy beaches.

4.85 Ilheus do Pina (13°27'S., 12°31'E.), a group of rocks, lies

about 2 miles S of Cabo de Santa Maria. The largest rock,

which is black and 35m high, lies about 1 mile offshore.

4.85 A small islet lies 0.3 mile SW of a point located 4.3 miles S

of Cabo de Santa Maria.

4.85 The Rio Catara flows into the head of a small bay, 6.5 miles

S of Ilheus do Pina. Landing can be effected by surfboats at the

S end of this bay. Anchorage can be obtained by vessels with

local knowledge, in a depth of 18m, about 450m off this river

mouth, but the change from considerable depths to those suitable for anchoring is very sudden.

4.85 Enseada do Bonfim (13°49'S., 12°32'E.) is entered 15 miles

S of the mouth of the Rio Catara. This bay affords anchorage,

in a depth of 29m, about 300m from the shore. 

4.85 Baia de Santa Marta (13°51'S., 12°30'E.), a large indentation, is entered between Ponta da Bissonga, located 1.5 miles S

of Enseada do Bonfim, and Cabo de Santa Marta, 6 miles

WSW. Several small bays lie along the shore of this indentation and may be used for shelter by small vessels with local

knowledge.

4.86 Cabo de Santa Marta (13°53'S., 12°25'E.) is of

moderate elevation and forms a salient feature on this part of

the coast. It marks the termination of the high, cliffy coast. A

light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 14m high, standing on this cape.

The mouth of the Rio Carunjamba lies 4.5 miles S of the

cape. Ponta do Inamagando, located 7 miles SSW of the river,

Cabo de Santa Maria Light
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 101

Pub. 123

is the S entrance point of Baia das Matilhas. The Rio Inamagando flows into the head of this bay.

Ponta das Salinas is located 7.8 mile SSW of Ponta do

Inamagando and Baia das Salinas is entered close E of it. Anchorage, sheltered from the predominant winds and swell, may

be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 16m

within this bay.

Ponta Grossa (14°13'S., 12°20'E.), located 2 miles S of

Ponta das Salinas, can be identified by the prominent red and

yellow composition of the cliffs. A light is shown from a tower,

14m high, standing on this point.

Ponta dos Mocuandos (14°18'S., 12°22'E.), the SW entrance point of Baia Velho, is located 5 miles SSE of Ponta

Grossa. The Rio de Sao Nicolau (Rio Bentiaba) discharges into

the bay and a reef, with a least depth of 3m, extends up to about

1.5 miles seaward from the S side of its mouth. Temporary anchorage can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in a

depth of 9m, within this bay, but it is exposed and offers no

shelter.

Monte Velho, 229m high, rises on the S side of Baia Velho, 6

miles from the mouth of the Rio de Sao Nicolau. This hill

forms a good landmark as it has a truncated shape and is of a

darker color than the coast in the vicinity.

Lageas (14°24'S., 12°21'E.), consisting of two rocks, lies

about 1 mile offshore, 6 miles S of Ponta dos Mocuandos. The

tallest rock is 2.7m high.

4.87 Ponta Piambo (14°41'S., 12°17'E.) is located 19

miles SSW of Lageas. Except for Enseada do Chapeu, which

lies 3 miles S of Lageas, the coast is devoid of landmarks between these rocks and the point. A light is shown from a tower,

18m high, standing on Ponta Piambo.

Ponta de Santa Gertrudes, marked by a beacon, is located 9

miles SSW of Ponta Piambo. Baia do Baba lies close E of this

point, but provides no shelter. However, anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 27m, within this bay.

4.87 Baia do Mucuio lies 3.5 miles SSW of Ponta de Santa Gertrudes. Vertical cliffs separate this bay from Baia das Pipas,

which is entered close E of Ponta do Gigante and 6.8 miles

SSW of Ponta de Santa Gertrudes. Good anchorage can be taken by vessels, with local knowledge, in depths of 18 to 24m

within Baia das Pipas.

Enseada do Cherungo, lying 4 miles SSW of Ponta do Gigante, has depths of up to 13m lying 0.5 mile offshore. The Rio

Giraul flows into the sea 6.8 miles SSW of Ponta do Gigante.

Ponta do Giraul (15°08'S., 12°07'E.), located 11 miles SSW

of Ponta do Gigante, lies on the N side of Baia de Namibe. This

point is rounded, rocky, and steep-to. A light is shown from a

prominent tower with a dwelling, 24m high, standing on this

point. It is reported (2004) that the tower is in a dilapidated

condition.

Namibe (Mocamedes) (15°12'S., 12°09'E.)

World Port Index No. 46610

4.88 Baia de Namibe (Baia de Mocamedes) lies between

Ponta do Giraul and Ponta das Barreiras, 4 miles SSW.

Namibe, an important fishing and general cargo harbor, is located in the SE corner of the bay. Porto Saco (Porto Salazar),

an ore and tanker terminal, is situated in the NE corner of the

bay and is a subsidiary of Namibe.

Winds—Weather.—Sea breezes predominate and are weak

during the morning, but fresh in the afternoon. During the

night, the wind is usually weak or moderate and from between

S and SW. During the dry season, especially from June to

August, winds from the E sometimes blow. They are hot, dry,

and carry sand which causes uncomfortable weather. The

winds are strongest in February and March. Throughout the

year, the winds rarely exceed a velocity of 10 knots and never

attain a velocity of 30 knots. There is little rain and it is limited

to showers. Thunderstorms are rare, but may occur during

March and April. Fog is frequent from May to August and

occurs principally at dawn and in the morning. A mist may

sometimes remain throughout the day.

Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and

1.4m at neaps.

The tidal currents are variable and weak, but sometimes attain a rate of 1 knot. Strong SW swells are frequent and can occur during any month of the year. They sometimes cause strong

surging at Namibe.

Depths—Limitations.—The entrance and middle part of

Baia de Namibe have great depths.

Baixo Amelia, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 1.3 miles N from Ponta das Barreiras. It consists of sand,

stones, and rock and is steep-to at the N end. This shoal is very

dangerous and the sea breaks heavily over it at times.

Baixo do Diabo, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to

about 0.5 mile W from the S side of the entrance to the Rio Berio, at the head of the bay.

4.88 At Porto Saco, the bulk ore quay is 325m long and has a

depth of 18m alongside. It is equipped with a gantry conveyor

system for loading iron ore and can handle vessels up to

200,000 dwt and 16.4m draft. The tanker quay is 480m long

and has a depth of 18.8m alongside. It can handle vessels of up

to 18.5m draft.

At Namibe, the main quay is 875m long. It has 480m of berthing space for ocean-going cargo vessels, with a depth of

Ponta do Giraul Light

Namibe Home Page

http://www.portodonamibe.com
102 Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 

Pub. 123

10.5m alongside; 130m of berthing space for coasters, with a

depth of 6.1m alongside; and 265m of berthing space for fishing vessels, with a depth of 3m alongside. Cargo vessels up to

10.3m draft can be accommodated alongside.

Aspect.—The bay is backed by some ranges of hills which

appear very white from seaward when the sun is shining on

them. From Ponta do Giraul, the N entrance point, cliffs, 15 to

30m high, extend E and NE for about 1.8 miles.

A conspicuous white water tower stands at the head of Porto

Saco, 1.5 miles NE of Ponta do Giraul and several oil tanks, also conspicuous, are situated 0.4 mile NE of it.

The E shore of the bay consists of a sandy beach, near the

middle of which is the mouth of the Rio Berio. This river is almost absorbed into the ground before reaching the bay.

Ponta das Barreiras, the S entrance point, is low and sandy.

Several prominent fishing installations are situated close E of

this point.

Ponta do Noronha is located in the S part of the bay, 3 miles

SSE of Ponta do Giraul. It is faced with a perpendicular sandstone cliff, 38m high. Several conspicuous fish oil tanks and

buildings stand on the top of the cliff. A light is shown from a

square tower standing on this point and a prominent radio mast

stands 1.5 miles SE of it.

The city of Namibe stands in the SE corner of Baia de

Namibe and an airport is situated 1 mile SE of it. An aero-nautical radiobeacon is reported to be situated in the vicinity of

this airport.

Fortaleza de Sao Fernando, marked by a light, is situated l.2

miles ESE of Ponta do Noronha. It stands near the shore in the

middle of the city and is conspicuous. The Governor’s Palace,

a large pink building, is situated close SW of the fort and a

church, with two domes, stands close SW of it.

4.88 Two prominent radio masts, 30m high, stand 0.6 mile NE of

the fort. 

A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, leads

in a NE direction and indicates the approach to Porto Saco.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory but is only available until

1900 in the summer and 1800 in winter. Pilots board at the entrance to the bay. Vessels are not berthed after 2000. Vessels

may depart at any time, but arrangements must be made in advance.

Regulations.—Vessels proceeding to Porto Saco which are

carrying inflammable cargo must send an ETA message, with

product details, at least 48 hours in advance via the agent to the

Port Captain at Porto Namibe. Messages may be sent directly

to the agent by fax or through the coastal radio station at Luanda.

Anchorage.—Baia de Namibe provides good anchorage and

is sheltered from all winds except from those between N and

NW. Good anchorage, out of the swell, may be obtained, in a

depth of 13m, mud and sand, in the SE part of the bay, about

0.5 mile NW of Fortaleza de Sao Fernando.

Tankers and bulk ore vessels normally moor off Porto Saco;

the anchorages are assigned by the port authorities. 

Caution.—A fishing fleet is often encountered off Baixa

Amelia at night.

It is reported (2000) that the navigation lights in the vicinity

of the bay cannot be relied upon.

4.88 It is reported (2004) that some of the piers and quays in the

port are in poor condition.

Namibe (Mocamedes) to Ponta Albina

4.89 Ponta da Anunciacao (15°14'S., 12°03'E.), located 3

miles SW of Ponta das Barreiras, is low, sandy, and indistinctive. A spit, on which the sea breaks heavily at times, extends

up to about 0.3 mile N from this point. To the S of the point,

the coast becomes cliffy and is backed by hills.

The Rio dos Flamingos (15°33'S., 12°01'E.) enters the sea,

19 miles S of Ponta da Anunciacao, from a gorge lying S of

Morro Columbi, which is 117m high. A light is shown from a

tower with dwellings, 11m high, standing 1 mile SSE of the

river mouth. A stranded wreck lies on the foreshore about 8

miles N of the river mouth.

Cabo Negro (15°40'S., 11°56'E.), located 9.5 miles SSW of

the mouth of the Rio dos Flamengos, is a remarkable headland.

It is formed by a precipitous mass, about 65m high, which rises

at the extremity of a low point and resembles an island. The

cape has a round and rugged black face, which is encrusted by

different colored earths and sands abounding in fossilized

shells. The summit of the cape is surmounted by a pillar which

is the remains of a marble cross erected there by Diego Cam in

1486.

The Rio Curoca (Rio Coroca) enters the sea 3 miles SSW of

Cabo Negro. A bridge spans this river about 1 mile within its

mouth.

4.90 Tombua (Porto Alexandre) (15°48'S., 11°50'E.) is entered between Ponta do Pinda, located 2 miles SSW of the Rio

Curoca, and Ponta do Porto, 3 miles SW. The latter point lies at

the NE extremity of a low, narrow, and sandy peninsula which

forms the N and W sides of the harbor. The town stands along

the S shore of the bay, which is low and sandy. The harbor is

sheltered and frequented by fishing vessels and coasters with

local knowledge.

Ponta do Noronha Light

Fortaleza de Sao Fernando
Sector 4. Gabon to Angola—Cap Lopez to Ponta Albina 103

Pub. 123

Ponta do Pinda, the N entrance point, is 38m high. It is

prominent and projects from the interior like an immense wall.

Ponta do Porto, the S entrance point, is low. A light is shown

from a structure, 8m high, standing on this point. Both the harbor and the town can usually be seen over the peninsula. A

small airport is situated 1 mile E of the town.

Banco do Pinda, with a least depth of 8m, lies about 1.2

miles NNE of Ponta do Porto, in the N approach to the harbor.

Baixo da Ponta Brava, with depths of less than 10m, extends up

to about 1 mile N from the N side of the peninsula.

4.90 The town is fronted by a small jetty. Vessels can moor within

the bay in depths of 20 to 30m, sand and mud with good holding ground. The best anchorage lies in a depth of 29m, mud,

about 0.2 mile off the town.

Regulations.—Vessels may not berth at night after 2000

hours. Vessels may depart at night but arrangements must be

made in advance.

4.90 Caution.—It is reported (1998) that all aids to navigation

may be missing, unlit, out of position, or otherwise unreliable.

4.91 Banco Grande (15°45'S., 11°48'E.), with depths of

less than 12m, extends up to about 3.5 miles N of a point on the

shore located 4 miles W of Ponta do Porto.

Ponta Albina (15°53'S., 11°44'E.), a low point, is located 9

miles SW of Ponta do Porto. A light is shown from a tower, 38m

high, standing on this point and another tower, 7m high, is situated close to it.

4.91 Caution.—Ponta Albina is reported to be extending to the

W. The coast in this vicinity is formed by a low and sandy

beach on which there are heavy breakers.

The sea in this area is always in a state of disturbance due to

the currents running past this point in a violent and irregular

manner, generally in a N or NW direction.

Ponta Albina Light from NW
105

Pub. 123

5. 

Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

5.0SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
107

Pub. 123

SECTOR 5 

ANGOLA, NAMIBIA, AND SOUTH AFRICA—PONTA ALBINA TO THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SW coast of Africa from

Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope, and includes the port

of Cape Town. The descriptive sequence is from N to S. 

General Remarks

5.1 The coast extending from Cabo Negro (15°40'S.,

11°56'E.), previously described in Sector 4, to beyond Ichabo

Island (26°17'S., 14°56'E.), N of Luderitz Bay, is a desert region of arid sands. The sandy coastal belt slowly rises to a high

plateau about 60 to 100 miles from the coast.

5.1 The country S of the Orange River (28°38'S., 16°28'E.) consists of a series of three terraces, divided by mountain ranges

varying in elevations from 1,200 to 2,438m, and rises gradually

in a series of open sterile plains from the river as far as latitude

32°00'S. It gradually declines from N to S. The passages from

one plateau to another are through narrow and difficult gorges.

5.1 Caution.—The coast between the Rio Cunene (17°15'S.,

11°45'E.) and Walvis Bay (Walvisbaai) (22°57'S., 14°30'E.) is

known as the Skeleton Coast, having been the scene of innumerable wrecks, not only from the imperfect nature of the surveys, but because onshore sets by the current are frequently

experienced. A further cause is the prevalence of fog, especially during the winter. Vessels are therefore advised not to approach within 10 miles of the coast, and in fog or thick weather

to keep seaward of the 200m depth curve as far as Cape Cross

(21°46'S., 13°57'E.). If proceeding to Walvis Bay, vessels

should remain seaward of the 50m depth curve until Pelican

Point Light (22°53'S., 14°26'E.) is observed. 

5.1 The seamounts lying W of the SW coast of Africa are described in Sector 6.

Baia dos Tigres

5.2 Baia dos Tigres (16°35'S., 11°46'E.), the most spacious bay in Angola, is entered about 38 miles S of Ponta Albina. The bay is bounded on its W side by Ilha dos Tigres,

formerly known as Peninsula dos Tigres, a low and sandy spit,

The land on the E side of the bay consists of a succession of

high sand hills which rise abruptly from the coastline and extend far inland in broken and irregular ridges, with no trace of

vegetation. The bay, about 18 miles long in a N-S direction, is

about 6 miles wide at its entrance, narrowing to a width of

about 2 miles at its head. The S end of the bay is called Saco

dos Tigres. In 1963, the sea broke through the peninsula at Saco dos Tigres, separating it from the mainland and transforming it into an island.

5.2 The bay provides good shelter from the prevailing winds (W

and SW), in spite of the low height of the peninsula, as the

depths and nature of the bottom allow ships to anchor close to

the peninsula. The bay is frequented principally by fishing vessels and local coasters.

5.2 Ponta da Marca (16°31'S., 11°43'E.) forms the N extremity

of Ilha dos Tigres. Ponta da Marca Light, equipped with a radar

reflector, is shown from a prominent conical tower on columns,

13m high, standing on the point. A small group of buildings is

situated in the vicinity of the light.

5.2 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind is from the SW,

with less intensity from June to September. Strong W winds,

known as “garroas,” sometimes occur, but are usually of short

duration. Strong winds from the E, known as “lestadas,” sometimes occur from May to July. Small swells and seas form with

fresh winds, due to the large size of the bay and the low altitude

of the peninsula. Rain is practically nil throughout the year.

Fog is frequent from May to July, occurring with greater frequency at dawn and in the morning, and sometimes persisting

all day.

5.2 Depths—Limitations.—Depths of over 50m lie about 0.5

mile from Ponta da Marca, then extend N from the meridian of

the light. Depths of over 20m lie about 0.2 mile off the major

part of the E side of the peninsula, gradually shoaling toward

the mainland, where depths of over 10m parallel the coast at a

distance of about 1 mile. 

5.2 Aspect.—The town of Sao Martinho dos Tigres stands on

the E side of the peninsula, about 5 miles S of Ponta da Marca.

Leao Light is shown from a metal tower, 10m high, standing

close E of the town.

5.2 A small airport is situated close S of the town. A conspicuous church stands in the town; several prominent fish warehouses can be seen to the N of the town. A number of chimneys

and a water tower standing 6 miles and 9.5 miles, respectively,

S of Ponta da Marca Light may be seen from seaward.

5.2 Pilotage.—Pilots are not available. The port is administrated

by Namibe (Mocamedes) (see paragraph 4.86).

5.2 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in convenient

depths, good holding ground of mud, sand, and ground shells,

in any part of Baia dos Tigres. When seeking a sheltered anchorage, the direction and strength of the wind are factors to be

considered. Therefore, anchorage should be taken on the W

side of the bay during W winds and on the E side of the bay

during E winds.

5.2 Anchorage is recommended in the following positions:

1. Within Enseada das Barracas, in a depth of 29m, about

0.3 mile offshore, with Ponta da Marca Light bearing 320°,

distant about 0.9 mile.

2. Within Fundeadouro do Leao, off Sao Martinho dos Tigres, in a depth of 20m, with Leao Light bearing 270°, distant about 0.4 mile. This is the anchorage most commonly

used.

3. Within Enseada do Pau, located about 4 miles S of Fundeadouro do Leao, in a depth of 19m, about 0.3 mile offshore.

4. Within Enseada dos Morrinhos, located 7.5 miles S of

Sao Martinho dos Tigres, in a depth of 17m, about 0.4 mile

offshore.

5.2 Directions.—Ihla dos Tigres is difficult to identify from offshore and extreme caution is necessary when approaching the

coast in the vicinity of the bay due to the frequent mist which
108 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

makes it difficult to judge distances. The first things to be seen

are the breakers off the coast.

5.2 From the N, vessels should approach the bay between Ponta

da Marca and the mainland, 6 miles E. Vessels approaching

from the S should stay at least 5 miles W of the island and remain in depths of over 20m before rounding Ponta da Marca.

From a position located NE of Ponta da Marca, the recommended track leads S for 8 miles into the bay, clear of known

dangers.

5.2 Caution.—A restricted area, within which anchoring and

fishing are prohibited, lies in the S part of Baia dos Tigres and

may best be seen on the chart.

5.2 A local magnetic anomaly has been reported to exist on the E

side of Baia dos Tigres.

Baia dos Tigres to Rocky Point

5.3 The coast between the S end of Baia dos Tigres and

the mouth of the Rio Cunene, about 25 miles S, consists entirely of sand crowned with dark tinted dunes, which are visible

from seaward at a distance of 15 or 16 miles. There are no

known off-lying dangers along this coast.

5.3 The Rio Cunene (17°15'S., 11°45'E.), known as the Kunene

River in Namibia, only reaches the sea during the rainy season.

During the dry season, its mouth is barred by a bank of sand on

which the sea breaks furiously, especially in its S part. A beacon, with an elevation of 8m, stands near the river mouth.

5.3 Foz do Cunene, a village, stands on the N bank of the Rio

Cunene, about 2 miles within its mouth. An airstrip and a meteorological station are situated near this village. A conspicuous

water tower is reported to stand about 4.5 miles NNE of the

river entrance.

5.3 The border between Angola and Namibia is situated in the

vicinity of the river. The Skeleton Coast extends S from this

river entrance (see paragraph 5.1).

5.3 Caution.—The coast between the Rio Cunene and Cape

Cross (21°46'S., 13°57'E.) may lie up to 2 miles farther SSW

than charted.

5.4 The coast between the Rio Cunene and Cape Fria, 75

miles SSE, is backed by high shifting sand dunes in its N part

and by high land for about 18 miles in its S part. The Hartmann

Mountains, which attain elevations up to 1,100m, rise about 30

to 40 miles inland and form a prominent landmark in clear

weather.

 A shoal, with a depth of 5.3m, lies 1.5 miles offshore, about

6 miles SSW of the mouth of the Rio Cunene and breakers

have been reported to exist seaward of this shoal.

Bosluis Bay, an indentation, lies 8 miles S of the mouth of

the Rio Cunene. For a distance of 26 miles S of Bosluis Bay,

foul ground consisting of rocky shoals, some of which have

depths of less than 5m, lies up to 1.2 miles offshore.

A shoal lies about 34 miles S of the mouth of the Rio Cunene

and about 2.2 miles offshore. It has a charted depth of 9.1m and

is marked by breakers, but probably has lesser depths.

5.5 Cape Fria (18°26'S., 12°01'E.) is low, sandy, and

fringed by rocks. A number of conspicuous black hills rise inland of it. Depths lying to the NW of the cape are probably less

than charted as, during a moderate SSW gale with a high sea,

breakers were observed in a position located about 2 miles

WNW of the cape. Breakers were also reported (1962) to exist

in a position located about 7 miles WSW of the cape.

5.5 A stranded wreck is reported to lie about 19.5 miles NW of

the cape.

5.5 False Cape Fria is a slight projection located about 3 miles

SSE of Cape Fria and is radar prominent.

5.5 Anchorage may be obtained, in fair weather, in depths of 12

to 13m, sand and mud, midway between Cape Fria and False

Cape Fria.

5.5 The coast between False Cape Fria and Rocky Point, 41

miles SE, presents an unbroken line of surf. An extensive bank

of shallow water extends from a point located 5 miles SSE of

False Cape Fria for a further 12 miles in the same direction.

The shoals on the bank are about 1 mile wide and have least

depths of 6m on the inner side and 10m on the outer side. They

lie up to 3.2 miles offshore. Breakers occasionally occur along

the entire length of this bank.

Rocky Point (19°01'S., 12°29'E.) is a conspicuous rocky spit

extending about 0.3 mile seaward. A large rounded boulder,

whitened by guano, lies at the end of the spit. 

5.5 Temporary anchorage can be taken in a depth of 14m about 1

mile NW of Rocky Point by vessels with local knowledge.

There is no landing place.

5.5 Caution.—It is reported (1993) that oil and gas exploration,

with associated drilling rigs, platforms, wellheads, and storage

vessels, is being carried out in the area lying between Rocky

Point and Dune Point (20°03'S., 13°03'E.) and up to 80 miles

offshore. Vessels are advised to exercise caution in this area.

Rocky Point to Cape Cross

5.6 The coast from Rocky Point to Cape Cross, 185 miles

SSE, is flat, rocky, and backed by sand hills extending as far as

the eye can see. These hills continue for mile after mile and are

varied occasionally by signs of vegetation.

5.6 The Hoarusib River (19°05'S., 12°34'E.) lies 6 miles SE of

Rocky Point and its mouth is reported to be closed during the

dry season. The Sentinaal, 155m high, is located 2 miles NNE

of the mouth of the river. This sandstone cliff is a very conspicuous mark. Black Sand Hill (Black Sand Castle), rising 4 miles

Skeleton Coast
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 109

Pub. 123

SE of the river mouth, and Little Castle, rising 2 miles further

SSE, are the last black sand dunes along the coast. 

5.6 A shoal, which only breaks occasionally and has a depth of

7.6m, is reported (1979) to lie about 7 miles SSW of Black

Sand Hill and 2.2 miles offshore.

5.6 Mowe Point (19°23'S., 12°43'E.), located 16 miles SSE of

Black Sand Hill, lies at the S end of a slight indentation. A lattice tower, 26m high, stands on the point and a few buildings

are situated about 0.6 mile inland of it. The tower, which is a

former light structure, is prominent during good visibility.

5.6 Heavy breakers were observed (1971) in a position located

about 5 miles NW of Mowe Point and about 2.5 miles offshore.

5.6 The mouth of the Hoanib River is generally inconspicuous,

but the gap in the sand hills through which it runs can be seen

on bearings between 060° and 100°. Breakers have been reported to exist about 3 miles SW of the river mouth. A fertile

valley is situated in the vicinity of the gap and is reported to

show up as a prominent patch of green.

5.7 Sand Table Hill (19°44'S., 12°55'E.), a low tabular

sand dune, is located 24 miles SSE of Mowe Point and 0.5 mile

inland. A sharp sand cone and a striped sandy hummock are located 7 miles NNW and about 2 miles SSE, respectively, of

this hill. Sand Table Hill is most prominent when viewed from

the NW, but it cannot easily be identified from more than 5

miles offshore.

5.7 Terrace Bay (19°59'S., 13°02'E.) lies about 17 miles SSE of

Sand Table Hill. A visually and radar conspicuous mine dump

stands 0.5 mile inland of the head of the bay. Lights from a

fishing resort settlement located near the head of the bay may

at times be seen from seaward.

5.7 Dune Point, a slight promontory, is situated about 2.5 miles

SSE of Terrace Bay.

Swallow Rocks is a dangerous reef, with a depth of less than

2m, lying 4 miles SSE of Dune Point. This reef is about 0.5

mile long in a NW-SE direction and lies 0.8 mile offshore.

Shoal water within the 10m curve extends for 1 mile in the

same direction either side of the reef; soundings reveal that

depths of 8m are found up to 1 mile offshore. The sea usually

breaks heavily over the whole area. Ships navigating in the vicinity are advised to keep well to seaward as soundings outside

the 10m curve give little indication of danger. 

5.7 Caution.—It is reported (1993) that offshore oil and gas exploration is being carried out in the vicinity of position

20°00'S, 11°40'E, about 80 miles W of Dune Point.

5.8 The coast between Swallow Rocks and Palgrave Point

is radar conspicuous. The Uniab River, lying about 9 miles SE

of Swallow Rocks, can be recognized by the moderately high

cliffs on either side of its mouth.

5.8 Palgrave Point (20°28'S., 13°17'E.), located 15 miles SSE

of the Uniab River, is a slight projection, with a line of breakers

extending about 0.7 mile NW of it. The point is difficult to

identify visually.

5.8 Anchorage can be taken by vessels, with local knowledge, in

a depth of 18m, sand and mud, immediately N of Palgrave

Point. This anchorage is protected from the rollers to a certain

extent and, with a S wind, is considered safe. However, vessels

should be ready to put to sea in a SW gale. There is no landing

place.

5.8 It is reported (1980) that conspicuous stranded wrecks lie

about 2 miles N and 9 miles SSE of Palgrave Point. 

5.8 Caution.—A dangerous shoal, with a least depth of 8m, lies

about 3 miles S of Palgrave Point and about 1 mile offshore.

The sea usually, but not always, breaks heavily over this shoal.

5.9 Great Table Mountain (20°14'S., 13°31'E.), rocky

and prominent, rises to a height of 738m about 20 miles NE of

Palgrave Point. Sugar Loaf Hill, 350m high, stands about 11

miles ENE of Palgrave Point and is also prominent.

5.9 Toscanini, an abandoned mining settlement, stands 26 miles

SSE of Palgrave Point and is radar prominent. 

5.9 The mouth of the Huab River, located about 4 miles SSE of

Toscanini, is usually dry and the foreshore in the vicinity is

marked by dunes which are sickle-shaped and convex to the

prevailing S winds. 

5.9 Hogden Hafen (Ambrose Bay) is a small indentation lying

about 10 miles SSE of the Huab River. Ogden Rocks extend

about 1.5 miles W of the point marking the S side of the bay.

They are marked by breakers and should be given a wide berth.

5.9 Anchorage may be taken in the bay by vessels with local

knowledge. Vessels can anchor in a depth of 6m about 0.5 mile

offshore, with a prominent cone-shaped hillock bearing 056°.

This anchorage is exposed and should be used only in good

weather.

5.9 The mouth of the Ugab River, which is usually closed, lies 8

miles SE of Hogden Hafen and Durissa Bay is located about 5

miles SE of it. An extensive salt pan is situated close to the

shoreline in this vicinity. Durissa Bay provides no safe anchorage or landing and heavy surf is experienced along this entire

section of the coast.

5.9 Bocock’s Bay, the site of a small fishing and recreational resort, lies about 18 miles SE of the mouth of the Ugab River and

16 miles NW of Cape Cross. A group of white huts stands at

the head of the bay.

5.10 Cape Cross (21°46'S., 13°57'E.), located 48 miles

SSE of Ogden Rocks, is a barren spit which extends about 3

miles SW from the general direction of the coast. Low black

cliffs are situated at the seaward end of the spit, which is fronted by a reef. A black tower, 21m high and surmounted by a

black diamond, stands on the cape.

5.10 Cape Cross Bay is entered close N of Cape Cross and has a

village standing on its shore, A sealing factory, with two chimneys, is situated about 1.5 miles NE of the cape and is conspicuous. 

5.10 Anchorage can be taken in Cape Cross Bay, over a sandy

bottom, about 1 mile offshore. Landing is generally difficult

and can be carried out only during calm weather.

5.10 Inland from Cape Cross, flat, sandy, and rocky plains continue for several miles, rising to barren hills and mountains. A

hill, 714m high, rises about 21 miles NE of the cape and is the

highest and most conspicuous peak of the mountain range that

runs parallel with the coast. Brandberg, standing about 30

miles further NE, rises to an elevation of 2,621m about 45

miles from the coast.

5.10 It is reported (1999) that a special buoy (lighted) is moored

about 4.8 miles WSW of Cape Cross.
110 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

Cape Cross to Walvisbaai

5.11 The coast between Cape Cross and Swakopmund, 63

miles SSE, is generally clear, with depths of less than 20m extending up to 3 miles offshore.

5.11 Due to the low nature of the coast, the irregularity of the

soundings, and the possible existence of uncharted rocks or

shoals within 6 miles of the coast, the greatest caution must be

exercised when approaching the shore during misty or foggy

weather, or at night. 

5.11 A beacon stands on Lunenberg (Lagunenberg), a coastal

range of hills rising about 8 miles ESE of Cape Cross, at an elevation of 185m. The hill on which this beacon stands is reported to be radar conspicuous.

5.11 Sierra Point, low and sandy, is located about 9 miles SSE of

Cape Cross and is not easily identified. A detached shoal patch,

with a depth of 13m, lies about 3.5 miles SW of this point and

is reported to break occasionally. 

5.11 Farilhao Point (22°10'S., 14°17'E.), located 30 miles SE of

Cape Cross, is low, sandy, and projects about 1 mile seaward

from the general line of the coast. The mouth of the Omaruru

River lies 4 miles NNW of this point. A water tower, which is

radar conspicuous, stands 2.5 miles N of the point in the vicinity of Hentiesbaai, a large settlement.

5.11 Great Spitzkop, 1,758m high, and Little Spitzkop, rise about

54 miles and 47 miles, respectively, ENE of Farilhao Point.

These peaks can be easily identified during clear weather.

Woltzka’sbaken, a village consisting of small scattered houses,

is located 17 miles SSE of Farilhao Point; a beacon, 5m high,

stands in it.

5.12 Swakopmund (22°41'S., 14°31'E.), a comparatively

large resort town, is located 34 miles SSE of Farilhao Point. It

is fronted by an open roadstead but is not a port. An airport is

situated about 3 miles ENE of the town. The Swakop River,

which discharges close S of the town, is dry except for one or

two months during the summer. Its entrance, which is blocked

by a sand bar, is indicated by thick, green foliage and a road

bridge. A prominent metal jetty, used for sightseeing, projects

seaward from the town.

Swakopmund Light is shown from a prominent tower, 28m

high, standing in the town. Two radio masts, 30m and 70m

high, are situated close to this light.

5.12 Swakop Reef, with depths of less than 6m, extends about 0.5

mile seaward from the S part of the town. 

5.12 Anchorage may be taken in a depth of 12m, sand and mud,

about 0.8 mile WSW of Swakopmund Light. This anchorage is

not recommended in S winds and vessels are advised to keep in

depths of over 15m. 

5.12 Caution Reef (22°45'S., 14°31'E.) extends about 0.3 mile

seaward from a point on the coast located 4.5 miles S of Swakopmund. A beacon stands on the extremity of the point. A

railroad station is situated on the coast 5 miles S of this beacon.

Walvisbaai (22°57'S., 14°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 46640

5.13 Walvisbaai (Walvis Bay), situated 13 miles SSW of

Swakopmund, is entered between Pelican Point (22°53'S.,

14°27'E.), the N extremity of the Walvis Peninsula, and Bird

Rock, 5 miles E. The port, which is the center of a large fishing

industry, is situated in the SE part of the bay. Exports include

fishmeal and fish products, copper, lead, vanadium ores,

granite, and guano. A railroad extends from the port to the

interior and serves Windhoek, the capital of Namibia, as well

as other towns. It links with the railroad service of the Republic

of South Africa.

5.13 Sovereignty of Walvis Bay was transferred to the Namibian

government from South Africa in 1994.

5.13 Winds—Weather.—The swell off the coast in the vicinity

of Walvisbaai is normally moderate and from the SW,

becoming heavy from that direction after the passage of a deep

depression at the Cape of Good Hope. A swell from the NW is

rare and seldom enough not to interfere with vessels at anchor.

With the strong E winds of winter, there may be considerable

sea running out in the bay; the strong afternoon sea breeze may

also cause a lively sea, especially after several consecutive

days in summer.

5.13 Sea fogs are frequent off this coast at all seasons, but are

more so, near the shore, in autumn and winter (April to SepSwakopmund Jetty

Swakopmund Light

Walvisbaai Home Page

http://www.namport.com
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 111

Pub. 123

tember). They may appear at any time of the day, with a SW

wind, even of force 5, and in winter with a NW wind. The fog

may persist over the sea for several days. Normally, fog covers

only the bay and the buoyed approach channel during the night

and early morning, receding seaward before noon, so that it is

possible to enter the port on most afternoons, even in foggy

spells. An exception to this is the fog, brought by NW winds,

which may approach and cover the bay at any time of the day,

remaining until the following morning. During winter, land

fogs frequently form after a clear dawn and drift over the bay,

but these are usually short in duration and usually disperse by

noon. However, the incidence of fog in the harbor area and

buoyed channel has decreased appreciably in recent years.

5.13 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Walvisbaai rise about 1.6m

at springs and l.2m at neaps.

5.13 During periods of strong SSW winds, a current runs in the

opposite direction alongside the main wharf and has been felt

strongly within a distance of 300m of the wharf. At times, this

current is so strong that vessels berthing or unberthing require

tugs to counteract it. Observations have shown that the stronger

the wind from this direction, the stronger will be the current

experienced. There is no perceptible current with winds from

any other direction, or during periods of calm.

5.13 During N winds, a surge, seldom more than 0.6m in height,

is sometimes experienced along the main wharf. Berth l, Berth

2, and Berth 3 are generally tolerable under these conditions,

whereas Berth 4 and Berth 8 are by far the worst. The tanker

berth is also subject to surge (see Depths—Limitations).

5.13 On the flood, a tidal current of 0.5 to 1 knot sets SW across

the dredged approach channel and past both the tanker berth

and Hofmeyer Wharf. The ebb current sets NE out of the lagoon and when this is flooded, the current may attain a rate of

4 knots at springs. 

5.13 Depths—Limitations.—The main entrance channel leading S through the bay is maintained at a dredged depth of

12.8m over a width of 134m. Vessels using this dredged channel must have an underkeel clearance of at least 1.2m. 

5.13 Hofmeyer Wharf fronts the main part of the town. With its

extension (known as New Wharf), it is 1,400m long. Berth 1,

Berth 2, and Berth 3 have a total length of 504m and a depth of

10.6m alongside.

5.13 New Wharf (Berths 4 to 8) has a total length of 926m and

depths of 10.6 to 12.8m alongside. A mechanized ore-loading

plant is situated at Berth 3. Ro-ro vessels use Berth 4 and Berth

6 while container vessels use Berth 7 and Berth 8. Vessels up to

243m in length and 12.8m draft can be accommodated. 

5.13 A T-shaped jetty, with dolphins, is located on the E side of

the inner end of the dredged entrance channel and forms the

tanker berth. The berth is 235m long and is connected to the

shore by a catwalk. Tankers up to 192m in length and 9.9m

draft can be handled. 

5.13 Numerous fish factories stand along a sea wall, which extends NE for about 1.5 miles from the tanker berth. These factories are fronted by several jetties and a fishing-vessel basin.

A secondary entrance channel, lying about 0.4 mile E of the

main channel, leads SSE for 1 mile to the basin, which has

depths of 6 to 7m. The channel has a dredged depth of 6.5m

over a width of 100m.

5.13 Aspect.—The shore between the Swakop River and Walvis

Bay consists of coastal sand dunes, 3 to 25m high and covered

with sparse vegetation, behind which are shifting sand dunes,

90 to 115m high.

5.13 The Walvis Peninsula, consisting entirely of sand, forms the

W side of the bay. It has a general height of 0.6 to 1.2m, with a

few scattered dunes which are constantly changed in shape,

height, and position by the strong SW winds. During exceptionally high spring tides, extensive areas on the E side of the

peninsula are awash.

5.13 Pelican Point Light (22°53'S., 14°26'E.), equipped with a

racon, is shown from a conspicuous tower, 34m high, standing

1 mile SSW of Pelican Point, the N extremity of the Walvis

Peninsula. Reflectors situated around the light tower provide a

prominent radar display in the form of a star. A trelliswork beacon, 13m high, is situated about 0.5 mile SSW of the light.

5.13 Bird Rock, a low and flat islet, is located 5 miles E of Pelican

Point and, from seaward, resembles a pier. Five pylons, 15m

high, stand in a line and support a cableway, which extends between this islet and the mainland shore. A wooden platform,

from which guano is collected, stands on the islet. 

5.13 The head of the bay consists of a shallow lagoon and a mud

flat, which is also awash at exceptionally high tides. 

5.13 Spit Lighted Buoy is moored about 1.2 miles N of Pelican

Point. Fairway Lighted Buoy is moored about 3 miles E of Pelican Point and marks the outer end of the main entrance channel. The main channel leads S for 3.5 miles to the harbor

facilities at the head of the bay. It is marked by buoys and indicated by a lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart.

5.13 The sheds and cranes situated in the vicinity of the main

wharf are prominent. Radar towers stand 0.3 mile S and 0.2

mile SE of the tanker berth.

5.13 The conspicuous tower of the Roman Catholic Church

stands about 0.6 mile SE of the tanker berth. It is 38m high and

surmounted by a cross, 5m high, which is illuminated at night.

5.13 Two radio masts, the taller of which has an elevation of 70m,

stand about 0.2 mile NE of the church tower. A conspicuous

water tower is situated about 0.7 mile SE of the church tower.

5.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

by VHF channels 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 16 and board about 0.5

mile NW of the Fairway Lighted Buoy. Pilotage is available

0600 to 2000 hours. Departing vessels must leave the wharf not

later than 2145 hours.

Pelican Point Light
112 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.13 Regulations.—Vessels inbound should report to Port Control on VHF channel 16 stating ETA for the NNW approach at

position 22°43.0'S, 14°20.0'E and at position 23°05.0'S,

14°20.0'E for the SSW approach. 

5.13 Anchorage.—Two designated anchorage areas, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, have been established.

Anchorage Area No. 1 lies centered 1.2 miles NNE of Fairway

Lighted Buoy; Anchorage Area No. 2 lies centered 1.5 miles E

of Pelican Point Light.

5.13 Anchoring within 0.6 mile of the Fairway Lighted Buoy is

prohibited. 

5.13 Caution.—The entrance to the bay is difficult to identify

from seaward and caution is advised, especially during thick

weather. It is reported that the first strong radar returns usually

appearing on the screen are those of the cranes situated on

Hofmeyer Wharf. These returns should not be confused with

the star pattern of the reflectors at Pelican Point Light. Approaching from the S, the buildings in the town will usually be

seen first over the Walvis Peninsula. Approaching from the N

or NW, vessels are recommended to first sight Swakopmund

(see paragraph 5.12). The buildings situated in the town of

Swakopmund are conspicuous, especially when the sun is shining on the roofs, making them visible in misty weather long before the land is sighted.

5.13 All navigation buoys moored in the vicinity of the bay soon

assume a white appearance due to being covered with guano by

the teeming bird life in the area.

5.13 Pelican Point is reported to be extending NE and vessels

should not pass between this point and Spit Lighted Buoy. 

5.13 It is reported (1997) that depths in the bay lying outside of

the dredged channels and areas may be up to 2.5m less than

charted.

5.13 The concentration of sulphuretted hydrogen in the vicinity of

Pelican Point is at times so strong that brasswork on ships are

affected by it.

5.13 Fog is prevalent off Walvis Bay (see Winds and Weather).

5.13 Spoil ground (dumping) areas, the limits of which may best

be seen on the chart, lie centered 3.4 miles NNE and 2.6 miles

SE of Pelican Point Light. 

5.13 A marine farm area, within which navigation is prohibited,

lies centered 2 miles SSE of Pelican Point Light and may best

be seen on the chart. It fronts the E side of Walvis Peninsula

and extends up to about 1 mile seaward. 

5.13 Volcanic disturbances have occurred off Walvis Bay. On 1

June 1900, an islet of mud and clay, 46m long and 9m wide,

was formed by volcanic action off the NE extremity of Pelican

Point. This islet, 4.6m high, was located close off the shore,

where depths of 14.6m had previously existed. Steam was observed rising from the N side of the islet, and a very strong

odor of sulphuretted hydrogen prevailed. On 7 June, the entire

islet disappeared and soundings indicated that the original

depth of 14.6m was restored.

5.13 In January 1949, numerous bubbles were observed coming

to the surface in Walvis Bay, followed by clouds of mud. These

disintegrated and a smell of sulphuretted hydrogen was noted.

On 6 March 1951, three small islands appeared above the surface of the sea W of Pelican Point. The first island, about 90m

long, appeared shortly before sunset and arose from a bubbling

sea. It remained for about 1 hour and then subsided beneath the

surface. The other two islands appeared farther to seaward and

about the same time. They remained until daylight faded, and

by morning had disappeared.

5.13

Walvisbaai to Luderitz Bay

5.14 The coast between Walvisbaai and the mouth of the

Orange River, about 375 miles SSE, presents a most uninviting

appearance. It consists of a long range of sand hills, except between Spencer Bay (25°44'S., 14°50'E.) and Hottentot Bay

(26°08'S., 14°57'E.), where there is a range of barren, desolate

hills, 150 to 180m high, even more forbidding in aspect than

the rest of the coast. 

5.14 A coastal bank, with depths of less than 15m, fronts the

Walvis Peninsula, about 3 miles SSW of Pelican Point. It extends about 0.8 mile seaward and may best be seen on the

chart. Vessels are advised to remain in depths of over 30m

when transiting this area. 

5.14 A dangerous wreck (position approximate) is reported to lie

about 10 miles offshore, 17 miles SW of Pelican Point Light.

Sandwich Harbor (23°22'S., 14°29'E.), located 30 miles S

of Pelican Point, is entered through Sandwich Bay. It is no

longer a harbor, but rather a lagoon, which is intermittently

closed to the sea. This harbor is a proclaimed bird sanctuary,

being the haunt of pelicans and flamingos. Discolored water,

very light in color and extending 2 to 3 miles seaward, has been

observed in the vicinity of Sandwich Bay and for a few miles S

of it. The line of demarcation between it and the blue water

seaward is usually clear and distinct. Depths lying about 0.2

mile inside this line were found to be about 25m, sand.

5.14 The coast extending between a point on the shore located 10

miles S of Sandwich Bay and Conception Bay, 32 miles S, is

backed by shifting sand dunes, 100 to 150m high. Offshore,

depths of less than 10m lie in places up to about 1 mile seaward

of the coast. This stretch was formerly known as Die Lange

Wand (The Long Wall).

5.14 Conception Bay (23°55'S., 14°30'E.) is a slight indentation

affording no shelter. It is used only by small vessels with provisions for a diamond-mining settlement situated 9 miles inland.

Die Lange Wand (The Long Wall)
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 113

Pub. 123

Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 15 to 20m, fine gray

sand, outside the surf. 

5.14 A prominent stranded wreck (Eduard Bohlen) lies 4.5 miles

SSW of Conception Bay and some distance inland. This wreck,

which forms a conspicuous radar target, for many years had the

appearance of a ship steaming through the desert.

5.14 Caution.—Between Walvis Bay and Conception Bay, the

coastal waters lying S of latitude 23°10'S are inadequately surveyed and vessels without local knowledge should use extreme

caution when navigating in depths of less than 100m.

5.14 Diamond Area No. 2, a coastal strip about 175 miles wide,

extends from a point on the shore located 31 miles S of Sandwich Bay to latitude 26°S. Landing or entry without permission is prohibited in this area. 

5.15 North Rocks (24°29'S., 14°37'E.) lie about 34 miles

SSE of Conception Bay and close off a sandy point. Black Kop

(Swartkop), a hill, rises 5 miles N of the rocks. It is 25m high

and dark.

Meob Bay (Mutzel Bay), a small indentation, lies close S of

North Rocks. A small settlement and a meteorological station

are situated close S of this bay.

5.15 Black Reef (South Rocks) lies 2.5 miles SSW of North

Rocks. A hill, 30m high, and another hill, 25m high, rise close

ESE and 2 miles ENE, respectively, of Black Reef.

5.15 Detached shoals, with depths of 18.3m and 9.7m, lie about 3

miles W and 3.5 miles SSW, respectively, of Black Reef. 

Hollandsbird Island (Hollams Bird Island) (24°38'S.,

14°32'E.) lies 6 miles offshore, about 7 miles SSW of Black

Reef. This small island is 12m high and surrounded by a reef.

Depths of less than 20m extend up to about 4 miles N and 6

miles SSW of the island. Breakers were reported (1939) to exist in a position lying about 6 miles SSW of the island. A pair

of heavylift shear legs, which appear conspicuous from seaward, stand on the N side of the island and are used in the recovery of guano. The surrounding reef is frequented by whales

during July and August and is the resort of seals and cormorants.

5.15 Temporary anchorage can be obtained, except in strong N

winds, in a depth of 18m, between 0.5 mile and 1 mile N of the

island.

5.15 A detached shoal, with a depth of 25.6m, lies (position approximate) about 5 miles W of Hollandsbird Island.

5.16 An indentation, with a low sandy beach marked by

patches of black rocks, is formed between a point located close

S of Black Reef and some conspicuous white sand patches on

the coast, about 25 miles SSE. This part of the coast is lower

than the coast S of it and is difficult to distinguish due to the

heavy surf and spray which envelop it. The above-mentioned

white sand patches are very conspicuous in the afternoon when

the sun shines on them. The entire countryside in the vicinity is

formed of sand, with a generally yellowish appearance, but the

patches are quite white and fan-shaped.

A flat-topped black rock (24°57'S., 14°49'E.) lies close off

the coast about 2 miles S of the white sand patches and is conspicuous.

5.16 Sylvia Hill (25°09'S., 14°51'E.), 250m high, rises 12 miles S

of the flat-topped black rock and is conspicuous from SW. It is

sharp, doubled-peaked, and higher than the surrounding countryside.

5.16 Easter Point (25°18'S., 14°48'E.) is located 8.5 miles SSW

of Sylvia Hill. East Hill, a rocky summit, rises about 2.5 miles

ESE of this point.

5.16 Easter Cliffs (Oyster Cliffs), located 3 miles S of Easter

Point, are high and rugged sand cliffs which extend to black

cliffs, about 3 miles farther S. They have a sheen reminiscent

of mother-of-pearl. Breakers extend some distance offshore to

the N of these cliffs and vessels should not approach this part

of the coast within 2.5 miles.

5.16 A range of mountains (Uri Hauchab) rises to an elevation of

723m about 21 miles ESE of Easter Point.

5.16 Knoll Point (25°28'S., 14°50'E.), rocky but inconspicuous,

is located 11 miles S of Easter Point. The coast extending S of

this point forms an open bay, about 8 miles wide. The bay has a

sandy shore, with a few sandcliffs, and is backed by a range of

shifting dunes, 80m high. A stranded wreck lies in the S part of

the bay. High cliffs, with a rugged coastal range of hills rising

behind them, stand at the S end of the bay and extend about 5

miles S to North Point (25°41'S., 14°51'E.).

5.16 North Head, with an elevation of 262m, rises about 0.5 mile

NE of North Point.

5.17 Spencer Bay (25°43'S., 14°50'E.) is entered between

North Point and Dolphin Head, 3 miles S. These two points are

the most remarkable features on this part of the coast. During

bad weather, the sea breaks heavily on the beach in the bay for

a considerable distance and forms several lagoons in the hollows behind it. Whales visit this bay in July and August.

5.17 Dolphin Head is the N extremity of South Head (Sudhuk). It

rises steeply from the sea to an elevation of 185m and has the

appearance of an island when seen from a few miles to the N.

A stranded wreck lies in the bay close E of Dolphin Head. 

5.17 Mecury Island (Mercury Island), 38m high, lies on the W

side of Spencer Bay, about 0.7 mile N of Dolphin Head. It is

bleak and guano-covered. A settlement on the island consists

of a few wooden houses built on concrete pillars.

5.17 The rocky N part of the island is almost separated from the

main part by a chasm through which the surf surges and which

is crossed by a planked bridge. Waves at times beat against the

shores of the island with indescribable fury.

5.17 A bank, with depths of less than 9m, extends 0.5 mile seaward from the mainland E of Mecury Island, leaving a channel,

Mecury Island
114 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

about 275m wide with a depth of 10.5m, lying between it and a

shoal fronting the island. Depths of over 7.5m lie about 0.2

mile off the side of the island E and S of Mecury Island.

5.17 The sea has been observed to break heavily about 0.5 mile

NE of Mecury Island, but only in bad weather with a very

heavy swell, although there is a charted depth of 15m in this

position.

5.17 Spencer Bay is sheltered from SSW winds by Dolphin Head,

though these winds may prevail during violent gales. The bay

can be entered N or S of Mecury Island but local knowledge is

advised. The best anchorage lies in a depth of 11m about 0.3

mile E of the N extremity of the island, care being taken to

avoid the nearby shoals. It is inadvisable for vessels to anchor

on the S side of the bay due to the heavy W swell. 

5.17 Caution.—Due to the possible existence of uncharted shoals

and rocks, vessels should exercise extreme caution when navigating within 6 miles of the coast between Easter Point and

Dolphin Head. 

5.18 The coast extending S for 2 miles from Dolphin Head

consists of rugged cliffs. These cliffs terminate in a point

which appears in the form of a rocky pyramid when viewed

from S and flat-topped when viewed from W. 

5.18 Saddle Hill (25°54'S., 14°55'E.), standing about 11 miles

SSE of Dolphin Head, is sharp-peaked and rises immediately

over the coast. It can easily be seen in clear weather from Ichaboe Island, about 23 miles farther S. Saddle Hill has two peaks,

North Peak and South Peak, but they appear as one from the N.

This hill forms the highest elevation in the vicinity.

The coast extending between Saddle Hill and the entrance to

Hottentot Bay, about 14 miles S, consists of a sandy beach, rising a short distance inland to a level range of sand hills, 150 to

200m high. This stretch is interrupted by Gibraltar, a rocky

bluff, located 8 miles SSE of Saddle Hill and by a conspicuous

rock (Black Rock) lying 4 miles farther SSE.

5.18 Hottentot Bay (26°08'S., 14°57'E.) is entered close NE of

Hottentot Point, the W extremity of the Hottentot Peninsula.

This point, marked by a beacon, is joined to the mainland by a

low, sandy neck. The peninsula, partly rocky and cliffy, appears as a succession of sand hills of about equal height. From

W, it shows up well and is visible at a distance of 10 to 12

miles. From S, it appears as two low, bare, and isolated rocks,

the northernmost of which is slightly higher.

5.18 Depths of less than 5.5m lie within 0.5 mile of the shore in

the SW part of Hottentot Bay, but secure anchorage can be obtained in a depth of 7m, good holding ground of sand and mud,

about 1.1 miles ENE of the beacon on the point.

5.18 Caution.—The shores of Hottentot Bay lie within a prohibited area because of the diamond deposits located there.

5.18 Diamond Area No. 1, a coastal strip about 140 miles wide,

extends S from latitude 26°S to the Orange River (28°38'S.,

16°27'E.). Landing or entry without permission is prohibited in

this area. 

5.18 Marine Mining Vessels (MMV), which process gravel for diamonds, may be encountered in large numbers inshore between

Hottentot Bay and the Orange River (28°38'S., 16°27'E.).

These diamond-mining barges are usually moored to four anchors, which may or may not be marked by unlit buoys. Vessels

are advised to stay at least 1,500m away from MMVs.

5.18 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie close N of Hottentot

Point.

5.18 Mooring buoys, designated B1, B2, and B3, are reported to

be situated 1.5 miles, 2 miles, and 2.7 miles, respectively, NE

of Hottentot Point.

5.19 The coast between Hottentot Point and Danger Point,

about 8 miles S, is generally rocky, with occasional sandy

beaches. Breakers extend about 0.3 mile offshore in an unbroken line. Some of the points are marked by rocks and are prolonged by submerged reefs which extend a considerable

distance offshore in places. 

5.19 Gallovidia Reef (26°10'S., 14°56'E.), with several parts

awash and others above water, extends about 1.5 miles S from

a point located 1.2 miles SSE of Hottentot Point. A rocky islet

lies at the S end of this reef. The reef lies nearly in the direct

track leading from Hottentot Bay to Douglas Bay. Therefore,

vessels should keep in depths of not less than 30m as the sea

has been observed to break heavily in depths of over 14m.

5.19 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 10m and on which

the sea breaks in a heavy swell, lies about 1.5 miles SSW of the

rocky islet located at the S end of Gallovidia Reef. 

5.19 Danger Point (26°16'S., 14°57'E.) is cliffy and fringed by

rocks. A broken and cliffy coast extends 0.6 mile SSW from

this point to Wreck Point, which is reported to be radar prominent, and then 0.8 mile SSE to another cliffy projection. The

sea breaks heavily all along this stretch of coast. Jakal Beacon

stands near the coast, 0.4 mile S of Wreck Point. 

Ichaboe Island (26°17'S., 14°56'E.), lying 0.7 mile SW of

Wreck Point, is flat and mainly composed of granite. Its summit, located at the SW end, is 12m high and marked by a pole

beacon, which is difficult to distinguish from a distance. A settlement, with a jetty and a flagstaff, is situated at the NE side of

the island. The island is the home of a colony of cormorants.

Guano collecting takes place during April and May when all

the birds have departed.

5.19 Foul ground and reefs, upon which the sea usually breaks,

front the N, W, and S sides of the island. A rocky outcrop,

known as Little Ichaboe, lies 0.3 mile off the W side of the island.

5.19 Anchorage can be obtained in a depth of 10m about 0.2 mile

E of the settlement or in a depth of 13m about 0.3 mile ENE of

the S extremity of the island. These anchorages are considered

to be only fairly good because the holding ground is nothing

more than sandy patches amongst rocks. In the first location,

vessels are well-sheltered from the high swell which sets in,

but NE of the island the rollers are dangerously heavy. Rollers

come in without giving any previous warning and it is not unusual for the approaches on either side of the island to break

completely across, leaving comparatively smooth water at the

anchorage.

5.20 Douglas Bay (26°18'S., 14°57'E.) is entered between

Wreck Point and Douglas Point, 1.5 miles S. Rocky Point, located 0.4 mile NE of Douglas Point, divides the S part of the

bay into two smaller bays. Kartoffel Bucht, the S bay, provides

no shelter but Post Office Bay, the N bay, is protected. Breakers

extend up to 0.3 mile N from Douglas Point and front Rocky

Point. An isolated shoal, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about

0.7 mile WSW of Douglas Point.

5.20 Vessels approaching Douglas Bay can pass either N or S of
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 115

Pub. 123

Ichaboe Island, giving it a berth of at least 0.4 mile. The S passage is preferable as the N passage is narrower and the sea

breaks in adverse weather for several miles N of the island. Local knowledge is advised.

5.20 Marshall Rocks, composed of dangerous and extensive reefs

marked by heavy breakers, front the coast 3 miles SSE of Douglas Point and extend up to 1.5 miles offshore. Breakers extend

in a SE direction for about 2.5 miles from the SE end of Marshall Rocks and a bank, with depths of 13 to 17m, extends in

the same direction for another 2 miles. Staple Rocks lie with

the tallest rock, 9m high, about 1 mile E of the SE end of Marshall Rocks.

Kegelberg (26°25'S., 15°06'E.), a conspicuous conical hill,

rises 10.5 miles SE of Douglas Point. It is 39m high and consists of white quartz. This hill stands 0.5 mile N of the N entrance point of Boat Bay, at the S end of a low chain of hills.

Nearly all of the intervening coast is fringed by breakers.

5.20 Boat Bay Rocks, marked by breakers, extend up to about 1

mile W of the N entrance point of Boat Bay. The S entrance

point of this bay is located 2.5 miles SSE of the rocks. It consists of a rocky headland, 67m high. Some huts, in ruins, stand

close E of the headland. Boat Bay is clear of dangers and anchorage can be taken in depths of 7 to 11m within its S part,

but vessels should proceed to sea when W or N winds threaten.

5.20 Dumfudgeon Rocks, two low islets, lie 2.2 miles S of Boat

Bay and about 0.6 mile offshore. They are visited for seal hunting. Dagger Rocks, lying 2.5 miles SSE of Dumfudgeon

Rocks, extend up to about 0.2 mile offshore. A shoal patch,

with a least depth of 18m, lies about 1.5 miles W of Dagger

Rocks.

5.20 North East Point (26°35'S., 15°09'E.), bold and rocky, is located 3 miles S of Dagger Rocks. It forms the N entrance point

of Luderitz Bay. North Reef extends about 0.4 mile SW from

the point and an islet, 2.7m high, lies on its outer part. Flamingo Island lies 0.4 mile ESE of the point and is connected to the

mainland by a sandy neck, which dries at LW.

Luderitz Bay (26°39'S., 15°09'E.)

World Port Index No. 46650

5.21 Luderitz Bay is entered between North East Point

(26°35'S., 15°09'E.) and Diaz Point, 4.5 miles SW. Seal Island,

Penguin Island, and Shark Island lie off the E side of the bay,

from N to S, respectively. The town of Luderitz, which is a

tourist resort, stands in the SE corner of the bay, E of Shark

Island. The main port facilities front the town. 

5.21 Winds—Weather.—Strong SSW to SW winds are almost

continuous for 10 months of the year. It is usually calm in the

early morning. Morning fog often occurs outside the harbor

area and is most frequent between January and April. At times,

desert sand is blown about in large quantities, filling the air

with minute particles which take a long time to subside. 

5.21 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.4m at springs and

1m at neaps.

5.21 The currents are negligible in Menai Creek, but a tidal current sometimes occurs during the flood, running down the E

side of Shark Island. This current may cause difficulty to vessels berthing. The outer part of the bay is exposed to the swell,

which, being deflected by the contour of the land, enters the

bay from NW. 

5.21 Depths—Limitations.—Seal Island, 43m high, lies 0.8 mile

S of North East Point. It is round-topped, dark, and fringed by

reefs. A stranded wreck lies at the S end of this island. 

5.21 Penguin Island, 49m high and composed of large white boulders, lies 0.7 mile S of the S end of Seal Island and is fringed

by a reefs. Tiger Reef, awash, lies about midway between the N

end of the island and the mainland to the E. This detached reef

is marked by a lighted buoy.

5.21 Shark Island lies 0.7 mile S of the S end of Penguin Island

and its S extremity is connected to the mainland by a causeway.

5.21 Robert Harbor lies at the E side of the bay and is entered between the S end of Penquin Island and the N end of Shark Island. Menai Creek, which is shallow, extends S from Robert

Harbor along the E side of Shark Island to the town of Luderitz. 

5.21 Shearwater Bay lies between Diaz Point, which is fronted by

foul ground, and Angra Point, 2 miles ENE. Angra Rock lies

on a shallow reef, which extends about 0.5 mile N from Angra

Point, and is marked by a lighted buoy. The sea breaks between

this rock and the point. 

5.21 There are depths of more than 10m in the outer part of the

bay. The approach track leads SE into Roberts Harbor. It passes

between the reef fringing the S side of Penquin Island and the

reef fringing the N side of Shark Island. A fairway channel,

60m wide, then leads SSW through Menia Creek to the port facilities. It is dredged to a depth of 8.05m.

5.21 The new quay is 500m long and has depths of 4.6 to 8.65m

alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 12,500 dwt, 150m

in length, and 8.15m draft.

5.21 Main Jetty has depths of 6m alongside its W side for a distance of about 180m from the head and alongside its E side for

a distance of about 140m. It can accommodate vessels up to

105m in length. Timber Jetty, located close E of Main Jetty, is

168m long. It has a depth of 2.9m alongside and is used by

fishing boats. Several jetties, used only by fishing boats, are situated along the NE shore of Roberts Harbor. 

5.21 Aspect.—Diaz Point Light (26°38'S., 15°06'E.) is shown

from a prominent tower, 28m high, standing 0.2 mile S of Diaz

Point, the N extremity of a rocky peninsula. A beacon, consisting of a marble cross, stands on a rocky outcrop about 0.2 mile

WNW of the light, but it is difficult to distinguish. The outcrop

Luderitz Home Page

http://www.namport.com

Luderitz
116 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

is separated from the point by a ravine, which is crossed by a

wooden causeway.

5.21 Shark Island Light, located 3.2 miles E of Diaz Point Light,

is shown from a framework tower, 3m high, standing near the

center of the island. A church, with a conspicuous spire, and a

very prominent water tower stand 0.9 mile and 2.4 miles, respectively, S of this light.

5.21 Nautilus Hill, 130m high, rises on the mainland, 1.2 miles

NE of Shark Island Light, and appears to be the tallest land in

the vicinity. A radio mast is situated near the shore 0.2 mile

NW of this hill.

5.21 A disused whaling station, with several large prominent

buildings and tall chimneys, is situated within a cove in the SE

part of Shearwater Bay.

5.21 The approach track leading SE between Penguin Island and

Shark Island is indicated by a lighted range which may best be

seen on the chart. The reefs fringing the S side of Penguin Island and the N side of Shark Island are marked by lighted

buoys. The dredged fairway leading SSW through Menai

Creek is marked by lighted buoys. 

5.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channel 12 or 16 and usually board about 1 mile N of

Angra Point. Pilotage is available between 0400 and 1600

hours. During poor weather, pilots board about 0.7 mile NE of

Angra Point. Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage 72 hours and 1 hour in advance. 

5.21 Regulations.—A Port Information Service is maintained at

Luderitz Bay. Vessels are requested to establish contact by

VHF with the harbormaster not less than 1 hour before arrival.

Vessels arriving after hours should report their ETA by VHF to

the signal station at Diaz Point Light.

5.21 The port of Luderitz may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

5.21 Vessels moored at the outer anchorage should keep a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. 

5.21 Anchorage.—In the past, vessels worked cargo at the anchorage but, due to the construction of the new quay, this practice now occurs infrequently.

5.21 Shearwater Bay provides sheltered anchorage, in depths of 7

to 14m, from all but N and NW winds, but vessels must be prepared to get underway at short notice due to sudden squalls.

5.21 Anchorage according to draft can be taken in the outer part

of Luderitz Harbor, which extends S between Angra Point and

Shark Island. The holding ground is good but a heavy NW

swell may set in at any time.

5.21 Robert Harbor provides fairly good and sheltered anchorage

but the holding ground is poor in places and vessels have been

known to drag. Vessels may anchor in a depth of 7m, about 0.3

mile ESE of the SE end of Penquin Island or, in a depth of 8m,

clay, about 0.3 mile NW of the front range light. A considerable NW swell may be experienced at times at the latter anchorage.

5.21 North Harbor, which is entered N of Seal Island, provides

anchorage in a depth of 7m.

5.21 Directions.—Luderitz Bay may be entered during daylight

without difficulty. Diaz Point should be rounded at a distance

of at least 0.4 mile. Vessels must pass N of the lighted buoy

moored about 0.7 mile N of Angra Point.

5.21 Caution.—A large foul ground area, containing anchored

floating ropes and unlighted buoys, lies centered 4 miles WSW

of Diaz Point Light and may best be seen on the chart.

5.21 A marine farm (mussel cultures) lies off the E coast of Seal

Island and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels should keep

well clear of the area due to the presence of unlit floating platforms and booms. 

Luderitz Bay to the Orange River

5.22 The coast extending between Diaz Point (26°38'S.,

15°06'E.) and Chameis Baai, 81 miles SSE, is indented with

many small bays which are enclosed by rocky headlands. The

interior is desert country, consisting of sandy valleys with

sparse scrub vegetation lying between ranges of sandstone and

quartzite hills.

5.22 Halifax Island (26°39'S., 15°05'E.), lying 1.2 miles SW of

Diaz Point, is 37m high. It is separated from the mainland to

the SE by a shallow and narrow channel. A number of huts are

situated on the island and a flagstaff stands on its NE extremity.

Halifax Reef, parts of which are above water, extends about 0.5

mile NNW from the N side of the island. Halifax Island appears as a range of black hummocks from S and has been mistaken for Diaz Point. 

Guano Bay, lying close SW of Diaz Point, is sheltered from

S and SW winds by Halifax Island and Halifax Reef. 

5.22 Anchorage can be taken in a depth of 9m about 0.3 mile NE

of the NE end of Halifax Island, but depths decrease rapidly

within 0.3 mile of the shore of the bay.

5.22 Grosse Bay (26°45'S., 15°06'E.), 6 miles S of Halifax Island, has a sandy coastline alternating with rocks. It affords no

shelter, except to small vessels in a N wind, as the bottom is

foul. 

5.22 Albatross Peak, a double-headed peak, rises 2.5 miles E of

Grosse Bay. It is 180m high, reddish in color, and prominent

from S.

5.22 Wolf Bay, providing no protection, lies 4 miles SSE of

Grosse Bay. North Long Island, low-lying and almost divided

into two parts, lies 0.5 mile offshore, close S of the entrance to

Wolf Bay. South Long Island, lying 0.5 mile S of North Long

Diaz Point Light

leon@namport.co.na 
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 117

Pub. 123

Island, is situated close off a small point on the coast. Both of

these islands are occupied by seals. 

Zwei Point (Zwei Spitz) (26°52'S., 15°09'E.), located 2

miles SE of South Long Island, consists of a prominent tabletopped hill. Abenteuer Bay lies close S of this point. A submerged reef, which breaks, lies about 0.4 mile offshore, 1.3

miles S of the point. The cliffs in this vicinity are composed of

cream-colored rock, in contrast to the prevailing gray granite.

Elizabeth Point (26°55'S., 15°11'E.), low and rocky, is situated 4.5 miles SSE of Zwei Point. This point is fronted by a

dangerous reef and heavy breakers on its S side. The ruins of

an old mining town, which is situated N of the point, are conspicuous when viewed from the W. 

Zweikuppen (Saddle Mount) (26°56'S., 15°20'E.) rises to an

elevation of 358m about 8 miles E of Elizabeth Point and is

prominent. Dreizack Berg, 463m high, stands 6 miles SE of

Zweikuppen. Two peaks, known as The Paps, rise to elevations

of 1,520m and 1,615m behind these hills, and are conspicuous

in clear weather. 

5.22 Elizabeth Bay is entered S of the reefs fronting Elizaberth

Point. It is backed by a low plain with shifting sand hills, behind which the country is hilly.

Caution.—Crayfishing vessels may be encountered within 3

miles of the coast to the S of Luderitz Bay. Such vessels may

be anchored or drifting with unlit bottom gear, marker buoys,

and recovery lines. 

5.23 Possession Island (27°01'S., 15°12'E.) lies 5 miles S

of Elizabeth Point and rises to an elevation of 20m in its S part.

The coasts of the island are rocky and nearly perpendicular.

The island can be easily identified when approached from either N or S. When seen from close S, the island appears as a

group of islets because it has several summits joined by low

land. A beacon surmounts the southernmost summit. A small

settlement, with a pier and a flagstaff, is situated on the E side

of the island, 0.5 mile from its N extremity.

Two islets lie close off the N end of Possession Island and

North Reef, marked by breakers, extends about 1 mile NNW

from the island. Kreuz Shoals consists of two detached groups.

One group, with a least depth of 3.1m, and another group, with

a least depth of 5.1m, lie about 0.7 mile and 1.4 miles, respectively, NE of the N end of the island. Possession Rock, awash,

lies 0.7 mile SSE of the N end of the island and about 0.3 mile

offshore.

5.23 South Reef, marked by breakers and incompletely surveyed,

extends about 1.5 miles S from the S end of Possession Island.

Several wrecks lie on this reef and it should be given a wide

berth.

5.23 Sheltered anchorage, in smooth water, can be taken by small

vessels within Possession Road at the E side of the island. Vessels should anchor, in a depth of 8m, about 0.5 mile NNE of the

flagstaff situated at the settlement. However, it is reported that

the sea bed is covered in kelp in places and does not provide

good holding ground.

5.23 Possession Road may be approached by passing either N or

S of Possession Island. When approaching from the N, vessels

should give the islets lying off the N end of the island a berth of

at least 1 mile and keep well over toward the mainland shore.

The best approach to the anchorage is from the S, giving the S

end of Possession Island a berth of at least 2 miles until the N

extremity of the island is open E of the SE end of the island.

5.24 Prinzen Bucht (Prince of Wales Bay) (27°05'S.,

15°15'E.), a small indentation, lies 5 miles SSE of Possession

Island. Foul ground and shallow rocks extend about 0.5 mile

NNW from the SW entrance point of this bay. Anchorage in

depths of 8 to 12m can be obtained by small craft about 0.3

mile NE of the N edge of the foul ground. 

5.24 Albatross Rocks (27°07'S., 15°14'E.) lies about 0.8 mile off

the coast, 5.8 miles SSE of the S end of Possession Island. It

consists of a ridge of volcanic islets and above-water rocks,

about 0.6 mile long. The southernmost and largest islet appears

prominent against the lighter-colored mainland when viewed

from seaward. Foul ground extends up to about 0.3 mile N and

1.5 miles S of these rocks. The foul ground extending S from

the rocks is marked by breakers. Albatross Channel, lying between Albatross Rocks and the mainland, appears to be clear

and has a depth of 6.7m lying in its N entrance. Vessels using

this channel are advised to exercise great caution.

5.24 Jammerbaai, a small bay, lies 4 miles S of Prinzen Bucht and

is mostly rocky. A derelict mine building, in ruins, stands on

the S part of the bay and is conspicuous from seaward. 

5.24 Pomona Island (27°12'S., 15°16'E.), 15m high, lies close

off the coast, 4.5 miles SSE of Albatross Rocks. A submerged

rock lies between the island and the mainland. A flagstaff, a

beacon, and some buildings stand on the E side of the island

but are not prominent from seaward. When seen from the W,

the island appears as two low hummocks. Anchorage can be

taken by small vessels, in a depth of 10m, good holding

ground, off the N end of the island.

5.24 The mainland extending between Prinzen Bucht and Pomona

Island is backed by a coastal range of hills, 47 to 125m high.

From abreast of Pomona Island to Bakers Bay, 31 miles SSE,

the coast has a mostly desolate appearance, without the least

sign of vegetation. It is fronted about 0.5 mile offshore by numerous islets and reefs. There are no known dangers lying

more than 1 mile offshore, but vessels are advised to remain at

least 2 miles off the coast.

5.24 Tafelberg (27°16'S., 15°23'E.), a prominent mountain, rises

to an elevation of 214m about 8 miles SE of Pomona Island.

5.24 Black Point (27°19'S., 15°18'E.) is located 8 miles SSE of

Possession Island. A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about

1.8 miles W of this point.

5.24 Black Rock, 10m high, lies about 5 miles SE of Black Point

and close S of the N entrance point of Van Reenan Bay. This

latter bay affords no shelter.

5.25 Bogenfels (Arch Rock) (27°28'S., 15°24'E.), located

5 miles SE of Black Rock, is a large rock, 51m high, which

projects from the coast in the shape of an archway. It is one of

the most remarkable features on the coast of Namibia. From W

or N, it is not at all distinct, but from the SSW this arch shows

up well against the light-colored coast.

Driemasterbaai is entered about 6 miles SSE of Bogenfels.

The shore of this bay is foul and breakers extend up to about

0.2 mile seaward of it. Small vessels can anchor in a depth of

11m in the S part of the bay. 

5.25 False Plum Pudding is a rocky projection lying 3 miles SSE

of Driemasterbaai. A shallow reef, with extensive foul ground,

extends up to about 1 mile offshore close N of this projection.
118 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.25 Plum Pudding Island, 13m high, is located 0.3 mile offshore,

2 miles SSE of False Plum Pudding. Black Sophie Rock, 3m

high, lies 0.4 mile S of this island. Foul ground and breakers

surround both these dangers and extend to the coast.

Bakers Bay (27°40'S., 15°31'E.) is entered between Black

Sophie Rock and Sinclair Island, 15m high, lying 1 mile SSE.

The latter island is almost joined on its SE to Lion’s Head, a

headland forming the S entrance point of the bay. Mining

buildings and a jetty, all in ruins, are situated in the S part of

the bay. Depths within the bay decrease from 14 to 7m over

sand, the latter depth being found outside the breakers, about

0.3 mile offshore. Anchorage, sheltered from S winds, can be

taken by small vessels, in a depth of 12m, sand, in the middle

of the bay.

Sparrow Hawk Islet, 33m high, lies in the middle of a small

bay located between Lion’s Head and Needle Point, 0.5 mile S.

Durnburg Bay is entered between Vohsenberg, 30m high, located about 0.5 mile S of Needle Point and Kapp Durnburg, 1.5

miles S. This bay appears to be full of breakers and there are

several rocks and islets in it.

5.25 Copper Mount rises to an elevation of 50m about 1 mile E of

Kapp Durnburg and is conspicuous from seaward.

5.25 Dunkle Wand Point, also known as Dunkle Wand Spitze, is

located 2.5 miles SSE of Kapp Durnburg and is fringed by

breakers. A small islet lies within the bight located on the N

side of this point and has the appearance of a dark wall. A precipice formed of green rock is situated about 2.2 miles SE of the

point. 

5.25 Nordfels (North Rock) is one of a group of rocks lying 0.2

mile offshore, 4 miles SE of Dunkle Wand Point. Sudfels

(South Rock), another group of rocks, lies close offshore, 2.5

miles farther SE. Detached shoal patches, with depths of 5.5m

and 18.3m, lie, about 1.5 miles W and 2 miles SW, respectively, of Sudfels. 

5.26 Chameisbaai (27°55'S., 15°40'E.) lies 5 miles SE of

Sudfels and is entered between Chameis Head and Panther

Huk, 4 miles SSE. Chameis Reefs, consisting of North Reef

and South Reef, lie in the approach to the bay. North Reef,

which breaks and has a least depth of 8m, lies 1.7 miles SW of

Chameis Head. South Reef, which sometimes breaks, has a

least depth of 14m lying about 2 miles SSE of North Reef. Panther Reef, which dries 0.5m and is steep-to, lies 0.7 mile N of

Panther Huk. Stranded wrecks lie close N of Chameis Head

and at the SE end of the bay.

Schlangen Mount rises to an elevation of 81m about 1 mile E

of Panther Huk and is prominent from seaward.

The coast between Chameisbaai and the mouth of the Orange River, about 63 miles SE, is formed by an almost unbroken line of sand, in contrast to the coast farther N. With few

exceptions, the coastal hills are low and inconspicuous. Intense

diamond mining is under way in this area, with mine dumps,

mine headgear, and pump houses situated along the coast.

5.26 Boegoeberge (27°54'S., 15°56'E.), 578m high, rises about

14 miles E of Panther Huk and is conspicuous. Its summit is

surmounted by a radio mast.

5.26 Nord-licher-Tafelberg, 67m high; Grosse Tafelberg, 79m

high; and Tafelberg-Suid, 84m high, stand close to the coast,

between 4 and 8 miles SE of Panther Huk. 

5.26 Kerbe Huk (28°14'S., 16°00'E.), 54m high, is located 25

miles SE of Panther Huk. This headland is fronted by a stranded wreck. A lighted buoy (wave rider) is moored about 8 miles

offshore, 12 miles S of this headland.

5.26 A prominent tower, with an elevation of 16m, stands 5 miles

SE of Kerbe Huk; a submarine pipeline extends about 0.8 mile

SSW from the shore in its vicinity.

5.26 Schakalberg (28°09'S., 16°35'E.), rising to an elevation of

624m, stands about 30 miles inland from Kerbe Huk and is

prominent from seaward. 

Caution.—A detached shoal, with a least depth of 57m, was

reported (1956) to lie about 14 miles SW of Panther Huk

(27°56'S., 15°41'E.).

5.26 Diamond Area No. 1, a coastal strip about 140 miles wide,

extends from the parallel of 26°S to the Orange River

(28°38'S., 16°27'E.). Landing or entry without permission is

prohibited within this area.

5.26 Marine Mining Vessels (MMVs), which process gravel for

diamonds, may be encountered in large numbers inshore between Hottentot Bay and the Orange River (28°38'S.,

16°27'E.). These diamond mining barges are usually moored to

four anchors, which may or may not be marked by unlit buoys.

Vessels are advised to stay at least 1,500m away from MMVs. 

5.27 Oranjemund Oil Terminal (28°34'S., 16°22'E.) is

situated 28 miles SE of Kerbe Huk and about 3 miles WSW of

the town of Oranjemund (Orange Mouth). The town of Oranjemund is a well laid out, with excellent amenities despite the

surrounding desert. The inhabitants of the town are nearly all

connected with the diamond-mining industry. A small airfield

is situated close SE of the town.

5.27 It is reported (2006) that Oranjemund Oil Terminal is no

longer in use. The buoys and submarine pipeline have been removed.

The Orange River to Port Nolloth

5.28 The Orange River (28°38'S., 16°28'E.) enters the sea

about 6 miles SE of the town of Oranjemund. It is one of the

largest rivers in Africa, crossing nearly the whole of the S part

of the continent and flowing W for about 1,000 miles. The

mouth of the river is closed during dry periods by a sand bank,

nearly 0.7 mile long, which is breached at varying points when

Marine Mining Vessels (MMVs)
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 119

Pub. 123

the river is in flood. The banks on both sides of the river are

fertile. The Earnest Oppenheimer Bridge spans the river 5

miles above the entrance.

Off the mouth of the river, silt has covered the rock bottom

and formed an even gradient out to depths of 100m. Discolored

water of a light green hue occurs frequently off the mouth and

extends up to 50 miles seaward.

Numerous prospecting trenches dug at right angles to the

coast are situated between the Orange River and Cape Columbine (32°50'S., 17°51'E.). There are also many fairly-high mine

dumps and well-lit mine structures. In some places, the coastline has been pushed out to sea for a considerable distance by

dikes; the enclosed area is then pumped out and the sea bed is

cleared to the bedrock to recover alluvial diamonds.

5.28 The border between Namibia and the Republic of South Africa is situated in the vicinity of the Orange River. 

Caution.—Crayfishing vessels may be encountered within 3

miles of the coast between the Orange River and Cape Columbine (32°50'S., 17°51'E.). Such vessels may be anchored or

drifting with unlit bottom gear, marker buoys, and recovery

lines.

5.28 Marine Mining Vessels (MMVs), which process gravel for

diamonds, may be encountered in large numbers inshore between Hottentot Bay and the Orange River (28°38'S.,

16°27'E.). These diamond mining barges are usually moored to

four anchors, which may or may not be marked by unlit buoys.

Vessels are advised to stay at least 1,500m away from MMVs.

5.28 At times a rapid decrease in the density of the air above the

cold sea forms mirages in areas along the coast between the

Orange River and Cape Columbine (32°50'S., 17°51'E.). These

mirages can be distorted and may occasionally produce inverted images.

5.28 The coast between the Orange River and Port Nolloth, 42

miles SSE, is fringed by numerous reefs and dangerous shoals

which extend up to 3 miles seaward in places. Vessels navigating in this area are advised to remain in depths of 50m or more. 

5.29 Alexander Bay (28°40'S., 16°31'E.) lies 3.5 miles SE

of the mouth of the Orange River. Alexander Bay Peak rises to

a summit of dark rock 1 mile E of the head of the bay. It is

122m high and prominent. This bay is used by small local vessels engaged in coastal diamond dredging. 

5.29 Tripp Shoal, rocky with a least depth of 5.5m, lies about 1

mile WSW of the N entrance point of Alexander Bay and usually breaks. 

5.29 Anchorage off Alexander Bay is not safe because the coast is

exposed to the prevailing S wind. There is occasionally a S set

off the bay, but it is easily detected by the presence of discolored water from the Orange River. 

5.29 Kaap Voltas (28°43'S., 16°33'E.), a low and rocky promontory, is located 3.5 miles SE of Alexander Bay. The intervening

coast is low, sandy, and desolate.

5.29 Peacock Bank, with a least depth of 16.7m, lies about 3.5

miles WSW of Kaap Voltas.

5.29 Peacock Roadstead lies within a bight, 2.5 miles wide, located S of Kaap Voltas. The shores of the bight are backed by

hills, which are sparsely-covered with low scrub, and by mountains farther inland. The shore in the S part of the bight is

formed by a sloping, rocky cliff which affords a certain amount

of shelter from the prevailing S wind and swell. A long sandy

beach is situated N of the cliff. Depths in the roadstead are regular, ranging from 7m close under the cliff to 26m. Vessels may

anchor, in a depth of 20m, dark gray sand, about 0.5 mile off

the cliff.

5.29 The bight can easily be recognized by The Boegoeberg

Twins. Boegoeberg-Noord, 131m high, and Boegoeberg-Suid,

161m high, are hills which stand about 1 mile and 2 miles, respectively, SE of the S entrance point of the bight, These hills

are conspicuous and rise abruptly from the level ground close

within the S entrance point. The northernmost hill is surmounted by a mining survey beacon; the southernmost hill is surmounted by several radio masts.

5.29 It is reported (1956) that with the S wind blowing normally,

at about force 4 to 5 a few miles from the coast, inside Peacock

Roadstead the wind would often reach force 6 to 7, apparently

due to local katabatic conditions. It has also been stated that

rollers sometimes break as far out as the line joining Alexander

Bay and Harrison Cove, an indentation lying in the SE part of

the bight. However, a survey (1997) did not observe this phenomenon.

5.30 Homewood Cove (28°46'S., 16°34'E.) lies close S of

the S entrance point of Peacock Roadstead. It is nearly circular

and about 0.2 mile wide, with receding sides rising to heights

of 18 to 24m. It is used by small craft with local knowledge.

Collins Reef, with a least depth of 5.4m and on which the sea

breaks, lies about 0.8 mile SSW of the entrance to this cove. 

5.30 Wreck Point (28°52'S., 16°36'E.), backed by sand dunes, is

located 7 miles SSE of Homewood Cove. A stranded wreck

lies on the beach about 3 miles SE of this point.

5.30 Soco Reefs, which break heavily, extend 1.5 miles offshore,

about 2 miles SE of Wreck Point.

5.30 Holgatrivier, generally dry, empties into the sea 9 miles SE

of Wreck Point and its entrance is fronted by a sand bar. Shallow rocks extend about 0.5 mile SW from the N entrance point

of the river mouth. The river valley is fairly conspicuous when

viewed from the SW. 

5.30 A rock, with a least depth of 8.5m and which breaks in a

heavy swell, lies about 2 miles offshore, midway between Holgatrivier and Jackals Pit, a small cove, located 7 miles SE.

Jackals Pit is enclosed by cliffs, 18 to 21m high. 

5.30 Cliff Point (29°07'S., 16°49'E.) is located 9.5 miles SE of

the mouth of Holgatrivier and at the SE end of Jackals Pit. A

detached rocky shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m, lies 2 miles

offshore, about 4.5 miles NW of Cliff Point. Another detached

rocky shoal, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies 1.8 miles offshore,

about 2.5 miles SW of Cliff Point. Both of these shoals break

in a heavy swell. 

5.31 Port Nolloth (29°15'S., 16°52'E.) (World Port Index

No. 46730), located 8.5 miles SSE of Cliff Point, lies between

North Point and South Point, 1.6 miles SSE. The port, formerly

known as Robbe Bay, is shallow and suitable only for lightdraft coasters. It is used mainly by local vessels carrying out

coastal diamond dredging and fishing boats. The town of Port

Nolloth stands on the low-lying land to the E of the harbor and

is fairly prominent. 

5.31 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SE.

5.31 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.6m at springs and

1.1m at neaps.
120 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.31 The current outside the reefs usually sets N at a velocity of

0.5 to 1 knot. Fresh and sustained N winds check the current,

and will reverse the current if persisting for several days. The

reversed current normally attains a velocity of no more than 0.5

knot, but a velocity of 3 knots has been reported. The current in

the port attains a velocity of 0.5 knot to 3 knots, depending on

the strength of the SW wind. It enters through the reefs close

NW of South Reef and, after passing through the inner anchorage, runs out across The Bar and the S part of the North Reef in

a NW direction, losing some of its strength as it crosses them.

It is reported that the strength of the current depends on the size

of the swell and that during a heavy swell, the current may run

strongly N through the harbor, meeting a weaker S current

from the N part of the harbor. Both currents then unite and flow

seaward over The Bar.

5.31 Depths—Limitations.—Owen Island lies close S of South

Point. It is 3m high and connected to the mainland on the N

side by a rocky and sandy neck, which dries at LW. The harbor

is formed by a reef, which dries in places, extending about 0.8

mile NNW from Owen Island. North Point is 10m high. This

point and South Point are both marked by heavy breakers and

fringed by reefs. Several obstructions lie in the approach and

may best be seen on the chart.

5.31 North Blinder, a shoal with a least depth of 3.3m and which

breaks heavily, lies 0.6 mile SSE of North Point. South Blinder,

a shoal which breaks and has a least depth of 2.1m, lies 0.9

mile SSE of North Point. The approach track passes between

North Blinder and South Blinder but, although 300m wide, it is

obstructed by The Bar, a rocky shoal. with a least depth of 3m.

Inside the bar, an entrance channel, dredged to a depth of 3.3m

(1990), leads S to the berths. 

5.31 An L-shaped pier, 66m long, has depths up to 3.9m alongside. Vessels up to 1,100 dwt, 61m in length, and 3.6m draft

can be accommodated. It is reported (1999) that there is less

water than charted alongside this pier.

5.31 There are two private piers, each about 100m long, with

depths of less than 2m alongside. It is reported (1995) that

these piers are seldom used.

5.31 Aspect.—North Point, 10m high, is easily recognized by the

prominent buildings of the fisheries factory standing near its

extremity.

5.31 The approach track over the bar leads in an ENE direction

from seaward. It is indicated by a lighted range which may best

be seen on the chart. Bar Light, the front range light, is shown

from a structure, 1m high, standing 1 miles SSE of North

Point.

5.31 Carl Von Schlick Lighted Beacon, 11m high, stands close

ENE of Bar Light and forms the rear range light. It is equipped

with a racon. 

5.31 “F” Beacon, a triangle apex up on a black structure, stands

0.3 mile ENE of Bar Light and in alignment with the range. A

group of reddish sand hills, 180m high, rises about 5 miles E of

the port and forms a background for the approach range. The

Augrabis Mountains rise to an elevation of 493m about 14

miles inland from the port.

5.31 Fairway Lighted Buoy is moored about 0.8 mile SSE of

North Point and close inside the bar. The channel leading to the

berths is marked by buoys. 

5.31 A Roman Catholic Church, with a prominent square tower,

stands close SSE of Carl Von Schlick Lighted Beacon. An oil

tank and a crane, both conspicuous, are situated near the Lshaped pier.

5.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not available; however, the Port Officer will give directions for entering the harbor and berthing on

VHF channel 12 or 13. Entry and departure from the port are

carried out only by daylight. Vessels should send an ETA at

least 72 hours in advance. Local knowledge is advised. Vessels

arriving from non-South African ports must first obtain permission to enter from Cape Town or other South African ports.

5.31 Signals.—The following signals are displayed from Carl

Von Schlick Lighted Beacon:

1. A black and yellow basket at half mast indicates that

the bar is dangerous.

2. A black and yellow basket close up indicates that the

bar is impassable.

5.31 Bar Light (front range light) shows a fixed white light when

the bar is passable and a fixed red light when the bar is closed.

5.31 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor outside the reefs in a depth

of 42m, sand, about 1 mile outside the bar but they frequently

roll heavily. Landing in ship’s boats should not be attempted. 

5.31 Caution.—When crossing the bar, the alignment of the

range must be closely followed because the sea breaks heavily

on both sides of the track. When the swell is heavy, breakers

may frequently extend across the passage, preventing vessels

from entering or leaving for as long as three consecutive days.

Port Nolloth to Hondeklipbaai

5.32 John Owen Bay (29°16'S., 16°53'E.), lying close E

of Owen Island, is a small indentation open to the SW. It may

be used by small craft during N winds. Breakers extend across

the entrance to the bay with a moderate swell from the S. During strong S winds it is untenable, the whole bay being a mass

of broken water with a heavy swell. Local knowledge is required.

MacDougalls Bay is a slight indentation, 1 mile wide, lying

1 mile S of Port Nolloth. Reefs, with several rocks and islets,

extend from the entrance points and encircle the entrance. They

provide good shelter. The bay is used by small craft with local

knowledge; a resort is situated on its S side.

5.32 Gooappunt (29°17'S., 16°53'E.) is located 1.5 miles SSE of

MacDougalls Bay. Oubeep Bay lies about 1.6 miles SSE of this

point. It is rock bound and provides no shelter. A conspicuous

sand hill, 25m high, rises close S of the bay.

5.32 Penguin Rocks (29°36'S., 17°01'E.), 2m high, lie 0.5 mile

offshore, about 19 miles SSE of Gooappunt. A foul and rocky

reef, which breaks with a heavy swell, extends up to about 1

mile W and 2 miles S of these rocks.

5.32 Buffels River, with a long sandy beach, enters the sea about

4.7 miles SSE of Penquin Rocks. The coast between is fronted

by foul ground which extends up to about 1 mile offshore.

5.32 Wolfberg, 207m high, rises 4 miles NE of Penquin Rocks.

This prominent hill has a large cairn of stones surmounting its

summit. Arnot se Kop (Buffelskop) 215m high, risse 3.5 miles

E of Penguin Rocks. This hill, which is surmounted by a small

trigonometrical beacon, is also prominent. The conspicuous

headgear of a diamond mine, with its associated buildings,

stands 3.5 miles SSE of Penguin Rocks.

5.32 A stranded wreck lies off the mouth of the Buffels River. The

bed of this river is usually dry for a considerable distance in-
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 121

Pub. 123

land. The mining town of Kleinsee, standing 1 mile inland, is

situated on the S bank of the river and is prominent from SW

and W. The headquarters of De Beer’s Consolidated Mines is

situated at Grootmis, which stands on the N bank of the river,

farther inland.

5.32 The coast between Buffels River and Hondeklipbaai, 40

miles SSE, is bordered by dangerous submerged rocks, some

awash, which extend up to 1.5 miles offshore.

5.32 Diamond Hole, a small bay fronted by reefs, lies about 2

miles SSE of Buffels River and close S of a low promontory.

Rooiklippies, a prominent stretch of reddish rocky ledges, is

located 1 mile S of this bay. 

5.32 Gorab rise 1.5 miles inland and 5.5 miles SSE of the mouth

of Buffels River. This prominent hill is 189m high; its summit

is surmounted by a beacon. It is the tallest point of a flat range

of hills.

5.33 Melkbospunt (29°49'S., 17°05'E.), located 8 miles

SSE of the mouth of Buffels River, is low-lying and fringed

with rock. Numerous white mining dumps stand close inland

of this point. Swartklip lies 6.5 miles SSE of Melkbospunt and

close off an inconspicuous rocky point. This rock is dark-colored and 2.5m high.

Naganas Point (Naas Naaspunt) (29°56'S., 17°07'E.), locate

7.5 miles SSE of Melkbospunt, can be recognized by a conspicuous rock lying near its extremity. Stranded wrecks are reported to lie about 1 mile, 6.7 miles, and 9.5 miles SSE of the

point.

5.33 Swartkop, 287m high and prominent, stands about 6 miles

ESE of Naganas Point and is surmounted by a beacon. It is the

tallest of the coastal hills in this vicinity.

5.33 Skulpfonteinpunt (30°06'S., 17°11'E.) is located 18 miles

SSE of Melkbospunt and fringed by dangerous rocks. 

Somnaasbaai, lying 4 miles SSE of Skulpfonteinpunt, has a

sandy beach where landing may be effected on a calm day.

Wolfkop, a prominent mine dump, rises 1.2 miles inland, 3.5

miles SSE of the bay, It is 74m high and surmounted by a small

beacon. The mining settlement of Koingnaas stands 3 miles

SSE of the bay and is conspicuous because of its white buildings which have bright green roofs.

5.33 Swartlintjiesrivier (30°16'S., 17°16'E.) lies 3.2 miles S of

Koingnaas. The mouth of the river, which is entirely barred by

sand, is fronted by rocks extending up about 0.5 mile seaward.

5.33 Caution.—The coastal area between Melkbospunt and

Skulpfonteinpunt has not been closely examined and vessels

are cautioned to stay at least 4 miles offshore. During fog or

low visibility and at night, this distance should be increased to

10 miles.

Hondeklipbaai

5.34 Hondeklipbaai (30°19'S., 17°16'E.), the site of a

former copper mine, is located 6.5 miles SSE of Koingnaas.

The bay receives its name from an isolated block of granite, 5m

high, called Hondeklip or Dogstone. This prominent stone is

situated 0.2 mile inland and 0.4 mile S of the head of the bay. It

stands at an elevation of 21m and is surmounted by a beacon. A

conspicuous radio mast is situated 0.7 mile WSW of the stone.

The bay, which is suitable only for small vessels, is about 0.3

mile wide, but its entrance is narrowed to a width of 100m by

rocks and foul ground extending from both entrance points. It

is sheltered from all but W winds, which seldom occur. A

sandy beach is located in the S part of the head of the bay.

5.34 A jetty, with a large building at its extremity, extends NW

from the S end of the beach. Private moorings for diamonddredging vessels and fishing boats are situated within the bay.

5.34 Hondeklip Bay Light (30°18'S., 17°16'E.) is shown from a

framework tower, 8m high, standing 0.2 mile N of the bay. A

directional light is shown from a column on a square building,

3m high, standing at the head of the bay. The entrance track

leads in an E direction between the offshore dangers within the

white sector of this light. It is reported (2002) that the edges of

the white sector are blurred and vessels should endeavor to

keep the light at its brightest. 

5.34 Spitfire Reef, with a least depth of 5.5m and on which heavy

rollers occasionally break, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of the S

entrance point of the bay. Spitfire Rock, on which the sea

breaks, lies about 0.8 mile E of this reef. These dangers should

be given a wide berth.

5.34 The current off the coast in the vicinity of Hondeklipbaai

usually runs N, but after a prolonged N wind, it sets in the opposite direction.

5.34 Vessels may anchor outside the bay in depths of 10 to 15m,

rock bottom with good holding ground, to the W of the directional light sector.

Hondeklipbaai to the Olifants River

5.35 Plaatklippunt (30°20'S., 17°17'E.), located 1 mile S

of Hondeklipbaai, is surmounted by a stone cairn. A stranded

wreck lies on a rocky point about 0.8 mile SSE of this point.

The coast between Plaatklippunt and Rooiwalbaai, 8 miles

SSE, is bordered by rocks and breakers, which extend up to

about 0.5 mile offshore. It provides very few features that can

be distinguished at any distance. The background hills appear

as long ridges without any definite summits. 

5.35 Rooiwalbaai (30°27'S., 17°21'E.), located 9.5 miles SSE of

Hondeklip Bay Light, has a vertical cliff composed of red

sandstone, 11m high, at its head. The almost level summit of

the cliff is surmounted by a sloping bank of white sand of

about the same height. The red cliff with its white crest is easily identified when seen from WSW. The bay affords no shelter.

5.35 Spoeg River, the mouth of which is often closed, empties into a sandy bay, about 1 mile wide, about 1.2 miles S of Rooiwalbaai. A group of rocks, which breaks, lies 0.5 mile off the S

entrance point of the bay.

5.35 Spugmond (Kanoepkop), 179m high, rises 2.7 miles ENE of

the mouth of the Spoeg River and is surmounted by a small

beacon. It is the most prominent of the coastal hills in the vicinity. This hill may be easily recognized by some bare brown

patches appearing on its N side.

5.35 The coast between the mouth of Spoeg River and Olifants

River, 86 miles ESE, provides few features that can be distinguished at a distance. A range of mountains, rising to elevations exceeding 1,500m, stands about 40 miles inland and

parallel to the shore. 

5.35 Caution.—Great care should be exercised while navigating

along this stretch of coast due incomplete surveys.

5.36 Strandfonteinpunt (30°34'S., 17°25'E.) is located 6
122 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

miles SSE of the mouth of the Spoeg River. A submerged reef,

on which the sea breaks heavily, extends about 0.7 mile WSW

from this point.

Roodewal (Toringkop), 193m high, rises prominently about

2.5 miles ENE of Strandfonteinpunt and a conspicuous ruined

signal tower stands on its summit.

The Twins, two rocks which usually break, lie about 0.7 mile

offshore, 15 miles SSE of Strandfonteinpunt. These rocks

should be given a wide berth.

5.36 Groenriviermond Light (30°50'S., 17°35'E.) is shown from

a prominent tower, 17m high, standing 20 miles SSE of Strandfonteinpunt.

5.36 The Groen River lies about 1.2 miles N of Groenriviermond

Light. Its mouth is usually closed by sand banks. A building

standing 1 mile NNE of the river entrance is reported to be

conspicuous from seaward.

5.36 Island Point, located 3 miles SSE of Groenriviermond Light,

consists of a flat rock lying close off a low sandy point. A conspicuous stranded wreck lies near the center of the flat rock. It

consists of engine parts, 5m high, which are covered by guano.

A conspicuous boulder stands on a point located about 1 mile

N of Island Point.

5.36 The Brak River lies 13 miles SSE of Island Point and rocks,

which break, extend about 1 mile SW from its mouth. Ruitersvlei, a swampy area which floods at HWS, is located at the

closed mouth of the river. 

5.36 Toringberg (31°02'S., 18°00'E.), 552m high, rises about 15

miles ENE of the entrance to the Brak River and is conpicuous.

When viewed from the vicinity of the river entrance, it has

steep N and S sides.

5.36 The Sout River, which is closed, lies 10.5 miles SSE of the

Brak River. A large rock, 4m high, lies close offshore, close N

of the river mouth. An extensive salt mine is situated 15 miles

inland of the river mouth. Large mounds of salt may at times be

seen over the dunes in this vicinity.

5.36 Krakeelklip, 351m high, stands 16 miles ESE of the mouth

of the Sout River. This hill forms the best landmark in the vicinity.

5.37 Jakkalshok (31°21'S., 17°54'E.), located 7 miles SSE

of the mouth of the Sout River, may be recognized by the derelict mining machinery situated near the coast. Breakers have

been observed extending seaward for some distance off this

point.

5.37 Between Jakkalshok and Cliff Point, 18.5 miles SSE, several

conspicuous buildings stand within 2 miles of the coast. 

5.37 Cliff Point (31°36'S., 18°07'E.) is a remarkable double point

of rugged formation, on which there are numerous mine workings and dumps.

5.37 Graafwaterkop (Geelwal Se kop), a rounded hill, stands 1.7

miles N of Cliff Point and is conspicuous. It is 130m high and

surmounted by a trigonometrical beacon. 

5.37 Elephant Rock (Robeiland), 15m high and radar conspicuous, lies about 0.4 mile offshore, 3 miles SSE of Cliff Point.

This rock is connected to the coast by a sandy bar, over which

the sea breaks at LW, and its W extremity is fronted by a reef.

5.37 The Olifants River (31°42'S., 18°11'E.), formerly known as

Elephants River, lies 7 miles SSE of Cliff Point. Its mouth is

obstructed by a bar, with a depth of 0.6m, on which the sea

usually breaks. The village of Papendorp stands 1 mile E of the

entrance, on the shore of a lagoon. A conspicuous school building is situated 1.5 miles NE of the river mouth. The town of

Vredendel is situated 25 miles inland of the river mouth and

the entire area is exceptionally fertile.

5.38 The coast between the mouth of the Olifants River

and Cape Deseada, 37 miles SSE, presents a contrast to that extending to the N of the river. It has long, sandy stretches interspersed with rocky headlands. In general, the farther S one

proceeds, the coast becomes greener and more cultivated. The

coastal hills and inland ranges also provide more distinctive

landmarks.

5.38 Strandfontein (31°45'S., 18°14'E.), located 4 miles SSE of

the mouth of the Olifants River, is a resort. This village stands

at the S end of a sandy beach and its white buildings are conspicuous from WNW. A prominent white hotel is situated on

high ground behind the village. Radio masts stand, at elevations of 226m and 107m, about 8 miles NE and 1.2 miles S, respectively, of the village.

5.38 Doringbaai Light (31°49'S., 18°14'E.) is shown from a conspicuous round tower, 24m high, standing 3.5 miles S of

Strandfontein. It is situated on Vaalpunt, the S entrance point of

Doring Bay. This bay is used only by a fleet of small fishing

boats with local knowledge. Entry requires local knowledge.

5.38 Cape Donkin (31°56'S., 18°16'E.), located 7.5 miles S of

Doringbaai Light, forms the S entrance point of Donkins Bay.

This bay is used by a fleet of small fishing boats. Anchorage

may be taken off the bay, in depths of 10 to 20m, sand, but this

roadstead is exposed. 

5.39 Lambert’s Bay (32°05'S., 18°18'E.) (World Port Index No. 46740), located 9 miles S of Cape Donkin, is a fishing

center and a resort. The town stands in the SE part of the bay,

which is 0.5 mile wide. The harbor is used by small coasters

and fishing boats.

The bay is backed by scrub-covered sand dunes, 6 to 20m

high. Bird Islet (Penguin Island), 12m high, lies close off the

SW entrance point. The bay is open to the NW, but is partially

sheltered from SW winds by Bird Islet. The SW swell, though

slight outside, frequently enters the bay.

East Breakwater extends 0.2 mile NE from Bird Islet. A

channel, dredged to a depth of 3m (1975), leads from the vicinity of the head of this breakwater to the Inner Harbor, West

Breakwater and South Breakwater, which connect Bird Islet to

the mainland, form the W side of the Inner Harbor. Random

Doringbaai Light
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 123

Pub. 123

Mole extends 0.1 mile N from the mainland, on the E side of

the dredged channel. Several reefs and rocks lie in the approaches up to about 0.4 mile NW, W, and S of Bird Islet. The

harbor should be approached from NW and entered from NE

between East Breakwater and Random Mole. Local knowledge

is advised. 

5.39 East Breakwater provides one coaster berth, 60m long, with

a depth of 5m alongside. The Inner Harbor, with three quays,

provides berths with depths up to 3m for fishing boats.

5.39 A light is shown from the head of East Breakwater. A directional light is shown from a structure standing 0.3 mile S of

East Breakwater Light. It indicates the channel leading S to the

Inner Harbor.

5.39 Conspicuous chimneys stand close SW and 0.2 mile SW, respectively, of the directional light. A church, with a conspicuous spire, is situated 0.2 mile ESE of the directional light. 

5.39 Vessels, with drafts up to 4m, can anchor in a depth of 10m

about 0.2 mile NNW of the head of East Breakwater. This anchorage is well-sheltered from the prevailing SW swell, but

vessels should be prepared to sail instantly because the sea can

become troublesome with little or no warning, filling the whole

bay with breakers. Vessels at anchor should proceed to sea immediately when the wind becomes N of W.

5.39 Caution.—It is reported (1999) that less water than charted

exists in the dredged approach channel and alongside the

berths due to silting.

Lambert’s Bay to Saldanha Bay

5.40 Langvlei (Wadrifsoutpan) (32°13'S., 18°21'E.), a

shallow lagoon and bird sanctuary, extends inland for about 3

miles from the coast, 7 miles S of Lambert’s Bay. A prominent

radio mast, 94m high, stands at the SW end of the lagoon.

5.40 Cape Deseada (32°19'S., 18°19'E.), also known as Baboon

Point, is located 14 miles S of Lambert’s Bay, This cape appears bold and cliffy from a distance of about 9 miles, as it rises steeply from the sea to a flat-topped of hills, 192m high. The

cape ends in a low sandy point which is not easily seen from

seaward. A prominent radio mast stands, at an elevation of

160m, close within the cape.

5.40 An isolated rocky shoal, with a least depth of 14.3m, lies

about 2 miles NNW of the cape and breaks occasionally in

heavy weather.

5.40 Elandsbaai lies close N of Cape Deseada and is used by

small craft and fishing boats. A resort village stands at the head

of the bay. Verlorevlei, a lagoon, extends inland from the head

of the bay for 8 miles but its mouth is usually closed by a sandy

bar. 

5.40 Caution.—Due to the possible existence of uncharted rocks

and shoals, vessels should exercise extreme caution when navigating within 6 miles of the coast between Lambert’s Bay and

Cape Deseada.

5.41 Saint Helena Bay (32°30'S., 18°10'E.) lies between

Cape Deseada and Stompneuspunt, 29 miles SW. In the N part

of the bay the shore is fairly steep-to, with a depth of 15m lying

within 1 mile of the beach. However, in the SE part of the bay,

depths of less than 15m lie up to about 5 miles offshore. The

bottom consists mostly of sand and mud, but a great part of the

SW side of the bay is fringed with rocks, some of which lie

about 0.5 mile offshore. 

North Blinder (Martin Rock) (32°38'S., 17°58'E.), a rocky

ledge with a least depth of 5.8m, lies 4.5 miles N of Stompneuspunt. It rises from depths of 40m and breaks with a heavy

swell.

Doctor Reef (32°46'S., 18°06'E.) fronts the S shore of the

bay and is centered about 2 miles W of the entrance to the

Great Berg River. It extends up to about 1 mile seaward and has

patches that break at low tide and during rough weather.

5.41 A detached shoal patch, with a depth of 4.6m lies in the S

part of the bay, about 4 miles N of the entrance to the Great

Berg River.

5.41 Vessels can anchor, with good holding ground, in convenient

depths in Saint Helena Bay. However, in winter, the bay is exposed to strong N winds, heavy seas, and a large swell.

5.41 About 5 or 6 miles SSE of Cape Deseada, the countryside

rises to abrupt crags and broken ridges of lofty hills, which extend 30 miles in the same direction and terminate in Piketberg,

a range of mountains. 

Kleintafelberg (32°33'S., 18°28'E.), 369m high, stands 16

miles SSE of Cape Deseada and appears to be much closer to

the coast than it actually is. This conspicuous hill is dark with a

plateau, but its summit is rather uneven. It rises steeply from

low land on either side.

5.41 Kapteinskloof (32°43'S., 18°35'E.), 1,055m high, is a very

conspicuous and well-defined summit of the Piketberg Range.

This peak and range, from 10 miles offshore, appear as if situated close to the coast and must not be mistaken for the higher

range farther inland.

5.41 A conspicuous water tower stands at an elevation of 27m

near the village of Dwarskersbos, 23 miles SSW of Cape

Deseada. A prominent radio mast, 98m high, is situated 1.2

miles inland, about 5 miles NE of this water tower.

5.41 Caution.—An area of foul ground, 3 miles long, extends up

to about 1.2 miles off the coast, close SW of the village of

Dwarskersbos.

5.42 Great Berg River (Groot Bergrivier) (32°46'S.,

18°09'E.) lies at the head of Saint Helena Bay, 9 miles ESE of

Stompneuspunt. The river entrance consists of a cutting

through the sand, which is protected by a breakwater on each

side. The towns of Laaiplek and Velddrif stand on the E bank

of the river and provide facilities for fishing boats. An extensive marina is located close above Laaiplek. 

5.42 The channel leading to the wharves at the towns of Laaiplek

and Velddrif has been dredged to a depth of 3m, although lesser depths have been reported (1999). The tide rises about 1.7m

at springs and 1.2m at neaps. Local knowledge is advised.

5.42 Varkvlei Farm, a cluster of white buildings, is situated about

3 miles WSW of the entrance to Great Berg River and is conspicuous from seaward. A prominent water tower stands in

Laaiplek.

5.42 Lights are shown from structures standing at the heads and

inner ends of the breakwaters. A racon is situated at the Inner

East Breakwater Light. A conspicuous radio mast stands close

E of the river entrance.

5.42 Sandy Point Harbor (32°45'S., 18°01'E.), located about 3

miles SE of Stompneuspunt, lies within Sandy Bay on the SW

side of Saint Helena Bay. The harbor is protected by a coastal

reef on its S side and by a breakwater, 480m long, extending E
124 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

from Sandy Point on the N side. It is used mostly by fishing

vessels and coasters. 

5.42 A coaster berth, 74m long, is located on the inshore part of

the breakwater and has a depth of 6.1m alongside. A pier, with

a depth of 4.5m alongside its head, extends 200m E from the

shore in the S part of the harbor. There are also numerous permanent moorings for fishing vessels within the bay.

5.42 Several chimneys stand in the vicinity of the harbor and two

conspicuous oil tanks are situated 0.4 mile W of Sandy Point. 

5.42 Stompneuspunt (32°42'S., 17°59'E.), fronted by a reef on

its NE side, is the NE extremity of a sandy peninsula, which

projects 1.5 miles from the coast and forms the W side of Sanit

Helena Bay. A light is shown from a square structure, 8m high,

standing on the point.

5.42 A dangerous wreck (trawler) lies about 0.6 mile ESE of the

light. Drying reefs front the coast between Sandy Point Harbor

and the S end of Stompneusbaai, which is entered 1.2 miles SE

of Stompneuspunt. This part of the coast is well built over. 

5.42 Simpson’s Rock, which dries 0.5m, lies near the middle of

Stompneusbaai. A fish factory, with a conspicuous square tower, stands at the head of this bay. A lighted range indicates the

entrance channel leading into Stompneusbaai, which is used by

fishing boats with local knowledge.

5.43 Cape Saint Martin (32°43'S., 17°55'E.), a low and

sandy point, is located 3 miles WSW of Stompneuspunt. It is

fronted by several dangerous rocks, which lie up to 0.5 mile

offshore. A light is shown from a framework mast, 10m high,

standing on this point. A current meter is moored about 12

miles W of the light. 

Brittania Blinder (32°42'S., 17°52'E.), a steep-to reef with a

least depth of 3.3m, lies 3 miles WNW of Cape Saint Martin

and the sea breaks on it with a moderate swell. A dangerous

wreck lies about 2 miles SE of this reef. 

5.43 Groot Paternosterpunt is located 2 miles SW of Cape Saint

Martin, A stranded wreck fronts the N side of this point and

has the appearance of a ship at anchor. 

Seal Island (32°44'S., 17°52'E.), 11m high, is located 1.3

miles W of Groot Paternosterpunt. A reef and several islets lie

between this island and the latter point. A light, equipped with

a racon, is shown from a mast with a crows nest, 6m high,

standing on the island.

5.43 Paternosterbaai (32°46'S., 17°53'E.) lies between Groot Paternosterpunt and Cape Columbine, 5.5 mile SW. The village

of Paternoster, with several conspicuous white houses, stands

on the S shore of the bay and is an important fishing station. A

prominent chimney is situated at the fish factory. The shore of

the bay consists of a long sandy beach backed by sand dunes

and is fronted by several dangerous rocks.

5.43 Jim Crow Rock, which dries 0.6m, lies about 2.2 miles N of

Cape Columbine and at the NW end of a rocky ledge on which

the sea breaks in heavy weather. Vessels entering the bay are

advised to pass N of this rock. Tambourine Rock, 1.6m high

and prominent, lies about 0.4 mile offshore, 3 miles S of Groot

Paternoster.

5.43 Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor in a depth of 9m

about 0.5 mile NE of the factory chimney. This anchorage is

well-sheltered but should not be used with NW winds or swell.

5.43 Kasteelberg rise 3 miles E of the village of Paternoster. This

hill is 184m high and conspicuous.

Caution.—Crayfishing vessels may be encountered within 3

miles of the coast between the Cape Columbine and the Orange

River (28°38'S., 16°28'E.). Such vessels may be anchored or

drifting with unlit bottom gear, marker buoys, and recovery

lines.

5.43 Marine Mining Vessels (MMVs), which process gravel for

diamonds, may be encountered in large numbers inshore between Cape Columbine and the Orange River (28°38'S.,

16°27'E.). These diamond mining barges are usually moored to

four anchors, which may or may not be marked by unlit buoys.

Vessels are advised to stay at least 1,500m away from MMVs.

5.43 At times a rapid decrease in the density of the air above the

cold sea forms mirages in areas along the coast between Cape

Columbine (32°50'S., 17°51'E.) and the Orange River. These

mirages can be distorted and may occasionally produce inverted images.

5.44 Cape Columbine (32°50'S., 17°51'E.), located 5.2

miles SSW of Seal Island Light, is surmounted by Castle Rock,

a conspicuous boulder. The cape, which is radar prominent, is

fronted by rocky reefs, which dry and extend up to about 0.8

mile NW of it. A dangerous detached rock, with a least depth

of 1.8m, lies about 1.5 miles SW of the cape. 

5.44 A light is shown from a conspicuous square tower, 15m high,

standing 0.5 mile E of the cape. Noordwesbaai, an exposed

bay, lies 2 miles S of the light and a conspicuous sand patch is

located at its head.

5.44 Regulations.—As per IMO regulations, laden tankers must

maintain a minimum distance of at least 20 miles from Cape

Columbine when proceeding N and a minimum distance of at

least 25 miles when proceeding S. Laden tankers sailing on

voyages only between ports in South Africa are exempted from

this regulation but are expected to maintain a minimum distance of 10 miles from all salient points, subject to weather and

sea conditions. For further information, see Pub. 160, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and Indian

Ocean. 

5.44 Caution.—The coast between Cape Columbine and North

Head, 14 mile S, is rugged and indented. It is fronted by numerous off-lying rocks, many of which rise almost perpendicularly from depths of over 40m, making it one of the most

dangerous stretches along the coast of South Africa. Extreme

care must therefore be exercised when navigating in this area.

At night, or in thick weather, vessels should not attempt to navigate in depths of less than 100m, which will be found about 4

miles off the coast. Depths less than those charted have been

reported to lie in places up to 30 miles offshore in this area. 

5.44 It is reported (1976) that a local magnetic anomaly, with deviations of up to 5°E, exists between 70 miles and 130 miles

NW of Cape Columbine.

5.44 Submarines frequently exercise in an area lying W of Cape

Columbine, S of 32°S and E of 16°E. 

5.45 Duminypunt (32°55'S., 17°51'E.), low and sandy, is

located 5 miles S of Cape Columbine and fronted by several

dangers, which may best be seen on the chart. A reef, with

rocks awash, extends about 1.5 miles WSW from this point.

Soldiers Reef, awash, lies about 1.4 miles N of the point. Voeleiland, the W and larger of two islets, lies 0.3 mile offshore

and 1.6 miles NNE of the point.
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 125

Pub. 123

A conspicuous water tower, with an elevation of 205m,

stands on the summit of a hill, 6.5 miles E of Duminypunt.

5.45 Hospitalpunt (32°57'S., 17°53'E.), located 3 miles SSE of

Duminypunt, is a low point. Hospital Rock, 7m high, lies at the

outer end of a reef which extends about 0.4 mile W from this

point. Jacobs Reef, on which stands an islet 3m high, extends

about 1 mile W from Hospitalpunt. Dangerous reefs, some

awash, lie within 0.7 mile N and 0.5 mile S of Jacobs Reef. 

5.45 Wesbaai lies between Duminypunt and Hospitalpunt. A detached reef, awash, lies on a shoal in the S part of this bay,

about 1.2 miles NW of Hospitalpunt. A conspicuous white

sand patch, known as Die Witsand, is located near the head of

the bay, 1.5 mile SE of Duminypunt.

5.45 Temporary anchorage, in fair weather, can be taken in depths

of 15 to 18m about 0.8 mile S of Duminypunt. 

5.45 Jacobsbaai is entered 0.6 mile S of Hospitalpunt. This small

bay is well-sheltered and used by local fishing boats.

5.45 The Sisters, a group of above-water rocks, extend up to

about 0.5 mile offshore, 2 miles SSW of Hospitalpunt.

5.45 Danger Bay lies between Morrisons Point, located 3 miles S

of Hospitalpunt, and Long Point, l.2 miles SSE. The entrance

to this bay is reduced to a width of about 0.6 mile by rocky

reefs, which extend from both entrance points. The bay, which

is exposed to W winds and swell, should be entered with extreme caution.

5.45 Tooth Rock (33°00'S., 17°52'E.), 1m high, lies about 0.9

mile WNW of Morrisons Point. A detached shoal patch, with a

depth of 6.5m, lies 0.2 mile SW of this rock.

5.45 Bay Rock, awash, lies 0.6 mile SW of Morrisons Point and

breaks occasionally. Cap Rock, which dries, lies 1 mile W of

Long Point. An isolated rocky patch, with a least depth of

2.4m, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Long Point.

5.45 North Head (33°03'S., 17°55'E.), a low point, is located 1.8

miles SE of Long Point. North Head Light is shown from a

framework tower, 21m high, standing on this point. 

5.45 Schooner Rock, 7.5m high, lies about 0.3 mile SSw of North

Head Light. It is the outermost and tallest of a group of abovewater rocks which front the S side of the point.

5.45 Baviaansberg, 72m high, rise 0.5 mile N of North Head. This

conspicuous hill is surmounted by a radar reflector.

5.45 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), which may

best be seen on the chart, lies centered in the outer approach to

Saldanha Bay, 9 miles W of North Head (see paragraph 5.46). 

5.45 Tooth Rock (33°00'S., 17°52'E.) is the target point for a military missile and gunnery exercise range. For further details, see

Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic

Ocean and Indian Ocean.

Saldanha Bay (33°02'S., 17°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 46750

5.46 Saldanha Bay (Saldanhabaai) is entered between

North Head (33°03'S., 17°55'E.) and South Head, 3.7 miles

SSE. It is easy to access and is probably one of the safest and

finest natural harbors in southern Africa. The port is mostly

used for exporting ore and is capable of accommodating deepdraft vessels. It is also an extensive fishing and yachting center. 

5.46 The town of Saldanha, standing in the NW part of the bay, is

a resort. The bay is also the site of the South African Military

Academy and a South African Naval Training Base.

5.46 Winds—Weather.—The climate is temperate. The average

high temperature year round is 20°C (68°F) while the average

low temperature is in the region of 11°C (52°F). Sea water temperatures average 16°C (61°F).

5.46 The prevailing winds are from SSW in the summer and the

NNE in the winter (see Caution).

5.46 Fog occurs generally in the March to August period.

5.46 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and

1.3m at neaps. 

5.46 The tidal currents appear to set fairly in and out of the entrance at a rate of 0.2 to 0.5 knot. At a short distance outside

the bay, the current sets in a N direction at a rate of 0.5 to l

knot.

5.46 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial berthing facilities are situated along a causeway which extends about 2

miles SSW from the NE part of Saldahna Bay. They are protected by a crescent-shaped breakwater, about 1 mile long,

which extends from the E side of the bay (see Aspect).

5.46 Tankers and ore carriers up to 333m in length can be accommodated alongside. Vessels are limited to an arrival draft of

20.5m and a loaded departure draft of 21.5m (2007).

5.46 The Entrance Channel, which may best be seen on the chart,

leads in a NE direction from the TSS (see Regulations) and the

pilot boarding area to a position located between Malgas Island

and Wasserfall Bank. This channel then continues in an ENE

direction to a position located SSW of Marcus Island Light.

Vessels should then proceed in a NE direction for about 1 mile

to the outer entrance of the Navigation Channel.

5.46 The Navigation Channel, which is entered 0.4 mile SE of

Marcus Island Light, leads NNE for about 0.8 mile to a turning

circle located close SSW of the ore loading jetty.

5.46 The Entrance Channel, Navigation Channel, and turning circle have swept depths of 23.2 to 23.7m.

5.46 The Oil Jetty Berth, located at the S end of the ore-loading

jetty, is 450m long and has a depth of 23.7m alongside.

5.46 The Ore Jetty Berths are located at each side of the ore-loadCape Columbine Light
126 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

ing jetty, at the S end of the causeway. They are both 500m

long, with a depth of 23.7m alongside.

5.46 Multi-Purpose Terminal, 870m long, is situated at the W side

of the causeway. It provides three berths, with a depth of 14m

alongside. The terminal is approached through a buoyed channel which extends NNE for about 0.7 mile from the vicinity of

the root of the ore-loading jetty. This channel is dredged to a

depth of 14.9m over a width of 150m. Vessels up to 200m in

length and 13.4m draft can be accommodated alongside. The

terminal can also handle ro-ro vessels.

5.46 Multi-Purpose Quay is situated on the W side of the root of

the causeway. It is 110m long and has a depth of 7.7m alongside. This quay is protected by a short breakwater and is approached through a buoyed channel which is dredged to a

depth of 7.7m over a width of 130m. It is mostly used for repair

and lay-up. Vessels up to 80m in length and 6.5m draft can be

handled at the quay.

5.46 Mossgas Quay, with a depth of 7.9m alongside, is located on

the N shore of the bay, about 0.6 mile W of the root of the

causeway. A channel, with a dredged depth of 6.9m, leads to

this quay.

5.46 Government Jetty, a wood and concrete structure, projects

NE from the shore about 0.7 mile WNW of Hoedjiespunt. It is

343m long and has a depth of 6.5m alongside. A surge, particularly along the S side, often makes it impracticable for vessels

to berth at this jetty. The facility is mostly used by fishing vessels. 

5.46 Sea Harvest Factory Quay, 540m long, extends ESE from the

root of Government Jetty and has depths of 2 to 6m alongside.

The facility is mostly used by fishing vessels. 

5.46 Langebaan Lagoon, the SE arm of Saldanha Bay, lies S of

Skaap Island (33°04'S., 18°00'E.) and extends SE for 8 miles.

This lagoon is encumbered by sand banks near the entrance

and has drying sand banks and salt beds near its head. It is only

used by small craft with local knowledge.

5.46 Aspect.—Malgas Island, 7m high, lies about 0.7 mile ESE

of North Head Light (see paragraph 5.45) and is surrounded by

shoals and rocks. Needle Rock, 5m high and surrounded by

above-water rocks and reefs, lies 0.2 mile NNE of this island.

5.46 Malgaskop, 111m high, lies 1.2 miles ENE of North Head

Light and is conspicuous. A large building stands near the summit of this hill and is situated on its upper E side.

5.46 Hoedjiespunt (33°02'S., 17°58'E.) is located 2.8 miles ENE

of North Head Light. This point forms the extremity of a narrow rocky peninsula which extends about 1 mile ESE from the

W shore of the bay. Hoedjieskop, 72m high, rises 0.6 mile N of

the root of the peninsula. This prominent hill is surmounted by

a beacon and a remarkable rock pillar.

5.46 The Port Control Center building, which is conspicuous, and

a flagstaff stand on the summit of a hill, 37m high, which rises

close W of Hoedjiespunt.

5.46 Marcus Island, 9m high, lies 1 mile SSE of Hoedjiespunt and

is connected to it by a crescent-shaped breakwater which protects the main port facilities. A light, equipped with a racon, is

shown from a framework tower standing on the SW end of this

island. Hospital Rock, 5m high, lies close SE of the light.

5.46 The main berthing facilities are situated along a causeway

which extends about 2 miles SSW from a reclaimed area located in the NE part of Saldanha Bay. The ore-loading control

tower, 35m high, stands near the root of the causeway and is

conspicuous. A prominent chimney is situated 0.5 mile N of

this control tower. The ore-loading jetty, located at the outer

end of the causeway, is brilliantly lighted at night.

5.46 Seven Blinders, a small group of rocky patches with depths

of less than 2m, lies 1.3 miles NNE of Hoedjiespunt and is

marked by a lighted buoy.

5.46 South Head (33°06'S., 17°57'E.), the S entrance point of

Saldanha Bay, is low and rocky. A steep cliffy summit, 113m

high, rises close behind this point and is prominent. A light is

shown from a concrete tower, 23m high, standing on the point. 

5.46 Jutten Island, fringed by rocks, lies 1.2 miles N of South

Head and is 34m high. Its cone-like summit rises toward the S

end of the island, which is covered with guano and gleams

white in the sunshine. A minor passage, about 0.4 mile wide,

leads ENE and N into the bay between the S side of this island

and the mainland.

5.46 Wasserfall Bank, with a least depth of 17.5m, lies centered

about 1 mile NW of Jutten Island. A shoal patch, with a depth

of 10.5m, lies about midway between this bank and the island.

5.46 Lloyd Bank, with a least depth of 11.5m, lies centered about

0.5 mile W of the N end of Jutten Island. During strong winds

and heavy SW swells, the sea breaks over Wasserfall Bank,

Lloyd Bank, and the entire area lying between these banks and

Jutten Island.

5.46 Elandspunt, located about 2.5 miles NNE of South Head

Light, forms the NW end of the Donkergat Peninsula. It is

rocky and comparatively steep-to. A light is shown from a

framework tower standing on this point.

5.46 Salamanderpunt is located 1 mile ESE of Elandspunt Light.

The prominent buildings of a disused whaling station are situated on this point. Three radio masts, 31m high, stand about 0.7

mile SSE of the point. 

5.46 Vlaberg, 193m high and conspicuous, rises about 2.5 miles

SSE of South Head, on the W side of Langebaan Lagoon. Constable Hill, 189m high, rises 1.5 miles SE of Vlaberg and is also conspicuous. The prominent factory building of an

aluminum phosphate works is situated on the N face of this

hill.

5.46 Lynch Point is located on the E shore of Saldanha Bay, about

2.5 miles NE of Salamanderpunt. This point consists of a rocky

promontory surmounted by a sand hill, 40m high, with a trigonometric beacon on its summit. An extensive yacht marina lies

close SE of this point.

5.46 Lynch Blinder, a detached rocky shoal over which the sea

nearly always breaks, lies about 1 mile W of Lynch Point and

is marked by a lighted buoy.

5.46 For information concerning additional landmarks in the approach to Saldanha Bay, see paragraph 5.45.

5.46 The Entrance Channel leading into the bay is indicated by

lighted ranges, which may best be seen on the chart. The front

light structure of the first reach stands 0.3 mile NE of Marcus

Island Light; the rear light structure stands on the head of the

ore-loading jetty. The front light structure of the second reach

stands 0.4 mile SE of Lynch Point; the rear light structure,

equipped with a racon, stands 0.4 mile ENE of it.

5.46 The Navigation Channel, entered 0.4 mile SE of Marcus Island Light, is marked by lighted buoys.

5.46 North Lighted Buoy, moored 0.6 mile NNE of Hoedjiespunt;

North East Lighted Buoy, moored 1 mile E of the head of the

ore-loading jetty; and East Lighted Buoy, moored 1.9 miles NE
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 127

Pub. 123

of Elandspunt Light, indicate positions (13m depth curve) to

seaward of which ore carriers and tankers should stay when in

light condition.

5.46 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channels 10, 12, and 16 and board about 5 miles SW

of North Head Light. Pilots can be embarked by helicopter by

prior arrangement. 

5.46 Inbound vessels must send their ETA 4 days, 48 hours, and

24 hours in advance. The 24-hour message should include the

following: 

1. Cargo required.

2. Arrival draft (fore and aft).

3. Deballasting time.

4. Other vessel details, as requested by the Port Captain.

5.46 Any changes to the ETA after the 24-hour message should be

reported as soon as possible.

5.46 Vessels should then contact Port Control on VHF channel 16

as soon as possible and request berthing instructions 6 hours

prior to the ETA.

5.46 Bulk ore carriers with drafts over 14m and loaded tankers are

usually berthed only during daylight. 

5.46 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lies in

the outer approaches to Saldanha Bay and may best be seen on

the chart. This scheme is not IMO-adopted but the South African authorities advise that Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies.

An Inshore Traffic Zone lies between the inner limit of the TSS

lanes and the coast. 

5.46 A separation zone, 0.5 mile wide, is situated with its S end

located about 8 miles WSW of North Head Light. It extends

NW for about 9 miles. The traffic lane for vessels proceeding

NW, which is 1.5 miles wide, lies on the E side of this zone; the

traffic lane for vessels proceeding SE, which is 1.5 miles wide,

lies on the W side of this zone.

5.46 Another separation zone, 0.5 mile wide, is situated with its N

end located about 9 miles WSW of South Head Light. It extends SSE for about 10.5 miles. The traffic lane for vessels proceeding NNW, which is 1.5 miles wide, lies on the E side of

this zone; the traffic lane for vessels proceeding SSE, which is

1.5 miles wide, lies on the W side of the zone.

5.46 A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates in the approaches to Saldanha Bay. This VTS system is mandatory for

the following vessels:

1. Vessels of 15m in length and over.

2. Towing vessels, where the tow is 15m or more in length

or the overall length of the tow is 30m or more.

3. All passenger-carrying vessels.

4. All vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo.

5.46 The VTS Center (Saldanha Bay Port Control) is situated in

the Port Office at Hoedjiespunt (33°01.7'S., 17°57.8'E.) and

can be contacted on VHF channel 12. This VTS system provides radar control up to 20 miles offshore.

5.46 Vessels must contact Saldanha Bay Port Control on VHF

channel 12, as follows:

1. Fifteen minutes before arrival at the TSS (VTS area).—

Vessels must state their name, call sign, position, ETA at the

Reporting Point, destination with ETA, and whether any

dangerous or pollutant cargo is being carried. 

2. Arriving at a designated Reporting Point.—See Saldanha Bay Vessel Traffic Service—Reporting Points (RP).

3. Arriving at a berth.—Vessels must state their name and

position. 

4. Fifteen minutes before departing from a berth.—Vessels

must state their name, call sign, position, destination with

ETA, whether any dangerous or pollutant cargo is being carried, and ETD from berth.

5. Immediately prior to departing from a berth.—Vessels

must state their name, call sign, position, and ETA at the next

Reporting Point.

5.46 Vessels must also immediately report any incident, accident,

or condition impairing safety to the Saldanha Bay Port Control.

5.46 The VTS Port Control Center may also request additional information such as grt, length, particulars of cargo on board,

and last or next ports of call. 

5.46 The VTS Port Control Center will provide information relating to the locations of other vessels and the density of traffic

converging on the same positions.

5.46 Signals.—Traffic control signals are displayed from the Port

Control Building on Hoedjiespunt. A green light indicates that

vessels are allowed to enter the port and a red light indicates

that entry is prohibited.

Saldanha Bay Vessel Traffic Service—Reporting Points (RP)

Inbound vessels Outbound vessels Inshore Traffic Zone

RP Position RP Position RP Position

Approaching from the S Departing to the S Inbound vessels from the N

1B 33°21.0'S, 17°53.9'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 1D 32°53.7'S, 17°45.9'E

2B 33°10.6'S, 17°49.3'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 2D 33°02.2'S, 17°50.1'E

3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E 3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E

4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 2B 33°11.3'S, 17°47.1'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E

5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 1B 33°21.7'S, 17°51.6'E

Approaching from the N Departing to the N Outbound vessels to the N

1A 32°59.1'S, 17°38.2'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E

2A 33°05.9'S, 17°45.0'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E
128 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.46 Anchorage.—The outer approaches to Saldanha Bay are unsuitable for anchoring and vessels are advised to remain underway. With permission from the VTS Port Control Center, vessels may anchor in Saint Helena Bay (see paragraph 5.41). This

bay provides good holding ground but is exposed to strong N

winds, heavy seas, and a large swell.

5.46 Vessels should contact the VTS Port Control Center for information concerning anchorage berths located within the bay

and off the berths.

5.46 Directions.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is situated

in the outer approach to Saldanha Bay and may best be seen on

the chart (see Regulations). 

5.46 Caution.—Due to the numerous offshore dangers lying

along the coast in this vicinity, vessels approaching Saldanha

Bay at night, or in thick weather, should remain in depths of

over 100m until their position has been accurately determined.

5.46 An isolated rocky patch, with a depth of 23.5m, lies about 1

mile SSW of North Head Light. 

5.46 Submarines exercise frequently in the outer approaches to

Saldanha Bay and a good lookout should be kept when passing

through these waters.

5.46 Extensive cray fishing is carried out in the approaches to

Saldanha Bay. Numerous unlit buoys mark the nets and their

mooring lines.

5.46 The harbor is occasionally subjected to severe swell conditions associated with weather depressions passing the Cape of

Good Hope from W to E. Conditions within the harbor are influenced by both the height and the direction of the swell outside. Surging can be expected even in the innermost parts of

the harbor and occasionally vessels are forced to depart. A

wave monitoring buoy, which is moored alongside the entrance

channel, relays pertinent data to the Port Control Center.

5.46 A restricted area, within which fishing is prohibited, extends

from the vicinity of the root of the causeway to about 3 miles

seaward of the bay entrance and may best be seen on the chart. 

Saldanha Bay to Cape Town

5.47 The coast extending between Saldanha Bay and Cape

Town, 55 miles SE, consists of sandy beaches lying between

rocky headlands. Few of the bays so formed provide good shelter, with the exception of Table Bay. However, this stretch of

coastline is not so rugged as that extending to the N of Saldanha Bay. Several off-lying rocks and shoals front the shore and

together with a heavy surf generally make landing difficult.

5.47 Tides—Currents.—A current sets S about 4 to 5 miles offshore between Saldanha Bay and Table Bay during the winter

months of June, July, and August. This current occasionally

has a tendency to set vessels toward the coast, especially during or after strong onshore winds. At a short distance seaward

of this coastal current, the offshore current is almost constant

throughout the year. Its general direction is between N and

NW, or parallel with the coast. This current attains a rate of 0.5

to 1 knot, although between Table Bay and Dasseneiland this

offshore current sometimes exceeds a rate of 2 knots. 

Caution.—Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS), which may

best be seen on the chart, are situated in the outer approaches to

Saldanha Bay and Table Bay (see paragraphs 5.45 and 5.55).

This schemes are not IMO-adopted but the South African authorities advise that Rule 10 of the International Regulations

for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies.

Crayfishing vessels may be encountered within 3 miles of

the coast between Saldanha Bay and Cape Town. Such vessels

may be anchored or drifting with unlit bottom gear, marker

buoys, and recovery lines.

5.48 Stony Head (33°08'S., 17°58'E.), 83m high and conspicuous, is located 2 miles SSE of South Head. A rocky reef,

over which the sea breaks heavily, extends 0.5 mile seaward

from this headland. Plankiesbaai lies between these two headlands but offers no shelter.

5.48 Vondelingeiland, 7m high, lies 0.5 mile offshore, about l

mile SSE of Stony Head. This small island is fringed by reefs

3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E 3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E 1D 32°53.7'S, 17°45.9'E

4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 2A 33°04.6'S, 17°46.8'E

5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 1A 32°57.8'S, 17°40.1'E

Approaching from the W Departing to the W Inbound vessels from the S

1C(N) 33°06.8'S, 17°34.8'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 1E 33°20.8'S, 18°01.8'E

1C(M) 33°13.4'S, 17°36.3'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 2E 33°09.1'S, 17°54.3'E

1C(S) 33°19.5'S, 17°43.0'E 3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E

2C 33°09.0'S, 17°45.3'E 2C 33°09.0'S, 17°45.3'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E

3 33°06.7'S, 17°50.1'E Outbound vessels to the S

4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E 5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E

5 33°03.3'S, 17°58.3'E 4 33°04.1'S, 17°55.5'E

1E 33°20.8'S, 18°01.8'E

Saldanha Bay Vessel Traffic Service—Reporting Points (RP)

Inbound vessels Outbound vessels Inshore Traffic Zone

RP Position RP Position RP Position
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 129

Pub. 123

and rocks. A detached shoal patch, with a least depth of 10.9m,

lies about 0.5 mile WNW of the W end of the island and breaks

in bad weather.

5.48 Black Rock, 0.6m high, lies 1.7 miles ESE of Vondelingeiland and is the outermost rock of a reef which extends

0.2 mile seaward from the shore. The conspicuous stranded

wreck (1978) of a bulk carrier stands on this reef.

5.48 It is reported (2004) that a dangerous wreck lies about 1.2

miles SW of Black Rock.

5.48 The coast from abreast Vondelingeiland to Ysterfonteinpunt,

14 miles SSE, consists of a sandy beach, backed by sand dunes

which rise to an elevation of 60m in places. These dunes,

which are conspicuous, extend inland to a distance of over 1

mile. They are formed by drifting sand and are reported to be

extending E over the land.

Ysterfonteinpunt (33°21'S., 18°09'E.) extends W for 1 mile

and has three distinct rocky ledges or points. A breakwater,

100m long, projects seaward from the northernmost of these

ledges and provides shelter for fishing vessels. The conspicuous building of a disused radar station stands on this point. A

resort village is situated along the S shore of a small bay which

is entered close N of the point. 

Meeuwrots (Meeuw Rock), 10m high, lies about 0.3 mile N

of Ysterfonteinpunt. This rock is whitened with guano and

prominent.

Ysterfontein Hill, flat and conical, rises about 1 mile E of

Ysterfonteinpunt and is prominent. It is 84m high and surmounted by a radio mast.

5.48 Swartberg, 286m high and surmounted by a beacon, stands

about 9 miles NNE of Ysterfonteinpunt and may be easily recognized. Ratelberg, 207m high and conspicuous, stands 7 miles

NE of Ysterfonteinpunt and is surmounted by a radio mast.

Slangkop, 257m high, stands about 6 miles ENE of Ysterfonteinpunt and is prominent.

5.49 Dasseneiland (33°25'S., 18°05'E.), lying 5 miles SW

of Ysterfonteinpunt, rises to an elevation of 19m and is radar

conspicuous. This island consists of a granite outcrop overlaid

with sand which, during winter, supports luxuriant vegetation.

Dangerous reefs, which may best be seen on the chart, front the

N, W, and S sides of the island and extend up to about 1.5 miles

seaward.

A light is shown from a prominent round tower, 28m high,

standing near the S end of the island.

5.49 House Bay lies between Boompunt (Boon Point), the NW

extremity of the island, and the NE extremity, 0.7 mile E.

Breakers and foul ground front both these points. A stranded

wreck lies off the NE extremity. A flagstaff and a jetty are situated at the head of the bay. Depths of less than 5m extend up to

about 0.2 mile N from the head of the jetty. Small vessels, with

local knowledge, can anchor within the bay in a depth 18m to

the NNW of the flagstaff. However, this anchorage is not safe

during NW winds.

5.49 South West Breakers (33°29'S., 18°04'E.), two detached

rocky shoal patches with least depths of 10m and 10.9m, lie

about 3 miles SSW and S, respectively, of Dasseneiland Light.

Both rocks are steep-to and the sea breaks heavily over them

during bad weather. From the W rock, an area, with an irregular bottom and depths of less than 30m, extends in a NE direction for about 1 mile. A confused and dangerous sea exists in

this area during bad weather and it should be given a wide

berth.

5.49 Protea Rock, with a depth of 10.9m, lies 5 miles SSW of

Dasseneiland Light and 2 miles S of South West Breakers. A

detached shoal, with a depth of 18.9m, lies about 1.7 miles S of

this rock.

5.49 Caution.—Vessels should use extreme caution when navigating in the vicinity of Dasseneiland, especially at night, as

the reefs are steep-to and the positions of rocks are not always

marked by breakers. With good visibility, no difficulty should

be experienced when passing between Dasseneiland and Ysterfonteinpunt. However, during fog, poor visibility, or heavy

weather, vessels should pass W of the island.

5.49 A target (special buoy) is moored about 9.5 miles SSE of

Dasseneiland about 8 miles off the mainland coast.

5.50 The coast between Ysterfonteinpunt and the head of

Table Bay is low and sandy, with occasional outcrops, backed

by a series of distinctive hill summits. The silhouette of Devil’s

Peak, Table Mountain, Lion’s Head, and Signal Hill (see paragraph 5.53) in the distance provides a remarkable composite

backdrop to the harbor of Cape Town.

5.50 Rondeberg Breakers, a detached shoal patch, lies about 2

miles offshore, 8 miles SE of Ysterfonteinpunt. It has a depth

of 8.2m and is usually marked by breakers.

5.50 Rondeberg rises about 1.7 miles inland, 9 miles SE of Ysterfonteinpunt. This hill is 189m high and prominent.

5.50 The mouth of the Modder River lies about 11 miles SE of

Ysterfonteinpunt and can be recognized by an extensive sandy

patch extending N of it. Black Rocks, two small islets, lie close

offshore and close SSW of the river mouth.

5.50 Bokpunt (33°34'S., 18°19'E.), a low rocky projection, is located 5 miles S of the mouth of the Modder River. A shallow

rock, which usually breaks, lies about 0.5 mile W of this point. 

5.50 A range of mountains, standing roughly parallel to the coast

and between 6 and 10 miles from it, extends about 20 miles SE

from abreast Ysterfonteinpunt to Kanonkop (Katzenberg), a

well-defined isolated hill. This latter hill is 418m high, conical,

and stands 12 miles E of Bokpunt.

5.50 Kapokberg, 459m high; Contreberg, 479m high; and Dassenberg, 567m high, are prominent peaks on this mountain

range rising about 10 miles NNE, 10.5 miles NE, and 11 miles

ENE, respectively, of Bokpunt.

5.50 Matroospunt is located 4 miles SE of Bokpunt. This point is

fringed by rocks and backed by a prominent ridge, 43m high. 

Dasseneiland Light
130 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.50 Koeberg Nuclear Power Station (33°41'S., 18°26'E.), radar

conspicuous and prominent, is situated about 5 miles SSE of

Matroospunt. It is fronted by two breakwaters which enclose a

cooling water basin. Flashing yellow lights are shown from

from the seaward ends of both breakwaters.

5.50 Melkbospunt (33°44'S., 18°26E.) is located 8 miles SSE of

Matroospunt. The coast between low, sandy, and backed by

prominent sand dunes in its central part. Robbesteen lies 0.4

mile offshore in the N part of this stretch of coast. This small

seal rookery is composed of several rocky ledges up to 2.5m

high. Patches of submerged rocks extend 0.6 mile NNW and

about 1 mile SSE from Robbesteen.

The conspicuous buildings of Melkbosstrand, a seaside resort village, stand close NE of Melkbosount and a prominent

radio tower, 61m high, is situated in their vicinity.

5.50 Koeberg (Olifantskop), 376m high, rises 6.2 miles ENE of

Melkbospunt and its summit is conspicuous. Blouberg, a dark

hill, stands 2 miles SSE of Melkbospunt. It is rounded, 231m

high, and prominent. 

5.50 Bloubergstrand, a seaside resort and residential area, is located

4 miles SSE of Melkbospunt. A large and conspicuous high-rise

apartment building stands in this resort. Voelsteen is the outermost of three above-water rock clusters which front the N end of

the resort. Heavy surf exists in this area, except in the calmest of

weather.

5.50 Caution.—A prohibited area fronts the coast in the vicinity of

the Koeberg Nuclear Power Station. It extends about 1.7 miles

seaward and may best be seen on the chart. A patch of foul

ground, which consists of the remains of a demolished wave observation tower, lies within this area, about 0.5 mile W of the

breakwaters.

Several submarine cables, some disused, extends seaward

from the coast in the vicinity of Melkbospunt and may best be

seen on the chart. Anchoring within 1 mile of these cables is

prohibited.

5.50 An explosives dumping area, with a radius of 5 miles, lies

centered about 140 miles W of Bokpunt.

5.51 Robben Island (33°48'S., 18°22'E.), located 4 miles

W of Bloubergstrand resort, is low, flat, and fringed by reefs. It

is fairly densely wooded in parts along the E shore. The more

barren W part is covered in vegetation during the winter and

with wild flowers in the spring. The island, formerly used as a

prison, is now a museum and national monument. Landing is

only permitted with prior permission.

Robben Island Light is shown from a conspicuous round

tower, 18m high, standing on the summit of Minto Hill, near

the S end of the island. 

5.51 Murray’s Bay Harbor, located on the NE side of the island, is

enclosed by breakwaters. It is shallow and used only by ferries and

small craft, with local knowledge. A church, with a prominent

tower, is situated 0.3 mile NE of Robben Island Light and a conspicuous flagstaff stands between it and Murray’s Bay Harbor. 

5.51 Whale Rock (33°50'S., 18°23E.) lies about 1.3 miles SSE of

Robben Island Light. This detached rocky patch has a depth of

less than 2m and the sea breaks over it in all but the calmest

weather. A dangerous wreck lies about 0.3 mile SE of Whale

Rock and is marked by a lighted buoy.

5.51 Caution.—A prohibited area, with a width of about 1 mile, surrounds Robben Island and may best be seen on the chart.

A disused submarine cable, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends in an E direction between Robben Island and the

mainland.

Table Bay

5.52 Table Bay (33°52'S., 18°26'E.) is entered on the N

side between Robben Island and Bloubergstrand resort and

from the W side between Robben Island and Green Point

(33°54'S., 18°24'E.), the N extremity of the Cape Peninsula. A

gently curving sandy coast backed by low sand dunes forms the

E side of the bay between Bloubergstrand and the industrial area of Paardeneiland, 7 miles S. The residential suburbs of Table

View and Milnerton, with many high-rise buildings, are situated along this stretch. Cape Town Docks and the city of Cape

Town extend along the SW shore of the bay. 

5.52 Milnerton Light (33°53'S., 18°29'E.) is shown from a round

tower, 24m high, standing 5 miles SSE of Bloubergstand. Two

radio masts, 30m high, stand about 1 mile ENE of the light and

are prominent. A conspicuous stranded wreck fronts the shore,

about 0.7 mile N of the light.

5.52 The Diep River enters Table Bay 0.6 mile SSW of Milnerton

Light and flows through Milnerton Lagoon. The shore of the

bay in this vicinity is fronted in places by foul ground on which

the sea breaks heavily after NW and N gales. 

5.52 Green Point (33°54'S., 18°24'E.), located 4.5 miles WSW of

Milnerton Light, is fronted by foul ground. Green Point Light,

also known locally as Mouille Point Light, is shown from a

tower, 16m high, standing on the point. The square light structure is painted in red and white diagonal bands in order to make

Koeberg Nuclear Power Station

Robben Island Light
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 131

Pub. 123

it stand out against the predominantly vertical and horizontal

lines of the adjacent buildings. However, in spite of this, the

light structure is often difficult to distinguish.

5.52 The Cape Peninsula, a conspicuous promontory, extends 28

miles S from Green Point Light to the Cape of Good Hope. 

5.52 Mouille Point (33°54'S., 18°25'E.) is located 0.7 mile ENE

of Green Point. The coast between is fronted by foul ground,

on which lies a stranded wreck. The South African Merchant

Navy Academy is situated in the vicinity of this point. 

5.52 Table Mountain (33°58'S., 18°25E.) stands 3.5 miles S of

Green Point Light and is extremely conspicuous. Its silhouette,

as seen from the N, is probably the best known panoramic view

in South Africa. This mountain, along with Lions Head and

Signal Hill, provides an unmistakable background to the buildings of Cape Town. The N face of the mountain, which is almost perpendicular, extends for a distance of 1.5 miles. It is

interrupted by Platteklip Gorge, a steep stony ravine, which

separates the W part of the mountain from the E part. The

mountain, which is radar conspicuous, is often illuminated at

night. 

5.52 Maclear’s Beacon (33°58'S., 18°26E.), standing at an elevation of 1,085m, is situated on the E part of Table Mountain and on

its highest point. An aerial cableway stretches S from a station located at an elevation of 500m to the conspicuous Upper Cable Station, which stands at an elevation of 1,045m on the NW edge of

the mountain. 

5.52 Lions Head (33°56'S., 18°23E.), located 1.5 miles NNW of

the Upper Cable Station, has a conspicuous steep conical summit, 667m high. A ridge extends in a NNE direction for 1.2

miles from this hill to Signal Hill.

5.52 Signal Hill (33°55'S., 18°24E.), also known as the Lions

Rump, rises about 1 mile S of Green Light. It is 349m high and

and conspicuous. 

5.52 Devils Peak (33°57'S., 18°27E.), 999m high, rises about 2

miles E of the cableway and is conspicuous. It is connected to

the main range of mountains by a saddle, 700 to 800m high. 

5.52 The Twelve Apostles (33°59'S., 18°23E.), a high serrated

mountain ridge, extends about 4 miles SW from the Upper Cable Station and forms the NW face of the Table Mountain comTable Bay

Milnerton Light

Green Point Light

Table Mountain

Maclear’s Beacon
132 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

plex. It presents a precipitous and prominent face to seaward.

Grootkop rises about 5.5 miles SSW of Green Point Light. It is

852m high and forms the summit of this ridge. 

5.52 The Tygerberg (Tierberg) range of hills stands 5 miles inland

and parallel to the E shore of Table Bay. Conspicuous radio

masts stand on the summit, 414m high, and on the southernmost hill, 398m high. A radio microwave tower, 61m high, is

situated near the conspicuous summit of Kanonberg, 455m

high, which rises 2 miles NE of the summit of the Tygerberg

range.

5.52 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is situated in

the approaches to Table Bay and may best be seen on the chart.

For further information, see paragraph 5.53 (Regulations).

5.52 The structures of both Milnerton Light and Green Point

Light are often difficult to distinguish by day, on certain bearings, due to the high buildings standing behind them.

5.52 An outfall pipeline, which may best be seen on the chart, extends 0.8 mile NNW from Green Point.

5.52 A disused submarine cable, which may best be seen on the

chart, extends seaward from a point on the shore located about

0.6 mile N of Milnerton Light.

5.52 Numerous recreational craft may be encountered within Table Bay, especially at weekends. At night, such craft are often

difficult to distinguish against the background shore lights.

5.52 A disused ammunition dumping area, with a radius of 4

miles, lies centered about 7 miles WNW of Green Point Light

and may best be seen on the chart. Hulks and explosives lie

within this area.

5.52 Vessels should use extreme caution when approaching the

bay during hazy weather or poor visibility. In addition, during

hazy weather, the E coast of the bay is very deceptive due to

the close resemblance which the sandy shore bears to the sea.

5.52 A Replenishment Area lies in the approaches to Table Bay,

about 8 miles W of Green Point Light. For further information,

see paragraph 5.53 (Regulations). 

Cape Town (33°55'S., 18°25 'E.)

World Port Index No. 46770

5.53 Cape Town (Kaapstad), one of the largest cities in

South Africa and the parliamentary capital, is situated around

the S part of Table Bay and fronted by the port. It is dominated

by Table Mountain.

5.53 Winds—Weather.—From the middle of April to the middle

of September, the prevailing winds are from NW or N. For the

remainder of the year, especially during December, January,

and February, the prevailing winds are from SE. High winds,

exceeding 60 knots and lasting for several hours, have occurred

in the vicinity of the port during the summer. 

5.53 The worst weather and heaviest swell are normally experienced after the wind has backed to W and SW and increased to

gale force. The swell usually continues for some time after the

gale has blown itself out. The heaviest swell comes from the

WSW or SW giving rise to the notorious "Cape Rollers"

which, coming in on the beam, make it uncomfortable for ships

entering or leaving the port on either SE or NW courses.

5.53 Fog and poor visibility can be expected in the vicinity of Table Mountain, especially from April to July. The fogs are often

confined to the low ground. At such times, Green Point Light

may become obscured while the elevated land of Signal Hill

and the Lions Head remains clear. 

5.53 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and

1.2m at neaps.

5.53 There is no apparent tidal current in Table Bay. However, a

summer current that sets N past Robben Island has been known

to attain a rate of 3 knots but is usually 0.5 knot or less. During

the winter months when NW and W winds occur, a current sets

into the bay from NW and impinges on the shore in the vicinity

of Paardeneiland. Here it divides, one current setting N along

the coast as far as Bloubergstrand and the other setting W and

NW past the entrance to the docks. This current then turns SW

along the shore to Green Point, attaining rates up to 2 knots.

5.53 Depths—Limitations.—The port dock complex, which is

protected by breakwaters, extends about 2.7 miles E from the

vicinity of Mouille Point and may best be seen on the chart.

The entrance channel extends in a S direction from the inner

Upper Cable Station (Table Mountain)

Cape Town 

Cape Town Harbor
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 133

Pub. 123

end of the TSS to the dock complex. It is maintained at a least

dredged depth of 15.9m.

5.53 Ben Schoeman Dock is entered from the S end of the approach channel; Duncan Dock, SW of Ben Schoeman Dock, is

entered from the same channel. 

5.53 Ben Schoeman Dock, the outermost basin, is about 1,800m

long and 500m wide. It has an entrance, 200m wide, with a

depth of 14m. This dock provides 12 berths, 173 to 305m long,

with depths of 10.0 to 13.9m alongside.

5.53 Duncan Dock, located SW of Ben Schoeman Dock, is about

1,800m long and 600m wide. It has an entrance, 180m wide,

with a depth of 15.4m. This dock provides 12 berths, 185 to

318m long, with depths of 9.1 to 12.8m alongside.

5.53 Tanker Basin is located in the E corner of Duncan Dock. It

provides two berths, 203m and 250m long, with depths of

13.1m alongside.

5.53 Victoria Basin and Alfred Basin are located in the W part of

the harbor. The NW sides of these basins have been developed

into a waterfront leisure area. The basins have depths of 4 to

9m and are used mostly by fishing boats and small craft.

5.53 The port has facilities for general cargo, container, reefer,

passenger, cruise, ro-ro, bulk, tanker, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 370m in length, 87m beam, and 12.8m draft can be

accommodated in the port. Tankers up to 250m in length and

13.1m draft can be handled, with a tidal rise of 1m or more. 

5.53 Sturrock Dry Dock is located at the SE side of Duncan Dock.

It is 360m long and has a depth over the entrance sill of 13.7m

at HWS. The entrance has a width of 45.1m at its top and

38.4m at its bottom.

5.53 A Replenishment Area lies in the approach to the port, about

8 miles W of Green Point Light. It is used by vessels not intending to enter the port. For further details, see Regulations.

5.53 Aspect.—The silhouettes of Table Mountain, Devil’s Peak,

Lions Head, and Signal Hill (see paragraph 5.52) provide an

extremely conspicuous background to the port.

5.53 The large complex of Groote Schuur Hospital, with its conspicuous gabled tower, stands 1.5 miles SSE of the SE end of

Ben Schoeman Dock. Three conspicuous circular apartment

buildings are situated 1.5 miles W of this hospital complex.

They appear starkly outlined against the vegetation of the lower slopes of Devil’s Peak. Because of the prevalence of industrial haze during days of calm or light winds, these buildings

can often be seen clearly above the smog when the buildings of

the lower-lying parts of the city are obscured. 

5.53 The conspicuous Port Control building, 63m high, stands at

the NE end of the mole which separates Victoria Basin from

Duncan Dock. A prominent grain elevator is situated about 0.4

mile SW of this building.

5.53 The entrance channel leading in a S direction from the TSS

to the harbor is marked by lighted buoys. The dock entrances

are indicated by lighted ranges which may best be seen on the

chart.

5.53 A fairway lighted buoy, equipped with a racon, is moored at

the inner end of the TSS, about 2.5 miles NE of Green Point

Light.

5.53 For further information concerning aids and landmarks in the

approaches to the port, see paragraph 5.52 (Table Bay).

5.53 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board about 1.5 miles SW of the

Fairway Lighted Buoy. 

5.53 Vessels should send a request for pilotage and an ETA 72

hours in advance. They should also confirm their ETA on VHF

channel 16 with the Port Control 1 hour prior to arrival. Vessels

should then report their ETA to the Port Control when 10 miles

seaward of the N breakwater light.

5.53 Oil tankers and other vessels carrying dangerous cargo are

berthed only during daylight hours.

5.53 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lies in

the outer approach to Cape Town (Table Bay) and may best be

seen on the chart. This scheme is not IMO-adopted but the

South African authorities advise that Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies. Inshore Traffic Zones lie between the inner

limits of the TSS lanes and the coast. 

5.53 A separation zone, 0.5 mile wide, is situated with its S end

located about 3.5 miles SW of Robben Island Light. It extends

NW for about 13.5 miles. The traffic lane for vessels proceeding NW, which is 1.5 miles wide, lies on the E side of this

zone; the traffic lane for vessels proceeding SE, which is 1.5

miles wide, lies on the W side.

5.53 A second separation zone, 0.5 mile wide, is situated with its

N end located about 4.5 miles W of Green Point Light. It extends SW for about 8 miles. The traffic lane for vessels proceeding NE, which is 1.5 miles wide, lies on the E side of this

zone; the traffic lane for vessels proceeding SW, which is 1.5

miles wide, lies on the W side.

5.53 A third separation zone, 0.2 mile wide, is situated with its W

end located about 3 miles NW of Green Point Light. It extends

E for about 3.5 miles to the vicinity of the fairway lighted buoy.

The traffic lane for vessels proceeding W, which is 1 mile

wide, lies on the N side of this zone; the traffic lane for vessels

proceeding E, which is 1 mile wide, lies on the S side.

5.53 A Replenishment Area lies about 8 miles W of Green Point

Light. All vessels replenishing stores at sea in this area must

remain W of the outer limits of the TSS traffic lanes.

5.53 A helicopter service is available for tankers and other vessels

not intending to enter the harbor. This service may be used for

emergency medical cases, mail, and small items of stores.

However, usually only vessels which are able to comply with

the special requirements for the operation of helicopters are

permitted to use this service. 

5.53 A launch service is available to serve vessels outside the port

limits. This service is restricted to vessels, with drafts of less

than 12.2m, which do not intend to stop for a period exceeding

1 hour. Vessels requiring to stop for a period of more than 1

hour must anchor within the port limits.

5.53 Arrangements for replenishment should be made through the

vessel’s agent. Vessels must report to the VTS Center by VHF

when 15 miles from the area.

5.53 The IMO has established regulations for laden tankers navigating off the coast of South Africa. Such vessels must maintain minimum distances from pertinent points situated along

the coast. Exemptions apply to vessels using the Replenishment Area in the approaches to Cape Town (Table Bay). For

further information, see Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean.

5.53 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

system operates in the approaches to Cape Town (Table Bay)

and provides radar coverage up to 20 miles offshore.

5.53 The VTS system is mandatory for the following vessels:
134 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

1. Vessels of 15m in length and over.

2. Towing vessels, where the tow is 15m or more in

length or the overall length of the tow is 30m or more.

3. All passenger carrying vessels.

4. All vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo.

5.53 Vessels must contact the VTS center (Cape Town Port Control) on VHF channel 14, as follows:

1. Fifteen minutes before arrival at the TSS (VTS area).—Vessels must state their name, call sign, position, ETA

at the Reporting Point, destination with ETA, and whether

any dangerous or pollutant cargo is being carried.

2. Arriving at the designated Reported Points (see below).—Vessels must state their name, position, and ETA at

the next Reporting Point.

3. Arriving at a berth.—Vessels must state their name

and position.

4. Fifteen minutes before departing from a berth.—Vessels must state their name, call sign, position, destination

with ETA, whether any dangerous or pollutant cargo is being

carried, and ETD from berth.

5. Immediately prior to departing from a berth.—Vessels

must state their name, call sign, position, and ETA at the next

Reporting Point.

5.53 Vessels must also immediately report any incident, accident,

or condition impairing safety to Cape Town Port Control. 

5.53 Additional information concerning draft, grt, length, the particulars of cargo on board, and last and next ports of call may

be requested by the VTS Control Center.

5.53 The VTS Control Center will provide information relating to

the locations of other vessels and the density of traffic converging on the same position. 

5.53 The VTS system is linked to the Saldanha Bay VTS Center,

the Maritime Rescue Coordination Center, the Port Control Office, the Pilot Offices, and the local Coast Radio Station.

5.53 The designated Reporting Points (RP), for both arriving and

departing vessels, are located, as follows:

1. RP 1A is located at the outer end of the N section of

the TSS.

2. RP 2A is located at the inner end of the N section of

the TSS.

3. RP 1B is located at the outer end of the S section of

the TSS.

4. RP 2B is located at the outer end of the S section of

the TSS.

5. RP 3 is located within the E section of the TSS and N

of Green Point Light.

6. RP 1C is located at the N end of the Inshore Traffic

Zone.

7. RP 2C is located within the Inshore Traffic Zone and

E of Robben Island Light.

8. RP 1D is located at the S end of the Inshore Traffic

Zone.

9. RP 4 is located close E of the N breakwater light (departing only).

5.53 Signals.—Traffic signals are shown from the top of the Port

Control Building. They consist of three strips of colored lights

and are visible by day and at night. A red strip controls Ben

Schoeman Dock, a green strip controls Duncan Dock, and an

amber strip controls Victoria Basin.

5.53 When a vessel is granted permission to enter any dock, the

signal consists of a series of flashes along the appropriate strip.

When a vessel is given permission to leave, the signal consists

a fixed light in the appropriate color. These signals may be

shown one at a time or in combinations.

5.53 When these signals are being shown, vessels are prohibited

from entering the entrance channel leading between the docks

and the fairway lighted buoy without prior permission. 

5.53 A time signal, controlled from the Cape Town Observatory,

is fired daily at 1000 GMT (noon) from a gun battery situated

on Signal Hill.

5.53 Anchorage.—Four designated anchorage areas, situated

within Table Bay and may best seen on the chart, are, as follows:

1. No. 1 Anchorage lies centered 1.5 miles W of Green

Point Light and has depths of 24 to 45m. It is a general anchorage which should be used only during the summer.

2. No. 2 Anchorage lies centered 2 miles NW of Milnerton Light. It is a general anchorage with depths of 12.4 to

22m. Vessels using this anchorage must avoid the disused

submarine cable which extends seaward from a point on the

shore located about 0.6 mile N of the light.

3. No. 3 Anchorage lies centered 1.6 miles WSW of

Milnerton Light. It has depths of 9 to 15m and may only be

used by small vessels.

4. No. 4 Anchorage lies centered 3.2 miles ESE of

Robben Island Light. It has depths of 12.8 to 22m and may

only be used by vessels carrying hazardous cargo. 

5.53 The holding ground within the anchorages is unreliable in

bad weather and vessels at anchor must keep their engines

ready for use at short notice.

5.53 Directions.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is situated

in the approaches to Cape Town (Table Bay) and may best be

seen on the chart (see Regulations). 

5.53 Caution.—Vessels underway in the approaches should avoid

impeding the passage of other vessels which are embarking or

disembarking pilots or entering or leaving the dock complex.

5.53 Vessels underway in the approaches should use caution as, at

night, it may be difficult to distinguish the navigation lights of

other vessels against the background scatter of shore lights.

5.53 A restricted area, within which anchoring is prohibited, extends from the vicinity of the fairway lighted buoy to the dock

entrance and may best be seen on the chart.

5.53 After NW gales, which occur more frequently during the

winter, a considerable scend may be experienced alongside the

berths in the dock complex. 

5.53 For additional cautions concerning the approach to Cape

Town, see paragraph 5.52 (Table Bay).

Table Bay to the Cape of Good Hope

5.54 The Cape Peninsula extends from Green Point to the

Cape of Good Hope, about 28 miles S. It is separated from the

high ground to the NE by a neck, 11 miles wide, of low-lying

sandy ground. This neck, known as Cape Flats, extends between the head of Table Bay and Valsbaai (False Bay).

5.54 A series of mountain ranges extends S for about 16 miles

from Table Mountain. This series is broken by a low-lying valley extending ESE from Chapmans Bay (34°07'S., 18°21'E.) to

Vishoekbaai, on the E side of the peninsula. This valley is visible only on certain bearings. 
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 135

Pub. 123

5.54 From W, the Cape Peninsula appears high and rugged from

Table Mountain to within 4 miles of the Cape of Good Hope,

where the mountain chain terminates in Paulsberg. This latter

hill, 366m high, rises close to the W shore of Valsbaai (False

Bay). From here to Cape Point Light the land is elevated, except for two peaks at its S end, which appear as a saddleshaped island when seen from a considerable distance. The W

shore of the peninsula is fringed with foul ground and rocks.

Caution.—Crayfishing vessels may be encountered within 4

miles of the coast between Table Bay and the Cape of Good

Hope. Such vessels may be anchored or drifting with unlit bottom gear, marker buoys, and recovery lines. Numerous trawlers

may also be encountered in the vicinity of the Cape Peninsula.

Submarines frequently exercise off the SW coast of South

Africa, N of 36°S and between 16°E and 20°E. Submarines also frequently exercise in the approaches to Valsbaai (False

Bay).

Several military exercise areas lie in the vicinity of the Cape

Peninsula and Valsbaai (False Bay). For further information,

see Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean. 

5.55 Sea Point (33°55'S., 18°23'E.), located 1.7 miles SW

of Green Point, is a low, rocky promontory. The shore between

is fringed by thick kelp. A round pavilion, with a cupola, stands

0.4 mile ENE of the point and is conspicuous. It appears in

contrast to the background of high apartment buildings. 

5.55 A detached rocky shoal patch, with a depth of 16.1m, lies

about 1 mile WNW of Sea Point. Saunders Rocks extend seaward for about 0.2 mile S of Sea Point and have a depth of

3.5m lying at their extremity. 

5.55 North Lion’s Paw, a rock which dries 1.5m, lies 0.5 mile offshore, about 0.8 mile SW of Sea Point. It is steep-to except on

the N side.

5.55 South Lion’s Paw, a rock which dries 1m, lies 0.5 mile S of

North Lion’s Paw. Rocky foul ground, on which there is an islet, 10m high, extends between this rock and the shore. A dangerous shallow rock lies about 0.3 mile W of South Lion’s Paw.

The positions of both North Lion’s Paw and South Lion’s Paw

are normally indicated by swirls or breaking water, even at

HW. 

Camps Bay (33°57'S., 18°23'E.) lies 1.6 miles SSW of Sea

Point. Whale Rock, 3m high, is a large outcrop lying close off

the S entrance point of this bay. 

5.55 Bakovenbaai, lying close S of Camps Bay, marks what is virtually the S limit of the intensely built-up area stretching SSW

from Green Point. Farther SSW the coast rises comparatively

steeply toward The Twelve Apostles (see paragraph 5.52). This

vicinity is prone to forest fires in summer. 

5.55 Oude Schip (34°02'S., 18°19'E.), located about 5.5 miles

SW of Camp Bay, consists of a cluster of large boulders, which

are almost surrounded by water. The coast between is indented

and fronted by foul ground and rocks. This cluster of boulders

is surmounted by a beacon, which stands at an elevation of

16m. Foul ground, over which the sea nearly always breaks

heavily, fronts the N and W sides of Oude Schip.

5.55 A dangerous rock and Die Middlemas, a rock 4.5m high, lie

about 0.8 mile WNW and 0.2 mile WSW, respectively, of Oude

Schip. A dangerous wreck lies in the bay which is entered

close S of Oude Schip.

5.55 Little Lions Head (Klien Leeukop), 436m high, rises 1.8

miles ENE of Oude Schip and is prominent from seaward.

5.56 Duikerpunt (34°02'S., 18°18'E.), the W extremity of

the Cape Peninsula, is located 0.7 mile SSW of Oude Schip

and consists of a bold headland. This point, which is radar conspicuous, is fronted by foul ground and several above-water

rocks. A stranded wreck lies close N of the point but is reported (2007) to be not easily distinguished.

Karbonkelberg, 652m high, rises 1 mile E of Duikerpunt and

is conspicuous from seaward. 

5.56 Vulcan Rock, which dries 0.9m and is always marked by

breakers, lies 1.5 miles S of Duikerpunt. Tafelberg, a rocky

shoal patch, lies about 0.4 mile SE of Vulcan Rock. It has a

least depth of 7.6m and breaks in heavy weather.

5.56 Hangberg (The Sentinel), a remarkable hill, rises close to the

shore, about 2 miles SE of Duikerpunt. It is 330m high and appears to overhang when viewed from E. Duiker Island, 3m

high, lies about 0.6 mile W of Hangberg and is fringed by foul

ground and kelp. This flat rock is located close off a small

rocky projection and breakers extend SW for about 0.3 mile

from it.

Houtbaai (34°03'S., 18°21'E.), a fishing and pleasure craft

center, lies 2.5 miles SE of Duikerpunt. This bay is entered between Badtamboer, located close SE of Hangberg, and Die

Josie, a rocky point 1.2 miles SE. The coast on each side of the

entrance is high and rugged, particularly on the E side, where

hills rise precipitously and are separated by a series of ravines.

The mouth of the Houtbaai River, usually dry in summer, lies

at the head of the bay, which is low and sandy.

Two wrecks, with a least depth of 9m, lie in the entrance to

the bay, about 0.4 mile ESE of Badtamboer.

5.56 York Point, located 0.5 mile NE of Badtamboer, is low-lying

and composed of boulders.

5.56 Constantiaberg (34°03'S., 18°23'E.) rises on the E side of

the bay, 2 miles NE of Die Josie. This hill is 928m high and

conspicuous. A prominent radio mast, 143m high, stands near

the summit. 

5.56 A modern fishing harbor is situated close N of York Point. It is

protected by breakwaters, 370m long. A number of fish factories,

lighted at night, stand on the S side of the harbor. A wharf, extending NW from the inner side of the S breakwater, has depths of 2.5

to 3.5m alongside and can accommodate trawlers up to 43m in

length. The harbor is a base for tuna and cray fish fleets.

5.56 Except during SE squalls, good sheltered anchorage may be

obtained within the bay, with excellent holding ground of soft

sand. Anchorage in the entrance to the harbor should be avoided. Although the bay is open to the SW, strong winds, apart

Sea Point
136 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

from occasional short-lived squalls, seldom occur from this

quarter. However, when SE winds blow, squalls come down

very heavily off the land and an unpleasant short, choppy sea

occurs.

5.57 Chapmans Point (34°05'S., 18°21'E.), located 1 mile

SSW of Die Josie, is fronted by a reef on which the sea always

breaks. Ratelklip, a reef, lies close offshore, 0.4 mile S of the

point and the sea also always breaks heavily over it.

Chapmans Peak, 593m high, rises close E of Chapmans

Point. When viewed from the W, this prominent peak presents

two summits of dark appearance and of almost equal height. 

5.57 Chapmans Bay lies between Chapmans Point and KleinSlangkoppunt, 2 miles SSW, and provides no safe anchorage.

The sandy beach at the head of this bay is backed by swampy

ground in which there are lagoons and salt pans. 

Slangkop Point (34°09'S., 18°19'E.), located 1.6 miles SW

of Klein-Slangkoppunt, is low and sandy. The shore between is

fronted by foul ground and patches of kelp. The land close

within this point rises steeply to the summit of Slangkop, a

prominent flat-topped hill, 178m high. 

Slangkop Light is shown from a prominent round tower, 33m

high, standing on the point. This light tower stands out against

the dark background of the hills behind it.

5.57 A wreck, with a depth of 12.8m, lies about 1 mile W of the

light. A wave-measurement buoy is moored about 4 miles SSW

of the light and a restricted area, with a radius of 0.5 mile, surrounds it.

The coast between Slangkop Light and Die Eiland, 2.5 miles

SE, is rocky and much encumbered with off-lying kelp. Die

Eiland is a rocky boulder-strewn point upon which stand the

brick buildings of a lobster factory. A prominent radio mast,

85m high, is situated on the point.

5.57 Sandkop rises 0.5 mile NNW of Die Eiland. This hill is

121m high and conspicuous because of a sand patch on its NW

side. A range of hills stands parallel to the bight in the coast extending between Die Eiland and Schuster’s Bay, 2 miles SE.

Platberg, 308m high, rises 1.6 miles SE of Die Eiland and is a

prominent summit along this range. Scarborough, a prominent

village, stands close E of Schuster’s Bay. 

5.57 A detached shoal patch, with a least depth of 13.4m, lies

about 1 mile WSW of Die Eiland and another detached shoal

patch, with a depth of 14.5m, lies about 0.8 mile SW of

Schuster’s Bay. Vessels are advised to keep in depths of over

50m when navigating in this area.

5.57 Bonteberg, 226m high, rises 1 mile SSE of Schuster’s Bay

and is conspicuous from SW by virtue of the bluff slope on its

W side. The low-lying valley of the Krom River is located

about 0.7 mile S of Bonteberg. This river flows into a long narrow lagoon, which is separated from the sea by a low and

sandy strip. The coast in this vicinity is fronted by submerged

rocks and kelp, with depths of less than 15m lying up to 1 mile

offshore.

5.57 Caution.—The area lying S of a line extending between

Schuster’s Bay and Smitswinkelbaai, about 6 miles SE, is a

designated nature reserve. A large variety of animals, birds,

and reptiles exist within this area and special regulations apply

in regard to landing.

5.58 Olifantsbospunt (34°16'S., 18°23'E.), a rocky point,

is located 4.5 miles S of Schuster’s Bay. A stranded wreck, in

three parts, lies on this point but is reported (2007) to be not

easily distingushed.

5.58 Albatrosrots (Albatross Rocks), a group of submerged rocks

over which the sea occasionally breaks, lies 0.6 mile WSW of

Olifantsbospunt.

Hoek van Bobbejaan (34°19'S., 18°24'E.), consisting of a

rocky headland, is located 2.4 miles SSE of Olifantspunt and

fronted by foul ground. A stranded wreck lies on this point but

is reported (2007) to be not easily distinguished. Brightwater, a

farm with several white buildings, is situated 0.8 mile N of the

point and is conspicuous from seaward. 

An extensive rocky bank, with depths of less than 30m, extends about 3.5 miles WNW from Hoek van Bobbejaan and

then continues in a SE direction toward Cape Point. Several

shoals, with depths of 15m or less, lie on this bank and may

best be seen on the chart. In bad weather, the sea breaks over

these shoals and, during S gales, a continuous line of breakers

extends from them to the coast. Vessels navigating in this area

are advised to keep in depths of over 50m.

5.58 The coast extending between Hoek van Bobbejaan and the

Cape of Good Hope, 4.5 miles SE, is generally rocky and

fronted by submerged rocks. The Groot Blouberg range of low

hills stands parallel to this section of the coast. Kommetjieberg

rises 0.8 mile SE of Hoek van Bobbejaan. This prominent hill,

116m high, forms the summit of the range.

5.58 The Island, a reef of drying rocks, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 2.5 miles SE of Hoek van Bobbejaan.

Houtbaai

Slangkop Light
Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 137

Pub. 123

The Cape of Good Hope

5.59 The Cape of Good Hope (34°21'S., 18°29'E.), situated at the S extremity of the Cape Peninsula, resembles a ballet

dancer’s foot, with Cape Point being the pointed toe and Cape

Maclear being the heel.

It should be noted that the Cape of Good Hope does not form

the southernmost tip of Africa. This tip is actually formed by

Cape Agulhas (34°50'S., 21°01'E.). 

5.59 Cape Point (34°21'S., 18°30'E.), the pointed toe, projects E.

A prominent peak, 243m high, rises 0.4 mile WNW of the

point and its summit is surmounted by a disused light structure.

5.59 Cape Point Light is shown from a prominent square tower,

9m high, standing at an elevation of 87m on the point. A fixed

red light is shown from the base of the light tower, at an elevation of 78m.

5.59 Dias Rock, 2.5m high, lies close SSE of Cape Point and is

connected to it by a submerged reef. 

5.59 Cape Maclear (34°21'S., 18°28'E.), the heel, is located 1.2

miles W of Cape Point. Diasstrand, a small sandy beach, lies

between these points and provides a landing for boats.

5.59 Vasco da Gama Peak, 262m high, rises conspicuously on the

cape, 0.7 mile N of Cape Maclear. 

5.59 An extensive rocky bank, with depths of less than 30m, lies

off the Cape of Good Hope and may best be seen on the chart.

It extends about 2 miles W and SW from Cape Maclear and

about 2 miles S and l.5 miles SE from Cape Point. Except during the calmest weather, the sea breaks over this entire area.

South West Reefs extend about 1 mile SW from Cape Maclear

and the sea generally breaks over them.

5.59 Bellows Rock (34°23'S., 18°30'E.), which dries 1m, lies 2

miles SSW of Cape Point Light and the sea always breaks over

it. The position of this rock can easily be seen in fine weather

and vessels may pass 0.5 mile S of it. However, on moonless

nights during bad weather or with poor visibility, vessels are

advised to keep well clear of this danger.

5.59 Anvil Rock, with a depth of 3.9m, lies about 1.2 miles SE of

Cape Point Light and does not break unless there is a heavy

swell running. Several shoal patches, which may best be seen

on the chart, lie between this rock and Cape Point. These

patches, together with the generally irregular nature of the bottom, render passage inside Anvil Rock hazardous for all except

small vessels with local knowledge.

Cape Peninsula

Cape Point Disused Light Structure

Cape Point Light

Cape Point Light from SW

Cape Point (from S)
138 Sector 5. Angola, Namibia, and South Africa—Ponta Albina to the Cape of Good Hope 

Pub. 123

5.59 Rocky Bank (34°25'S., 18°36'E.), with a least depth of 22m,

is an extensive shoal area lying centered 6 miles SE of Cape

Point Light.

5.59 Valsbaai (False Bay), a large bay, is entered between Cape

Point and Cape Hangklip, 16.5 miles E, which is marked by a

light. 

5.59 For a description of the waters lying E of the Cape of Good

Hope, including Valsbaai (False Bay), see Pub. 171, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Africa and the South Indian Ocean.

5.59 Regulations.—The IMO has established regulations for laden tankers navigating off the coast of South Africa. Such vessels must maintain minimum distances from pertinent points

situated along the coast. Laden tankers must maintain a minimum distance of 20 miles from Cape Point when proceeding

W and a minimum distance of 25 miles when proceeding E.

Laden tankers sailing on voyages only between ports in South

Africa are exempted from the above regulations but are expected to maintain a minimum distance of 10 miles from all salient

points, subject to weather and sea conditions.

5.59 Exemptions apply to vessels using the Replenishment Area

in the approaches to Cape Town (Table Bay). For further information, see Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

South Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean.

5.59 Caution.—Submarines exercise frequently off the S coast of

South Africa, N of 36°S, between 16° and 20°E, and in the approaches to Valsbaai (False Bay).

5.59 Vessels may encounter numerous fishing boats in areas up to

4 miles offshore in the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope and

near Rocky Bank.

5.59 Vessels approaching the Cape of Good Hope should keep in

depths of more than 100m until such time as their position has

been accurately ascertained. 

5.59 Explosives dumping areas (disused), with a radius of 5

miles, lie centered about 15 miles and 45 miles SSW of the

Cape of Good Hope and may best be seen on the chart. 

5.59 An explosives dumping area, with a radius of 1 mile, lies

centered about 6.2 miles SSW of Cape Point Light.

5.59

Cape Hangklip Light
139

Pub. 123

6. 

Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

6.0SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
141

Pub. 123

SECTOR 6 

ISLANDS AND SEAMOUNTS IN THE SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes Ascension Island, Saint Helena

Island, the Tristan da Cunha Group, Gough Island, and Bouvetoya. This sector also describes certain seamounts in the E part

of the South Atlantic Ocean. The descriptive sequence is from

N to S. 

Ascension Island

6.1 Ascension Island (7°57'S., 14°22'W.), being of volcanic origin, lies about 700 miles NW of Saint Helena Island

and is a communications center. Georgetown, situated in the

NW part of the island, is the only settlement and port, and is

the center of administration. The surface of the island is extremely irregular and presents a rugged and uninviting appearance when viewed from seaward.

The Peak (7°57'S., 14°21'W.), forming the summit of Green

Mountain, is 859m high and the island’s greatest elevation.

6.1 Green Mountain takes its name from the color of the top and

is surrounded by numerous other craggy peaks of less elevation, with deep gorges and dark ravines between. There are

about 40 cones of various magnitudes on the island, being extinct craters, from many of which the courses of the lava

streams may be traced to the sea. Rain falls more frequently on

the summit of Green Mountain than on the lower parts of the

island. Mist generally obscures the mountain for some part of

the 24 hours. The only signs of vegetation on the island are on

Green Mountain, where vegetables are successfully cultivated.

Water was formerly obtained from the cement rain catchments

on the mountain and conveyed through pipes to covered tanks

in Georgetown. The island is now supplied by desalination

facilities.

Devils Riding School (7°58'S., 14°23'W.), a crater more

rugged and remarkable than the rest, is located 2.5 miles WSW

of Green Mountain.

6.1 Ascension Island, along with Saint Helena, Tristan da

Cunha, and Gough Island, form a British Overseas Territory.

The Governor of this territory resides on Saint Helena. An

airfield is situated on the island but is used only by military

planes. The island was the site of a former US space tracking

station. 

6.1 Tides—Currents.—The predominant set is W at 0.5 knot.

Rollers take the form of either SW or NW rollers and may be

expected about once every two weeks. They can be up to 3m in

height and are strong enough to prevent lighters from mooring

alongside the wharf. Locally, the smaller ones are called single

rollers and the larger ones double rollers. When single rollers

are running, landing may still be effected, but difficulty is often

experienced in getting alongside the steps, and great caution

should be exercised. The origin of these rollers is attributed to

the swell produced by intense storms thousands of miles away

in the North Atlantic Ocean and the South Atlantic Ocean. 

6.1 The depths offshore on the E side of Clarence Bay are sufficient to prevent the swell acquiring the character of breaking

rollers, except in cases where the undulation arrives from NW

and breaks directly upon the island. The waves are very low

and of such great length that they are not noticeable in deep

water, but on reaching shallow water they become shorter and

higher. Off Clarence Bay, they frequently break on crossing the

10m depth curve. Rollers from either direction may occur during any month of the year, though the frequency of NW rollers

is greater during the months of N winter, and of SW rollers

during the S winter.

6.1 The shoals lying NW of the wharf appear to subdue the NW

rollers and they arrive at the wharf in the form of an ordinary

swell. It then becomes quite possible to use the landing place,

and lighters can be taken in and unloaded as long as the swell is

not very heavy. 

6.1 A combination of NW and SW rollers seldom occurs, although this combination raises a nasty lumpy sea extremely

dangerous to boats. On these occasions, a pyramidal mass of

water, 3.7 to 4.6m high, may rise in the direct track of boats

steering for the wharf from the roadstead and break about 50m

NW of Tartar Rock. Neither SW nor NW rollers break in the

vicinity of the anchorage, nor in the vicinity of the mooring

buoys for lighters. Rollers cross these areas in the form of a

swell, the effect of which diminishes as the distance offshore is

increased. The swell at the anchorage is not nearly so heavy as

that at the mooring buoys for lighters, and lighters can always

be used by vessels lying at the anchorage, although at the same

time communication with the shore may be impossible. 

6.2 West Coast—North Point (7°53'S., 14°23'W.), the N

extremity of Ascension Island, is fronted by foul ground and a

wreck. Shoal depths of less than 10m lie up to about 0.2 mile

NNE of this point and it should be given a wide berth. An islet,

surmounted by a cairn 11m high, lies close off the NE side of

the point.

6.2 An unnamed headland, located 0.7 mile W of North Point, is

fronted by shoals and foul ground and should also be given a

wide berth.

English Bay Terminal (7°53'S., 14°23'W.), an offshore

tanker berth, lies 0.3 mile W of North Point and consists of

three mooring buoys. It can accommodate tankers up 183m in

length and 12.2m draft. Special arrangements to berth here

Ascension Island from W
142 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

must be made through the Queen’s Harbormaster, Ascension

Island. Vessels should establish initial contact with the

Assistant Harbor Master on VHF channels 8 or 16 to arrange

pilot boarding in Clarence Bay. 

A number of oil tanks stand on the shore of the bay about 0.5

mile WSW of North Point. A prominent radio mast stands near

the head of the bay and several others are situated close S of

the E edge of the bay.

Two beacons, in line bearing 180°, stand on the shore close

W of the oil tanks. Two beacons, in line bearing 090°, stand on

the N part of North Point and form an approach range. Two

beacons, in line bearing 090°, also stand on the S part of the

point.

6.2 Vessels approach from W using the range beacons. The port

anchor is let go about 0.5 mile W of the front beacon, when

crossing the 180° transit beacons, and the starboard anchor is

let go when 0.3 mile W of the front beacon. Vessels then turn

to port and secure their stern to hooks on the shore located

close N of the oil tanks. The alignment of the beacons situated

on the S part of North Point indicate the final position of the

stern of the vessel when secured.

Clarence Bay (7°55'S., 14°25'W.), forming the main anchorage and port of the island, lies 2.6 miles SW of North

Point.

6.3 Georgetown (7°56'S., 14°25'W.) (World Port Index

No. 46670), the only port and settlement on Ascension Island,

lies in the S part of Clarence Bay. This bay is entered between

Pyramid Point, located about 2 miles SW of North Point, and

Catherine Point, 1.7 miles SW. 

6.3 Depths—Limitations.—The main part of the settlement extends between Catherine Point and Fort Thornton, 0.6 mile NE.

The coast in this vicinity is fronted by an extensive shoal area,

with depths of 0.3 to 9m, which extends up to about 0.6 mile

seaward and is marked by two spar buoys. Rollers break

heavily on the outer edge of this area when they set in.

6.3 Tartar Rock, 2m high, lies close NW of Fort Thornton and a

buoy is moored close WNW of it. Five rocks, 0.5 to 2m high,

lie close offshore, N of Fort Thornton.

6.3 A wharf, used by passenger boats and lighters, is situated

close W of Fort Thornton. It is 23m long and has a depth of 3m

alongside. Caution is required when using this wharf on

account of the rollers (see Tides and Currents).

6.3 A number of mooring buoys, used by island ferries and

lighters, are located N of the wharf within the inner part of the

bay. Floating hoses may be encountered extending between

these buoys and the shore.

6.3 Aspect.—Pyramid Point is 9m high. Pyramid Rock, 15m

high, stands on the point near the water’s edge. It is a brown

peaked and contrasts in color with the nearby coast. This rock

is a useful mark for approaching the anchorage, but it is

difficult to distinguish from some bearings.

6.3 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, is

shown from structures standing about 0.2 mile E of Pyramid

Point and leads in a NE direction. It is reported that this range

is difficult to see during the day due to numerous masts

standing in the vicinity. A prominent radar dome is situated

close NE of the light structures.

6.3 Bates Point, formed of lava rock, lies 0.6 mile SSW of

Pyramid Point. Bates Rock, above-water, lies close off the

point and is surmounted by a beacon, which is reported to be

difficult to see until close inshore.

6.3 Catherine Point (7°56'S., 14°25'W.) is low and a number of

conspicuous fuel tanks stand 0.2 mile SE of it.

6.3 A light is shown from a column standing about 0.3 mile ENE

of Catherine Point when vessels are in the vicinity.

6.3 Fort Hayes stands on Hayes Hill, 31m high, which is situated

0.4 mile NE of Catherine Point. Fort Thornton stands on a hill,

23m high, situated 0.2 mile NNE of Fort Hayes. A prominent

flagstaff stands about 0.2 mile SSE of Fort Thornton.

6.3 Redpole Monument stands 0.3 mile ESE of Fort Thornton

and is conspicuous. It consists of a square pyramidal obelisk,

5m high, with an apex, 23m high.

6.3 A lighted approach range, which may best be seen on the

chart, is shown from structures standing in the vicinity of Redpole Monument and leads in a SE direction. It is shown when

vessels are approaching the anchorage.

6.3 Cross Hill, one of many rounded hills on the island, rises

about 1 mile E of Catherine Point and overlooks the settlement.

It is surmounted by a conspicuous tower. A mast, situated close

NW of the tower, stands at an elevation of 283m and is marked

by a red light.

6.3 Regulations.—There is a port radio station at Georgetown.

Vessels should send their ETA 48 hours in advance, via Ascension Island (ZBI), Saint Helena (ZHH), Cape Town (ZSC) or

other coast radio station. The port authority may be contacted

on VHF channels 16 and 8. Unscheduled vessels should send

an ETA 72 hours in advance addressed to the Assistant Harbor

Master. 

6.3 Anchorage.—Several designated anchorage berths, which

may best be seen on the chart, are situated in Clarence Bay.

They have depths of 16 to 62m and can accommodate vessels

up to 75,000 tons. Vessels working cargo from lighters are

advised to use a berth lying near the 30m depth curve. The anchorage berths are allocated by the port authority. No tugs or

pilots are available.

6.3 Vessels should anchor with a good scope of chain as the

wind sometimes blows strongly off the high land. Vessels usually lie to a single anchor heading toward the land, but instances have occurred when they have swung the stern toward

the shore.

6.3 Since vessels roll almost continuously at this anchorage, it is

necessary to keep this possibility in mind when a berth is

selected. Anchorage S of the outer buoys marking the N side of

the shoal area lying off Georgetown is unsafe.

Georgetown
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 143

Pub. 123

6.3 Vessels approaching from S or W should avoid the shoal area

off Georgetown by keeping Pyramid Point ahead bearing not

less than 055°. 

6.3 Caution.—A dangerous wreck was reported (1983) to lie

about 0.3 mile WSW of Catherine Point.

6.3 A disused cable area, the limits of which are shown on the

chart, lies in the N part of Clarence Bay. Several old moorings

foul the bottom between this area and the mooring buoys

situated in the inner part of the bay.

6.3 It is reported that Catherine Point should not be used for

fixing Cat Hill the vessel’s position as it consists of detached

rocks with no definite extremity.

6.4 Payne Point (7°57'S., 14°25'W.) is located 1.1 miles

S of Catherine Point, the S entrance point of Clarence Bay. A

prominent mast, 154m high, stands about 0.6 mile ENE of the

point and is marked by red obstruction lights.

 Cat Hill, surmounted by a conspicuous radar dome and a

dish aerial, rises 0.3 mile E of the point. South West Bay Red

Hill, on which stands a mast marked by red obstruction lights,

rises 1 mile E of the point.

 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 0.5 mile E of

Payne Point and two masts stand close NE of it.

6.4 South West Bay is entered between McArthur Point, located

0.7 mile SSE of Payne Point, and Portland Point, about 1 mile

S. McArthur Point is fronted by shoals. A number of masts and

aerials are situated ENE of Portland Point. The bay has a fine

sandy beach backed by a steep lava cliff, the highest point of

which rises to an elevation of 75m. A smooth plain lies 0.5

mile inland from the head of the bay and Wideawake Airfield

is situated in its vicinity.

6.4 An aeronautical lighted beacon is shown, for 30 minutes

before and after aircraft movements, from a structure standing

1.5 miles NE of Portland Point. This lighted beacon is obscured by high land on some bearings. 

6.4 Saddle Crater Hill, 116m high, and South Gannet Hill, 228m

high, rise, respectively, 0.9 mile ENE and 1.4 miles E of Portland Point. Both of these hills are surmounted by prominent

dish aerials. 

6.4 South Point (8°00'S., 14°24'W.), the S extremity of Ascension Island, is fringed by several rocks and islets. An islet, with

a rock awash lying close E of it, is located about 0.2 mile

offshore, 0.5 mile W of the point.

6.4 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, anchorage is prohibited within an area, which may best be seen

on the chart, lying in the vicinity of South West Bay and extending up to about 1.5 miles seaward.

6.4 An unsurveyed area, which may best be seen on the chart,

lies centered 0.5 mile WNW of Portland Point.

6.4 Meteorological rocket firings take place from a position 0.7

mile NNE of Portland Point. Lights are shown from the point

when the range, with a radius of 8 miles, is in use. The range

authority attempts to avoid the known ETA of any approaching

vessels. 

6.5 Ascension Island—Northeast Coast—Porpoise

Point (7°54'S., 14°21'W.), surmounted by a cairn, is located

1.5 miles ESE of North Point and North East Point lies 1.2

miles farther SE.

North East Bay lies 0.4 mile W of North East Point and its

entrance points are fringed by foul ground. Anchorage, fairly

sheltered from the predominating SE wind, may be obtained

within this bay. It is reported that rollers only enter the bay

about six times during the year.

6.5 The coast extending between Hummock Point, located 0.5

mile SE of North East Point, and South East Head, 2.7 miles

SE, is high, rugged, and inaccessible, with deep water lying

close off it.

6.5 Boatswain Bird Island, 104m high, lies 0.2 mile offshore,

about 2 miles SE of North East Head. Boatswain Bird Rocks,

with depths of less than 1m, lie 0.2 mile offshore, about 0.3

mile SE of this island.

6.5 South East Head (7°57'S., 14°18'W.), the E extremity of

Ascension Island, rises to an elevation of 145m. White Hill,

525m high, stands 1.3 miles W this headland.

6.5 Caution.—A firing practice area extends about 2.5 miles NE

South Point

Ascension Island from N

Boatswain Bird Islet
144 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

from the vicinity of Porpoise Point. It lies between positions

located on shore about 0.6 mile ESE of North Point and about

0.4 mile W of North East Point. Although no restrictions are

placed on the right to transit the firing practice area at any time,

vessels should exercise caution when in the area. Red flags are

shown when the area is in use. The area is operated using the

clear range procedure; exercises and firing only take place

when the area is considered to be clear of all shipping.

6.6 Southeast Coast—South Point (8°00'S., 14°24'W.),

the S extremity of the island, is located 6.5 miles WSW of

South East Head and has previously been described. The coast

between is high, rugged, and inaccessible. This section of

shore is exposed to the full force of the SE tradewinds and the

sea breaks upon it with great violence.

 Mountain Red Hill, with an elevation of 547m, rises about 1

mile inland, 2.6 miles NW of South Point.

Saint Helena Island

6.7 Saint Helena Island (15°58'S., 5°42'W.) lies 703

miles SE of Ascension Island and is most famous for being the

place of Napoleon’s exile from 1815 until his death in 1834.

From a distance of about 60 miles, the island resembles a

huge pyramidal-shaped fortress rising abruptly from the sea.

No signs of vegetation are visible until a nearer approach is

made, when it can be seen in the valleys and on the summits of

the hills, in striking contrast to the precipitous and almost

inaccessible cliffs, which form the coastline. These cliffs, 300

to 550m high, are divided by chasms, through which streams

flow from the high lands of the interior and terminate in small

coves partially exposed to the sea. 

6.7 Landing is impracticable except on the NW or leeward side

of the island. In favorable weather, landing may be effected in

Prosperous Bay and Sandy Bay, on the E and S sides, respectively, of the island.

6.7 Saint Helena Island is divided into two unequal parts by a

ridge of mountains, 600 to 820m high, extending in a curve

from Castle Rock Point, the S extremity of the island, to Stone

Top Point (15°59'S., 5°39'W.), near the SE extremity. The

principal peak of the ridge is Mount Actaeon (15°58'S.,

5°42'W.), 820m high, which forms the summit of the island.

Diana Peak, 794m high, and High Peak, 798m high, rise, respectively, close SE and about 2 miles WSW of Mount Actaeon.

Towering fragments of basalt are located on each side of the

SW part of the above ridge. Two of the most remarkable are

located on the S side of the ridge and are formed of strangelycontorted columnar basalt. Lot (15°59'S., 5°43'W.), 60m high,

stands with its top at an elevation of 454m; and Lot’s Wife,

49m high, stands about 1.5 miles SW, with its top at an elevation of 462m.

Flagstaff Hill (15°55'S., 5°41'W.) rises to an elevation of

693m near the N end of the island and is prominent.

Tides—Currents.—The most singular phenomenon connected with this part of the ocean is the setting in of very heavy

continuous swells or rollers from NNW. They are most prevalent during the months of January and February, when the

waves break on the NW coast of Saint Helena Island with

astonishing grandeur. When rollers are setting in, landing in

ships boats is dangerous and only shore boats should be used.

These rollers rise without any apparent cause for, as a rule, the

weather is good and the wind light. If a vessel is moored in a

Southeast Head

Porpoise Point

Saint Helena Island

Stone Top Point
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 145

Pub. 123

depth of 31m there is no danger, as the rollers only commence

to be dangerous within about 200m of the shore.

6.7 Local reports indicate that December to March is the time

when rollers are most frequent. Ruperts Bay is reported to be

more affected than James Bay. Up to 3 day’s warning of rollers

from the NW may be passed from Ascension Island by radio,

which is relayed to ships via VHF by Saint Helena Radio.

6.8 Northwest Coast—Sugarloaf Point (15°54'S.,

5°42'W.) is the N extremity of Saint Helena Island. The land

0.3 mile behind this point rises to Sugarloaf Hill, which has an

elevation of 272m and is surmounted by a conspicuous white

rock.

6.8 Buttermilk Point (15°54'S., 5°42'W.), marked by a light, is

located 0.3 mile WSW of Sugarloaf Point; Banks Point lies 0.2

mile SSW of it. 

6.8 Chubbs Point (15°55'S., 5°43'W.) is located 1 mile SW of

Buttermilk Point. A light is shown from a mast standing on the

NW side of a building situated on this point.

6.8 Ruperts Bay (15°55'S., 5°43'W.) lies close N of Chubbs

Point and is the site of a tanker discharging facility. A mooring

buoy, to which the stern is secured, lies in the center of the bay.

Discharging is carried out through a floating hose, which is

fixed to the shore by a gantry.

6.8 A prominent chimney stands on the SE side of the bay. Two

range beacons, which assist vessels to berth, are situated on the

E side of the bay and lead in an E direction. It is reported that

these beacons have not been maintained and are difficult to

identify.

6.8 Anchorage may be obtained off this bay but it is reported

that abandoned submarine cables lie in the vicinity.

6.8 Munden Point (15°55'S., 5°43'W.) is located about 0.2 mile

WSW of Chubbs Point. A white cottage stands about 0.2 mile

ESE of the point and is conspicuous from W or NW, but is obscured by trees on certain bearings. 

6.8 Caution.—A detached shoal, with a depth of 66m, was

reported (1974) to lie about 2 miles N of Buttermilk Light.

6.8 A detached shoal, with a depth of 68m, lies about 4.3 miles

WNW of Chubbs Point Light.

6.9 Jamestown (15°55'S., 5°43'W.) (World Port Index

No. 46690), the capital of Saint Helena Island, is situated at the

head of James Bay. The bay is entered between Munden Point

and Ladder Hill Point, 0.4 mile SSW. It provides an anchorage

where cargo is worked from lighters

6.9 James Bay and Ruperts Bay, previously described, afford the

only landing places on the island, which can be effected at

practically all times. Landing in ships boats can usually be

carried out at the wharf in James Bay, but the swell becomes

heavy at times. During periods of heavy swell, it is better to lie

off the landing place and make use of the shore boats.

6.9 Deep valleys descend between steep rocky hills to the heads

of James Bay and Ruperts Bay. The two valleys are separated

by a ridge rising from Munden Point which attains a height of

283m. James Valley, descending to James Bay, in which stands

the settlement of Jamestown, is bordered on its SW side by a

ridge which descends from High Knoll. The summit of the

ridge is located 1 mile S of James Bay. This ridge extends to

Ladder Hill, where it terminates abruptly in a stupendous perpendicular cliff facing the sea. Ruperts Valley, descending to

Ruperts Bay, is bordered on its NE side by Ruperts Hill, which

attains a height of 411m. 

6.9 Winds—Weather.—The SE wind is prevalent in James

Valley and Rupert Valley, but where there is high ground the

prevailing wind is deflected so that a light NE wind blows

along the NW side of the island. The interaction of this wind

Lot

Approach to James Bay

 James Harbour
146 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

and the main SE wind causes a confused sea in the vicinity of

Ruperts Bay and Sugarloaf Point.

6.9 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise at Saint Helena Island is

0.9m at MHWS and 0.7m at MHWN. The tidal current in

James Bay is reported to set N during the rising tide and SW

during the falling tide, although a vessel reported (1984) experiencing no tidal currents while at anchor.

6.9 Depths—Limitations.—A concrete wharf, 91m long, is

situated on the NE side of James Bay and has a depth of 2.7m

alongside its outer end. The wharf is equipped with a crane for

the discharge of lighters; steps at its N end are used by harbor

launches to land passengers. 

6.9 A number of lighter and small craft moorings are situated

within James Bay.

6.9 Dangerous wrecks lie within James Bay about 150m and

250m NNE of Ladder Hill Point.

6.9 A fish haven, which may best be seen on the chart, lies about

0.4 mile W of Ladder Hill Point.

6.9 A large wreck area, with a least depth of 17.8m, lies about

0.4 mile NNW of Ladder Hill Point and a foul area, in which

ammunition has been dumped, is located close NE of it.

6.9 Anchorage can be taken as convenient, in depths of 27 to

51m, between 0.2 mile and 0.4 mile offshore, anywhere along

the coast between Ladder HIll Point and Lemon Valley Bay,

1.5 miles SW. However, anchorage off James Bay should not

be taken in depths of less than 30m due to the rollers and

ground swell (see Anchorage).

6.9 Aspect.—A lighted range, which may best be seen on the

chart, is shown from beacons standing on Ladder Hill. It leads

in a S direction and indicates the approach into James Bay.

6.9 Although these range beacons are clearly visible by day, the

vertical difference in height between them reduces their transit

accuracy. Only the lower beacon can be easily identified. The

upper beacon is situated close E of a prominent flagstaff.

6.9 An old artillery barracks stands on the summit of Ladder

Hill. The tower of Saint James Church, standing at the head of

James Bay, is conspicuous. A white monument, conspicuous

from seaward, is situated on the shore close NW of this

church.The prominent government office building, known as

The Castle, stands close ENE of the church. 

6.9 A white beacon, 2m high, stands on the W extremity of

Sampson’s Battery, 0.7 mile SSE of Munden Point.

6.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not available but the Harbormaster

will give advice to vessels on request.

6.9 Regulations.—No boat, except the Health Officer’s boat, is

permitted to go alongside any incoming vessel which intends

to anchor, nor is any contact with other vessels or with the

shore permitted until pratique has been granted. Any vessel

placed in quarantine shall continue to show a yellow flag and

by night shall exhibit, from the foremast, two white lights in a

vertical line, at a distance apart of not less than 1.2m or more

than 1.8m. Vessels calling at Saint Helena Island for refuge to

land a sick person, or for other reasons, are advised to anchor.

6.9 Port officials, including medical staff, will not board unless

the vessel is at anchor. However, if a vessel is unable to anchor,

it should heave-to 1 mile NNW of Ladder Hill Point.

6.9 If anyone is to be landed, a ship’s boat must be used. The

Saint Helena Island port launch will meet the boat in the

mooring area, about 0.2 mile N of Ladder Hill Point. During

the operation, contact should be maintained with the Saint

Helena Island coast radio station. If a vessel is likely to arrive

outside the normal operating times of the radio station, a

request should be made in advance to maintain communication

until the operation is completed.

6.9 Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance

through Saint Helena (ZHH). Vessels intending to use the anchorage should contact Port Control or Saint Helena on VHF

channel 16 for assistance.

6.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken as convenient off

James Bay, but in depths of not less than 30m due to the rollers.

The bottom in the roadstead is coarse sand, gravel, and silt.

Three designated anchorage berths lie N, NNW, and NW of

Ladder Hill Point and may best be seen on the chart. They

should be used by large vessels intending to remain for any

length of time.

6.9 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly, causing variations of

up to 7° greater than charted, was reported (1972) to exist in

the vicinity of Munden Point.

6.10 Northwest Coast (continued).—Lemon Valley Bay

lies about 1.5 miles SW of Ladder Hill Point.

Approach to Jamestown

Jamestown
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 147

Pub. 123

6.10 Long Ledge, a narrow reef, extends about 0.2 mile NW from

the coast, 0.5 mile SW of the W entrance point of Lemon Valley Bay. The Lion, an isolated above-water rock, lies close offshore, 0.2 mile SW of Long Ledge.

6.10 Lighter Rock lies close offshore, 1 mile SW of Long Ledge.

Egg Island, 88m high, lies 1 mile SSW of Lighter Rock and is

prominent. Peaked Island and Thompson’s Valley Island lie 0.2

mile and 0.8 mile, respectively, SW of Egg Island.

6.10 Anchorage can be taken in a depth of 37m about 0.2 mile

NW of Egg Island.

6.10 South West Point (16°00'S., 5°47'W.) is the W extremity of

Saint Helena Island. This point rises to a flattened peak, known

as Man and Horse, close inland.

6.11 North and East Coasts.—Flagstaff Bay lies between

Sugarloaf Point, the N extremity of the island, and a point 2

miles E. It has not been thoroughly examined. The indications

are that this bay is fairly steep-to and is clear of known

dangers.

Barn Long Point (16°01'S., 5°45'W.), the NE extremity of

Saint Helena Island, is located 3 miles ESE of Sugar Loaf

Point. The remains of a vast crater can be traced between

Flaggstaff Hill, rising 1.6 miles WSW of the point, and The

Barn, a mountain standing at the NE end of the island. This

latter mountain is 616m high and resembles a building.

Barn Ledge lies about 0.8 mile offshore, 1 mile SE of Barn

Long Point. This detached rocky shoal has a least depth of

5.9m. The shallow area around this shoal is generally marked

by a heavy ground swell.

6.11 Prosperous Bay is entered between Black Point, located 1

mile SSE of Barn Long Point, and Bay Point, 0.8 mile SE.

Anchorage can be taken within this bay in a depth of 22m

about 0.2 mile offshore. 

6.11 King and Queen Point (15°57'S., 5°38'W.), the E extremity

of the island, lies 0.7 mile SE of Bay Point and is also known

as Saddle Point. The intervening coast is steep-to.

6.12 South Coast.—Gill Point (15°58'S., 5°38'W.) is

located 1.4 miles S of King and Queen Point and is fronted on

its S side by Shore Islet. George Islet, a detached rock, lies

about 0.5 mile SSE of this point.

Stone Top Point, 494m high and prominent, rises 1 mile SW

of Gill Point.

Rough Rock, a point on this precipitous part of the coast, is

located 1.5 miles SW of Gill Point. Rough Rock Islet and Flat

Rock lie 0.1 mile E and 0.4 mile WSW, respectively, of Rough

Rock.

Powell Point is located 3.5 miles SW of Gill Point. Two

rocks, known as The Buoys, lie 0.2 mile SE of this point.

Sandy Bay, located 1.3 miles W of Powell Point, is entered

N of Horse’s Head. A landing place lies on the SW shore of the

bay and an old battery is situated on the N shore. 

Along the S coast of the island to the W of Sandy Bay, a

horizontal stratum of columnar basalt stretches for a considerable distance forming a stupendous wall, 15 to 55m high.

The Chimney, an isolated portion of this wall, lies close offshore, 0.8 mile WSW of Sandy Bay. It consists of a remarkable

hexagonal column of basalt, 20m high.

Castle Rock Point (16°01'S., 5°45'W.), 165m high, is located 2.2 miles SW of Sandy Bay and is fronted by rocks. The

Saint Helena—Egg Island (lower right)

South West Point (Man and Horse)

The Barn

Prosperous Bay
148 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

intervening coast is precipitous and apparently steep-to, though

it has not been thoroughly examined. A number of off-lying

rocks front this section of the coast, including The Chimney,

Lot’s Wife Ponds, and White Bird Islet.

6.12 From Castle Rock Point, the coast extends 3 miles NW to

South West Point and is fronted by several rocks and islets.

6.12 Robert Rock, an islet, lies 0.2 mile S of Castle Rock Point.

Speery Islet lies 0.5 mile SW of Castle Rock Point; Flat Rock

and Salt Rock lie close NE and E, respectively, of it.

6.12 An area, with depths of less than 100m, extends up to about

5 miles S of Castle Rock Point and may best be seen on the

chart. A rocky patch, with a depth of 18.3m, lies about 1.8

miles SW of Castle Rock Point.

6.12 Speery Ledge, an isolated reef with reported (1977) depths

of 3 to 7.3m, lies about 1.3 miles S of Castle Rock Point.

Off-lying Seamounts

6.13 Grattan Seamount (9°45'S., 12°45'W.), with a depth

of 70m, lies 140 miles SE of Ascension Island and a depth of

213m lies 40 miles E of it.

6.13 Pillsbury Seamount (0°30'N., 17°00'W.), with a depth of

881m, lies 530 miles NNW of Ascension Island.

6.13 Cardno Seamount (12°53'S., 6°08'W.), with a depth of

77m, lies 180 miles N of Saint Helena Island. A seamount,

with a depth of 115m, lies 90 miles NNE of Cardno Seamount.

Another seamount, with a depth of 152m, lies 720 miles NE of

Cardno Seamount.

6.13 Bonaparte Seamount (15°45'S., 6°52'W.), with a depth of

105m, lies 70 miles WNW of Saint Helena Island. 

6.13 Dampier Seamount (11°09'S., 0°28'W.), with a depth of

594m, lies 430 miles NE of Saint Helena Island.

6.13 Kutuzov Seamount, with a depth of 410m, lies 155 miles

WNW of Saint Helena Island.

6.13 An unnamed seamount, with a depth of 515m, lies 170 miles

NW of Saint Helena Island and about midway between Cardno

Seamount and Kutuzov Seamount. 

An unnamed seamount, with a reported depth of 152m, lies

in position 3°02'S, 0°45'E, about 960 miles ENE of Ascension

Island.

The Tristan da Cunha Group

6.14 The Tristan da Cunha Group lies 1,320 miles SW of

Saint Helena Island and consists of five islands.

Tristan Island (37°06'S., 12°17'W.) is the largest with

Inaccessible Island, the second largest, lying 18 miles SW of it.

Nightingale Island, Middle Island, and Stoltenhoff Island lie

close together, about 16 miles SSW of Tristan Island and 10

miles SE of Inaccessible Island.

The group is of volcanic origin. There was a volcanic

eruption on Tristan Island in 1961 and the entire population of

the island was temporarily evacuated to the United Kingdom.

Most islanders returned in 1963.

6.14 The current generally sets NE, but other sets are common. A

velocity of 2 knots may be attained.

6.14 At Tristan Island, the rollers may occur at all times during

winds or calm. They are always heavier in calms. Although

rollers are more frequent during the winter months, the heaviest rollers occur in December, January, and February, three of

the finest months, when they sometimes last 3 or 4 days; this

also applies to Gough Island and the other islands in the

Southern Hemisphere, according to the account of whalers.

6.14 Good radar returns have been reported from the Tristan da

Cunha Group at a distance of 24 miles. Tristan Island may be

detected by radar at about 95 miles, and Nightingale Island and

Inaccessible Island at about 80 miles. 

6.15 Tristan Island (37°06'S., 12°17'W.), about 6 miles in

diameter, takes the form of a truncated cone, with its sides

rising at an angle of about 45° to Queen Mary’s Peak, a central

peak 2,060m high. The sides of the island consist of walls of

inaccessible cliffs, 300 to 610m high, rising directly from the

sea, except on the NW side. On the latter side there is, in front

of the cliffs, a comparatively low and grassy slope, 30 to 60m

high, which terminates in Herald Point, the NW extremity of

the island. The sides of the mountain mass as far as the central

dome are covered with brushwood, intermixed with ferns and

long grass. At elevations above 1,500m, which coincides with

the normal upper level of the clouds, the mountain consists of

loose stones and volcanic rubble, with occasional rocks and

boulders. 

6.15 Winds—Weather.—Wind from a NW direction has been

observed to eddy around the island and to increase in strength

as it does so, backing to NW again about 2 miles SE of the

island. According to the islanders, this is a common phenomenon. 

Sandy Bay

Speery Islet
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 149

Pub. 123

6.15 Thunderstorms are rare, but violent storms occur three or

four times a year. Between June and October, the upper part of

The Peak is often snow-covered, and sleet, snow, and hail are

occasionally experienced at sea level. Mariners are advised to

consult the islanders concerning the weather, as they are

reported to be able to predict changes within a very short time

of their taking place when normal signs give no indication of

their approach.

6.15 Depths—Limitations.—The island is practically surrounded by a belt of kelp. It was reported (1970) that, at least as far

seaward as depths of 36m, the kelp was dense enough to cause

blockage of seawater inlets.

6.15 The island is steep-to at a distance of more than 1 mile from

the coast. Rocks and shoals generally front the points on the S

part of the island. Detached shoals lie about 0.7 mile and 1.5

miles ENE of Stonyhill Point (37°09'S., 12°16'W.), located

near the S extremity of the island.

6.16 Edinburgh (37°03'S., 12°18'W.) (World Port Index

No. 46710), the only permanent settlement of the Tristan da

Cunha Group, stands on the grassy slope which terminates in

Herald Point, the NW extremity of Tristan Island. The Ridge, a

point terminating in a yellow cliff, is situated 1.2 miles E of

Herald Point. During the volcanic eruption on Tristan Island in

1961, lava flowed into what was formerly Falmouth Bay and

Quest Bay, which lie between Herald Point and The Ridge. By

1962, the lava field had extended up to 0.3 mile seaward beyond the original coastline. 

6.16 Depths—Limitations.—The anchorage was surveyed in

1972. However, mariners are cautioned that following the

volcanic eruption in 1961, there is a possibility that isolated

pinnacles, undetected by the above survey, may be encountered

offshore.

6.16 Depths of less than 5m extend up to about 0.3 mile seaward

off Herald Point. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 3m, was

reported (1982) to lie 0.2 mile offshore, about 0.4 mile NE of

Herald Point. 

6.16 Calshot Harbour, a small boat harbor, is located 0.2 mile E of

Herald Point and is protected by moles. It has depths up to

2.4m at HW. The use of this harbor is hazardous due to reefs

lying inside it and in the approach. In addition, breakers are

continuous in the vicinity of the entrance during any form of

swell. Local knowledge is necessary. Attempting to enter the

harbor by boat is difficult at all times.

6.16 A helicopter landing area is situated 0.3 mile E of Herald

Point. Helicopter operations are possible most days and are the

best way of landing. The landing area is indicated by a circle of

white stones and a small “H.” The ground slopes away slightly

towards the shore.

6.16 Aspect.—Herald Point is 18m high and steep-to. The

Hardies, two rocks, the higher of which is 37m high, lie about

2 miles SW of Herald Point.

6.16 A prominent mast, 10m high, stands close E of the point. A

conspicuous wind generator is situated on the point. A crayfish

canning factory is situated close SE of the point.

6.16 A prominent flagstaff stands near Prince Philip Hall, the

social center, which is situated 0.3 mile SE of the point. A conspicuous tank stands 0.5 mile SE of the point.

6.16 Range beacons are situated on the grassy slope close S of

Herald Point and lead in a SSW direction. Range beacons are

also situated 1.2 miles E of Herald Point and lead in a SE direction. These ranges, which may best be seen on the chart, may

be of use when approaching and anchoring. It is reported that

the beacons only become visible from a distance of about 1.5

miles.

6.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 28

to 36m, about 0.6 mile NE of Herald Point, but choppy seas

may be experienced here. 

6.16 It is reported (1993) that a vessel anchored in a depth of 34m

about 0.7 mile NNE of Herald Point. This anchorage was

found to be adequate and provided a lee from the SW swell.

6.16 Due to the uncertainty of the weather, vessels should keep

their main engines ready. During strong winds, vessels are advised to seek shelter in the lee of Inaccessible Island.

6.16 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly, causing compass

variations of up to 14° W, was reported (1968) to exist within 3

miles of the coast in the vicinity of Edinburgh. 

6.17 Inaccessible Island (37°17'S., 12°40'W.) consists of

a high mass of rock with a table-topped summit. Its tallest

peak, 561m high, rises on the W side of the island and is

reported to be a crater with water in it. The irregular slopes of

the summit terminate on all sides in precipitous cliffs about

335m high. The NW coast of the island is low with the cliffs

receding sufficiently to allow the summit to be reached without

difficulty. Kelp-covered reefs extend seaward on either side of

the landing place.

6.17 The NE coast of the island, also low, has two waterfalls, the

E of which is larger and more conspicuous. Kelp was reported

on the NE side of the island in depths of 20m at distances of up

Tristan Island

Edinburgh Settlement and Anchorage
150 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

to 0.5 mile offshore.

6.17 A rock, 0.6m high, lies close offshore, about 0.8 mile ESE of

North Point, the N extremity of the island.

6.17 Carlisle Bay, a marked indentation, is located on the NE side

of the island. A beach, a waterfall, and the remains of a hut are

situated at its head.

6.17 Anchorage can be taken in a depth of 35m about 0.8 mile

NNE of the waterfall, but caution should be exercised as the

survey of the island is incomplete. 

6.17 Good landing may be made on the beach near the hut at the

head of the bay. From here a path leads to the top of the cliff.

Another landing place is located about 0.2 mile W of the hut.

6.17 A rock, 1m high, lies close offshore, close S of East Point,

the E extremity of the island.

6.17 South Hill stands on the S point of the island and is a

remarkable conical, rocky hill. It is 348m high and rises in

front of the cliffs. A similar conical hill, 210m high, stands

about 0.6 mile NW of South Hill.

6.17 A detached rock, 70m high, lies close to the shore, 0.5 mile

NE of South Hill.

6.17 Pyramid Rock, 18m high, lies about 0.2 mile SW of South

Hill and an above-water rock is located close W of it.

6.17 Two other rocks, awash, lie off the SW side of the island.

The outer rock lies 0.5 mile offshore, about 0.7 mile SSW of

West Point, the W extremity of the island.

6.17 Depths of less than 100m lie up to about 1 mile offshore on

all sides of the island except the W side, where they extend up

to about 4.5 miles seaward.

6.17 Regulationss.—Inaccessible Island was declared a nature

reserve in 1994. Landing is prohibited without a permit from

the Administrator of Tristan da Cunha. Permits are normally

only granted for scientific visits. The island is of great scientific interest to botanists and biologists due to its undisturbed

environment. 

6.18 Nightingale Island (37°24'S., 12°28'W.), with a diameter of about 1 mile, has two peaks. The E most peak, 337m

high, is rugged and precipitous. It appears conical when seen

from NE or SW. The other peak, 293m high, has gentle slopes

on all but its S side. The coasts of the island, with the exception

of the NE side, are precipitous and cut into deep recesses and

caves.

6.18 Stoltenhoff Island, lying 0.8 mile N of Nightingale Island, is

a precipitous flat-topped rock, 99m high. It consists of one

large and two smaller sections, separated by narrow chasms

which can only be distinguished from a particular bearing. 

6.18 Middle Island, 46m high, is located between Nightingale

Island and Stoltenhoff Island. Pin Rock, 9m high, lies off its

NW extremity.

6.18 There are apparently no known off-lying dangers in this island group. A few submerged rocks border the S coast of

Nightingale Island, but their positions show up well. Several

above-water rocks lie about 0.2 mile S of the SE end of

Nightingale Island. Kelp extends 0.3 mile offshore from the E

side of the islands. There is less kelp on the S and W sides,

which are the most exposed.

6.18 The passage between Stoltenhoff Island and Pin Rock is

about 0.2 mile wide and appears deep. 

6.18 The passage between Middle Island and Nightingale Island

is about 275m wide, but it is completely blocked with detached

rocks.

6.18 Nightingale Island is visited by the settlers of Tristan Island

several times a year for birds, eggs, and guano. Walking on the

island is difficult during the breeding season of the penguins

and Great Shearwaters, except along the old sealers roads and

on the plateaus and ridges. Their nests and burrows occupy

almost the entire ground, and tussock grass, 2 to 3m high, overruns the island. 

6.18 The water on Nightingale Island tends to be tainted, possibly

due to the number of birds. Drinkable water can be obtained in

four large and several small ponds or bogs on the plateau below

the lower peak, and also in a small bay lying about 0.3 mile W

of the sealers’ road leading from the NE landing place.

6.18 Landing may most easily be effected on the rocks at the NE

extremity of Nightingale Island. Caution should be exercised

as a small rock, awash, lies about 50m off the point. A number

of huts stand near the NE landing place and a path leads to the

Inaccssible Island 

Nightingale Island

Middle Island and Stoltenhoff Island
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 151

Pub. 123

three ponds on the plateau. The old landing place located on

the SE side of the island is seldom used. 

6.18 Depths of less than 100m lie up to about 1 mile offshore on

all sides of these islands.

Gough Island

6.19 Gough Island (40°19'S., 9°56'W.), lying 230 miles

SSE of Tristan Island, is a dependency of Saint Helena. It is 7

miles long, well-wooded, and watered. Except for a meteorological and scientific station, the island is otherwise uninhabited.

Cliffs rise steeply behind narrow boulder beaches around

most of the island. The cliffs at North East Point (40°17'S.,

9°56'W.), the NE extremity, are 365m high and sheer. Those

extending between Reef Point, located 2 miles SSE of North

East Point, and Haulround Point, about 2.2 miles SSE, are also

sheer, but not very high. In most other parts of the island,

vegetation, chiefly tussock grass, grows on the steep cliffs up

which routes can often be found.

6.19 On the W side of the island, the steep cliffs attain a height of

460m in places. At the S end of the island, the land is comparatively low. The interior of the island consists of an undulating

boggy plateau, with an elevation of 600m or more from which

the summits rise in easy slopes. The highest summits are

Edinburgh Peak, 910m high, and Expedition Peak, 909m high,

which stand 2 miles, respectively, SSW and SW of North East

Point. South Peak, 760m high, rises 2 miles NNW of South

Point (40°22'S., 9°53'W.), the S extremity of the island.

6.19 In most places, the cliffs around the island rise steeply from

the sea and numerous waterfalls descend in long cascades.

6.19 The sea area in the vicinity of Gough Island has not been

fully surveyed, but it is reported that the island may be

approached safety up to about 1 mile, except off West Point,

the W extremity, and North East Point, where reefs extend up

to about 0.8 mile W and 0.2 mile N, respectively. The reef

fronting West Point is reported to break heavily.

6.19 The island is apparently steep-to on all except its E side,

where depths of 37m are found lying up to 0.5 mile offshore.

Several islets and large rocks lie off the island, but, with the

exception of Penguin Islet, they are all located close inshore.

6.19 Crawfish are numerous close inshore. Kelp grows around

much of the island.

6.19 Winds—Weather.—Scientific expeditions have found that,

in the summer, eastward-moving depressions passed mainly to

the S of the island. However, as winter approached, their tracks

moved N. By mid-April, the depressions were passing to the N

of the island, causing many more E winds with consequent

deterioration of landing conditions. The rainfall was heavy and

strong winds and gales were frequent.

6.19 Tides—Currents.—Currents are strong at times, but erratic,

being mostly wind generated. 

6.19 Regulations.—Gough Island and the waters surrounding it

within 3 miles have been declared an official nature reserve.

Landing is prohibited without a permit from the Administrator

of Tristan da Cunha. Permits are normally only granted for

scientific visits. Emergency visits must be reported as soon as

practicable to the Administrator and must last no longer than is

absolutely necessary in accordance with safety and health

requirements.

6.19 All visiting vessels, including yachts, must be in possession

of deratting certification and may be required by the Administrator to call at Tristan da Cunha to clear customs, immigration,

and health controls before proceeding to Gough Island.

6.20 Reef Point (40°18'S., 9°54'W.) is located 2 miles SE

of North East Point; Hawkins Bay lies 0.7 mile NW of it.

Penquin Islet, 117m high, lies 0.5 mile ENE of Reef Point;

an above-water rock is located close SE of it. Channel Rock,

7m high, lies between Penguin Islet and Reef Point. Passage

between this rock and the islet is not advisable, except by boat.

6.20 Dell Rocks, about 5m high, lie close offshore, 1 mile SSE of

Reef Point.

6.20 Milford Bay is entered between Reef Point and Dell Rocks.

Buttress Rock, 79m high, lies close offshore, about 0.3 mile

NW of the outermost of Dell Rocks.

Quest Bay (40°20'S., 9°54'W.) lies in the N part of the bight

formed between Dell Rocks and Haulround Point, 1.2 miles

SE. Archway Rock, 21m high, lies close SW of Dell Rocks on

the S side of the mouth of The Glen. The Glen, located at the N

end of the bay, gives access to the interior of the island. The

Glen Beach consists of small boulders and shingle. It should be

approached from the SE in order to clear a submerged rock lying in the center of the cove.

6.20 Luff Point is situated 0.3 mile SSE of Haulround Point;

Number One, an islet, 73m high, lies close N of it.

6.20 The Admiral, an islet, 52m high, lies between Luff Point and

South East Point, 0.4 mile S. The Commodore, an islet, 56m

high, lies close NNW of The Admiral. Several other islets and

rocks lie close off this stretch of coast.

Transvaal Bay (40°21'S., 9°53'W.), a small bay with a

stream at its head, lies between South East Point and Cavern

Head, 1 mile SSW. A meteorological and scientific station,

manned by South African scientists, is situated close inshore

on the N side of this bay. It consists of several white buildings,

prominent from E, and is well-lighted at night. The station is in

radio contact with South Africa and can be contacted on VHF

channel 16.

6.20 South Point (40°22'S., 9°53'W.), the S extremity of the island, is located 0.5 mile SSW of Cavern Head; Snug Harbour

lies close W of it.

6.20 South West Point is located 1.2 miles WNW of South Point.

South West Islet, 104m high, lies 0.2 mile SE of South West

Point; an above-water rock is located close SE of it. Saddle

Islet, 119m high, lies close offshore, 0.8 mile NNW of South

West Point.

6.20 Gaggins Point is located 2 miles NW of South West Point

and Sea Elephant Bay lies between it and West Point, 3 miles

WNW, which is fronted by a reef.

6.20 North Point is located 2.5 miles NNE of West Point and 3

Gough Island
152 Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 

Pub. 123

miles W of North East Point. The coasts in this vicinity are

fronted by several rocks and islets. Tristania Rock, 165m high,

and Isolda Rock, 91m high, lie close offshore 0.8 mile and 1.9

miles, respectively, NNE of West Point. Round Island, 54m

high, and Lots Wife, 107m high, lie close offshore 0.7 mile and

1.3 miles, respectively, E of North Point. An unnamed islet,

134m high, lies between Lots Wife and the shore.

6.20 Anchorage.—There are no sheltered bays, but there are a

number of open roadstead anchorages. Those located off the E

side of the island provide the best shelter from the prevailing W

and SW winds. 

6.20 Good anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 22m, sand

and stones, off the head of Hawkins Bay. Anchorage may also

be obtained in depths of 18 to 27m within Milford Bay, off

Capsize Sands, the beach extending about 0.4 mile NNW from

Buttress Rock. 

6.20 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 27m within Quest

Bay about 0.4 mile E of Archway Rock. This anchorage, which

is known as The Glen Anchorage, is normally used with winds

between W and S. The bottom consists of black volcanic sand

and shell with good holding ground. Landing on The Glen

Beach is made difficult, and even dangerous, by the surf. At the

foot of Archway Rock, there is a place where experienced

boatmen can carry out a landing in almost any weather. At the

corner of the rock nearest the N end of the beach, there is a

chimney up which an active man carrying a coil of rope can

climb. At the top of the rock there are a few island trees to

which the line can be secured. In this way, landing on, or departure from, the island can be effected in any but the worst

weather. 

6.20 Anchorage can be obtained in a depth of 37m within Transvaal Bay during a NW wind. Landing can be made on the NE

side of an archway rock, located at the entrance to a cove on

the N side of the bay. Stores may be hoisted by a crane on the

cliff, which can safely handle loads up to 0.25 ton. A boat can

secure to an anchor in the rocks.

6.20 Anchorage off the W side of the island is not recommended,

as it is the weather side and steep-to. The prevailing SW swell

renders anchorage on the W side of the island uncomfortable.

6.20 Anchorage can be obtained in a depth of 27m within Snug

Harbor, which provides slight protection from N winds.

6.20 Landing can be made in calm weather in a number of places

around the island. The best position for landing will obviously

depend upon the wind and swell prevailing at the time. From

most beaches, access to the interior of the island is very difficult due to the cliffy coastline.

Off-lying Seamounts

6.21 An unnamed seamount, with a depth of 185m, has

been reported to lie 160 miles WNW of Gough Island. Another

unnamed seamount, with a depth of 269m, lies 120 miles NW

of Gough Island.

6.21 Crawford Seamount (38°50'S., 10°30'W.), with a depth of

463m, lies 95 miles NNW of Gough Island.

6.21 McNish Seamount (40°10'S., 8°30'W.), with a depth of

143m, lies 70 miles ENE of Gough Island and a depth of 90m

lies about 20 miles W of it.

6.21 R.S.A. Seamount (39°35'S., 6°40'W.), with a depth of

176m, lies 160 miles ENE of Gough Island. 

6.21 Zenker Seamount (41°00'S., 5°50'W.), with a depth of

1,094m, lies 180 miles ESE of Gough Island.

6.21 Discovery Seamount (42°05'S., 0°15'E.) has a least known

depth of 375m. Shannon Seamount (43°00'S., 2°20'E.), with a

depth of 586m, lies 120 miles farther SE.

6.21 Unnamed seamounts, with depths of 326m and 660m, lie 86

and 140 miles, respectively, WSW of Discovery Seamount.

Another unnamed seamount, with a depth of 316m, lies 110

miles SW of Discovery Seamount, and a seamount, with a

depth of 633m, lies 70 miles W of it.

6.21 Zapiola Seamount (38°10'S., 26°00'W.) has a depth of

1,926m.

Valdivia Bank (26°02'S., 5°30'E.) has a least known depth

of 23m and lies near the main shipping route NW of the Cape

of Good Hope.

6.21 A local deflection of the compass of 6°E was reported

(1965) near the SE edge of Valdivia Bank. Anomalies have

also been reported in position 25°10'S, 9°50'E and in position

28°03'S, 12°16'E.

6.21 A depth of 115m was reported (1966) to lie in position

26°08'S, 6°30'E.

6.21 Ewing Seamount, with a depth of 791m, lies about 220 miles

NE of Valdivia Bank.

6.21 Vema Seamount (31°40'S., 8°22'E.) has depths of 7 to 11m

(1998) and constitutes a danger to deep-draft vessels. It lies

465 miles WSW of the mouth of the Orange River. There is

some evidence that the top of the seamount consists of a

plateau about 5 miles in diameter, with depths of 45 to 90m,

with some shallower peaks. An unconfirmed depth of 11m is

reported to lie on the S side of the plateau. 

6.21 Tripp Seamount (29°37'S., 14°15'E.), with a depth of

150m, lies 125 miles WSW of the mouth of the Orange River.

A similar depth was reported (1985) to lie 5 miles SE of the

150m depth. 

6.21 Wust Seamount (33°50'S., 3°35'W.) has a depth of 775m.

Unconfirmed depths of 218 to 353m lie within 110 miles E and

ENE of this seamount and may best be seen on the chart.

Bouvetoya

6.22 Bouvetoya (54°26'S., 3°25'E.), formerly known as

Bouvet Island, is a territory of Norway and consists of a single

volcanic cone with a wide indented crater. Olav Peak attains an

elevation of 780m at the center of the island.

Bouvetoya lies about 1,360 miles SW of the Cape of Good

Hope and 997 miles SE of Gough Island. Bouvetoya is the

most isolated piece of land on the earth's surface. The island is

uninhabited.

6.22 Winds—Weather.—Bouvetoya lies in the path of strong W

winds. Thick clouds usually obscure the covering ice cap from

view. Snowfalls are frequent. Temperatures rarely exceed 2°C

in summer and average about 1.5°C in winter.

6.22 Ice.—The mean position of the sea ice limit at the time of

greatest extent (September to October) probably lies close S of

Bouvetoya. It is therefore only in worse than average years that

the island is likely to be engulfed by sea ice and even then, only

during the period from about August to November.

6.22 Tides—Current.—A slight E current has been observed in

the vicinity of Bouvetoya.

6.22 Aspect.—The slopes of the central cone terminate on all
Sector 6. Islands and Seamounts in the South Atlantic Ocean 153

Pub. 123

sides in precipitous cliffs or glaciers, descending abruptly to

sea level. The two largest of these glaciers are Posadowsky

Glacier, located W of Cape Valdivia (54°24'S., 3°24'E.), the N

extremity of the island, and Christensen Glacier, located about

1 mile E of Cato Point, the SW extremity.

6.22 The E side of the island is entirely covered with an ice sheet

which extends up the crater slopes to an elevation of about

425m and reaches the sea as an ice wall, about 100m high. 

6.22 The N and W sides of the island are comparatively free from

ice, except for isolated glaciers, and are much steeper than the

S and E sides of the island. 

Cape Circomcision (54°25'S., 3°21'E.), the NW extremity

of the island, is easily recognized by its dark color, which

stands out prominently against the glaciers descending to the

sea on either side of it. Several rocks, partly submerged, lie up

to about 0.3 mile NE of this cape.

6.22 A rock, 1.2m high, and Norris Reef lie 0.4 mile W and 0.5

mile SW, respectively, of Cape Circoncision.

6.22 Norvegia Point, located 2 miles S of Cape Circoncision, is

surmounted by a conspicuous knoll. 

6.22 Mosby Peak, 671m high, and Lykke Peak, 767m high, rise

0.8 mile NE and 1 mile E, respectively, of Norvegia Point.

6.22 Benn Skerries and two detached rocks, one submerged and

one above-water, lie within 0.5 mile W and 0.5 mile SSW,

respectively, of Norvegia Point. 

6.22 Larsoya (Lars Islet), 21m high, lies close off Cato Point and

submerged rocks extend up to about 0.3 mile SW of it.

6.22 A pinnacle rock, with a depth of 7.3m, was reported (1964)

to lie about 0.8 mile S of Cato Point.

6.22 Williams Reef lies close SSW of Cape Fie, the SE point of

the island. Lindsay Reef lies close N of Cape Meteor, the E

extremity of the island. 

6.22 Spiess Rocks lie up to about 0.3 mile NE of Cape Lollo,

which is located 0.8 mile N of Cape Meteor.

6.22 Norvegia Rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m, position

doubtful, is charted 0.5 mile ENE of Cape Valdivia.

6.22 Lille Kari, 1.8m high, lies 0.3 mile offshore, 2 miles ESE of

Cape Valdivia. Store Kari, 3m high, lies 0.8 mile E of the same

cape. 

6.22 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be taken in a depth

of 40m about 0.4 mile off Christensen Glacier.

6.22 Anchorage can also be taken in a depth of 27m about 0.6

mile ENE of Cape Meteor. 

6.22 Vessels may anchor in a depth of 40m about 0.4 mile ENE of

Store Kari and 0.4 mile N of the landing place located close W

of Posadowsky Glacier.

6.22 Landings, at all times difficult, have been made at a small

cove located close W of Posadowsky Glacier, at a beach

located 0.2 mile S of Norris Reef, near Norvegia Point, on Larsoya, and near Cato Point.

6.22 Caution.—It has been reported (1994) that Bouvetoya lies

about 2 miles W and 0.8 mile N of its charted position.

6.22 Dangers not shown on the chart may exist in the vicinity of

the island.

6.22 The rocks off-lying the coast of the island are generally

covered with ice and may therefore be mistaken for icebergs.

Off-lying Seamounts

6.23 The Meteor Seamounts (48°30'S., 9°00'E.), with a

least depth of 532m, lie 475 miles NE of Bouvetoya.

6.23 Spiess Seamount (54°25'S., 0°15'E.), with a least depth of

285m, lies 120 miles W of Bouvetoya.

6.23 A seamount, with a least depth of 207m, is reported to lie

about 100 miles ENE of Bouvetoya.

6.23 A rock, 46m high, existence doubtful, was reported (1929) to

lie in position 56°07'S, 23°39'E, about 720 miles E of Bouvetoya, and 1,277 miles S of Cape Agulhas.

Bouvetoya from NW

Bouvetoya
Pub. 123

Glossaries 155

Glossaries

Afrikaans

AFRIKAANS English

A

aanleplek .................................................................... wharf

B

baai .................................................................................bay

baaitjie .......................................................................... cove

baggerbank ...................................................... spoil ground

baken ........................................................................ beacon

bank ..............................................................................bank

berg ....................................................................... mountain

berge ...........................................mountain, mountain chain

blinder ........................................................submerged rock

blou ................................................................................blue

boei................................................................................buoy

boot ...............................................................................boat

branding ........................................................................ surf

branders ..................................................................breakers

breekwater...........................................................breakwater

buffel ........................................................................ buffalo

D

deurvaart .................................................................. passage

diepte ...........................................................................depth

dok ................................................................................dock

dooiety ...................................................................neap tide

dorp ...........................................................................village

droog .............................................................................. dry

drywend ...................................................................... afloat

duiker .................................................................. cormorant

duin ..............................................................................dune

E

eb ....................................................................................ebb

eiland ..........................................................................island

eilandjie .........................................................................islet

eskarp ................................................................. escarpment

F

fontein ....................................................................... spring

G

geel ............................................................................yellow

gestrand .................................................................. aground

gety ................................................................................ tide

gevaar.........................................................................danger

golf .............................................................................. wave

groen ...........................................................................green

H

hawe ..................................................................harbor, port

hawehoof ......................................................................mole

hawekom ..................................................................... basin

heuwel ............................................................................ hill

hindernis ............................................................obstruction

hoek ............................................................................corner

hoog ..............................................................................high

hoogte ....................................................... height, elevation

hout .............................................................................wood

J

jakkals ........................................................................ jackal

K

kaai ........................................................... jetty, quay, wharf

kaap...............................................................cape, headland

kabellengte .................................................................. cable

klip .............................................................................. stone

kloof ............................................................................gorge

knoop ............................................................................knot

koers .......................................................................... course

kompas ...................................................................compass

kop ................................................................................. hill

koppie .......................................................................hillock

krans .............................................................................. cliff

kus .....................................................................coast, shore

L

laag..................................................................................low

land ................................................................................land

landteken ...............................................................landmark

leeu ................................................................................ lion

leimerk ............................................................leading mark

M

magneties .............................................................. magnetic

malgas ....................................................................... gannet

mast............................................................................... mast

meer .............................................................................. lake

meerplek ................................................................ mooring

AFRIKAANS English
Pub. 123 

156 Glossaries

merk ............................................................................ mark

mis .................................................................................. fog

modder ......................................................................... mud

moeras ...................................................................... swamp

mossel ...................................................................... mussel

N

nek .................................................................................pass

newel .............................................................................mist

noord ........................................................................... north

O

olifant .....................................................................elephant

ondersee berg ....................................................... seamount

onderwater ..........................................................submerged

oorspoel ......................................................................awash

oos.................................................................................. east

op land ....................................................................... ashore

P

peiling ..................................................................... bearing

piek ...............................................................................peak

pier ................................................................................ pier

pikkewyn .................................................................penguin

pelikaan .....................................................................pelican

punt ............................................................................. point

R

radiobaken .......................................................radio beacon

reen ................................................................................ rain

rivier ............................................................................. river

riviermonding ...........................................................estuary

rob ................................................................................. seal

rollers ........................................................................ rollers

rooi ................................................................................. red

rots .................................................................. boulder, rock

S

sand .............................................................................. sand

sandbank ........................................................................ bar

see .................................................................................. sea

seegras ...........................................................................kelp

seekaart ....................................................................... chart

seemeer .....................................................................lagoon

AFRIKAANS English

seemyl ...........................................................................mile

seewarts .................................................................. offshore

skeep ............................................................................. ship

skeepswerf ............................................................dockyard

skiereiland ............................................................ peninsula

snelheid .......................................................................speed

springty ...............................................................spring tide

stad ....................................................................... city, town

stilwater ..............................................................slack water

stormwind ..................................................................... gale

strand ................................................................beach, shore

stroom ...................................................................... current

suid .............................................................................. south

swart ............................................................................ black

T

tafel ..............................................................................table

teken .............................................................................mark

toring ...........................................................................tower

V

vaam ......................................................................... fathom

vaarwater ..................................................................fairway

vallei .......................................................................... valley

vls ...................................................................................fish

vlakwater ..................................................................... shoal

vlei .............................................................................marsh

vloed ........................................................................... flood

vloedbos ...............................................................mangrove

voorgebergte ................................................................ bluff

voorstrand ..............................................................foreshore

vuurtoring ............................................................ lighthouse

W

wal ................................................................... embankment

walvis ......................................................................... whale

werweling .....................................................................eddy

wes ............................................................................... west

wit ................................................................................white

wolk ............................................................................cloud

wrak ............................................................................wreck

Y

yster................................................................................ iron

AFRIKAANS English
Pub. 123

Glossaries 157

Dutch

DUTCH English

A

aan.......................................................................at, near, on

B

baak........................................................................... beacon

berg ................................................................ mountain, hill

binnen........................................................................... inner

blauwe............................................................................blue

bocht.............................................................bay, bend, light

bol ...................................................................................ball

boom ...............................................................................tree

bosch ............................................................................forest

boschje .................................................... small wood, brush

breed.............................................................................broad

brug ............................................................................ bridge

buiten ........................................................................... outer

bult ...............................................................................hump

D

dam.............................................................dam, breakwater

de, den..............................................................................the

diep................................................................................ deep

dijk .................................................................................dike

dorp ............................................................................village

draaikalk........................................................................eddy

drempel ............................................................................bar

dric ................................................................................three

drichoek ................................................................... triangle

droogte ......................................................................... shoal

duin ................................................................ dune, sandhill

dwars.............................................................across, athwart

E

eiland........................................................................... island

F

friesche....................................................................... frisian

G

gat............................................................................. channel

geul...............................................................narrow channel

groei .............................................................................green

gronden ....................................................................grounds

groot..............................................................................great

H

haven.......................................................................... harbor

helft.................................................................................half

het ....................................................................................the

heuvel...............................................................................hill

hoek .................................................................... cape, point

hoofd............................................................................. head

hoog ...............................................................................high

hout ..................................................................wood, timber

K

kaap............................................................... cape, headland

kake............................................................................... quay

kegel.............................................................................. cone

kil............................................................................. channel

klein ............................................................................. small

klip.................................................................................rock

kop ................................................................................ head

kreek ............................................................................ creek

kromme.................................................................... crooked

kust ...............................................................................coast

L

laag, lage.........................................................................low

lang ................................................................................long

licht ................................................................................light

loods ..............................................................................pilot

loodswezen ..............................................................pilotage

M

meer ......................................................................inland sea

middel, midden ..........................................................middle

modder...........................................................................mud

molen ............................................................................. mill

N

nauw ........................................................................ narrows

nieuw ............................................................................. new

noord............................................................................ north

noorder.................................................................... northern

O

oost .................................................................................east

oud ...................................................................................old

DUTCH English
Pub. 123 

158 Glossaries

P

peilschaal ............................................................... tide gage

plaat.............................................................................. shoal

plaatje..................................................................small shoal

plat .................................................................................. flat

polder ............................................................reclaimed land

punt .............................................................................. point

R

rak ............................................................................ channel

rechthoekig..........................................................rectangular

reddingboot .............................................................. lifeboat

rede........................................................................ roadstead

rode, rood.........................................................................red

rots ...............................................................................rocks

rug ................................................................................ ridge

ruitvormig .................................................. diamond-shaped

S

schaar ....................................................................... channel

scherm........................................................................ screen

schor............................................................................. shoal

schutsluis................................................................ lock gate

seinen .........................................................................signals

sluis ................................................................................lock

smal........................................................................... narrow

spits, spitse................................................................pointed

spoorweg...................................................................railway

staart..............................................................tail (of a bank)

stad................................................................................town

steen ............................................................................. stone

steiger.....................................................................jetty, pier

steile............................................................................. steep

strand.................................................................beach, shore

stroom ...........................................................current, stream

DUTCH English

T

toegang........................................................................access

tramweg ..................................................................tramway

U

uit.....................................................................................out

V

vaart ............................................................................. canal

vaarwater...................................................................fairway

valsch ............................................................................ false

van .....................................................................................of

veerboot ........................................................................ ferry

verklikker........................................................ warning light

vlckte ....................................................... flat below surface

vliegtuigen ................................................................ aircraft

W

wad.........................................................drying coastal bank

wal ......................................................................banks, wall

watergetijden .................................................... tidal current

waterweg............................................................... waterway

weg................................................................................. way

werk ..............................................................................work

wester....................................................................... western

wit, witte ......................................................................white

wrak ............................................................................ wreck

Z

zand................................................................................sand

zee....................................................................................sea

zeegat ........................................................................ estuary

zuid .............................................................................. south

zuider ...................................................................... southern

zwart ............................................................................ black

DUTCH English
Pub. 123

Glossaries 159

French

FRENCH English

A

anse ..................................................................... bay, creek

archipel ..............................................................archipelago

arriere port ............................................................inner port

avant port .............................................................outer port

B

baie .........................................................................bay, gulf

balise ........................................................................ beacon

banc .............................................................bank, sandbank

barre .................................................................................bar

basse............................................................................. shoal

bassin .......................................................................... basin

blanc.............................................................................white

bois ..............................................................................wood

bouche ........................................................mouth (of river)

C

canal ..............................................................channel, canal

cap ................................................................cape, headland

chaloupe ....................................................................launch

chalutier ................................................................... trawler

chateau .........................................................................castle

chaussee .......................................................................bank

chenal....................................................................... channel

clocher .......................................................................steeple

colline.............................................................................. hill

couvent .................................................................... convent

crique ..........................................................................creek

D

digue .........................................................mole, breakwater

E

ecluse ............................................. lock of a canal or basin

eglise .........................................................................church

est .................................................................................. east

etang...............................................................................lake

F

falaise ............................................................................ cliff

faux ............................................................................... false

fleuve ........................................................................... river

fosse ................................................................ ditch, a deep

G

golfe .............................................................................. gulf

goulet ......................................................... narrow entrance

grand(e) ........................................................................great

I

ile ............................................................................... island

ilot ................................................................................. islet

J

jetee ...............................................................................jetty

L

lac ................................................................................. lake

lagune .......................................................................lagoon

M

maison .........................................................................house

menhir ................................................... a large raised stone

milieu ........................................................................middle

mole ...............................................................................pier

mont ......................................................................mountain

mouillage ............................................................ anchorage

moulin ........................................................................... mill

N

noir .............................................................................. black

nord ............................................................................. north

O

occidentale .............................................................. western

orientale ....................................................................eastern

ouest ..............................................................................west

P

passe ....................................................................... channel

pertuis ........................................................opening or strait

petit ............................................................................. small

pic ................................................................................ peak

plerre............................................................................ stone

piton ............................................................. mountain peak

plateau .........................................................tableland or flat

pointe ...........................................................................point

FRENCH English
Pub. 123 

160 Glossaries

pont ........................................................................... bridge

port ....................................................................port, harbor

presquiile .............................................................. peninsula

Q

quai ....................................................................quay, wharf

R

rade ....................................................................... roadstead

recif ............................................................................... reef

reviere .......................................................................... river

roche or rocher ..............................................................rock

rouge ...............................................................................red

FRENCH English

S

sable ..............................................................................sand

sommet ....................................................................summit

sud ............................................................................... south

T

tour ..............................................................................tower

V

vert ..............................................................................green

ville ..............................................................................town

FRENCH English
Pub. 123

Glossaries 161

Portuguese

PORTUGUESE English

A

a, as ......................................................................the (fem.)

aldeia .........................................................................hamlet

alto, s ............................................................ height, heights

altura, s ......................................................... height, heights

amarclo ......................................................................yellow

ancordouro .......................................................... anchorage

angra ..........................................................inlet, bight, cove

aquario ..................................................................aquarium

areia .............................................................................. sand

arquipelago ........................................................archipelago

atalaia ...................................................................... lookout

azul ................................................................................blue

B

bacia ............................................................................ basin

baia .................................................................................bay

baixio ............................................................ shallow, shoal

baixio, a ......................................................... shallow, shoal

baliza......................................................................... beacon

banco.............................................................................bank

barra ................................................................................bar

barrio ............................................district (of a town), ward

basilica .................................................................... basilica

bateria .........................................................mouth, entrance

branco, a ......................................................................white

C

cabeco, a ....................................... summit of a hill or shoal

cabo .............................................................................. cape

cais ....................................................................quay, wharf

cala .......................................... creek, channel, narrow inlet

calheta ...........................................................................inlet

canal ........................................................................ channel

capela ........................................................................ chapel

carreira ..........................................narrow channel, slipway

casa ............................................................................. house

casal ....................................................................farmhouse

castelo .........................................................................castle

catedral ..................................................................cathedral

cemiterio ...............................................................cemetery

chale ........................................................................... chalet

cidade .......................................................... city, large town

cidadela .....................................................................citadel

cinzento .........................................................................grey

colina ................................................................. hill, hillock

colonia .....................................................colony, settlement

concha .......................................................................... cove

comento .................................................................. convent

coroa ..................................................................sandy head

cruz ..............................................................................cross

D

de dentro (adj.) .............................................................inner

desembarcadouro .....................................................landing

doca .............................................................................. dock

duna ............................................................................. dune

E

enseada .......................................................bay, bight, cove

entrada .....................................................................fairway

ermida ..................................................................hermitage

espigao ....................................................... projecting point

esporao.......................................................................groyne

estacada ................................... pier, projecting wharf, mole

estaleiro .................................................................. shipyard

este, leste .......................................................... east, eastern

esteiro ......................................................................... creek

estreito .......................................................... strait, narrows

estuario .................................................................... estuary

F

fabrica .......................................................................factory

farillhao ..................................stack, steep-sided rocky islet

fora ...............................................................................outer

fortaleza ...................................................................fortress

forte ................................................................................ fort

foz .............................................................. mouth of a river

fundeadouro ........................................................ anchorage

G

grande ..........................................................................large

golfo .............................................................................. gulf

I

greja ..........................................................................church

ilha ............................................................................. island

ilheu, ilhota ................................................................... islet

istmo ........................................................................ isthmus

L

lago ...................................................................... lake, lock

lagoa ........................................................small lake, marsh

laguna ........................................................................lagoon

laje ............................................................. flat-topped rock

lugar ................................................................hamlet, place

PORTUGUESE English
Pub. 123 

162 Glossaries

M

mar ..................................................................................sea

mata .....................................................forest, wood, thicket

meridional ..............................................................southern

moinho .......................................................................... mill

molhe .................................................................. mole, pier

montanha ...............................................................mountain

monte ........................................................................ mount

morro .................................................................... hill, knoll

N

note .............................................................................. north

O

o, os ....................................................................the (masc.)

occidental................................................................. western

oeste .............................................................................. west

oriental ..................................................................... eastern

P

palheiros ........................................................fishing village

paredao ....................................................................sea wall

pedra, s ..............................................................rock, stones

pena ................................................................... rocky, peak

penedo ............................................................... rocky, peak

peninsula .............................................................. peninsula

pequeno .......................................................................small

pico ............................................................................... peak

pinhal ..................................................................pine wood

ponta ..............................................................point (of land)

pontal ......................................................point, promontory

ponte .................................................................. bridge, pier

ponte-cais ............................................................. pier, jetty

portinho ................................................small port or harbor

porto ..................................................................port, harbor

povoa ...................................................................large town

povoacao ...................................................................village

povoado .....................................................................village

PORTUGUESE English

praia ............................................................................beach

preto, a ........................................................................ black

promontorio .......................................................promontory

Q

quebra-mar ......................................................... breakwater

quebrada .................................................cut, gap, precipice

R

rampa ...........................................................ramp, boat-slip

restinga ..................................................................spit, reef

ria .........................................estuary, lagoon, sunken valley

ribeiro .........................................................................brook

rio ................................................................................. river

rocha .............................................................................rock

rochedo ............................................................. rocky place

rocher ....................................................... rock, rocky place

S

s. santo, a, sao .............................................................. saint

sanatorio ............................................................ sanatorium

sepentrional ............................................................ northern

serra ............................................................mountain range

serro ....................................................... rocky reef or ridge

sul ............................................................................... south

T

terra ...............................................................................land

torre .............................................................................tower

V

vale ............................................................................. valley

varadouro .................................................................landing

verde ...........................................................................green

vermelho, a .....................................................................red

vigia .........................................................................lookout

vila .........................................................town, village, villa

PORTUGUESE English
Pub. 123

Glossaries 163

Spanish

SPANISH English

A

abra........................................... cove, creek, haven, opening

acantilados ................................................................... cliffs

adentro .................................................... (adj.) inner, inside

afuera .................................................... (adj.) outer, outside

aguada ........................................................... watering place

agudo, da.............................................. (adj.) sharp, pointed

aguja........................................................................... needle

albufera ............................................................lagoon, pond

aldea...........................................................................village

alto, a.............................................................(adj.) tall, high

altos........................................................................... heights

alturas........................................................................ heights

amarillo, a ..................................................................yellow

ancho........................................................ (adj.) wide, broad

ancladero.............................................................. anchorage

anclaje .................................................................. anchorage

ancon................................................. open bay or roadstead

angostura..................................................................narrows

archipielago........................................................archipelago

arena.............................................................................. sand

arenal................................................. extensive area of sand

arrecife ........................................................................... reef

arroyito........................................................................ brook

arroyo ..............................................................steam, rivulet

astillero....................................................................shipyard

atalaya ...................................... watchtower, high viewpoint

azul.................................................................................blue

B

bahia................................................................................bay

bajio ............................................................................. shoal

bajo......................... (n) shoal (adv.) below, under (adj.) low

baliza......................................................................... beacon

balneario..........................................................seaside resort

bancha ...........................................................................bank

banco (de arena)......................................... bank (sandbank)

barlovento .............................................................windward

barra .......................................................bar (of a river, etc.)

barranco ..................................................... precipice, ravine

barrera ...................................barrier (e.g. mountain barrier)

barrio.............................................ward, section (of a town)

bateria.........................................................................battery

blanco, a............................................. (adj.) white (n) target

boca............................................................................ mouth

bodega..................................................................storehouse

boqueron ..........................wide mouth, opening or entrance

boquete................................................ narrow entrance, gap

bravo, a............... coast, shore, beach exposed to heavy seas

brazo.....................................................arm (of the sea, etc.)

C

cabeza ..................................................................shoal head

cabezo ...................................... shoal head, summit of a hill

cabo................................................................................cape

cadena ..........................................chain (of mountains, etc.)

cala............................narrow cove or creek with steep sides

caleta............................................................................. cove

caleton...................................................................large cove

campo ................................................... any tract of country

canada ............................................................................glen

canal......................................................................... channel

canalizo........................................................ narrow channel

cano.............................................................................. creek

canto ............................................................................. bluff

capilla ........................................................................ chapel

cargardero ...........................shore or ship loading appliance

carrera, carreiro.......................... narrow channel or passage

casa ..............................................................................house

cascada....................................................................waterfall

caserio............................................ hamlet, group of houses

castillo..........................................................................castle

castro....................... headland, hillock surmounted by ruins

cayo................................................................................. cay

cerrito.........................................................................hillock

cerro................................................................... hill, hillock

chico, a......................................................................... small

chubasco ..................................................................... squall

cima ................................................................ summit, crest

ciudad ................................................................... city, town

ciudadela.................................................................... citadel

co .............................................................. rocky shoal, rock

colina ................................................................. hill, hillock

collado ...................................................... hillock, elevation

colonia .....................................................colony, settlement

colorado .......................................................reddish in color

comarca.......................................................................region

concha................................................................ bay or cove

cono .............................................................................. cone

convento................................................................... convent

cordillera......................................................mountain range

corona ...........................................................crown, summit

cortadura ............cut, cutting, very narrow channel or defile

costa..............................................................................coast

coto ...........................................................................summit

cruz ...............................................................................cross

cuartel ..................................................................... barracks

cuesta ....................................... sloping ground, hill, hillock

cueva ..............................................................................cave

cumbre ............................................................ summit, peak

cuna................................................................. quoin, wedge

cuspide......................................................................summit

SPANISH English
Pub. 123 

164 Glossaries

D

darsena ............................................. basin, dock, backwater

delta...............................................................................delta

departamento.......................................................department

desembarcadero .............................................. landing place

desembocadura............................................mouth of a river

desierto........................................................................ desert

dique...................................mole, dock, embankment, levee

distrito ........................................................................district

doble...........................................................................double

duna...............................................................................dune

E

el........................................................definite article (masc.)

embocadura................................................................ mouth

ensenada..........................................................................bay

entrada..................................................................... entrance

ermita ....................................................................hermitage

escollera ..............................................breakwater, wavetrap

escollo ........................................... shallow rock, reef awash

espigon........................................................... arm of a mole

estacion ......................................................................station

estancia................................................ ranch, country estate

este ................................................................................. east

estero...................................................................creek, inlet

estrecho ........................................................ straits, narrows

estuario...................................................................... estuary

exterior ........................................................... outer, exterior

F

farallon ...................... stack, steep sharp-pointed rocky islet

faro.......................................................................lighthouse

fondeadero ........................................................... anchorage

fortaleza ....................................................................fortress

fraile...............................................................................friar

freo................................................................................strait

freu....................narrow strait between island and mainland

fronton.............................................................wall-like cliff

fuerte ...............................................................................fort

G

garganta.............................narrow restricted passage, sound

garita ................................................sentry box, lookout hut

golfo............................................................................... gulf

gran, grande .................................................large, great, big

gris .................................................................................grey

grupo ........................................................ group (of islands)

H

hacienda ...................................................... farm, plantation

herradura ........................................... horseshoe-shaped bay

SPANISH English

I

iglesia.........................................................................church

insua......................................................... small islet or rock

interior ..........................................................................inner

isla............................................................................... island

islete............................................................................... islet

islita ..........................................................small island, islet

islote ....................................................... barren islet, skerry

islotillo or islotito .......................... small barren islet (dim.)

istmo ........................................................................ isthmus

L

la, las...................................................definite article (fem.)

lago ................................................................................ lake

laguna ..............................................................lagoon, pond

laja .......................................................................... flat rock

largo, a ...........................................................................long

lastra .................................................................. rocky ledge

laxe.................................................................................rock

levante........................................................................eastern

loma .................................................................hillock, knoll

lomo..............................................................................ridge

los .....................................................definite article (masc.)

lugar.................................................................village, place

lugarejo ......................................................................hamlet

llana ..............................................................................plain

llano, a .........................................................plain, flat (adj.)

llanura ...........................................................................plain

M

malecon............................................................... quay, mole

mar...................................................................................sea

margen ....................................................... shore, river bank

marisma ...................................................................... marsh

medano .......................................................... dune, sandhill

medio .........................................................................middle

meridional............................................................... southern

mesa or meseta .........................................tableland, plateau

mogote ..................................................................hummock

molino............................................................................ mill

monasterio ........................................................... monastery

montana .................................................................mountain

monte .........................................................mountain, mount

monte ................................... forest, group or clump of trees

monticulo......................................................................knoll

moreno........................................................................brown

morro ........................... headland, bluff, head of breakwater

muelle ..........................................................pier, jetty, mole

muralla.....................a barrier wall of mountains, cliffs, etc.

N

negro, a ........................................................................ black

SPANISH English
Pub. 123

Glossaries 165 

norte ............................................................................. north

nuevo, a .......................................................................... new

O

obscuro...........................................................................dark

occidental................................................................. western

oeste .............................................................................. west

oriental ...................................................................... eastern

oriente ............................................................................ east

orilla....................................... shore, edge, bank (of a river)

oscuro.............................................................................dark

P

palacio........................................................................ palace

pan de azucar ........................................................sugar loaf

pantano...........................................................swamp, marsh

pardo ..............................................................................grey

parque.............................................................................park

pasco ......................................................promenade, avenue

pasale ....................................................................... passage

paso ................................................................................pass

pedregal................................................stony or rocky patch

pena................................................................................rock

penasco...............................................................a large rock

peninsula ............................................................... peninsula

penon........................................................... rocky mountain

pequeno, a ....................................................................small

peton................................................................pinnacle rock

picacho................................................................ sharp peak

pico................................................................................ peak

piedra .................................................................. stone, rock

placer............................................................................ shoal

playa............................................................................ beach

poblacion.......................................................................town

poblado.......................................................................village

poniente.................................................................... western

pozo.................................well, deep hole in river or sea bed

presa.................................................................barrage, weir

promontorio .......................................................promontory

provincia .................................................................province

puebla.........................................................................village

pueblecito............................................... small town, village

pueblito ......................................................................hamlet

pueblo............................................................................town

puente......................................................................... bridge

puerto .................................................................port, harbor

punta............................................................................. point

puntal ............................................................... narrow point

Q

quebrada........................................................... ravine, gully

SPANISH English

R

rada ........................................................................roadstead

redondo, a ....................................................................round

regato .............................................................torrent, stream

restinga ...........................................................................reef

reventazones ........................................................... breakers

ria..........................................sunken valley forming estuary

riachuelo ................................................................... riverlet

ribera.......................................................... shore, river bank

rincon.............................inner angle or corner, a small cove

rio.................................................................................. river

roca ................................................................................rock

rocalloso, a.......................................................pebbly, stony

rochel ................................................................. rocky patch

rodal.......................shoal, usually rocky and of some extent

rojo, a...............................................................................red

rompeolas ........................................................... breakwater

rompientes .............................................................. breakers

roquerio.............................................................. rocky shoal

S

salinas ......................................................................saltpans

san, santo, a................................................................... saint

seco ..................................................................................dry

seno................................................................... bight, sound

septentrional ........................................................... northern

serrania .........................................................mountain ridge

sierra ............................................................mountain range

silla .............................................................................saddle

sotavento.................................................................. leeward

sucio, a........................................................................... foul

sud, sur......................................................................... south

surgidero .............................................................. anchorage

T

tenedero .....................................holding ground, anchorage

tetas........................................................................... nipples

teton ...................................................................large nipple

tierra...............................................................................land

torre..............................................................................tower

touza .......................rock (usually lying off a larger feature)

V

vado ............................................................................... ford

valle ............................................................................ valley

varadero ................................................................... slipway

vega................................................................... plain (noun)

ventisquero.................................................................glacier

verde ............................................................................green

viejo, a .............................................................................old

vigia ..........................................................................lookout

SPANISH English
Pub. 123 

166 Glossaries

villa ......................................................................town, villa

villorio........................................................................hamlet

volcan....................................................................... volcano

vuelta............................................. bend, turn (of a channel)

SPANISH English

Z

zona............................................................................... zone

SPANISH English
167

Pub. 123

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ABIDJAN 5 15 N 4 01 W 1.13

ABO TERMINAL 5 42 N 4 28 E 2.16

ABOADI POINT 4 58 N 1 38 W 1.21

ABOADI TERMINAL 4 57 N 1 38 W 1.21

ABOH 5 32 N 6 31 E 2.13

ABREKUM 5 18 N 0 43 W 1.26

ACCRA 5 32 N 0 12 W 1.28

ACCRA POINT 5 32 N 0 13 W 1.28

ACHOWA POINT 4 46 N 1 58 W 1.18

ADA 5 47 N 0 38 E 1.32

ADOBLO ROCK 4 50 N 1 53 W 1.18

ADUA OIL FIELD 4 06 N 7 42 E 3.15

AFREMO OIL FIELD 5 26 N 5 10 E 2.22

AGBAMI OIL TERMINAL 3 28 N 5 34 E 3.6

AGBARA OIL FIELD 3 56 N 6 24 E 3.3, 3.5

AGOUE 6 15 N 1 40 E 2.6

AGPI TERMINAL 5 05 N 1 00 W 1.25

AJUMO 6 21 N 4 26 E 2.11

ALBA GAS FIELD 3 58 N 8 33 E 3.76

ALBATROSS ROCKS 27 07 S 15 14 E 5.24

ALEXANDER BAY 28 40 S 16 31 E 5.29

ALOUMBE 0 26 S 9 17 E 3.68

AMBAS BAY 4 00 N 9 10 E 3.31

AMBRIZETE 7 14 S 12 51 E 4.62

AMBRIZETE LIGHT 7 15 S 12 51 E 4.61

ANASHUN POINT 5 09 N 1 10 W 1.25

ANECHO 6 14 N 1 35 E 2.5

ANEHO 6 14 N 1 35 E 2.5

ANGO-ANGO 5 50 S 13 26 E 4.50

ANGO-ANGO 5 51 S 13 26 E 4.49

ANKOBRA RIVER 4 54 N 2 16 W 1.16

ANKWANA 5 04 N 1 24 W 1.22,

1.23

ANNOBON 1 26 N 5 37 E 3.93

ANOMABU FORT 5 10 N 1 07 W 1.25

ANTAN OIL TERMINAL 4 13 N 8 20 E 3.24

ANYALA OIL FIELD 3 55 N 5 54 E 2.35

APAM POINT 5 17 N 0 44 W 1.26

ARCH ROCK 27 28 S 15 24 E 5.25

ASABO OIL FIELD 4 06 N 7 48 E 3.15

ASCENSION ISLAND 7 57 S 14 22 W 6.1

ASOMA OIL FIELD 4 17 N 8 38 E 3.25

ASSAY POINT 5 03 N 1 30 W 1.23

ASSINIC RIVER 5 07 N 3 17 W 1.15

AVON CANYON 6 16 N 3 56 E 2.11

AWODI OIL FIELD 5 28 N 5 01 E 2.19

AXIM 4 52 N 2 15 W 1.17

B

BADAGRI 6 25 N 2 53 E 2.9

BAGRE OIL FIELD 6 26 S 12 16 E 4.53

BAHIA DE BATA 1 51 N 9 48 E 3.46

BAHIA DE CORISCO 0 54 N 9 16 E 3.53

BAIA DA EQUIMINA 13 11 S 12 47 E 4.81

BAIA DAS AGULHAS 1 37 N 7 22 E 3.87

BAIA DE AMBRIZETE 7 14 S 12 51 E 4.61

BAIA DE ANA CHAVES 0 21 N 6 44 E 3.89

BAIA DE BENGUELA 12 35 S 13 24 E 4.79

BAIA DE CABINDA 5 32 S 12 12 E 4.36

BAIA DE CACONGO 5 14 S 12 09 E 4.29

BAIA DE JUMA 7 20 S 12 54 E 4.62

BAIA DE NZETO 7 14 S 12 51 E 4.61

BAIA DE QUICOMBO 11 18 S 13 49 E 4.76

BAIA DE SANTA MARTA 13 51 S 12 30 E 4.85

BAIA DE SANTO ANTONIO 1 39 N 7 27 E 3.86

BAIA DO SUTO 9 38 S 13 13 E 4.73

BAIA DOS ELEFANTES 13 13 S 12 44 E 4.82

BAIA DOS TIGRES 16 35 S 11 46 E 5.2

BAIE BANOKO 2 48 N 9 54 E 3.43

BAIE CAMPO 2 23 N 9 48 E 3.45

BAIE DE LOANGO 4 38 S 11 49 E 4.19

BAIE DE MONDAH 0 35 N 9 36 E 3.61

BAIE DU CAP LOPEZ 0 38 S 8 49 E 3.69

BAIE PANAVIA 3 10 N 9 52 E 3.39

BAKERS BAY 27 40 S 15 31 E 5.25

BANANA 6 01 S 12 24 E 4.43

BANC DE LA THEMIS 0 27 N 9 15 E 3.64

BANC DU CONFLICT 4 42 S 11 45 E 4.19

BANC DU MULET 4 28 S 11 33 E 4.17

BANCO BANE 0 46 N 9 21 E 3.55

BANCO GRANDE 15 45 S 11 48 E 4.91

BANCO LAURIA 1 05 N 9 16 E 3.53

BANCO MBANE 0 46 N 9 21 E 3.55

BANCO MITRA 1 25 N 9 19 E 3.50

BANCS BIMBIA 3 50 N 9 20 E 3.35

BARN LONG POINT 15 55 S 5 39 W 6.11

BAROMBI OIL FIELD 4 15 N 8 26 E 3.25

BASSUBU ROCKS 4 59 N 1 38 W 1.22

BATA 1 52 N 9 46 E 3.48

BATANGA 0 21 S 9 18 E 3.67

BATOKI ROCK 4 01 N 9 06 E 3.29

BAVO OIL FIELD 4 20 N 8 37 E 3.25

BELIER OIL FIELD 5 05 N 3 50 W 1.15

BELLOWS ROCK 34 23 S 18 30 E 5.59

BENGUELA VELHA 10 44 S 13 45 E 4.74

BENIN RIVER 5 46 N 5 03 E 2.14

BIBUNDI BAY 4 11 N 8 58 E 3.28

BIGHT OF BENIN 6 00 N 4 30 E 2.1

BIMBIA RIVER 3 58 N 9 17 E 3.33

BINDA 5 51 S 13 14 E 4.50

BOEGOE BERGE 27 54 S 15 56 E 5.26

BOGENFELS 27 28 S 15 24 E 5.25

BOKPUNT 33 34 S 18 19 E 5.50

BOMA 5 51 S 13 03 E 4.46

BOMBOCO OIL FIELD 5 33 S 11 43 E 4.38

BONAPARTE SEAMOUNT 15 45 S 6 52 W 6.13

BONE DO JOQUERI 1 31 N 7 26 E 3.86

BONGA TERMINAL 4 33 N 4 37 E 2.29

BONNY 4 27 N 7 10 E 3.10

BONNY OFFSHORE TERMINAL 4 11 N 7 14 E 3.9

BONNY RIVER 4 18 N 7 04 E 3.5

BOUVETOYA 54 26 S 3 25 E 6.22

BRANCH RIVER 4 16 N 6 04 E 2.34

BRASS 4 19 N 6 14 E 3.2
168 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 123

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

BRASS OIL TERMINAL 4 04 N 6 17 E 3.3

BRASS RIVER 4 17 N 6 13 E 3.2

BREAKER POINT 5 39 N 0 02 E 1.31

BRITTANIA BLINDER 32 42 S 17 52 E 5.43

BUMBU 5 53 S 13 09 E 4.50

BURUTU 5 21 N 5 30 E 2.25

BUTTERMILK POINT 15 54 S 5 42 W 6.8

C

CABECA DA BALEIA 11 35 S 13 46 E 4.77

CABECA DA COBRA 6 33 S 12 30 E 4.52

CABINDA 5 32 S 12 12 E 4.36

CABINDA TERMINAL 5 26 S 12 05 E 4.33

CABO BATA 2 06 N 9 45 E 3.46

CABO CAMPO 2 19 N 9 47 E 3.45

CABO DAS TRES PONTAS 10 23 S 13 32 E 4.73

CABO DE SANTA MARIA 13 25 S 12 32 E 4.84

CABO DE SANTA MARTA 13 53 S 12 25 E 4.86

CABO DOS PUNTAS 1 41 N 9 36 E 3.49

CABO LEDO 9 41 S 13 12 E 4.73

CABO NEGRO 15 40 S 11 56 E 4.89

CABO SAN JUAN 1 10 N 9 20 E 3.52

CALABAR 4 58 N 8 19 E 3.23

CALABAR RIVER 4 33 N 8 23 E 3.22

CAMEROON MOUNTAIN 4 13 N 9 10 E 3.1

CAMEROON RIVER 3 50 N 9 26 E 3.36

CAMPS BAY 33 57 S 18 23 E 5.55

CANAL D’ASSINIE 5 07 N 3 20 W 1.15

CANAL DE SANTO ANTONIO 6 07 S 12 22 E 4.42

CANUKU TERMINAL 7 06 S 12 28 E 4.60

CAP CAMEROUN 3 54 N 9 28 E 3.35

CAP ESTERIAS 0 37 N 9 20 E 3.62

CAP LOPEZ 0 37 S 8 43 E 3.70

CAP LOPEZ TERMINAL 0 38 S 8 43 E 3.72

CAP SANTA CLARA 0 30 N 9 19 E 3.63

CAPE CIRCONCISION 54 25 S 3 21 E 6.22

CAPE COAST 5 06 N 1 14 W 1.24

CAPE COLUMBINE 32 50 S 17 51 E 5.44

CAPE CROSS 21 46 S 13 57 E 5.10

CAPE DESEADA 32 19 S 18 19 E 5.40

CAPE DONKIN 31 56 S 18 16 E 5.38

CAPE FORMOSO 4 16 N 6 05 E 2.35,

3.2

CAPE FRIA 18 26 S 12 01 E 5.5

CAPE MACLEAR 34 21 S 18 28 E 5.59

CAPE NACHTIGAL 3 57 N 9 13 E 3.31

CAPE NUN 4 17 N 6 04 E 2.34

CAPE OF GOOD HOPE 34 21 S 18 29 E 5.59

CAPE PALMAS 4 22 N 7 44 W 1.2

CAPE POINT 34 21 S 18 30 E 5.59

CAPE SAINT MARTIN 32 43 S 17 55 E 5.43

CAPE SAINT PAUL 5 50 N 0 58 E 1.33,

2.2

CAPE THREE POINTS 4 45 N 2 05 W 1.18

CAPE TOWN 33 55 S 18 25 E 5.53

CAPE VALDIVIA 54 24 S 3 24 E 6.22

CAPITAINES LIGHT 0 37 S 8 43 E 3.70

CARDNO SEAMOUNT 12 53 S 6 08 W 6.13

CASTLE ROCK POINT 16 01 S 5 45 W 6.12

CATHERINE POINT 7 56 S 14 25 W 6.3

CAUTION REEF 22 45 S 14 31 E 5.12

CAVALLA POINT 4 21 N 7 36 W 1.2

CAVALLA RIVER 4 22 N 7 32 W 1.3

CEIBA TERMINAL 1 24 N 9 13 E 3.51

CHAMEISBAAI 27 55 S 15 40 E 5.26

CHANOMI CREEK 5 35 N 5 23 E 2.24

CHAPMANS POINT 34 05 S 18 21 E 5.57

CHUBBS POINT 15 55 S 5 43 W 6.8

CLARENCE BAY 7 55 S 14 25 W 6.2

CLIFF POINT 29 07 S 16 49 E 5.30

CLIFF POINT 31 36 S 18 07 E 5.37

COGO 1 05 N 9 42 E 3.58

CONCEPTION BAY 23 55 S 14 30 E 5.14

CONGO RIVER 6 05 S 12 30 E 4.42

CONSTANTIABERG 34 03 S 18 23 E 5.56

CORISCO BAY 0 54 N 9 16 E 3.53

COTONOU 6 21 N 2 26 E 2.7

CRAWFORD SEAMOUNT 38 50 S 10 30 W 6.21

CUNTALA OIL FIELD 6 18 S 12 19 E 4.53

D

DABUNDSCHA POINT 4 06 N 8 58 E 3.28

DALIA TERMINAL 7 41 S 11 46 E 4.67

DAMPA HILL 5 29 N 0 23 W 1.27

DAMPIER SEAMOUNT 11 09 S 0 28 W 6.13

DANGER POINT 26 16 S 14 57 E 5.19

DASSENEILAND 33 25 S 18 05 E 5.49

DEBUNDSCHA POINT 4 06 N 8 58 E 3.28

DELTA OIL FIELD 5 41 N 5 03 E 2.19

DELTA SOUTH OIL FIELD 5 36 N 5 06 E 2.19

DEVILS PEAK 33 57 S 18 27 E 5.52

DEVILS RIDING SCHOOL 7 58 S 14 23 W 6.1

DIAMANTS 5 52 S 13 23 E 4.50

DIAZ POINT LIGHT 26 38 S 15 06 E 5.21

DIONE 1 23 N 9 28 E 3.50

DISCOVERY SEAMOUNT 42 05 S 0 15 E 6.21

DJENO 4 55 S 11 56 E 4.22

DJENO OFFSHORE TERMINAL 4 56 S 11 54 E 4.22

DOCTOR REEF 32 46 S 18 06 E 5.41

DODO RIVER 4 53 N 5 29 E 2.27

DORINGBAAI LIGHT 31 49 S 18 14 E 5.38

DOUALA 4 03 N 9 41 E 3.37

DOUGLAS BAY 26 18 S 14 57 E 5.20

DUIKERPUNT 34 02 S 18 18 E 5.56

DUMINYPUNT 32 55 S 17 51 E 5.45

E

EA OIL FIELD 4 49 N 5 21 E 2.28

EASTER POINT 25 18 S 14 48 E 5.16

EBOME TERMINAL 2 48 N 9 49 E 3.44

EDINBURGH ANCHORAGE 37 03 S 12 18 W 6.16

EDOP OIL FIELD 4 09 N 7 58 E 3.18

EGITO PRAIA 11 58 S 13 46 E 4.77

EJISIMANKU HILL 5 20 N 0 41 W 1.26

EJULEBE OIL FIELD 5 35 N 5 00 E 2.19

EKOUNDOU OIL FIELD 4 18 N 8 25 E 3.25

EKPE OIL FIELD 4 06 N 7 35 E 3.15

EKU OIL FIELD 4 16 N 8 06 E 3.18

ELF GABON OIL TERMINAL 0 38 S 8 43 E 3.72

ELIZABETH POINT 26 55 S 15 11 E 5.22

ELMINA POINT 5 05 N 1 20 W 1.23

EMERAUDE OIL FIELD 5 03 S 11 47 E 4.23

ENANG OIL FIELD 4 12 N 7 55 E 3.18

ENGLISH BAY TERMINAL 7 53 S 14 23 W 6.2

ENSEADA DE SUTO 9 38 S 13 13 E 4.73

ENSEADA DO BONFIM 13 49 S 12 32 E 4.85

ENSEADA DO QUICOMBO 11 18 S 13 49 E 4.76

ENSEADA LANDANA 5 14 S 12 09 E 4.29

ENSEADO DO CAPULO 7 59 S 13 11 E 4.69

ERHA OIL TERMINAL 5 21 N 4 20 E 2.18

ESCRAVOS OIL & GAS TRML 5 30 N 5 00 E 2.17

ESCRAVOS RIVER 5 34 N 5 10 E 2.19

ESPOIR TERMINAL 5 03 N 4 27 W 1.11,

1.12

ESSUNGO OIL FIELD 6 01 S 12 10 E 4.53

ESTRELA OIL FIELD 6 26 S 12 21 E 4.53

ESTUAIRE CAMEROUN 3 50 N 9 26 E 3.36

ESTUAIRE DU GABON 0 18 N 9 26 E 3.63

ETAME TERMINAL 3 45 S 10 31 E 4.15

ETIM OIL FIELD 4 09 N 8 03 E 3.18

F

FAKO 4 13 N 9 10 E 3.1

FARILHAO POINT 22 10 S 14 17 E 5.11

FAUSSE POINTE NOIRE 4 53 S 11 54 E 4.21

FISHTOWN RIVER 4 24 N 5 50 E 2.32

FLAGSTAFF HILL 15 55 S 5 41 W 6.7

FORCADOS OIL FIELD 5 23 N 5 18 E 2.22

FORCADOS OIL TERMINAL 5 10 N 5 10 E 2.23

FORCADOS RIVER 5 23 N 5 16 E 2.22

FORT ORANGE LIGHT 4 56 N 1 42 W 1.20

FOUCHE POINT 4 23 N 7 01 E 3.4

FOXTROT PLATFORM 5 02 N 4 41 W 1.10

FRONTON DE CARACAS 3 25 N 8 48 E 3.80

FUTILA OIL TERMINAL 5 27 S 12 11 E 4.35
Index—Gazetteer 169

Pub. 123

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

G

GALLOVIDIA REEF 26 10 S 14 56 E 5.19

GAMBA OIL TERMINAL 2 50 S 10 00 E 4.10

GCO OIL FIELD 5 57 S 12 10 E 4.40

GEORGETOWN 7 56 S 14 25 W 6.3

GILL POINT 15 58 S 5 38 W 6.12

GIMBOA TERMINAL 7 33 S 12 10 E 4.64

GIRASSOL TERMINAL 7 39 S 11 41 E 4.66

GOMBE-BETA MARINE TERMINAL 1 12 S 8 56 E 4.3

GOOAPPUNT 29 17 S 16 53 E 5.32

GOUGH ISLAND 40 19 S 9 56 W 6.19

GRAND BASSAM 5 12 N 3 43 W 1.15

GRAND BATANGA 2 50 N 9 53 E 3.43

GRANDE BEREBI 4 39 N 6 54 W 1.5

GRANDE JACK 5 11 N 4 28 W 1.10

GRAND-LAHOU 5 09 N 5 00 W 1.10

GRAND-POPO 6 17 N 1 50 E 2.6

GRATTAN SEAMOUNT 9 45 S 12 45 W 6.13

GREAT BERG RIVER 32 46 S 18 09 E 5.42

GREAT TABLE MOUNTAIN 20 14 S 13 31 E 5.9

GREEN POINT 33 54 S 18 24 E 5.52

GREENWICH ROCK 5 37 N 0 01 W 1.29

GROENRIVIERMOND LIGHT 30 50 S 17 35 E 5.36

GRONDIN OIL DRILLING AREA 1 10 S 8 40 E 4.2

GROSSE BAY 26 45 S 15 06 E 5.22

GROVE POINT 5 40 N 0 03 E 1.31

GROWA POINT 4 21 N 7 37 W 1.2

GUNZA-KABOLO 11 12 S 13 50 E 4.75

H

HALIFAX ISLAND 26 39 S 15 05 E 5.22

HOARUSIB RIVER 19 05 S 12 34 E 5.6

HOEK VAN BOBBEJAAN 34 19 S 18 24 E 5.58

HOLLAMS BIRD ISLAND 24 38 S 14 32 E 5.15

HOLLANDSBIRD ISLAND 24 38 S 14 32 E 5.15

HOMEWOOD COVE 28 46 S 16 34 E 5.30

HONDEKLIP BAY LIGHT 30 18 S 17 16 E 5.34

HONDEKLIPBAAI 30 19 S 17 16 E 5.34

HOSPITALPUNT 32 57 S 17 53 E 5.45

HOTTENTOT BAY 26 08 S 14 57 E 5.18

HOUTBAAI 34 03 S 18 21 E 5.56

HUGHES POINT 5 27 N 5 14 E 2.22

I

ICHABOE ISLAND 26 17 S 14 56 E 5.19

IDOHO OIL FIELD 4 22 N 8 00 E 3.18

IKALOU OIL FIELD 4 33 S 11 21 E 4.17

ILES DES PRINCES 5 54 S 13 08 E 4.50

ILHA DE SAO TOME 0 15 N 6 37 E 3.88

ILHA DO PRINCIPE 1 37 N 7 24 E 3.84

ILHEU BOMBOM 1 42 N 7 24 E 3.85

ILHEU DAS CABRAS 0 25 N 6 43 E 3.89

ILHEU DE SANTANA 0 14 N 6 46 E 3.91

ILHEU GAGO COUTINHO 0 00 6 32 E 3.92

ILHEUS DO PINA 13 27 S 12 31 E 4.85

ILOT OSCAR 5 53 S 13 18 E 4.50

IMA OIL TERMINAL 4 13 N 7 23 E 3.14

IMPALA OIL FIELD 7 00 S 12 23 E 4.53,

4.54

INACCESSIBLE ISLAND 37 17 S 12 40 W 6.17

INDA OIL FIELD 4 21 N 7 06 E 3.5

INIM OIL FIELD 4 12 N 8 00 E 3.18

ISLA DE BIOKO 3 30 N 8 40 E 3.75

ISLA DE CORISCO 0 56 N 9 19 E 3.54

ISLA DE MANDYI 0 56 N 9 19 E 3.54

ISLAS ELOBEY 1 00 N 9 30 E 3.56

ISLOTE TORTUGA 1 24 S 5 38 E 3.94

ISLOTES LOROS 3 33 N 8 34 E 3.83

ISLOTES PONGUE 2 12 N 9 45 E 3.46

IWORO 6 25 N 3 01 E 2.9

IZONGO POINT 4 04 N 9 01 E 3.29

J

JACQUEVILLE 5 12 N 4 23 W 1.10

JAKKALSHOK 31 21 S 17 54 E 5.37

JAMESTOWN 15 55 S 5 43 W 6.9

JOHN OWEN BAY 29 16 S 16 53 E 5.32

K

K5 OIL CENTER TERMINAL 3 46 N 8 45 E 3.78

KAAP VOLTAS 28 43 S 16 33 E 5.29

KALAEKULE OIL FIELD 4 16 N 7 19 E 3.13

KALI OIL FIELD 5 34 S 11 59 E 4.31

KAMBALA OIL FIELD 5 43 S 12 05 E 4.38

KAPTEINSKLOOF 32 43 S 18 35 E 5.41

KEGELBERG 26 25 S 15 06 E 5.20

KERBE HUK 28 14 S 16 00 E 5.26

KIAME TERMINAL 7 21 S 12 24 E 4.63

KING AND QUEEN POINT 15 57 S 5 38 W 6.11

KINLELE 5 52 S 13 06 E 4.50

KITA OIL FIELD 4 05 N 8 26 E 3.25

KITINA OIL FIELD 4 55 S 11 23 E 4.23

KIZOMBA A TERMINAL 6 19 S 11 03 E 4.55

KIZOMBA B TERMINAL 6 21 S 11 09 E 4.56

KIZOMBA C TERMINAL 6 14.0 S 11 16.5 E 4.57

KLEINTAFELBERG 32 33 S 18 28 E 5.41

KNOLL POINT 25 28 S 14 50 E 5.16

KOEBERG POWER STATION 33 41 S 18 26 E 5.50

KOGO 1 05 N 9 42 E 3.58

KOKO 6 00 N 5 28 E 2.20

KOKONGA OIL FIELD 5 36 S 11 42 E 4.38

KOLE OIL TERMINAL 4 13 N 8 33 E 3.25

KOMBI OIL FIELD 4 37 S 11 21 E 4.17

KOMBO OIL FIELD 4 17 N 8 30 E 3.25

KOME KRIBI 1 TERMINAL 2 55 N 9 48 E 3.42

KONZI OIL FIELD 0 16 S 9 13 E 3.67

KOUILOU RIVER 4 29 S 11 42 E 4.17

KPEME 6 12 N 1 31 E 2.4

KPONE BAY 5 40 N 0 03 E 1.31

KRIBI 2 56 N 9 54 E 3.41

KROMANTI 5 12 N 1 04 W 1.25

KROMANTSE 5 12 N 1 04 W 1.25

KUITO OIL FIELD 5 28 S 11 32 E 4.26

KUITO OIL TERMINAL 5 28 S 11 30 E 4.26

KUPUNDJI 5 53 S 12 18 E 4.37

KURAMO ISLAND 6 27 N 3 43 E 2.11

KWA IBO RIVER 4 33 N 7 59 E 3.18

KWABEN HILL 5 17 N 0 47 W 1.26

KWANDA 6 07 S 12 19 E 4.42

L

LAGEAS 14 24 S 12 21 E 4.86

LAGOS 6 24 N 3 24 E 2.10

LAMBERT'S BAY 32 05 S 18 18 E 5.39

LANDANA OIL FIELD 5 39 S 11 32 E 4.38

LANGVLEI 32 13 S 18 21 E 5.40

LE TROU SANS FOND 5 05 N 4 00 W 1.13

LEKKI 6 24 N 4 07 E 2.11

LIBREVILLE 0 23 N 9 27 E 3.65

LIBWA OIL FIELD 5 56 S 12 15 E 4.40

LIKOUALA OIL FIELD 5 13 S 11 43 E 4.23

LIMBE 4 01 N 9 12 E 3.32

LIMBOH OIL TERMINAL 4 00 N 9 08 E 3.30

LIMBOH POINT 4 01 N 9 08 E 3.29

LION TERMINAL 5 02 N 4 48 W 1.14

LIONS HEAD 33 56 S 18 23 E 5.52

LIVUITE GAS FIELD 5 45 S 12 01 E 4.38

LIVUITE OIL FIELD 5 47 S 12 04 E 4.38

LLHEU CAROCO 1 31 N 7 26 E 3.86

LOANGO OIL FIELD 4 30 S 11 16 E 4.17

LOBITO 12 20 S 13 34 E 4.78

LOBITO LIGHT 12 19 S 13 34 E 4.78

LOMBO EAST OIL FIELD 6 51 S 12 24 E 4.53

LOMBO EAST OIL TERMINAL 6 50 S 12 22 E 4.58

LOME 6 08 N 1 17 E 2.3

LONGJI 3 05 N 9 59 E 3.39

LOT 15 59 S 5 43 W 6.7

LUANDA 8 48 S 13 15 E 4.71

LUBA 3 30 N 8 34 E 3.82

LUCINA OIL TERMINAL 3 38 S 10 45 E 4.13

LUDERITZ BAY 26 39 S 15 09 E 5.21

LUKAMI OIL FIELD 5 51 S 12 08 E 4.40

LYAK OIL FIELD 4 10 N 8 10 E 3.18
170 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 123

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

M

M'BYA TERMINAL 3 53 S 10 56 E 4.15

M’BILI OIL FIELD 5 49 S 11 52 E 4.38

MACLEAR’S BEACON 33 58 S 18 26 E 5.52

MALABO 3 45 N 8 47 E 3.79

MALONGO 5 26 S 12 05 E 4.32

MALONGO OIL AND GAS FIELD 5 24 S 12 04 E 4.31

MALONGO TERMINAL 5 26 S 12 05 E 4.33

MAN OF WAR BAY 3 57 N 9 13 E 3.33

MARINE VI OIL FIELD 4 41 S 11 24 E 4.17

MARINE XI OIL FIELD 4 45 S 11 34 E 4.17

MARTIN ROCK 32 38 S 17 58 E 5.41

MATADI 5 49 S 13 27 E 4.51

MAYUMBA TERMINAL 3 53 S 10 56 E 4.15

MCNISH SEAMOUNT 40 10 S 8 30 W 6.21

MEFA OIL FIELD 5 31 N 5 04 E 2.19

MEJI OIL FIELD 5 25 N 5 10 E 2.22

MELKBOSPUNT 29 49 S 17 05 E 5.33

MELKBOSPUNT 33 44 S 18 26 E 5.50

MEREDITH POINT 5 23 N 0 30 W 1.27

MESAN OIL FIELD 5 21 N 5 13 E 2.22

METEOR SEAMOUNTS 48 30 S 9 00 E 6.23

MFEM OIL FIELD 4 16 N 8 15 E 3.18

MIBALE OIL FIELD 5 50 S 12 12 E 4.40

MIDDLETON OIL FIELD 4 30 N 5 33 E 2.31

MIDDLETON RIVER 4 32 N 5 41 E 2.31

MILLER'S POINT 5 54 N 5 42 E 2.20

MILNERTON LIGHT 33 53 S 18 29 E 5.52

MINZU OIL FIELD 5 45 S 11 41 E 4.38

MOANDA TERMINAL 5 58 S 12 07 E 4.41

MOCAMEDES 15 12 S 12 09 E 4.88

MOKO ABANA OIL FIELD 4 11 N 8 27 E 3.26

MOKO OIL FIELD 5 53 S 12 07 E 4.40

MONT NISUS 2 56 N 10 07 E 3.40

MONTE ELEPHANT 2 47 N 10 00 E 3.40

MORRO CARREGADO 0 25 N 6 37 E 3.92

MOSHERELKAWGA 6 25 N 3 41 E 2.11

MOTOBA OIL FIELD 5 51 S 12 10 E 4.40

MOUDI MARINE TERMINAL 4 07 N 8 28 E 3.26

MOUILLE POINTE 33 54 S 18 25 E 5.52

MOUNT ACTAEON 15 58 S 5 42 W 6.7

MOWE POINT 19 23 S 12 43 E 5.6

MUANDA TERMINAL 5 58 S 12 09 E 4.41

MUNDEN POINT 15 55 S 5 43 W 6.8

MUNRO ISLAND 5 55 N 5 40 E 2.20

MUZUKU 5 54 S 13 21 E 4.50

MWAMBE OIL FIELD 5 51 S 12 14 E 4.40

N

N'KOSSA OIL FIELD 5 15 S 11 34 E 4.24

N'KOSSA TERMINAL 5 15 S 11 36 E 4.24

N’DOLA NORTH OIL FIELD 5 41 S 11 46 E 4.38

N’DOLA OIL FIELD 5 45 S 11 49 E 4.38

N’KASSA OIL FIELD 5 49 S 11 42 E 4.38

N’TENE OIL FIELD 5 52 S 11 51 E 4.38

N’ZETO 7 14 S 12 51 E 4.62

N’ZETO LIGHT 7 15 S 12 51 E 4.61

NAAS NAASPUNT 29 56 S 17 07 E 5.33

NAGANAS POINT 29 56 S 17 07 E 5.33

NAMIBE 15 12 S 12 09 E 4.88

NDONI 5 33 N 6 33 E 2.13

NEW CALABAR RIVER 4 23 N 7 02 E 3.5

NIGER DELTA 5 30 N 6 31 E 2.13

NIGHTINGALE ISLAND 37 24 S 12 28 W 6.18

NKWANDA 5 04 N 1 24 W 1.23

NORTH APOI OIL FIELD 4 21 N 5 47 E 2.32

NORTH BLINDER 32 38 S 17 58 E 5.41

NORTH EAST POINT 26 35 S 15 09 E 5.20

NORTH HEAD 33 03 S 17 55 E 5.45

NORTH POINT 5 46 N 5 01 E 2.14

NORTH POINT 7 53 S 14 23 W 6.2

NORTH ROCKS 24 29 S 14 37 E 5.15

NOVO REDONDO 11 12 S 13 50 E 4.75

NUN RIVER 4 16 N 6 04 E 2.34

NYEME POINT 4 01 N 9 09 E 3.31

O

OBUSUMADI 5 17 N 0 47 W 1.26

ODUDU OIL TERMINAL 4 00 N 7 46 E 3.16

OFON OIL FIELD 4 06 N 8 02 E 3.18

OGUENDJO TERMINAL 1 28 S 8 55 E 4.4

OKAN OIL FIELD 5 33 N 5 05 E 2.19

OKONO OIL TERMINAL 3 59 N 7 18 E 3.7

OKORO OIL TERMINAL 4 24 N 7 50 E 3.17

OKRIKA 4 43 N 7 05 E 3.11

OKUBIE OIL FIELD 4 14 N 5 54 E 2.32

OKWOK OIL FIELD 4 07 N 8 18 E 3.18

OLIFANTS RIVER 31 42 S 18 11 E 5.37

OLIFANTSBOSPUNT 34 16 S 18 23 E 5.58

ONNE 4 39 N 7 09 E 3.10

OPOBO 4 35 N 7 32 E 3.15

OPOBO RIVER 4 27 N 7 35 E 3.15

ORANGE RIVER 28 38 S 16 28 E 5.28

ORANJEMUND OIL TERMINAL 28 34 S 16 22 E 5.27

ORIMEDU 6 25 N 3 56 E 2.11

OSO OIL FIELD 4 18 N 7 38 E 3.15

OUDE SCHIP 34 02 S 18 19 E 5.55

OUIDAH PLAGE 6 19 N 2 06 E 2.6

P

PACASSA OIL FIELD 7 08 S 12 26 E 4.53

PAGALU 1 26 S 5 37 E 3.93

PALANCA OIL FIELD 6 58 S 12 23 E 4.53

PALANCA TERMINAL 6 57 S 12 24 E 4.59

PALGRAVE POINT 20 28 S 13 17 E 5.8

PALM POINT 4 16 N 6 05 E 2.34

PASSE DE LA PENELOPE 0 24 N 9 20 E 3.64

PATERNOSTERBAAI 32 46 S 17 53 E 5.43

PAYNE POINT 7 57 S 14 25 W 6.4

PEDRA DO FEITCO 5 55 S 12 58 E 4.45

PEDRAS TINHOSAS 1 21 N 7 18 E 3.86

PELICAN POINT LIGHT 22 53 S 14 26 E 5.13

PENGUIN ROCKS 29 36 S 17 01 E 5.32

PENNINGTON OFFSHORE TERM. 4 15 N 5 37 E 2.33

PENNINGTON OIL FIELD 4 37 N 5 25 E 2.30

PENNINGTON RIVER 4 44 N 5 32 E 2.30

PICO DE SANTA ISABEL 3 35 N 8 46 E 3.75

PICO DO PRINCIPE 1 35 N 7 24 E 3.84

PILLSBURY SEAMOUNT 0 30 N 17 00 W 6.13

PLAATKLIPPUNT 30 20 S 17 17 E 5.35

PLATFORM JULIET 5 25 S 11 59 E 4.31

POINT SAGREE 4 34 N 7 01 W 1.4

POINTE ACANDA 0 40 N 9 30 E 3.60

POINTE BANDA 3 49 S 11 00 E 4.14

POINTE BASHA 4 28 N 7 15 W 1.4

POINTE BRIMA 2 57 N 9 55 E 3.40

POINTE BROUKO 4 59 N 5 58 W 1.9

POINTE BULABEMBA 6 03 S 12 26 E 4.42

POINTE CLAIRETTE 0 41 S 8 47 E 3.70,

3.71

POINTE DREWIN 4 48 N 6 26 W 1.7

POINTE EKOUETA NILIANI 0 13 S 9 18 E 3.67

POINTE ENFRAMA 4 52 N 6 13 W 1.7

POINTE GARAJAM 3 00 N 9 56 E 3.39

POINTE GERTRUDE 2 30 N 9 46 E 3.45

POINTE GOMBE 0 18 N 9 19 E 3.64

POINTE INDIENNE 4 39 S 11 47 E 4.19

POINTE KADABOU 4 39 N 6 54 W 1.5

POINTE KIPUNDJI 5 53 S 12 18 E 4.37

POINTE KOMANDJI 2 19 S 9 36 E 4.7

POINTE KOUANGO 3 26 S 10 38 E 4.12

POINTE MATOUTI 3 26 S 10 38 E 4.12

POINTE MEGOMBIE 0 35 N 9 18 E 3.62

POINTE MOMBALIQUITO 0 31 N 9 18 E 3.62

POINTE MONOHO 4 48 N 6 26 W 1.7

POINTE MORTALITY 4 59 N 5 58 W 1.9

POINTE MVASA 4 53 S 11 54 E 4.21

POINTE NANGA BOUDA 2 30 N 9 46 E 3.45

POINTE NDOMBO 0 57 N 9 34 E 3.59

POINTE NGOMBE 0 18 N 9 19 E 3.64

POINTE NYONIE 0 03 S 9 20 E 3.67

POINTE OGNONE 0 03 S 9 20 E 3.67

POINTE PANGA 3 15 S 10 32 E 4.11

POINTE PEDRAS 2 40 S 9 53 E 4.9

POINTE PONGARA 0 21 N 9 21 E 3.63
Index—Gazetteer 171

Pub. 123

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

POINTE POOR 4 32 N 7 03 W 1.4

POINTE SAINTE-CATHERINE 1 53 S 9 16 E 4.5

POINTE TAFOU 4 25 N 7 22 W 1.3

POINTE TAHU 4 42 N 6 42 W 1.5

POINTE TCHITEMBO 4 12 S 11 23 E 4.16

POINTE TSHIBOBO 3 51 S 11 01 E 4.14

POINTE WEBER 2 25 N 9 49 E 3.45

POINTE-NOIRE 4 47 S 11 50 E 4.20

POMONA ISLAND 27 12 S 15 16 E 5.24

PONTA BANANA 1 42 N 7 26 E 3.85

PONTA CACONGO 5 14 S 12 07 E 4.29

PONTA CRUZEIRO 0 25 N 6 40 E 3.89

PONTA DA ANUNCIACAO 15 14 S 12 03 E 4.89

PONTA DA GARCA 1 38 N 7 28 E 3.86

PONTA DA MARCA 16 31 S 11 43 E 5.2

PONTA DA MOITA SECA 6 07 S 12 17 E 4.42

PONTA DA MUSSERRA 7 36 S 13 00 E 4.65

PONTA DAS LAGOSTAS 8 45 S 13 18 E 4.70

PONTA DAS PALMEIRINHAS 9 06 S 13 00 E 4.72

PONTA DAS SALINAS 12 50 S 12 56 E 4.81

PONTA DE LANDANA 5 14 S 12 07 E 4.29

PONTA DE MALEMBO 5 20 S 12 10 E 4.30

PONTA DE TAFE 5 33 S 12 11 E 4.34

PONTA DIOGO VAZ 0 19 N 6 30 E 3.92

PONTA DO AMBRIZ 7 50 S 13 06 E 4.68

PONTA DO DANDE 8 28 S 13 21 E 4.70

PONTA DO EGITO 12 00 S 13 43 E 4.77

PONTA DO FOCINHO DE CAO 1 36 N 7 20 E 3.86

PONTA DO GIRAUL 15 08 S 12 07 E 4.87

PONTA DO GROSSO 1 33 N 7 21 E 3.86

PONTA DO IO 0 07 N 6 40 E 3.91

PONTA DO MORRO 10 45 S 13 43 E 4.74

PONTA DO MUSSULO 8 52 S 13 09 E 4.72

PONTA DO PADRAO 6 04 S 12 20 E 4.42

PONTA DO PICO NEGRO 1 32 N 7 24 E 3.86

PONTA DO QUICOMBO 11 22 S 13 48 E 4.76

PONTA DO QUINZAU 6 54 S 12 45 E 4.52

PONTA DO SOMBREIRO 12 35 S 13 18 E 4.79

PONTA DOS FRADES 13 13 S 12 43 E 4.82

PONTA DOS MOCUANDOS 14 18 S 12 22 E 4.86

PONTA DOS MOSTEIROS 1 41 N 7 28 E 3.85

PONTA FURADA 0 14 N 6 28 E 3.92

PONTA GROSSA 14 13 S 12 20 E 4.86

PONTA HOMEM DA CAPA 0 01 N 6 31 E 3.92

PONTA HORA 1 42 N 7 24 E 3.87

PONTA JUNTABUDO 0 07 N 6 40 E 3.91

PONTA PADRAO 6 04 S 12 20 E 4.42

PONTA PIAMBO 14 41 S 12 17 E 4.87

PONTA PRAIAO 0 18 N 6 46 E 3.91

PORPOISE POINT 7 54 S 14 21 W 6.5

PORT FORCADOS 5 22 N 5 26 E 2.25

PORT HARCOURT 4 46 N 7 00 E 3.12

PORT NOLLOTH 29 15 S 16 52 E 5.31

PORT OVENDO 0 17 N 9 30 E 3.66

PORT OWENDO 0 17 N 9 30 E 3.66

PORT-BOUET OFFSHORE TERMINAL 5 14 N 3 58 W 1.14

PORT-GENTIL 0 43 S 8 48 E 3.73

PORTO ALEXANDRE 15 48 S 11 50 E 4.90

PORTO AMBOIM 10 44 S 13 45 E 4.74

PORTO DO AMBRIZ 7 50 S 13 06 E 4.68

PORTO SACO 15 08 S 12 08 E 4.88

POSSESSION ISLAND 27 01 S 15 12 E 5.23

POSTE DE BEREBY 4 34 N 7 01 W 1.4

PRAIA DE FUTILA 5 26 S 12 13 E 4.34

PRAMPRAM 5 43 N 0 06 E 1.31

PRESQU'ILE DE BANANA 6 01 S 12 24 E 4.42

PRINCE OF WALES BAY 27 05 S 15 15 E 5.24

PRINZEN BUCHT 27 05 S 15 15 E 5.24

PUERTO IRADIER 1 05 N 9 42 E 3.58

PUERTO MACIAS NGUEEMA 1 49 N 9 44 E 3.48

PUERTO NUEVO 1 49 N 9 44 E 3.48

PUNTA ALVARO 1 27 S 5 37 E 3.96

PUNTA ARJELEJOS 3 28 N 8 29 E 3.81

PUNTA BARCELONESA 3 28 N 8 32 E 3.81

PUNTA CARACAS 3 25 N 8 48 E 3.80

PUNTA CORONA 1 06 N 9 23 E 3.53

PUNTA DE SAN ANTONIO 1 28 S 5 37 E 3.95

PUNTA DEL PALMAR 1 24 S 5 37 E 3.94

PUNTA EUROPA 3 47 N 8 43 E 3.76

PUNTA EUROPA MARINE TERMINAL 3 47 N 8 43 E 3.77

PUNTA EVIANDO 1 54 N 9 48 E 3.47

PUNTA HERMOSA 3 46 N 8 54 E 3.80

PUNTA ILENDE 1 23 N 9 28 E 3.50

PUNTA JISCOY 1 25 S 5 37 E 3.96

PUNTA MBODE 1 37 N 9 36 E 3.49

PUNTA MBONDA 2 06 N 9 45 E 3.46

PUNTA NGABA 1 45 N 9 41 E 3.47

PUNTA OSCURA 3 16 N 8 27 E 3.81

PUNTA PLANA TERMINAL 3 46 N 8 43 E 3.78

PUNTA SANTIAGO 3 13 N 8 41 E 3.80

Q

QUA IBOE OFFSHORE TERMINAL 4 14 N 8 02 E 3.19

QUEST BAY 40 20 S 9 54 W 6.20

R

R.S.A. SEAMOUNT 39 35 S 6 40 W 6.21

RAIA OIL FIELD 6 21 S 12 18 E 4.53

RAMOS RIVER 5 08 N 5 22 E 2.27

RIO BENITO 1 36 N 9 37 E 3.49

RIO CATUMBELA 12 27 S 13 29 E 4.79

RIO CHILOANGO 5 12 S 12 08 E 4.29

RIO CUANZA 9 21 S 13 09 E 4.72

RIO CUNENE 17 15 S 11 45 E 5.3

RIO CUVO 10 52 S 13 48 E 4.75

RIO DOS FLAMINGOS 15 33 S 12 01 E 4.89

RIO ETEMBUE 1 17 N 9 26 E 3.50

RIO LOMBO 6 23 S 12 26 E 4.52

RIO LUCUNGA 6 57 S 12 48 E 4.61

RIO M’BRIDGE 7 12 S 12 51 E 4.61

RIO MBINI 1 36 N 9 37 E 3.49

RIO MEBRIDEGE 7 12 S 12 51 E 4.61

RIO MUNI 1 02 N 9 35 E 3.57

RIO-DEL-REY 4 30 N 8 45 E 3.27

RIVER SAINT NICHOLAS 4 18 N 6 25 E 3.4

RIVER SAMBREIRO 4 22 N 6 53 E 3.4

RIVER SAN BARTHOLOMEO 4 20 N 6 43 E 3.4

RIVER SANTA BARBARA 4 19 N 6 36 E 3.4

RIVIERE ASSINIE 5 07 N 3 17 W 1.15

RIVIERE CAMPO 2 21 N 9 50 E 3.45

RIVIERE CONKOUATI 4 00 S 11 14 E 4.16

RIVIERE GABON 0 18 N 9 26 E 3.63

RIVIERE LOKOUNDJE 3 13 N 9 56 E 3.39

RIVIERE MASSABI 5 02 S 12 01 E 4.21

RIVIERE NJONG 3 16 N 9 54 E 3.39

RIVIERE NYANGA 2 58 S 10 15 E 4.11

RIVIERE SANAGA 3 34 N 9 36 E 3.38

ROANI BANK 4 55 N 1 38 W 1.20

ROBBEN ISLAND 33 48 S 18 22 E 5.51

ROCAS PRIMOS 3 38 N 8 34 E 3.83

ROCHER DU LOUP 2 37 N 9 50 E 3.45

ROCHER WOLF 2 37 N 9 50 E 3.45

ROCKY BANK 34 25 S 18 36 E 5.59

ROCKY POINT 19 01 S 12 29 E 5.5

ROOIWALBAAI 30 27 S 17 21 E 5.35

RUPERTS BAY 15 55 S 5 43 W 6.8

S

SADDLE HILL 25 54 S 14 55 E 5.18

SADDLE MOUNT 26 56 S 15 20 E 5.22

SAFUEIRO OIL FIELD 6 07 S 12 04 E 4.53

SAINT HELENA BAY 32 30 S 18 10 E 5.41

SAINT HELENA ISLAND 15 58 S 5 42 W 6.7

SALDANHA BAY 33 02 S 17 58 E 5.46

SALTPOND 5 12 N 1 03 W 1.25

SAN ANTONIO 1 24 S 5 37 E 3.94

SAND TABLE HILL 19 44 S 12 55 E 5.7

SANDWICH HARBOR 23 22 S 14 29 E 5.14

SANDY POINT HARBOR 32 45 S 18 01 E 5.42

SANHA LPG TERMINAL 5 38 S 11 51 E 4.39

SAN-PEDRO 4 44 N 6 37 W 1.6

SANTA ISABELLE 3 45 N 8 47 E 3.79

SANTO ANTONIO DO ZAIRE 6 07 S 12 22 E 4.42

SAO TOME 0 21 N 6 44 E 3.90

SAPELE 5 54 N 5 41 E 2.21

SASSANDRA 4 57 N 6 05 W 1.8

SAZAIRE OIL TERMINAL 6 06 S 12 23 E 4.42

SCHAKALBERG 28 09 S 16 35 E 5.26
172 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 123

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

SEA EAGLE TERMINAL 4 48 N 5 19 E 2.28

SEA POINT 33 55 S 18 23 E 5.55

SEAL ISLAND 32 44 S 17 52 E 5.43

SEKONDI BAY 4 57 N 1 42 W 1.20

SEKONDI NAVAL HRB 4 56 N 1 42 W 1.20

SEKONDI POINT 4 56 N 1 42 W 1.20

SEME OIL TERMINAL 6 18 N 2 39 E 2.8

SENDJI OIL FIELD 4 47 S 11 28 E 4.23

SENGANA OIL FIELD 4 17 N 5 49 E 2.32

SETE PEDRAS 0 02 N 6 38 E 3.91

SETTE CAMA 2 31 S 9 45 E 4.8

SHAMA BAY 5 01 N 1 36 W 1.22

SHANNON SEAMOUNT 43 00 S 2 20 E 6.21

SHERBRO BANK 4 57 N 1 39 W 1.20

SIGNAL HILL 33 55 S 18 24 E 5.52

SKULPFONTEINPUNT 30 06 S 17 11 E 5.33

SLANGKOP POINT 34 09 S 18 19 E 5.57

SONAM GAS FIELD 5 29 N 4 50 E 2.19

SOUTH EAST HEAD 7 57 S 14 18 W 6.5

SOUTH HEAD 33 06 S 17 57 E 5.46

SOUTH POINT 5 22 N 5 19 E 2.22

SOUTH POINT 8 00 S 14 24 W 6.4

SOUTH SANHA OIL FIELD 5 41 S 11 49 E 4.38

SOUTH WEST BREAKERS 33 29 S 18 04 E 5.49

SOYO 6 07 S 12 22 E 4.42

SPENCER BAY 25 43 S 14 50 E 5.17

SPIESS SEAMOUNT 54 25 S 0 15 E 6.23

STOMPNEUSPUNT 32 42 S 17 59 E 5.42

STONE TOP POINT 15 59 S 5 39 W 6.7

STONY HEAD 33 08 S 17 58 E 5.48

STRANDFONTEIN 31 45 S 18 14 E 5.38

STRANDFONTEINPUNT 30 34 S 17 25 E 5.36

SUBRA MENO POINT 4 22 N 7 27 W 1.3

SUGARLOAF POINT 15 54 S 5 42 W 6.8

SULELE OIL FIELD 6 51 S 12 26 E 4.53

SUMBE 11 12 S 13 50 E 4.75

SWAKOPMUND 22 41 S 14 31 E 5.12

SWARTLINTJIESRIVIER 30 16 S 17 16 E 5.33

SYLVIA HILL 25 09 S 14 51 E 5.16

T

TABLE BAY 33 51 S 18 26 E 5.52

TABLE BAY 33 52 S 18 26 E 5.52

TABLE MOUNTAIN 33 58 S 18 25 E 5.52

TAFELBERG 27 16 S 15 23 E 5.24

TAKORADI 4 53 N 1 44 W 1.19

TAKULA OIL FIELD 5 15 S 11 50 E 4.27

TAKULA OIL TERMINAL 5 13 S 11 47 E 4.27,

4.28

TAMBORIL OIL FIELD 6 54 S 12 26 E 4.53

TANTAMKWERI POINT 5 13 N 0 48 W 1.26

TANTUM POINT 5 13 N 0 48 W 1.26

TAPA OIL FIELD 5 42 N 5 00 E 2.19

TCHATAMBA TERMINAL 2 04 S 9 10 E 4.6

TCHENDO OIL FIELD 5 02 S 11 39 E 4.23

TCHIBOUELA OIL FIELD 4 54 S 11 40 E 4.23

TEMA 5 37 N 0 01 E 1.30

TERRACE BAY 19 59 S 13 02 E 5.7

TESHE 5 34 N 0 06 W 1.29

TESHI 5 34 N 0 06 W 1.29

THE PEAK 7 57 S 14 21 W 6.1

THE TWELVE APOSTLES 33 59 S 18 23 E 5.52

TIKO 4 04 N 9 22 E 3.34

TIN KAN ISLAND 6 26 N 3 21 E 2.10

TOMBUA 15 48 S 11 50 E 4.90

TOOTH ROCK 33 00 S 17 52 E 5.45

TORINGBERG 31 02 S 18 00 E 5.36

TRANSVAAL BAY 40 21 S 9 53 W 6.20

TRIPP SEAMOUNT 29 37 S 14 15 E 6.21

TRISTAN ISLAND 37 06 S 12 17 W 6.14,

6.15

TUBARAO OIL FIELD 6 54 S 12 24 E 4.53

TWELVE APOSTLES 33 59 S 18 23 E 5.52

U

UBIT OIL FIELD 4 14 N 8 10 E 3.18

UKPOKITI TERMINAL 5 43 N 4 50 E 2.15

UNAM OIL FIELD 4 17 N 8 11 E 3.18

USARI OIL FIELD 4 14 N 7 47 E 3.15

UTONDE 1 55 N 9 48 E 3.47

UTUE OIL FIELD 4 11 N 8 15 E 3.18

V

VEMA SEAMOUNT 31 40 S 8 22 E 6.21

VERNON BANK 5 42 N 0 11 E 1.31

VICTORIA 4 01 N 9 12 E 3.32

VICTORIA OIL TERMINAL 4 08 N 8 27 E 3.26

VOLTA RIVER 5 46 N 0 41 E 1.33

VUKO OIL FIELD 5 23 S 11 57 E 4.31

W

WALVIS BAY 22 57 S 14 30 E 5.13

WALVISBAAI 22 57 S 14 30 E 5.13

WARRI 5 31 N 5 44 E 2.26

WEST POINT 16 00 S 5 47 W 6.10

WHALE ROCK 33 50 S 18 23 E 5.51

WINNEBA 5 20 N 0 37 W 1.27

WRECK POINT 28 52 S 16 36 E 5.30

WUST SEAMOUNT 33 50 S 3 35 W 6.21

Y

YANGO OIL FIELD 4 44 S 11 24 E 4.23

YOHO OIL TERMINAL 4 01 N 7 28 E 3.8

YOMBO OIL TERMINAL 4 27 S 11 06 E 4.18

YSTERFONTEINPUNT 33 21 S 18 09 E 5.48

Z

ZAFIRO OFFSHORE TERMINAL 3 51 N 8 07 E 3.20,

3.21

ZAPIOLA SEAMOUNT 38 10 S 26 00 W 6.21

ZATCHI OIL FIELD 4 31 S 11 25 E 4.17

ZENKER SEAMOUNT 41 00 S 5 50 W 6.21

ZWEI POINT 26 52 S 15 09 E 5.22

ZWEI SPITZ 26 52 S 15 09 E 5.22

ZWEIKUPPEN 26 56 S 15 20 E 5.22